See in Reader
Added commas after "Here" before bold codes (#1916)
Co-authored-by: Larry Sallee <larry.sallee@unfoldingword.org> Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/1916 Co-authored-by: Larry Sallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org> Co-committed-by: Larry Sallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
This commit is contained in:
Larry Sallee
parent
16c12e224b
commit
baa7a0ce92
412
en_tn_41-MAT.tsv
412
en_tn_41-MAT.tsv
|
|
@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ MAT 3 12 bdb7 figs-activepassive πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ 1 unquenchable fire
|
|||
MAT 3 13 vl93 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to a later time when John the Baptist baptizes Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 3 13 zbj9 figs-activepassive βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 to be baptized by him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so John could baptize him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 14 cl7t figs-rquestion ἐγὼ χρείαν ἔχω ὑπὸ σοῦ βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ σὺ ἔρχῃ πρός με? 1 I need to be baptized by you, and yet you come to me? John uses a question to show his surprise at Jesus’ request. Alternate translation: “You are more important than I am. I should not baptize you. You should baptize me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 3 15 h6ca figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 for us Here **us** refers to Jesus and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 15 h6ca figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 for us Here, **us** refers to Jesus and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 16 n8bk 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about John the Baptist. It describes what happened after he baptized Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 3 16 inf6 figs-activepassive βαπτισθεὶς δὲ 1 But having been baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But after John baptized Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 16 sf5w ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
|
|
@ -413,10 +413,10 @@ MAT 6 8 fr1d figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of peo
|
|||
MAT 6 8 nv9i guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 6 9 ad6l Πάτερ ἡμῶν, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Our Father who is in heaven This is the beginning of the prayer and how Jesus teaches the people to address God.
|
||||
MAT 6 9 mq4x figs-metonymy ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 let your name be sanctified Here, **your name** refers to God himself. Alternate translation: “make everyone honor you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 10 n67c figs-metonymy ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου 1 Let your kingdom come Here **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “May you rule over everyone and everything completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 10 n67c figs-metonymy ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου 1 Let your kingdom come Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “May you rule over everyone and everything completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 10 pdc5 figs-activepassive γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου, ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς 1 Let your will also be done on earth as it is in heaven This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “May everything on earth happen in accordance with your will just as everything in heaven does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 6 11 njr9 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: This is part of a prayer that Jesus was teaching the people. All instances of “we,” “us,” and “our” refer only to those who would pray this prayer. Those words do not also refer to God, to whom they would be praying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 6 11 dft8 figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον…τὸν ἐπιούσιον 1 daily bread Here **bread** refers to food in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 6 11 dft8 figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον…τὸν ἐπιούσιον 1 daily bread Here, **bread** refers to food in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 6 12 yi9s figs-metaphor τὰ ὀφειλήματα 1 debts A debt is what one person owes another. This is a metaphor for sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 12 i8fq figs-metaphor τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν 1 our debtors A **debtor** is a person who owes a debt to another person. This is a metaphor for those who have sinned against us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 13 l8u6 figs-abstractnouns μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν 1 do not bring us into temptation The word **temptation**, an abstract noun, can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “Do not let anything tempt us” or “Do not let anything cause us to desire to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ MAT 6 19 z9wd ὅπου σὴς καὶ βρῶσις ἀφανίζει 1 where
|
|||
MAT 6 19 tqc9 σὴς 1 moth a small, flying insect that destroys cloth
|
||||
MAT 6 19 enl6 βρῶσις 1 rust a brown substance that forms on metals
|
||||
MAT 6 20 v5tn figs-metaphor θησαυρίζετε…ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 store up for yourselves treasures in heaven This is a metaphor that means do good things on earth so God will reward you in **heaven**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 21 b74q figs-metonymy ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία σου 1 there will your heart be also Here **heart** means a person’s thoughts and interests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 21 b74q figs-metonymy ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία σου 1 there will your heart be also Here, **heart** means a person’s thoughts and interests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 22 g215 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are all singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 6 22 sbl1 figs-metaphor ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός…φωτεινὸν ἔσται 1 The eye is the lamp of the body … is full of light This compares healthy eyes that allow a person to see to diseased eyes that cause a person to be blind. This is a metaphor referring to spiritual health. Often Jewish people used the phrase “bad eye” to refer to greed. The meaning is that if a person is completely devoted to God and sees or considers things the way God does, then he is doing what is right. If a person is greedy for more, then he is doing what is evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 22 r4d1 figs-metaphor ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός 1 The eye is the lamp of the body This metaphor means the eyes allow a person to see just as a **lamp** helps a person see in the dark. Alternate translation: “Like a lamp, the eye allows you to see things clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ MAT 6 31 pd6x figs-synecdoche τί περιβαλώμεθα 1 What will we wear
|
|||
MAT 6 32 j77y πάντα γὰρ ταῦτα τὰ ἔθνη ἐπιζητοῦσιν 1 For the Gentiles seek all these things “For the Gentiles are concerned about what they will eat, drink, and wear”
|
||||
MAT 6 32 ecb9 οἶδεν…ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος ὅτι χρῄζετε τούτων ἁπάντων 1 your heavenly Father knows that you need all of these things Jesus is implying that God will make sure their basic needs are met.
|
||||
MAT 6 32 unz1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 6 33 ep2c figs-metonymy ζητεῖτε…πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ 1 seek first his kingdom and his righteousness Here **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “concern yourselves with serving God, who is your king, and doing what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 33 ep2c figs-metonymy ζητεῖτε…πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ 1 seek first his kingdom and his righteousness Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “concern yourselves with serving God, who is your king, and doing what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 33 ak39 figs-activepassive ταῦτα πάντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 all these things will be added to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will provide all these things for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 6 34 qm2a οὖν 1 Therefore “Because of all this”
|
||||
MAT 6 34 xdg7 figs-personification ἡ…αὔριον μεριμνήσει ἑαυτῆς 1 tomorrow will be anxious for itself Jesus speaks of **tomorrow** as if it were a person who could worry. Jesus means that a person will have enough to worry about when the next day comes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ MAT 7 11 h3k6 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of pe
|
|||
MAT 7 11 pk31 figs-rquestion πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς δώσει ἀγαθὰ τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν? 1 how much more will your Father who is in the heavens give good things to those who ask him? Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “then your Father in heaven will most certainly give good things to those who ask him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 7 11 z8zr guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 7 12 wr93 ὅσα ἐὰν θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι 1 whatever you might want that men would do to you “whatever way you want others to act toward you”
|
||||
MAT 7 12 b1x2 figs-metonymy οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 for this is the law and the prophets Here **law** and **prophets** refer to what Moses and the prophets wrote. Alternate translation: “for this is what Moses and the prophets teach in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 7 12 b1x2 figs-metonymy οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 for this is the law and the prophets Here, **law** and **prophets** refer to what Moses and the prophets wrote. Alternate translation: “for this is what Moses and the prophets teach in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 7 13 uhb3 0 General Information: This image of walking through a wide gate to destruction or a narrow gate to life represents how people live and the results of how they live. When you translate, use appropriate words for “wide” and “broad” that are as different as possible from “narrow” in order to emphasize the differences between the two sets of gates and ways.
|
||||
MAT 7 13 dgr2 figs-metaphor εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης…πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι δι’ αὐτῆς 1 Enter through the narrow gate … there are many who are entering through it This is an image of people traveling on a road and going through a **gate** into a kingdom. One kingdom is easy to enter; the other is hard to enter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 13 j8xn εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης 1 Enter through the narrow gate You may need to move this to the end of verse 14: “Therefore, enter through the narrow gate.”
|
||||
|
|
@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ MAT 7 22 hg17 figs-metonymy τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι 1 in your name Possible
|
|||
MAT 7 22 p67f δυνάμεις 1 mighty deeds “miracles”
|
||||
MAT 7 23 d4y5 figs-idiom οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς 1 I never knew you This means the person does not belong to Jesus. Alternate translation: “You are not my follower” or “I have nothing to do with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 7 24 fg9k οὖν 1 Therefore “For that reason”
|
||||
MAT 7 24 hbd7 figs-metonymy μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 these words of mine Here **words** refers to what Jesus says. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 7 24 hbd7 figs-metonymy μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 these words of mine Here, **words** refers to what Jesus says. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 7 24 qjh9 figs-simile ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν 1 will be compared to a wise man who built his house upon the rock Jesus compares those who obey his words to a person who builds his **house** where nothing can harm it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 7 24 dy1f πέτραν 1 rock This is the bedrock below the topsoil and clay, not a large stone or boulder above the ground.
|
||||
MAT 7 25 bv81 figs-activepassive τεθεμελίωτο 1 it had been founded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he had built it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ MAT 8 2 vas8 ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** alerts us to a new person
|
|||
MAT 8 2 q4x2 λεπρὸς 1 a leper “a man who had leprosy” or “a man who had a skin disease”
|
||||
MAT 8 2 n77q translate-symaction προσεκύνει αὐτῷ 1 bowed before him This is a sign of humble respect before Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 8 2 yc3f ἐὰν θέλῃς 1 if you would be willing “if you want to” or “if you desire.” The leper knew that Jesus had the power to heal him, but he did not know if Jesus would want to touch him.
|
||||
MAT 8 2 yjn2 figs-idiom δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι 1 you are able to make me clean Here **clean** means to be healed and to be able to live in the community again. Alternate translation: “you can heal me” or “please heal me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 8 2 yjn2 figs-idiom δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι 1 you are able to make me clean Here, **clean** means to be healed and to be able to live in the community again. Alternate translation: “you can heal me” or “please heal me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 8 3 kg7e figs-imperative καθαρίσθητι 1 Be clean By saying this, Jesus healed the man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
MAT 8 3 eht7 εὐθέως ἐκαθαρίσθη 1 immediately he was cleansed “at that moment he was cleansed”
|
||||
MAT 8 3 lj1x figs-activepassive ἐκαθαρίσθη αὐτοῦ ἡ λέπρα 1 he was cleansed of his leprosy The result of Jesus saying “Be clean” was that the man was healed. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he was well” or “the leprosy left him” or “the leprosy ended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -585,20 +585,20 @@ MAT 8 6 cr8h παραλυτικός 1 paralyzed unable to move because of disea
|
|||
MAT 8 7 b9br λέγει αὐτῷ 1 Jesus says to him “Jesus said to the centurion”
|
||||
MAT 8 7 r3sx ἐγὼ ἐλθὼν, θεραπεύσω αὐτόν 1 I, when I have come, will heal him “I will come to your house and make your servant well”
|
||||
MAT 8 8 p7p4 figs-idiom μου ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην 1 under my roof This is an idiom that refers to inside the house. Alternate translation: “into my house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 8 8 hig7 figs-metonymy εἰπὲ λόγῳ 1 speak a word Here **word** represents a command. Alternate translation: “give the command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 8 8 hig7 figs-metonymy εἰπὲ λόγῳ 1 speak a word Here, **word** represents a command. Alternate translation: “give the command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 8 8 rk1z figs-activepassive ἰαθήσεται 1 will be healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “will become well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 9 ds2m figs-activepassive ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν, τασσόμενος ἔχων ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας 1 I … am a man under authority, having soldiers placed under me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I … am a man who is under the authority of someone else, and I have been given authority over a group of soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 9 da25 figs-idiom ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν…ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν 1 under authority … under me To be **under** someone means to be less important and to obey the commands of someone more important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 8 10 rc1h ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 8 10 c7y6 figs-explicit παρ’ οὐδενὶ τοσαύτην πίστιν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ εὗρον 1 I have found such great faith from no one in Israel Jesus’ hearers would have thought that the Jews in **Israel**, who claim to be children of God, would have greater **faith** than anyone. Jesus is saying they are wrong and that the centurion’s faith was greater. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 8 11 xee4 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 you Here **you** is plural and refers to “those who were following him” in [Matthew 8:10](../08/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 8 11 xee4 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 you Here, **you** is plural and refers to “those who were following him” in [Matthew 8:10](../08/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 8 11 mt2i figs-merism ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν 1 from east and west Using the opposites **east** and **west** is a way of saying “everywhere.” Alternate translation: “from everywhere” or “from far away in every direction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MAT 8 11 u4sj figs-metonymy ἀνακλιθήσονται 1 they will recline at table People in that culture would lie down beside the **table** while eating. This phrase indicates that all those at the table are family and close friends. The joy in the kingdom of God is frequently spoken of as if the people there were feasting. Alternate translation: “live as family and friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 8 11 qmc7 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 in the kingdom of of the heavens Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heavens” in your translation. Alternate translation: “when our God in the heavens shows that he is king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 8 12 ks3b figs-activepassive οἱ…υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἐκβληθήσονται 1 the sons of the kingdom will be thrown out This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will throw out the sons of the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 12 aug7 figs-metonymy οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας 1 But the sons of the kingdom The phrase **sons of** is a metonym, referring to the unbelieving Jews of the kingdom of Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 8 12 pf26 figs-irony οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας 1 But the sons of the kingdom There is irony here because the **sons** will be thrown out while the strangers will be welcomed. Alternate translation: “those who should have allowed God to rule over them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
MAT 8 12 liu4 figs-metonymy τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 the outer darkness Here **outer darkness** is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. Alternate translation: “the dark place away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 8 12 liu4 figs-metonymy τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 the outer darkness Here, **outer darkness** is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. Alternate translation: “the dark place away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 8 12 gww4 translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 weeping and grinding of teeth Here, **grinding of teeth** is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. Alternate translation: “weeping and showing their extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 8 13 ki92 figs-activepassive γενηθήτω σοι 1 let it be done for you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so I will do it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 13 sdn6 figs-activepassive ἰάθη ὁ παῖς 1 the servant was healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed the servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ MAT 8 16 bpx7 0 General Information: In verse 17, Matthew quotes the prophet I
|
|||
MAT 8 16 b7cx 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to later that evening and tells of Jesus healing more people and casting out demons.
|
||||
MAT 8 16 yv9y figs-explicit ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης 1 Now evening having come Because Jews did not work or travel on the Sabbath, **evening**may imply after the Sabbath. They waited until evening to bring people to Jesus. You do not need to mention the Sabbath unless you need to avoid wrong meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 8 16 pwr4 figs-activepassive δαιμονιζομένους πολλούς 1 many being possessed by demons This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “many people whom demons possessed” or “many people whom demons controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 16 f1cv figs-metonymy ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ 1 he cast out the spirits with a word Here **word** stands for a command. Alternate translation: “he commanded the spirits to leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 8 16 f1cv figs-metonymy ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ 1 he cast out the spirits with a word Here, **word** stands for a command. Alternate translation: “he commanded the spirits to leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 8 17 r3dc figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 might be fulfilled that which had been spoken by Isaiah the prophet This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus fulfilled the prophecy that the prophet Isaiah had spoken to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 17 eyu9 figs-parallelism αὐτὸς τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἔλαβεν καὶ τὰς νόσους ἐβάστασεν 1 He himself took our weaknesses and bore our diseases Matthew is quoting the prophet Isaiah. These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he healed all of **our diseases**. Alternate translation: “healed those who were sick and made them well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 8 18 h8bx 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts and tells about Jesus’ response to some people who wanted to follow him.
|
||||
|
|
@ -684,10 +684,10 @@ MAT 9 4 qg52 πονηρὰ 1 evil This is moral evil or wickedness, not simply
|
|||
MAT 9 4 d499 figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 in your hearts Here, **hearts** refers to their minds or their thoughts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 j716 figs-rquestion τί γάρ ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει? 1 For which is easier, to say, ‘Your sins have been forgiven,’ or to say, ‘Get up and walk’? Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive **sins**. Alternate translation: “I just said ‘Your sins are forgiven.’ You may think that it is harder to say ‘Get up and walk,’ because the proof of whether or not I can heal the man will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks.” or “You may think that it is easier to say ‘Your sins are forgiven’ than it is to say ‘Get up and walk.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 mk14 figs-quotations τί…ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει? 1 which is easier, to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven,’ or to say, ‘Get up and walk’? The quotes can be translated as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: “which is easier, to tell someone that his sins are forgiven, or to tell him to get up and walk?” or “you may think that it is easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven than to tell him to get up and walk.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 g88p figs-you ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 Your sins have been forgiven Here **Your** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 g88p figs-you ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 Your sins have been forgiven Here, **Your** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 x05v figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 Your sins have been forgiven This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 6 gk68 figs-you ἵνα δὲ εἰδῆτε 1 But in order that you may know “But I will prove to you.” The “you” is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 9 6 n5sf figs-you σου τὴν κλίνην…τὸν οἶκόν σου 1 your mat … your house Here **you** and **your** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 9 6 n5sf figs-you σου τὴν κλίνην…τὸν οἶκόν σου 1 your mat … your house Here, **you** and **your** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 9 6 td1z ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου 1 go to your house Jesus is not forbidding the man to go elsewhere. He is giving the man the opportunity to go home.
|
||||
MAT 9 7 uwq4 0 Connecting Statement: This concludes the account of Jesus healing a paralyzed man. Jesus then calls a tax collector to be one of his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 9 8 u8qu τὸν δόντα 1 who had given “because he had given”
|
||||
|
|
@ -704,14 +704,14 @@ MAT 9 10 f9lh ἁμαρτωλοὶ 1 sinners people who did not obey the law of
|
|||
MAT 9 11 ge2u καὶ ἰδόντες, οἱ Φαρισαῖοι 1 And the Pharisees, having seen this “And the Pharisees, when they saw that Jesus was eating with the tax collectors and sinful people”
|
||||
MAT 9 11 z4h5 figs-rquestion διὰ τί μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει ὁ διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν? 1 For what reason does your teacher eat with tax collectors and sinners? The Pharisees use this question to criticize what Jesus is doing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 9 12 xz13 0 General Information: These events occur at the house of Matthew the tax collector.
|
||||
MAT 9 12 m7fm ὁ δὲ ἀκούσας 1 But he, having heard this Here **this** refers to the question the Pharisees asked about Jesus eating with tax collectors and sinners.
|
||||
MAT 9 12 m7fm ὁ δὲ ἀκούσας 1 But he, having heard this Here, **this** refers to the question the Pharisees asked about Jesus eating with tax collectors and sinners.
|
||||
MAT 9 12 tl42 writing-proverbs οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 Those who are strong in body do not have need of a physician, but those who have sickness Jesus answers with a proverb. He means that he eats with these kinds of people because he has come to help sinners. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 9 12 uhc5 οἱ ἰσχύοντες 1 Those who are strong in body “People who are healthy”
|
||||
MAT 9 12 h5pg ἰατροῦ 1 of a physician a doctor
|
||||
MAT 9 12 n33c figs-ellipsis οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 those who have sickness The phrase “need a physician” is understood. Alternate translation: “people who are sick need a physician” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 9 13 fu2r πορευθέντες δὲ, μάθετε τί ἐστιν 1 But having gone, learn what is Jesus is about to quote the scriptures. Alternate translation: “You should go and learn the meaning of what God said in the scriptures”
|
||||
MAT 9 13 tqr3 ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 I desire mercy and not sacrifice Jesus is quoting what the prophet Hosea wrote in the scriptures. Here, **I** refers to God.
|
||||
MAT 9 13 djt7 οὐ γὰρ ἦλθον 1 For I did not come Here **I** refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 9 13 djt7 οὐ γὰρ ἦλθον 1 For I did not come Here, **I** refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 9 13 a886 figs-irony δικαίους 1 the righteous Jesus is using irony. He does not think there are any people who are **righteous** and do not need to repent. Alternate translation: “those who think they are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
MAT 9 14 aa3c 0 Connecting Statement: The disciples of John the Baptist question the fact that Jesus’ disciples do not fast.
|
||||
MAT 9 14 k8vc οὐ νηστεύουσιν 1 do not fast “continue to eat regularly”
|
||||
|
|
@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ MAT 9 29 b3rl ἥψατο τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν λέγων 1
|
|||
MAT 9 29 w92e figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν γενηθήτω ὑμῖν 1 Let it happen to you according to your faith This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will do as you have believed” or “Because you believe, I will heal you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 30 uk2a figs-idiom ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί 1 their eyes were opened This means they were able to see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 9 30 qa39 figs-activepassive ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί 1 their eyes were opened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God healed their eyes” or “the two blind men were able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 30 t6p8 figs-idiom ὁρᾶτε μηδεὶς γινωσκέτω 1 See that no one knows about this Here **See** means “be sure.” Alternate translation: “Be sure no one finds out about this” or “Do not tell anyone that I healed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 9 30 t6p8 figs-idiom ὁρᾶτε μηδεὶς γινωσκέτω 1 See that no one knows about this Here, **See** means “be sure.” Alternate translation: “Be sure no one finds out about this” or “Do not tell anyone that I healed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 9 31 y574 οἱ δὲ 1 But they “But the two men did not do what Jesus told them to do. They”
|
||||
MAT 9 31 y4b2 διεφήμισαν αὐτὸν 1 reported it “told many people what had happened to them”
|
||||
MAT 9 32 tya1 0 Connecting Statement: This is the account of Jesus healing a demon-possessed man who could not speak and how people responded.
|
||||
|
|
@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ MAT 9 35 z6ya 0 General Information: Verse 36 begins a new part of the story w
|
|||
MAT 9 35 xpp4 writing-endofstory 0 Connecting Statement: Verse 35 is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 8:1](../08/01.md) about Jesus’ healing ministry in Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
MAT 9 35 x9ck figs-hyperbole τὰς πόλεις πάσας 1 all the cities The word **all** is an exaggeration to emphasize how very many cities Jesus went to. He did not necessarily go to every one of them. Alternate translation: “many of the cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 9 35 ehx5 πόλεις…κώμας 1 cities … villages “large villages … small villages” or “large towns … small towns”
|
||||
MAT 9 35 uz5e figs-abstractnouns τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 the gospel of the kingdom Here **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. See how you translated this in [Matthew 4:23](../04/23.md). Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 9 35 uz5e figs-abstractnouns τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 the gospel of the kingdom Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. See how you translated this in [Matthew 4:23](../04/23.md). Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 9 35 e7at πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 every disease and every sickness “every disease and every sickness.” The words **disease** and **sickness** are closely related but should be translated as two different words if possible. **Disease** is what causes a person to be sick. **Sickness** is the physical weakness or affliction that results from having a disease.
|
||||
MAT 9 36 t47i figs-simile ὡσεὶ πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα 1 like sheep not having a shepherd This simile means they did not have a leader to take care of them. Alternate translation: “as people without a leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 9 37 q95i 0 General Information: Jesus uses a proverb about harvesting to tell his disciples how they should respond to the needs of the crowds mentioned in the previous section.
|
||||
|
|
@ -820,37 +820,37 @@ MAT 10 5 yix4 ἀπέστειλεν 1 sent out Jesus sent them out for a partic
|
|||
MAT 10 5 ryl4 παραγγείλας αὐτοῖς 1 having instructed them “having told them what they needed to do” or “having commanded them”
|
||||
MAT 10 6 q1pb figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 the lost sheep of the house of Israel This is a metaphor comparing the entire nation of **Israel** to **sheep** who have strayed from their shepherd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 10 6 b6i2 figs-metonymy οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 of the house of Israel This refers to the nation of **Israel**. Alternate translation: “of the people of Israel” or “of the descendants of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 7 uff2 figs-you πορευόμενοι 1 as you are going Here **you** is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 7 uff2 figs-you πορευόμενοι 1 as you are going Here, **you** is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 7 w59i figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of the heavens has come near The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use the word **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “Our God in the heavens will soon show himself to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 8 e13x 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about what they should do when they go to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 8 v5sp figs-you θεραπεύετε…ἐγείρετε…καθαρίζετε…ἐκβάλλετε…ἐλάβετε…δότε 1 Heal … raise … cleanse … and cast out … you have received … give These verbs and pronouns are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 8 bb4d figs-idiom νεκροὺς ἐγείρετε 1 raise the dead This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “cause the dead to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 10 8 ilj9 figs-ellipsis δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε 1 Freely you have received, freely give Jesus did not state what the disciples had received or were to give. Some languages may require this information in the sentence. Here **Freely** means that there was no payment. Alternate translation: “Freely you have received these things, freely give them to others” or “You received these things without paying, so give them to others without making them pay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 10 8 ls6j figs-metaphor δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε 1 Freely you have received, freely give Here **received** is a metaphor that represents being made able to do things, and **give** is a metaphor that represents doing things for others. Alternate translation: “Freely you have received the ability to do these things, freely do them for others” or “Freely I have made you able to do these things, freely do them for others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 10 8 ilj9 figs-ellipsis δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε 1 Freely you have received, freely give Jesus did not state what the disciples had received or were to give. Some languages may require this information in the sentence. Here, **Freely** means that there was no payment. Alternate translation: “Freely you have received these things, freely give them to others” or “You received these things without paying, so give them to others without making them pay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 10 8 ls6j figs-metaphor δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε 1 Freely you have received, freely give Here, **received** is a metaphor that represents being made able to do things, and **give** is a metaphor that represents doing things for others. Alternate translation: “Freely you have received the ability to do these things, freely do them for others” or “Freely I have made you able to do these things, freely do them for others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 10 9 dw4i figs-you ὑμῶν 1 your This refers to the twelve apostles and so is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 9 a4xx figs-metonymy χρυσὸν, μηδὲ ἄργυρον, μηδὲ χαλκὸν 1 gold, or silver, or copper These are metals out of which coins were made. This list is a metonym for money, so if the metals are unknown in your area, translate the list as “money.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 9 b4m7 τὰς ζώνας 1 purses This means “belts” or “money belts,” but it can refer to whatever might be used to carry money. A belt is a long strip of cloth or leather worn around the waist. It was often wide enough that it could be folded and used to carry money.
|
||||
MAT 10 10 kia9 πήραν 1 a bag This could either be any bag used to carry things on a journey, or a bag used by someone to collect food or money.
|
||||
MAT 10 10 i2ex δύο χιτῶνας 1 two tunics Use the same word you used for “tunic” in [Matthew 5:40](../05/40.md).
|
||||
MAT 10 10 ei4d ὁ ἐργάτης 1 a laborer a worker
|
||||
MAT 10 10 m97h figs-synecdoche τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ 1 of his food Here **food** refers to anything a person needs. Alternate translation: “of what he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 10 10 m97h figs-synecdoche τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ 1 of his food Here, **food** refers to anything a person needs. Alternate translation: “of what he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 10 11 dk1r 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about what they should do when they go out to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 11 b7ig εἰς ἣν δ’ ἂν πόλιν ἢ κώμην εἰσέλθητε 1 But whatever city or village you might enter into “But whenever you enter a city or village” or “But when you go into any city or village”
|
||||
MAT 10 11 p4ln πόλιν…κώμην 1 city … village “large village … small village” or “large town … small town.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 9:35](../09/35.md).
|
||||
MAT 10 11 r7kj figs-you εἰσέλθητε 1 you might enter This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 11 c3uf ἄξιός 1 worthy A **worthy** person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples.
|
||||
MAT 10 11 a41d figs-explicit κἀκεῖ μείνατε ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε 1 and stay there until you might leave The full meaning of the statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and stay in that person’s house until you leave the town or village” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 10 12 n6cm figs-metonymy εἰσερχόμενοι δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, ἀσπάσασθε αὐτήν 1 But entering into the house, greet it The phrase **greet it** means greet the **house**. A common greeting in those days was “Peace be to this house!” Here **house** represents the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “As you enter the house, greet the people who live in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 12 n6cm figs-metonymy εἰσερχόμενοι δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, ἀσπάσασθε αὐτήν 1 But entering into the house, greet it The phrase **greet it** means greet the **house**. A common greeting in those days was “Peace be to this house!” Here, **house** represents the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “As you enter the house, greet the people who live in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 12 k1xk figs-you εἰσερχόμενοι 1 entering This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 qip2 figs-you ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν 1 your … your These are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 kc9m figs-metonymy μὲν ᾖ ἡ οἰκία ἀξία…μὴ ᾖ ἀξία 1 the house might be worthy … it might not be worthy Here **the house** represents those who live in the house. A **worthy** person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples. Jesus compares this person to one who is not worthy, a person who does not welcome the disciples. Alternate translation: “the people who live in that house receive you well” or “the people who live in that house treat you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 kc9m figs-metonymy μὲν ᾖ ἡ οἰκία ἀξία…μὴ ᾖ ἀξία 1 the house might be worthy … it might not be worthy Here, **the house** represents those who live in the house. A **worthy** person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples. Jesus compares this person to one who is not worthy, a person who does not welcome the disciples. Alternate translation: “the people who live in that house receive you well” or “the people who live in that house treat you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 q75a figs-metonymy ἐλθάτω ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν ἐπ’ αὐτήν 1 let your peace come upon it The word **it** refers to the house, which represents the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “let them receive your peace” or “let them receive the peace that you greeted them with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 ha8f figs-metonymy ἐὰν…μὴ ᾖ ἀξία 2 if it might not be worthy The word **it** means the house, and “house” refers to the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “if they do not receive you well” or “if they do not treat you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 my3y ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω 1 let your peace return to you Possible meanings are (1) if the household was not worthy, then God would hold back peace or blessings from that household or (2) if the household was not worthy, then the apostles were supposed to do something, such as asking God not to honor their greeting of peace. If your language has a similar meaning of taking back a greeting or its effects, that should be used here.
|
||||
MAT 10 14 yn9k 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about what they should do when they go to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 14 m8e9 καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται ὑμᾶς, μηδὲ ἀκούσῃ 1 And whoever might not receive you nor listen to “And if no people in that house or city will receive you or listen to”
|
||||
MAT 10 14 w5py figs-you ὑμᾶς…ὑμῶν 1 you … your This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 14 z826 figs-metonymy ἀκούσῃ τοὺς λόγους ὑμῶν 1 listen to your words Here **words** refers to what the disciples say. Alternate translation: “listen to your message” or “listen to what you have to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 14 z826 figs-metonymy ἀκούσῃ τοὺς λόγους ὑμῶν 1 listen to your words Here, **words** refers to what the disciples say. Alternate translation: “listen to your message” or “listen to what you have to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 14 hi3i πόλεως 1 city You should translate this the same way you did in [Matthew 10:11](../10/11.md).
|
||||
MAT 10 14 i5mc translate-symaction ἐκτινάξατε τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν 1 shake off the dust from your feet “shake the dust off your feet as you leave.” This is a sign that God has rejected the people of that house or city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 10 15 pk4f ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
|
|
@ -875,7 +875,7 @@ MAT 10 19 qcs3 figs-you ὑμᾶς…μὴ μεριμνήσητε…λαλήση
|
|||
MAT 10 19 qzd2 μὴ μεριμνήσητε 1 you should not be anxious about “you should not worry about”
|
||||
MAT 10 19 ien3 figs-hendiadys πῶς ἢ τί λαλήσητε 1 how or what you should speak “how you are to speak or what you are to say.” The two ideas may be combined: “what you are to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
MAT 10 19 l7rb figs-activepassive δοθήσεται γὰρ ὑμῖν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ τί λαλήσητε 1 for what you should say will be given to you in that hour This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for at that time, the Holy Spirit will tell you what to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 10 19 cm7h figs-metonymy ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 in that hour Here **hour** means “right then.” Alternate translation: “right then” or “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 19 cm7h figs-metonymy ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 in that hour Here, **hour** means “right then.” Alternate translation: “right then” or “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 20 yuk1 figs-you ὑμεῖς…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν 1 you … your … you These are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 20 v9tm τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 the Spirit of your Father If necessary, this can be translated as “the Spirit of God your heavenly Father” or a footnote can be added to make it clear that this refers to God the Holy Spirit and not to the spirit of an earthly father.
|
||||
MAT 10 20 k3xr guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 of your Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -892,7 +892,7 @@ MAT 10 22 n3xn figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my na
|
|||
MAT 10 22 k5w9 ὁ…ὑπομείνας 1 the one who endures “whoever stays faithful”
|
||||
MAT 10 22 j71i εἰς τέλος 1 to the end It is not clear whether the **end** means when a person dies, when the persecution ends, or the end of the age when God shows himself to be king. The main point is that they endure as long as necessary.
|
||||
MAT 10 22 qn7j figs-activepassive οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 he will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will deliver that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 10 23 m42z ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ 1 in this city Here **this** does not refer to a specific city. Alternate translation: “in one city”
|
||||
MAT 10 23 m42z ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ 1 in this city Here, **this** does not refer to a specific city. Alternate translation: “in one city”
|
||||
MAT 10 23 jjd4 φεύγετε εἰς τὴν ἑτέραν 1 flee to the next “flee to the next city”
|
||||
MAT 10 23 gk1s ἀμὴν…λέγω ὑμῖν 1 truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 10 23 dk4u figs-123person Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -911,14 +911,14 @@ MAT 10 25 pu5y figs-metaphor τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην 1 the master of t
|
|||
MAT 10 25 y5md Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 Beelzebul This name can either be (1) transcribed directly as “Beelzebul” or (2) translated with its original, intended meaning of “Satan.”
|
||||
MAT 10 25 r5ll figs-metaphor τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 the members of his household This is a metaphor for Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 10 26 zb2j 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 26 twv2 μὴ…φοβηθῆτε αὐτούς 1 do not fear them Here **them** refers to the people who mistreat followers of Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 10 26 twv2 μὴ…φοβηθῆτε αὐτούς 1 do not fear them Here, **them** refers to the people who mistreat followers of Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 10 26 x4o8 figs-parallelism οὐδὲν…ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται 1 there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed, and hidden, that will not be made known Both of these statements mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 10 26 xqs4 figs-metaphor οὐδὲν…ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται 1 there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed, and hidden, that will not be made known Being concealed or hidden represents being kept secret, and being revealed represents being made known. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 10 26 j86e figs-activepassive οὐδὲν…ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται 1 there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed, and hidden, that will not be made known Jesus is emphasizing that God will make all things known. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will reveal the things that people hide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 10 27 fa1s figs-parallelism ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί; καὶ ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε, κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων 1 What I tell you in the darkness, say in the daylight, and what you hear in your ear, proclaim upon the housetops Both of these statements mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that the disciples should tell everyone what he tells the disciples in private. Alternate translation: “Tell people in the daylight what I tell you in the darkness, and proclaim upon the housetops what you hear softly in your ear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 10 27 kw75 figs-metonymy ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί 1 What I tell you in the darkness, say in the daylight Here **darkness** is a metonym for “night” which is a metonym for “private.” Here **daylight** is a metonym for “public.” Alternate translation: “What I tell you privately at night, say in public in the day light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 27 kw75 figs-metonymy ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί 1 What I tell you in the darkness, say in the daylight Here, **darkness** is a metonym for “night” which is a metonym for “private.” Here, **daylight** is a metonym for “public.” Alternate translation: “What I tell you privately at night, say in public in the day light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 27 fc49 figs-idiom ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε 1 what you hear in your ear This is a way of referring to whispering. Alternate translation: “what I whisper to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 10 27 t9u9 figs-metonymy κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων 1 proclaim upon the housetops Housetops where Jesus lived were flat, and people far away could hear anyone speaking with a loud voice. Here **housetops** refers to any place where all people can hear. Alternate translation: “speak loudly in a public place for all to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 27 t9u9 figs-metonymy κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων 1 proclaim upon the housetops Housetops where Jesus lived were flat, and people far away could hear anyone speaking with a loud voice. Here, **housetops** refers to any place where all people can hear. Alternate translation: “speak loudly in a public place for all to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 28 s6wq 0 General Information: Here Jesus also begins to give reasons why his disciples should not be afraid of the persecution they might experience.
|
||||
MAT 10 28 p3fn 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 28 fb29 figs-distinguish μὴ φοβεῖσθε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν μὴ δυναμένων ἀποκτεῖναι 1 do not be afraid of those who kill the body but are not able to kill the soul This is not distinguishing between people who cannot kill the soul and people who can **kill the soul**. No person can kill the soul. Alternate translation: “do not be afraid of people. They can kill the body, but they cannot kill the soul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -987,7 +987,7 @@ MAT 11 1 z2y7 writing-newevent 0 General Information: This is the beginning of
|
|||
MAT 11 1 dr3u καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε 1 It came about that when This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “And when” or “After”
|
||||
MAT 11 1 ki7f ἐτέλεσεν…διατάσσων 1 had finished giving orders “had finished teaching” or “had finished commanding”
|
||||
MAT 11 1 m6h5 translate-numbers τοῖς δώδεκα μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ 1 to his 12 disciples This refers to the 12 chosen apostles of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 11 1 ju1q ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν αὐτῶν 1 in their cities Here **their** refers to all the Jews in general.
|
||||
MAT 11 1 ju1q ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν αὐτῶν 1 in their cities Here, **their** refers to all the Jews in general.
|
||||
MAT 11 2 n2dc δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 11 2 f3j7 ὁ…Ἰωάννης, ἀκούσας ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ 1 John, having heard in the prison about “John, who was in prison, heard about” or “someone told John, who was in prison, about.” Even though Matthew has not yet told the readers that King Herod put **John** the Baptist in jail, the original audience would have been familiar with the story and understood the implicit information here. Matthew will give more information later about John the Baptist, so it is probably best not to make it explicit here.
|
||||
MAT 11 2 xre1 πέμψας διὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ 1 having sent through his disciples John the Baptist sent his own **disciples** with a message to Jesus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1027,8 +1027,8 @@ MAT 11 11 p5ir μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 is greater than he “is
|
|||
MAT 11 12 mb4v ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ 1 From the days of John the Baptist “From the time John began preaching his message.” The word **days** probably refers here to a period of months or even years.
|
||||
MAT 11 12 inr2 ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν βιάζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν 1 the kingdom of heaven suffers violence, and men of violence take it by force There are various possible interpretations of this verse. The UST assumes that it means that some people want to use God’s kingdom for their own selfish purposes, and that they are willing to use force against other people to accomplish this. Other versions assume a positive interpretation, that the call to enter the kingdom of God has become so urgent, that people must act in an extreme manner in order to answer that call and to resist the temptation to sin further. A third interpretation is that violent people are harming God’s people and trying to stop God from ruling.
|
||||
MAT 11 13 v3el 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.
|
||||
MAT 11 13 g1i6 figs-metonymy πάντες…οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος ἕως Ἰωάννου ἐπροφήτευσαν 1 all the prophets and the law have been prophesying until John Here **prophets and the law** refer to the things that the prophets and Moses wrote in scripture. Alternate translation: “for these are the things that the prophets and Moses have prophesied through the scriptures until the time of John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 14 yg2f figs-you εἰ θέλετε 1 if you are willing Here **you** is plural and refers to the crowd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 13 g1i6 figs-metonymy πάντες…οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος ἕως Ἰωάννου ἐπροφήτευσαν 1 all the prophets and the law have been prophesying until John Here, **prophets and the law** refer to the things that the prophets and Moses wrote in scripture. Alternate translation: “for these are the things that the prophets and Moses have prophesied through the scriptures until the time of John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 14 yg2f figs-you εἰ θέλετε 1 if you are willing Here, **you** is plural and refers to the crowd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 14 e68u αὐτός ἐστιν Ἠλείας, ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι 1 he is Elijah who was going to come The word **he** refers to John the Baptist. This does not mean John the Baptist is literally Elijah. Jesus means John the Baptist fulfills the prophecy about “Elijah, who is to come” or the next Elijah. Alternate translation: “when the prophet Malachi said that Elijah would return, he was speaking about John the Baptist”
|
||||
MAT 11 15 z97x figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 He who has ears to hear, let him hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **ears to hear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 15 w4cc figs-123person ὁ ἔχων…ἀκουέτω 1 He who has…let him hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1038,12 +1038,12 @@ MAT 11 16 yat1 τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην 1 this generation “the peop
|
|||
MAT 11 16 l7km ταῖς ἀγοραῖς 1 the marketplace a large, open-air area where people buy and sell items
|
||||
MAT 11 17 wn37 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues the parable that begins with the words “It is like” in verse 16.
|
||||
MAT 11 17 ai4e figs-parables λέγουσιν…καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε 1 and say…and you did not weep Jesus uses a parable to describe the people who were alive at that time. He compares them to a group of children who are trying to get the other children to play with them. However, no matter way they do, the other children will not join them. Jesus means that it does not matter if God sends someone like John the Baptist, who lives in the desert and fasts, or someone like Jesus, who celebrates with sinners and does not fast. The people, most specifically the Pharisees and religious leaders, still remain stubborn and refuse to accept God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 11 17 d916 figs-you ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν 1 We played a flute for you **We** refers to the children sitting in the marketplace. Here **you** is plural and refers to the other group of children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 17 d916 figs-you ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν 1 We played a flute for you **We** refers to the children sitting in the marketplace. Here, **you** is plural and refers to the other group of children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 17 j5jd καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε 1 and you did not dance “but you did not dance to the happy music”
|
||||
MAT 11 17 t723 figs-explicit ἐθρηνήσαμεν 1 We mourned This means they sang sad songs like women did at funerals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 11 17 f87l καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε 1 and you did not weep “but you did not cry with us”
|
||||
MAT 11 18 svc9 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes talking to the crowds about John the Baptist.
|
||||
MAT 11 18 qe7y figs-synecdoche μήτε ἐσθίων μήτε πίνων 1 not eating or drinking Here **bread** refers to food. It does not mean that John never ate food. It means he fasted often, and when he ate, he did not eat good, expensive food. Alternate translation: “frequently fasting and not drinking alcohol” or “not eating fancy food and not drinking wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 11 18 qe7y figs-synecdoche μήτε ἐσθίων μήτε πίνων 1 not eating or drinking Here, **bread** refers to food. It does not mean that John never ate food. It means he fasted often, and when he ate, he did not eat good, expensive food. Alternate translation: “frequently fasting and not drinking alcohol” or “not eating fancy food and not drinking wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 11 18 p4ql figs-quotations λέγουσιν, δαιμόνιον ἔχει. 1 they say, ‘He has a demon.’ This can be translated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “they say that he has a demon” or “they accuse him of having a demon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 11 18 kd4q λέγουσιν 1 they say All occurrences of “they” refer to the people of that generation, and most specifically to the Pharisees and religious leaders.
|
||||
MAT 11 19 iwk8 figs-123person ἦλθεν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man came Jesus is referring to himself. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1052,21 +1052,21 @@ MAT 11 19 x4ec figs-quotations λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος,
|
|||
MAT 11 19 d6gu ἄνθρωπος, φάγος 1 he is a gluttonous man “he is a greedy eater” or “he continually eats too much food”
|
||||
MAT 11 19 pv4n οἰνοπότης 1 a drunkard “a drunk” or “he continually drinks too much alcohol”
|
||||
MAT 11 19 vwk4 writing-proverbs καὶ ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 But wisdom is justified by her children This is a proverb that Jesus applies to this situation, because the people who rejected both him and John were not being wise. Jesus and John the Baptist are the wise ones, and the results of their deeds prove it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 11 19 dz3c figs-personification ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 wisdom is justified by her children Here **wisdom** is described as a woman who is proven to be right by what she does. Jesus means that the results of a wise person’s actions prove that he is truly wise. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the results of a wise person’s deeds prove that he is wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 19 dz3c figs-personification ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 wisdom is justified by her children Here, **wisdom** is described as a woman who is proven to be right by what she does. Jesus means that the results of a wise person’s actions prove that he is truly wise. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the results of a wise person’s deeds prove that he is wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 20 bwq8 0 General Information: Jesus begins to rebuke the people of the cities where he previously did miracles.
|
||||
MAT 11 20 w4g8 figs-metonymy ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις 1 to rebuke the cities Here **the cities** refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “rebuke the people of the cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 20 w4g8 figs-metonymy ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις 1 to rebuke the cities Here, **the cities** refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “rebuke the people of the cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 20 fxs4 πόλεις 1 cities “towns”
|
||||
MAT 11 20 t51a figs-activepassive ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ 1 in which most of his mighty deeds were done This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “in which he did most of his mighty deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 20 wh1g αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ 1 mighty deeds “mighty works” or “works of power” or “miracles”
|
||||
MAT 11 21 xxb3 figs-apostrophe οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδάν! 1 Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida! Jesus speaks as if the people of the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida were there listening to him, but they were not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 tv81 figs-you οὐαί σοι 1 Woe to you “How terrible it will be for you.” Here **you** is singular and refers to the city. If it is more natural to refer to the people instead of a city, you could translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 tv81 figs-you οὐαί σοι 1 Woe to you “How terrible it will be for you.” Here, **you** is singular and refers to the city. If it is more natural to refer to the people instead of a city, you could translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 y9d3 figs-metonymy Χοραζείν…Βηθσαϊδάν…Τύρῳ…Σιδῶνι 1 Chorazin…Bethsaida…Tyre…Sidon The names of these cities are used as metonyms for the people living in these cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 lh46 figs-hypo εἰ…αἱ δυνάμεις…ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ 1 If the mighty deeds…in sackcloth and ashes Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation that could have happened in the past, but it did not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 tm59 figs-activepassive εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 If the mighty deeds had been done in Tyre and Sidon which were done in you This can be translated with active forms. Alternate translation: “If I had done the mighty deeds among the people of Tyre and Sidon that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 k3in figs-you αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 which were done in you Here the **you** is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. If it is more natural for your language, you could use a dual “you” to refer to the two cities, or a plural “you” to refer to the people of the cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 bqi8 πάλαι…μετενόησαν 1 they would have repented long ago The pronoun “they” refers to the people of Tyre and Sidon.
|
||||
MAT 11 21 qx9m μετενόησαν 1 would have repented “would have shown they were sorry for their sins”
|
||||
MAT 11 22 mr18 figs-metonymy Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως ἢ ὑμῖν 1 it will be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the day of judgment than for you Here **Tyre and Sidon** refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “God will show more mercy to the people of Tyre and Sidon in the day of judgment than to you” or “God will punish you more severely at the day of judgment than the people of Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 22 mr18 figs-metonymy Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως ἢ ὑμῖν 1 it will be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the day of judgment than for you Here, **Tyre and Sidon** refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “God will show more mercy to the people of Tyre and Sidon in the day of judgment than to you” or “God will punish you more severely at the day of judgment than the people of Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 22 ab14 figs-you ἢ ὑμῖν 1 than for you Here the **you** is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. If it is more natural for your language, you could use a dual “you” to refer to the two cities, or a plural “you” to refer to the people of the cities. The implied information can be made explicit. AT “than for you, because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 11 23 udw1 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to rebuke the people of the cities where he previously did miracles.
|
||||
MAT 11 23 vpz6 figs-apostrophe σύ, Καφαρναούμ 1 You, Capernaum Jesus now speaks to the people in the city of Capernaum as if they were listening to him, but they were not. The pronoun “you” is singular and refers to Capernaum throughout these two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1079,7 +1079,7 @@ MAT 11 23 z279 figs-activepassive εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησ
|
|||
MAT 11 23 e2t7 δυνάμεις 1 mighty deeds “mighty works” or “works of power” or “miracles”
|
||||
MAT 11 23 yih1 ἔμεινεν 1 it would have remained The pronoun “it” refers to the city of Sodom.
|
||||
MAT 11 24 y1e3 λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 11 24 e3pa figs-metonymy γῇ Σοδόμων ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως ἢ σοί 1 it shall be easier for the land of Sodom in the day of judgment than for you Here **land of Sodom** refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “God will show more mercy to the people of Sodom in the day of judgment than to you” or “God will punish you more severely in the day of judgment than the people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 24 e3pa figs-metonymy γῇ Σοδόμων ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως ἢ σοί 1 it shall be easier for the land of Sodom in the day of judgment than for you Here, **land of Sodom** refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “God will show more mercy to the people of Sodom in the day of judgment than to you” or “God will punish you more severely in the day of judgment than the people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 24 yk3z figs-explicit ἢ σοί 1 than for you The implicit information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “than for you, because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 11 25 f57a 0 General Information: In verses 25 and 26, Jesus prays to his heavenly Father while still in the presence of the crowd. In verse 27, he begins to address the people again.
|
||||
MAT 11 25 h5x4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1104,9 +1104,9 @@ MAT 11 28 x978 figs-you πάντες 1 all you All occurrences of “you” are
|
|||
MAT 11 28 t2jj figs-metaphor οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι 1 who labor and are heavy burdened Jesus speaks of people being discouraged in their attempts to obey all the laws as if those laws were heavy burdens and the people were laboring to carry them. Alternate translation: “who are discouraged from trying so hard” or “Who are discouraged from trying so hard to obey the laws perfectly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 11 28 f1w4 κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς 1 I will give you rest “I will allow you to rest from your labor and burden”
|
||||
MAT 11 29 q1ya figs-metaphor ἄρατε τὸν ζυγόν μου ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 Take my yoke on you Jesus continues the metaphor. Jesus is inviting the people to become his disciples and follow him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 11 29 t1rh figs-doublet πραΰς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 I am meek and lowly in heart Here **meek** and **lowly in heart** mean basically the same thing. Jesus combines them to emphasize that he will be much kinder than the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “I am gentle and humble” or “I am very gentle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MAT 11 29 i3qs figs-metonymy ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 lowly in heart Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. The phrase **lowly in heart** is an idiom that means “humble.” Alternate translation: “humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 11 29 i3ls figs-synecdoche εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 you will find rest for your souls Here **soul** refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “you will find rest for yourselves” or “you will be able to rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 11 29 t1rh figs-doublet πραΰς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 I am meek and lowly in heart Here, **meek** and **lowly in heart** mean basically the same thing. Jesus combines them to emphasize that he will be much kinder than the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “I am gentle and humble” or “I am very gentle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MAT 11 29 i3qs figs-metonymy ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 lowly in heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. The phrase **lowly in heart** is an idiom that means “humble.” Alternate translation: “humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 11 29 i3ls figs-synecdoche εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 you will find rest for your souls Here, **soul** refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “you will find rest for yourselves” or “you will be able to rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 11 30 ynf1 figs-parallelism ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν 1 For my yoke is easy and my burden is light Both of these phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that it is easier to obey him than it is the Jewish law. Alternate translation: “For what I place on you, you will be able to carry because it is light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 11 30 tc2g τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν 1 my burden is light The word **light** here is the opposite of heavy, not the opposite of dark.
|
||||
MAT 12 intro y7z6 0 # Matthew 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:18-21, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Sabbath<br><br>This chapter has much to say about how God’s people are to obey the Sabbath. Jesus said that the rules that the Pharisees made up did not help people obey the Sabbath the way God wanted them to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])<br><br>### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”<br><br>No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Brothers and sisters<br><br>Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1169,7 +1169,7 @@ MAT 12 18 zkt7 0 Connecting Statement: Here Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah
|
|||
MAT 12 18 f5kz ἰδοὺ 1 See “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
MAT 12 18 fjw6 μου…ᾑρέτισα…θήσω 1 my…I have chosen…I will put All occurrences of these words refer to God. Isaiah is quoting what God said to him.
|
||||
MAT 12 18 yv4f ὁ ἀγαπητός μου εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 my beloved one, in whom my soul is well pleased “he is my beloved one, and I am very pleased with him”
|
||||
MAT 12 18 s6a4 figs-synecdoche εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 in whom my soul is well pleased Here **soul** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “with whom I am very pleased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 12 18 s6a4 figs-synecdoche εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 in whom my soul is well pleased Here, **soul** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “with whom I am very pleased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 12 18 jh8p figs-explicit κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ 1 he will proclaim justice to the Gentiles The means that God’s servant will tell the Gentiles that there will be justice. It can be stated clearly that God is the one who will bring about justice, and the abstract noun “justice” can be expressed as “what is right.” Alternate translation: “he will announce to the nations that God will do for them what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 12 19 me7p 0 Connecting Statement: Matthew continues to quote the prophet Isaiah.
|
||||
MAT 12 19 hb2m figs-metonymy οὐδὲ ἀκούσει τις…τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ 1 neither will anyone hear his voice Here people not hearing his voice represents him not speaking loudly. Alternate translation: “he will not speak loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1182,7 +1182,7 @@ MAT 12 20 y8mn λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 he will not q
|
|||
MAT 12 20 bjg2 λίνον τυφόμενον 1 a smoking flax This refers to a lamp wick after the flame has gone out and when it is only smoking.
|
||||
MAT 12 20 rer7 λίνον…ἕως 1 flax, until This can be translated with a new sentence: “flax. This is what he will do until”
|
||||
MAT 12 20 b6tw figs-abstractnouns ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν 1 he leads justice to victory Leading someone to victory represents causing him to be victorious. Causing justice to be victorious represents making things right that had been wrong. Alternate translation: “he makes everything right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 12 21 w3rq figs-synecdoche τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his name Here **name** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 12 21 w3rq figs-synecdoche τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his name Here, **name** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 12 22 nba2 0 General Information: Here the scene shifts to a later time when the Pharisees accuse Jesus of healing a man by the power of Satan.
|
||||
MAT 12 22 e1g4 figs-activepassive τότε προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος, τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός 1 Then someone blind and mute, possessed by a demon, was brought to Jesus This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Then someone brought to Jesus a man who was blind and mute because a demon was controlling him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 22 k2vt προσηνέχθη…τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός 1 someone blind and mute “someone who could not see and could not talk”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1195,8 +1195,8 @@ MAT 12 24 p1mi figs-doublenegatives οὗτος οὐκ ἐκβάλλει τὰ
|
|||
MAT 12 24 wj1y οὗτος 1 This man The Pharisees avoid calling Jesus by name to show they reject him.
|
||||
MAT 12 24 cii4 ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων 1 the prince of the demons “the chief of the demons”
|
||||
MAT 12 25 i1sd writing-proverbs πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, and every city or house divided against itself will not stand Jesus uses a proverb to respond to the Pharisees. Both of these statements mean the same thing. They emphasize that it would not make sense for Beelzebul to use his power to fight other demons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 12 25 g9ec figs-metonymy πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται 1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate Here **kingdom** refers to those who live in the kingdom. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “A kingdom will not last when its people fight among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 25 kn8c figs-metonymy πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 every city or house divided against itself will not stand Here **city** refers to the people who live there, and **house** refers to a family. Being “divided against itself” represents its people fighting each other. Alternate translation: “it ruins a city or a family when the people fight each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 25 g9ec figs-metonymy πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται 1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate Here, **kingdom** refers to those who live in the kingdom. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “A kingdom will not last when its people fight among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 25 kn8c figs-metonymy πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 every city or house divided against itself will not stand Here, **city** refers to the people who live there, and **house** refers to a family. Being “divided against itself” represents its people fighting each other. Alternate translation: “it ruins a city or a family when the people fight each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 26 gm6j 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees’ accusation that he healed the man by the power of Satan.
|
||||
MAT 12 26 i42r figs-metonymy καὶ εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς τὸν Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλει 1 If Satan drives out Satan The second use of Satan refers to the demons that serve Satan. Alternate translation: “If Satan works against his own demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 26 ah7t figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ? 1 How then will his kingdom stand? Jesus uses this question to show the Pharisees that what they were saying was illogical. Alternate translation: “If Satan were divided against himself, his kingdom would not be able to stand!” or “If Satan were to fight against his own demons, his kingdom would not last!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1205,9 +1205,9 @@ MAT 12 27 gee9 figs-rquestion οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβ
|
|||
MAT 12 27 x9je figs-metaphor οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν 1 your sons Jesus was speaking to the Pharisees. The phrase **your sons** refers to their followers. This was a common way of referring to those who follow teachers or leaders. Alternate translation: “your followers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 27 jja2 διὰ τοῦτο, αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν 1 For this reason they will be your judges “Because your followers cast out demons by the power of God, they prove that you are wrong about me.”
|
||||
MAT 12 28 f3n7 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 12 28 zb4d εἰ δὲ…ἐγὼ 1 But if I Here **if** does not mean Jesus is questioning how he drives out demons. Here Jesus uses the word to introduce a true statement. Alternate translation: “But because I”
|
||||
MAT 12 28 r5dg figs-metonymy ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 then the kingdom of God has come upon you “then the kingdom of God has arrived among you.” Here **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “this means God is establishing his rule among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 28 f1wj figs-you ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 come upon you Here **you** is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 12 28 zb4d εἰ δὲ…ἐγὼ 1 But if I Here, **if** does not mean Jesus is questioning how he drives out demons. Here Jesus uses the word to introduce a true statement. Alternate translation: “But because I”
|
||||
MAT 12 28 r5dg figs-metonymy ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 then the kingdom of God has come upon you “then the kingdom of God has arrived among you.” Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “this means God is establishing his rule among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 28 f1wj figs-you ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 come upon you Here, **you** is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 12 29 t4vu figs-parables πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν…τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει. 1 how can anyone enter into the house…he will steal his belongings from his house Jesus uses a parable to continue his response to the Pharisees. Jesus means he can drive out demons because he is more powerful than Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 12 29 w54c figs-rquestion πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν…ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? 1 how can anyone enter…without tying up the strong man first? Jesus uses a question to teach the Pharisees and the crowd. Alternate translation: “No one can enter…without tying up the strong man first.” or “If a person wants to enter…he must first tie up the strong man.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 12 29 jb6x ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? 1 without tying up the strong man first “without taking control of the strong man first”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1217,37 +1217,37 @@ MAT 12 30 gyk8 κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν 1 is against me “opposes me
|
|||
MAT 12 30 ek1h figs-metaphor ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει 1 the one who does not gather with me scatters Jesus is using a metaphor that refers to a person either gathering the flock of sheep to a shepherd or making them scatter away from the shepherd. Jesus means that a person is either helping to make people become disciples of Jesus or he is making people reject Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 31 qwg4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 12 31 iy8l λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 12 31 q5hk figs-you λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Here **you** is plural. Jesus is speaking directly to the Pharisees, but he is also teaching the crowd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 12 31 q5hk figs-you λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Here, **you** is plural. Jesus is speaking directly to the Pharisees, but he is also teaching the crowd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 12 31 hy38 figs-activepassive πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 every sin and blasphemy will be forgiven men This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will forgive every sin that people commit and every evil thing they say” or “God will forgive every person who sins or says evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 31 ezx8 figs-activepassive ἡ…τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται 1 the blasphemy against the Spirit will not be forgiven This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive the person who speaks evil things about the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 32 gwx2 figs-metonymy καὶ ὃς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Whoever speaks a word against the Son of Man Here **word** refers to what someone says. Alternate translation: “If a person says anything bad about the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 32 gwx2 figs-metonymy καὶ ὃς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Whoever speaks a word against the Son of Man Here, **word** refers to what someone says. Alternate translation: “If a person says anything bad about the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 32 h79z figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 12 32 z3ma figs-activepassive ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 that will be forgiven him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will forgive a person for that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 32 hfs4 οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 that will not be forgiven him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive that person”
|
||||
MAT 12 32 lw5j figs-metonymy οὔτε ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι 1 neither in this age, nor in the one that is coming Here **this world** and **that which is to come** refer to the present life and the next life. Alternate translation: “in this life or in the next life” or “now or ever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 32 lw5j figs-metonymy οὔτε ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι 1 neither in this age, nor in the one that is coming Here, **this world** and **that which is to come** refer to the present life and the next life. Alternate translation: “in this life or in the next life” or “now or ever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 33 d73d 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 12 33 bi8z ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν 1 Either make a tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad Possible meanings are (1) “If you make a tree good, its fruit will be good, and if you make the tree bad, its fruit will be bad” or (2) “If you consider a tree to be good, it will be because its fruit is good, and if you consider it tree to be bad, it will be because its fruit is bad.” This was a proverb. People were to apply its truth to how they can know whether a person is good or bad.
|
||||
MAT 12 33 kl16 καλὸν…σαπρὸν 1 good…bad “healthy…diseased”
|
||||
MAT 12 33 kz12 figs-activepassive ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται 1 for the tree is recognized by its fruit **Fruit** here is a metaphor for what a person does. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people know whether a tree is good or bad by looking at its fruit” or “people know whether a person is good or bad by looking at the results of that person’s activities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 34 r1uv figs-metaphor γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 You offspring of vipers Here **offspring** means “having the characteristic of.” Vipers are poisonous snakes that are dangerous and represent evil. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Matthew 3:7](../03/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 34 r1uv figs-metaphor γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 You offspring of vipers Here, **offspring** means “having the characteristic of.” Vipers are poisonous snakes that are dangerous and represent evil. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Matthew 3:7](../03/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 34 pl4g figs-you γεννήματα…λαλεῖν…ὄντες 1 You offspring…you say…you are These are plural and refer to the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 12 34 e7x3 figs-rquestion πῶς δύνασθε ἀγαθὰ λαλεῖν 1 how can you say good things? Jesus uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “you cannot say good things.” or “you can only say evil things.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 12 34 e9bg figs-metonymy ἐκ…τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ 1 out of the abundance of the heart his mouth speaks Here **heart** is a metonym for the thoughts in a person’s mind. Here **mouth** is a synecdoche that represents a person as a whole. Alternate translation: “what a person says with his mouth reveals what is in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 12 34 e9bg figs-metonymy ἐκ…τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ 1 out of the abundance of the heart his mouth speaks Here, **heart** is a metonym for the thoughts in a person’s mind. Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that represents a person as a whole. Alternate translation: “what a person says with his mouth reveals what is in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 12 35 r3uw figs-metaphor ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει ἀγαθά; καὶ ὁ πονηρὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει πονηρά 1 The good man from the good treasure of his heart produces good things, and the evil man from the evil treasure of his heart produces evil things Jesus speaks about the “heart” as if it were a container that a person fills with good or evil things. This is a metaphor that means what a person says reveals what the person is truly like. If you want to keep this imagery, see the UST. You can also translate the literal meaning. Alternate translation: “A man who is truly good will speak good things, and the man who is truly evil will speak evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 36 jvg6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes his response to the Pharisees’ accusation that he healed the man by the power of Satan.
|
||||
MAT 12 36 era6 λέγω…ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 12 36 t2pj οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ἀποδώσουσιν περὶ 1 people will give an account of “God will ask people about” or “people will have to explain to God”
|
||||
MAT 12 36 f1wh figs-metonymy πᾶν ῥῆμα ἀργὸν ὃ λαλήσουσιν 1 every idle word they will speak Here **word** refers to something that someone says. Alternate translation: “every harmful thing they will have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 36 f1wh figs-metonymy πᾶν ῥῆμα ἀργὸν ὃ λαλήσουσιν 1 every idle word they will speak Here, **word** refers to something that someone says. Alternate translation: “every harmful thing they will have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 37 qw5e figs-activepassive δικαιωθήσῃ…καταδικασθήσῃ 1 you will be justified…you will be condemned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will justify you…God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 38 x4le 0 General Information: In verse 39, Jesus begins to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 12 38 mec3 0 Connecting Statement: The dialogue in these verses happens immediately after Jesus responded to the Pharisees’ accusation that he healed a man by the power of Satan.
|
||||
MAT 12 38 aiu6 θέλομεν 1 we wish “we want”
|
||||
MAT 12 38 ikg2 figs-explicit ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν 1 to see a sign from you You can make explicit why they want to see a sign. Alternate translation: “to see a sign from you that proves what you say is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 12 39 d8b9 figs-123person γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ…δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 An evil and adulterous generation seeks for a sign…given to it Jesus is speaking to his present generation. Alternate translation: “You are an evil and adulterous generation who demands signs from me…given to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 12 39 a5di figs-metaphor γενεὰ…μοιχαλὶς 1 adulterous generation Here **adulterous** is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. Alternate translation: “unfaithful generation” or “godless generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 39 a5di figs-metaphor γενεὰ…μοιχαλὶς 1 adulterous generation Here, **adulterous** is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. Alternate translation: “unfaithful generation” or “godless generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 39 c6hy figs-activepassive σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 no sign will be given to it Jesus would not give them a sign because, though he had already performed many miracles, they refused to believe him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign” or “God will not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 39 j21p εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου 1 except the sign of Jonah the prophet “except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet”
|
||||
MAT 12 40 vh9i figs-merism τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας 1 three days and three nights Here **day** and **night** mean complete 24-hour periods. Alternate translation: “three complete days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MAT 12 40 vh9i figs-merism τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας 1 three days and three nights Here, **day** and **night** mean complete 24-hour periods. Alternate translation: “three complete days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MAT 12 40 iuv8 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 12 40 gg65 figs-idiom ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς 1 in the heart of the earth This means inside a physical grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 12 41 k3q6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1265,7 +1265,7 @@ MAT 12 42 kku7 ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 will rise up
|
|||
MAT 12 42 z46e ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 at the judgment “on judgment day” or “when God judges people.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:41](../12/41.md).
|
||||
MAT 12 42 zc72 τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 this generation This refers to the people living during the time Jesus was preaching.
|
||||
MAT 12 42 k4ls figs-metonymy καὶ κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν 1 and condemn them See how you translated a similar statement in [Matthew 12:41](../12/41.md). Possible meanings are (1) **condemn** here represents accusing. Alternate translation: “and will accuse this generation of people” or (2) God will condemn this generation of people because they did not listen to wisdom as the Queen of the South had. Alternate translation: “and God will condemn this generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 42 q8q8 figs-idiom ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς 1 She came from the ends of the earth Here **ends of the earth** is an idiom that means “far away.” Alternate translation: “She came from very far away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 12 42 q8q8 figs-idiom ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς 1 She came from the ends of the earth Here, **ends of the earth** is an idiom that means “far away.” Alternate translation: “She came from very far away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 12 42 t521 grammar-connect-words-phrases ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος 1 She came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon This statement explains why the Queen of the South will condemn the people of Jesus’ generation. Alternate translation: “For she came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
MAT 12 42 n99z καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 and see “and look.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 12 42 aj1x πλεῖον 1 someone greater “someone more important”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1273,7 +1273,7 @@ MAT 12 42 uf5k figs-123person πλεῖον 1 someone greater Jesus is speaking
|
|||
MAT 12 42 yra5 figs-explicit Σολομῶνος ὧδε 1 than Solomon is here You can make explicit the implicit meaning of Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “than Solomon is here, yet you do not listen. That is why God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 12 43 ve5x 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees. He begins to tell a parable.
|
||||
MAT 12 43 f5jr ἀνύδρων τόπων 1 waterless places “dry places” or “places where no people live”
|
||||
MAT 12 43 x2ur οὐχ εὑρίσκει 1 does not find it Here **it** refers to rest.
|
||||
MAT 12 43 x2ur οὐχ εὑρίσκει 1 does not find it Here, **it** refers to rest.
|
||||
MAT 12 44 gey7 τότε λέγει, εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου ἐπιστρέψω ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον. 1 Then it says, ‘I will return to my house from which I came.’ This can be translated as a statement rather than a quotation. Alternate translation: “So, the unclean spirit decides to return to the house from which it came”
|
||||
MAT 12 44 ty9b figs-metaphor εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου…ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον 1 to my house from which I came This is a metaphor for the person in whom the unclean spirit was living. Alternate translation: “to the place I left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 44 cd4f figs-activepassive εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον 1 it finds it empty and swept out and put in order This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the unclean spirit finds that someone has swept the house clean and has put everything in the house where it belongs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1325,7 +1325,7 @@ MAT 13 9 gkv1 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 He who has
|
|||
MAT 13 10 p8yc 0 General Information: Jesus explains to his disciples why he teaches with parables.
|
||||
MAT 13 11 fc5n figs-activepassive ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται 1 To you has been given to understand the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven, but to them it has not been given This can be translated with the active form and with implied information expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “God has given you the privilege of understanding mysteries of the kingdom of heaven, but God has not given it to these people” or “God has made you able to understand mysteries of the kingdom of heaven, but he has not enabled these people to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 11 rcd3 figs-you ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι 1 To you has been given to understand The word **You** is plural here and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 13 11 ah6u figs-metonymy τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven Here **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule. The phrase **kingdom of heaven** occurs only in the book of Matthew. If possible, try to keep it in your translation. Alternate translation: “the secrets about our God in heaven and his rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 11 ah6u figs-metonymy τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven Here, **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule. The phrase **kingdom of heaven** occurs only in the book of Matthew. If possible, try to keep it in your translation. Alternate translation: “the secrets about our God in heaven and his rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 12 j3rl ὅστις…ἔχει 1 whoever has “whoever has understanding” or “whoever receives what I teach”
|
||||
MAT 13 12 v61y figs-activepassive δοθήσεται 1 will be given more This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will give him more understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 12 xsr5 ὅστις…οὐκ ἔχει 1 whoever does not have “whoever does not have understanding” or “whoever does not receive what I teach”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1335,17 +1335,17 @@ MAT 13 13 hm4t 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to explain to his disci
|
|||
MAT 13 13 v6pb αὐτοῖς…βλέπουσιν 1 to them…they see All occurrences of “them” and “they” refer to the people in the crowd.
|
||||
MAT 13 13 uk7j figs-parallelism ὅτι βλέποντες οὐ βλέπουσιν, καὶ ἀκούοντες οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, οὐδὲ συνίουσιν 1 because seeing, they do not see; and hearing, they do not hear nor understand Jesus uses this parallelism to tell and emphasize to the disciples that the crowd refuses to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 13 13 ae8k βλέποντες 1 Though they are seeing Possible meanings are (1) this refers to them seeing what Jesus does. Alternate translation: “Though they see what I do” or (2) this refers to their ability to see. Alternate translation: “Though they are able to see”
|
||||
MAT 13 13 nbi3 figs-metaphor οὐ βλέπουσιν 1 they do not see Here **see** represents understanding. Alternate translation: “they do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 13 nbi3 figs-metaphor οὐ βλέπουσιν 1 they do not see Here, **see** represents understanding. Alternate translation: “they do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 13 j4bg ἀκούοντες 1 though they are hearing Possible meanings are (1) this refers to them hearing what Jesus teaches. Alternate translation: “Though they hear what I say” or (2) this refers to their ability to hear. Alternate translation: “Though they are able to hear”
|
||||
MAT 13 13 gq65 figs-metaphor οὐκ ἀκούουσιν 1 they do not hear Here **hear** represents listening well. Alternate translation: “they do not listen well” or “they do not pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 13 gq65 figs-metaphor οὐκ ἀκούουσιν 1 they do not hear Here, **hear** represents listening well. Alternate translation: “they do not listen well” or “they do not pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 14 jz9n καὶ ἀναπληροῦται αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου ἡ λέγουσα 1 To them the prophecy of Isaiah is fulfilled, that which says This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They are fulfilling what God said long ago through the prophet Isaiah”
|
||||
MAT 13 14 z2es figs-parallelism ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 You will indeed hear, but you will certainly not understand; you will indeed see, but you will certainly not perceive. This begins a quote from the prophet Isaiah about the unbelieving people of Isaiah’s day. Jesus uses this quote to describe the very crowd that was listening to him. These statements are again parallel and emphasize that the people refused to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 13 14 a1im figs-explicit ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε 1 You will indeed hear, but you will certainly not understand “You will hear things, but you will not understand them.” You can make explicit what the people will hear. Alternate translation: “You will hear what God says through the prophets, but you will not understand its true meaning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 14 emu1 figs-explicit βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 you will indeed see, but you will certainly not perceive You can make explicit what the people will see. Alternate translation: “you will see what God does through the prophets, but you will not understand it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 e8r5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes quoting the prophet Isaiah.
|
||||
MAT 13 15 lu8u figs-metaphor ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου…ἰάσομαι αὐτούς 1 For this people’s heart has become dull…I would heal them In 13:15 God describes the people of Israel as if they have physical diseases that cause them to be unable to learn, to see, and to hear. God wants them to come to him so he will heal them. This is all a metaphor describing the people’s spiritual condition. It means the people are stubborn and refuse to receive and understand God’s truth. If they would, then they would repent and God would forgive them and welcome them back as his people. If the meaning is clear, keep the metaphor in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 fy7m figs-metonymy ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου 1 this people’s heart has become dull Here **heart** refers to the mind. Alternate translation: “these people’s minds are slow to learn” or “these people can no longer learn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 q87m figs-metonymy τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν 1 they are hard of hearing They are not physically deaf. Here **hard of hearing** means they refuse to listen and learn God’s truth. Alternate translation: “they refuse to use their ears to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 fy7m figs-metonymy ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου 1 this people’s heart has become dull Here, **heart** refers to the mind. Alternate translation: “these people’s minds are slow to learn” or “these people can no longer learn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 q87m figs-metonymy τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν 1 they are hard of hearing They are not physically deaf. Here, **hard of hearing** means they refuse to listen and learn God’s truth. Alternate translation: “they refuse to use their ears to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 y7t7 figs-metonymy τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν 1 they have closed their eyes They have not literally closed their eyes. This means they refuse to understand. Alternate translation: “they refuse to use their eyes to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 fl93 μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν, καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 so they should not see with their eyes, or hear with their ears, or understand with their hearts, so they would turn again “so that they are not able to see with their eyes, hear with their ears, or understand with their heart, and as a result turn again”
|
||||
MAT 13 15 sr25 figs-metonymy τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν 1 understand with their hearts The word **hearts** here is a metonym for people’s innermost being. You may need to use the word in your language for the source of people’s thinking and feelings. Alternate translation: “understand with their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1353,9 +1353,9 @@ MAT 13 15 ps56 ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 they would turn again “turn back t
|
|||
MAT 13 15 q1h9 figs-metaphor ἰάσομαι αὐτούς 1 I would heal them “have me heal them.” This means God would heal them spiritually by forgiving their sins and receiving them again as his people. Alternate translation: “have me receive them again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 16 dc9t 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes explaining to his disciples why he teaches with parables.
|
||||
MAT 13 16 yhe4 figs-parallelism ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν, καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν 1 But blessed are your eyes, for they see; and your ears, for they hear Both of these statements mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that they have pleased God because they have believed what Jesus has said and done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 13 16 glp8 figs-synecdoche ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν 1 But blessed are your eyes, for they see Here **eyes** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “You are blessed because your eyes are able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 13 16 glp8 figs-synecdoche ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν 1 But blessed are your eyes, for they see Here, **eyes** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “You are blessed because your eyes are able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 13 16 rlt3 figs-you ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν 1 your…your All occurrences of these words are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 13 16 jp32 figs-synecdoche τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν 1 your ears, for they hear Here **ears** refer to the whole person. You can also make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “you are blessed because your ears are able to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 13 16 jp32 figs-synecdoche τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν 1 your ears, for they hear Here, **ears** refer to the whole person. You can also make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “you are blessed because your ears are able to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 13 17 mg58 ἀμὴν, γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν 1 For truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 13 17 bsj7 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 you All occurrences of this word are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 13 17 e6ci figs-explicit ἃ βλέπετε 1 the things that you see You can make explicit what they have seen. Alternate translation: “the things you have seen me do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1366,7 +1366,7 @@ MAT 13 19 a8nu figs-metaphor ἔρχεται ὁ πονηρὸς καὶ ἁρπ
|
|||
MAT 13 19 sb7u figs-explicit ὁ πονηρὸς 1 the evil one This refers to Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 19 pt4d ἁρπάζει 1 snatches away Try to use a word that means to grab something away from someone who is the rightful owner.
|
||||
MAT 13 19 r9u6 figs-activepassive τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 what has been sown in his heart This can be translated in active form: Alternate translation: “the message that God sowed in his heart” or “the message that he heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 19 xi8f figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 in his heart Here **heart** refers to the mind of the hearer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 19 xi8f figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 in his heart Here, **heart** refers to the mind of the hearer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 19 wfd3 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σπαρείς 1 This is the seed that was sown beside the road “This is the meaning of the seed that was sown beside the road” or “The road where seed was sown represents this person”
|
||||
MAT 13 19 xgz5 παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν 1 beside the road See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:4](../13/04.md).
|
||||
MAT 13 20 q3fp 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to explain to his disciples the parable about a person who sows seeds.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1376,7 +1376,7 @@ MAT 13 20 e3hm ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων 1 the person who hears the
|
|||
MAT 13 20 cl6g figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 the word This represents God’s message. Alternate translation: “the message” or “God’s teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 20 z76f figs-metaphor μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν 1 receives it with joy Believing the word is spoken of as receiving it. Alternate translation: “joyfully believes it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 21 zg9q figs-metaphor οὐκ ἔχει δὲ ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστιν 1 But he has no root in himself, so he only endures a short time “Yet he has shallow roots and only lasts for a little while.” The root represents what makes a person continue to believe God’s message. Alternate translation: “But like a plant that does not grow deep roots, he only endures for a little while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 21 lim9 figs-metaphor εὐθὺς σκανδαλίζεται 1 he soon falls away Here **falls away** means stops believing. Alternate translation: “immediately he falls away” or “he quickly stops believing the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 21 lim9 figs-metaphor εὐθὺς σκανδαλίζεται 1 he soon falls away Here, **falls away** means stops believing. Alternate translation: “immediately he falls away” or “he quickly stops believing the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 22 sis7 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to explain to his disciples the parable about a person who sows seeds.
|
||||
MAT 13 22 d4h5 figs-explicit ὁ…σπαρείς 1 That which was sown This refers to seed that was sown or that fell. Alternate translation: “The seed that was sown” or “The seed that fell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 22 rcj8 ὁ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς 1 That which was sown among the thorn plants “The ground with the thorn plants where seed was sown”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1391,7 +1391,7 @@ MAT 13 23 ptb8 figs-metaphor δὴ καρποφορεῖ καὶ ποιεῖ 1 H
|
|||
MAT 13 23 wm3p figs-ellipsis ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα 1 some yielding one hundred times as much as was planted, some sixty, and some thirty times as much The phrase **as much as was planted** is understood following each of these numbers. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:8](../13/08.md). Alternate translation: “Some people produce 100 times as much as was planted, some produce 60 times as much, and some produce 30 times as much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 13 24 l5yx figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Here Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a field with both wheat and weeds growing in it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 13 24 k8pu figs-simile ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἀνθρώπῳ 1 The kingdom of heaven is like a man The translation should not equate the kingdom of heaven to a man, but rather the kingdom of heaven is like the situation described in the parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 13 24 f8j5 figs-metonymy ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like Here **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of heaven** is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 24 f8j5 figs-metonymy ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like Here, **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of heaven** is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 24 u21k figs-explicit καλὸν σπέρμα 1 good seed “good food seeds” or “good grain seeds.” The audience probably thought that Jesus was talking about wheat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 25 zn8v ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ὁ ἐχθρὸς 1 his enemy came “his enemy came to the field”
|
||||
MAT 13 25 q4tv ζιζάνια 1 weeds These weeds look like food plants when they are young, but their grain is poison. Alternate translation: “bad seed” or “weed seeds”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1409,7 +1409,7 @@ MAT 13 29 c9jc ὁ δέ φησιν 1 But he said “The landowner said to his s
|
|||
MAT 13 30 z36a figs-quotations ἐρῶ τοῖς θερισταῖς, συλλέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ εἰς δέσμας πρὸς τὸ κατακαῦσαι αὐτά; τὸν δὲ σῖτον συναγάγετε εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην μου. 1 I will say to the reapers, “First pull out the weeds and tie them in bundles to burn them, but gather the wheat into my barn.” You can translate this as an indirect quote (AT): “I will tell the reapers to first gather up the weeds and tie them in bundles to burn them, and then gather the wheat into my barn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 13 30 ll14 τὴν ἀποθήκην 1 barn a farm building that can be used for storing grain
|
||||
MAT 13 31 tdf4 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a very small seed that grows into a very big plant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 13 31 jw7u figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like Here **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of heaven** is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 31 jw7u figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like Here, **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of heaven** is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 31 qby8 translate-unknown κόκκῳ σινάπεως 1 mustard seed a very small seed that grows into a large plant (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MAT 13 32 gyi1 figs-explicit ὃ μικρότερον μέν ἐστιν πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων 1 It is indeed the smallest of all seeds Mustard seeds were the smallest seeds known to the original hearers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 32 x65d ὅταν δὲ αὐξηθῇ 1 But when it has grown “But when the plant has grown”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1418,7 +1418,7 @@ MAT 13 32 g6v8 γίνεται δένδρον 1 It becomes a tree A mustard plan
|
|||
MAT 13 32 c9te τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 birds of the air “birds”
|
||||
MAT 13 33 a1th figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about the effect that yeast has on flour. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 13 33 z94k figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ 1 The kingdom of heaven is like yeast The kingdom is not like the yeast, but the spread of the kingdom is like the spreading of the yeast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 13 33 w8sb figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like Here **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of heaven** is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 33 w8sb figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like Here, **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of heaven** is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 33 r88g translate-bvolume ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία 1 three measures of flour Say “a large amount of flour” or use a term that your culture uses for measuring large amounts of flour. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
MAT 13 33 c35r figs-explicit ἕως οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον 1 until all the dough had risen The implied information is that the yeast and the three measures of flour were made into dough for baking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 34 f9gl 0 General Information: Here the author quotes from the Psalms to show that Jesus’ teaching in parables fulfilled prophecy.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1435,7 +1435,7 @@ MAT 13 36 x5w7 ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 1 went into the house
|
|||
MAT 13 37 aj8f ὁ σπείρων τὸ καλὸν σπέρμα 1 He who sows the good seed “The one who sows the good seed” or “The sower of the good seed”
|
||||
MAT 13 37 xj4s figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 13 38 h9iz figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας 1 the sons of the kingdom The idiom “sons of” refers to those who belong to or to have the same character as someone or something. Alternate translation: “the people who belong to the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 13 38 eni3 figs-metonymy τῆς βασιλείας 1 of the kingdom Here **kingdom** refers to God the king. Alternate translation: “of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 38 eni3 figs-metonymy τῆς βασιλείας 1 of the kingdom Here, **kingdom** refers to God the king. Alternate translation: “of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 38 edu7 figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 the sons of the evil one The idiom “sons of” refers those who belong to or to have the same character as someone or something. Alternate translation: “the people who belong to the evil one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 13 39 sgx2 ὁ…ἐχθρὸς, ὁ σπείρας αὐτά 1 the enemy who sowed them “the enemy who sowed the weeds”
|
||||
MAT 13 40 ei3v 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes explaining to his disciples the parable of the field with both wheat and weeds.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1450,7 +1450,7 @@ MAT 13 43 zxh2 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 He who has
|
|||
MAT 13 43 sak5 figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουέτω 1 He who…let him Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this in [Matthew 11:15](../11/15.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 13 44 n7nz figs-simile 0 General Information: In these two parables, Jesus uses two similes to teach his disciples what the kingdom of heaven is like. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 13 44 fjm1 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling two parables about people who sold their possessions to purchase something of great value. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 13 44 e9cv figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like Here **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of heaven** is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 44 e9cv figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like Here, **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of heaven** is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 44 u9jq figs-activepassive ὁμοία ἐστὶν…θησαυρῷ κεκρυμμένῳ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ 1 like a treasure hidden in a field This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “a treasure that someone had hidden in a field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 44 k9rh θησαυρῷ 1 a treasure a very valuable and precious thing or collection of things
|
||||
MAT 13 44 hu7f ἔκρυψεν 1 hid it “covered it up”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1460,7 +1460,7 @@ MAT 13 45 khy6 ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ 1 a man who is a merchant a trad
|
|||
MAT 13 45 b88q translate-unknown καλοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 valuable pearls A “pearl” is a smooth, hard, shiny, white or light-colored bead formed inside mollusks in the sea and highly prized as a gem or to make into valuable jewelry. Alternate translation: “fine pearls” or “beautiful pearls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MAT 13 47 vw24 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about fishermen who use a large net to catch fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 13 47 g79n figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν σαγήνῃ 1 the kingdom of heaven is like a net The kingdom is not like the net, but the kingdom draws all kinds of people like a net catches all kinds of fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 13 47 rjm4 figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of heaven is like Here **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of heaven** is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 47 rjm4 figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of heaven is like Here, **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of heaven** is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 47 vrp4 figs-activepassive ὁμοία…σαγήνῃ βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 like a net that was cast into the sea This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “like a net that some fishermen cast into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 47 kbz2 βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 was cast into the sea “was thrown into the sea”
|
||||
MAT 13 47 t9v6 ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγαγούσῃ 1 gathered fish of every kind “caught all kinds of fish”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1476,7 +1476,7 @@ MAT 13 50 j8nf figs-metaphor τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός 1 furnace
|
|||
MAT 13 50 mc8t translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 weeping and grinding of teeth **Grinding of teeth** here is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: weeping and expressing their extreme suffering.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 13 51 d3wg 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a person who manages a household. This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus teaching the crowds about the kingdom of heaven through using parables.
|
||||
MAT 13 51 p5ej figs-quotations συνήκατε ταῦτα πάντα? λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, ναί. 1 Have you understood all these things?” The disciples said to him, “Yes.” If necessary, both direct quotations can be translated as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “Jesus asked them if they had understood all this, and they said that they did understand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 13 52 g4dd figs-metonymy μαθητευθεὶς τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 who has become a disciple to the kingdom of heaven Here **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of heaven** is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “has learned the truth about our God in heaven, who is king” or “has submitted himself to God’s rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 52 g4dd figs-metonymy μαθητευθεὶς τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 who has become a disciple to the kingdom of heaven Here, **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of heaven** is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “has learned the truth about our God in heaven, who is king” or “has submitted himself to God’s rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 52 gr36 figs-parables ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅστις ἐκβάλλει ἐκ τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ καινὰ καὶ παλαιά 1 is like a man who is the owner of a house, who draws out old and new things from his treasure Jesus speaks another parable. He compares scribes, who know very well the scriptures that Moses and the prophets wrote, and who also now accept Jesus’ teachings, to a house owner who uses both old and new treasures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 13 52 g59c τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ 1 treasure A treasure is a very valuable and precious thing or a collection of things. Here it may refer to the place where these things are stored, the “treasury” or “storeroom.”
|
||||
MAT 13 53 jwv2 καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε 1 Then it came about that when This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “Then” or “After”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1565,7 +1565,7 @@ MAT 14 25 t1vp περιπατῶν ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν 1 walking
|
|||
MAT 14 26 q9qs ἐταράχθησαν 1 they were terrified “they were very afraid”
|
||||
MAT 14 26 h7df φάντασμά 1 a ghost a spirit that has left the body of a person who has died
|
||||
MAT 14 28 w2pl ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ αὐτῷ, ὁ Πέτρος 1 Peter answered him “Peter answered Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 14 30 sk3j figs-idiom βλέπων…τὸν ἄνεμον ἰσχυρὸν 1 when Peter saw the strong wind Here **saw the wind** means he became aware of the wind. Alternate translation: “when Peter saw that the wind was tossing the waves back and forth” or “when he realized how strong the wind was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 14 30 sk3j figs-idiom βλέπων…τὸν ἄνεμον ἰσχυρὸν 1 when Peter saw the strong wind Here, **saw the wind** means he became aware of the wind. Alternate translation: “when Peter saw that the wind was tossing the waves back and forth” or “when he realized how strong the wind was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 14 31 bd2v ὀλιγόπιστε, εἰς τί 1 You of little faith, why “You who have such little faith.” Jesus addressed Peter this way because Peter became afraid. It can also be translated as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have so little faith! Why”
|
||||
MAT 14 31 cr9i figs-rquestion εἰς τί ἐδίστασας 1 why did you doubt? Jesus uses a question to tell Peter than he should not have doubted. You can make explicit what Peter should not have doubted. Alternate translation: “you should not have doubted that I could keep you from sinking.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 14 33 u8pu guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Υἱὸς 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1585,19 +1585,19 @@ MAT 15 3 ia1e figs-rquestion διὰ τί καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίν
|
|||
MAT 15 4 srz6 0 General Information: In verse 4, Jesus quotes twice from Exodus to show how God expects people to treat their parents.
|
||||
MAT 15 4 cz1q 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 15 4 qmm7 θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 will surely die “the people will surely execute him”
|
||||
MAT 15 5 ql75 figs-you ὑμεῖς δὲ λέγετε 1 But you say Here **you** is plural and refers to the Pharisees and scribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 15 5 ql75 figs-you ὑμεῖς δὲ λέγετε 1 But you say Here, **you** is plural and refers to the Pharisees and scribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 15 6 b81c 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to rebuke the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 15 6 vr6y figs-quotesinquotes οὐ μὴ τιμήσει τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ 1 he does not need to honor his father The words beginning with “But you say” (verse 5) have a quotation within a quotation. If necessary you can translate them as indirect quotations. “But you teach that a person does not need to honor his parents by giving them something that may help them if the person tells his parents that he has already given it as a gift to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 15 6 q3kt figs-explicit οὐ μὴ τιμήσει τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ 1 he does not need to honor his father It is implied that “his father” means “his parents.” This means the religious leaders taught that a person does not need to show respect to his parents by taking care of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 15 6 znt9 ἠκυρώσατε τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 you have made void the word of God Here **word of God** refers specifically to his commands. Alternate translation: “you have treated the word of God as if it were invalid” or “you have ignored God’s commands”
|
||||
MAT 15 6 znt9 ἠκυρώσατε τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 you have made void the word of God Here, **word of God** refers specifically to his commands. Alternate translation: “you have treated the word of God as if it were invalid” or “you have ignored God’s commands”
|
||||
MAT 15 6 yq5a διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν 1 for the sake of your traditions “because you want to follow your traditions”
|
||||
MAT 15 7 t4fq 0 General Information: In verses 8 and 9, Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to rebuke the Pharisees and scribes.
|
||||
MAT 15 7 tn3b 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes his response to the Pharisees and scribes.
|
||||
MAT 15 7 wv77 καλῶς ἐπροφήτευσεν περὶ ὑμῶν Ἠσαΐας 1 Well did Isaiah prophesy about you “Isaiah told the truth in this prophecy about you”
|
||||
MAT 15 7 n4ti figs-explicit λέγων 1 saying It is implied that Isaiah is speaking what God told him. Alternate translation: “when he told what God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 15 8 qw69 figs-metonymy ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ 1 This people honors me with their lips Here **lips** refers to speaking. Alternate translation: “These people say all the right things to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 8 qw69 figs-metonymy ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ 1 This people honors me with their lips Here, **lips** refers to speaking. Alternate translation: “These people say all the right things to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 8 bz91 με 1 me All occurrences of this word refer to God.
|
||||
MAT 15 8 wuw3 figs-metonymy ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far from me Here **heart** refers to a person’s thoughts or emotions. This phrase is a way of saying the people are not truly devoted to God. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 15 8 wuw3 figs-metonymy ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far from me Here, **heart** refers to a person’s thoughts or emotions. This phrase is a way of saying the people are not truly devoted to God. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 15 9 jf93 μάτην δὲ σέβονταί με 1 They worship me in vain “Their worship means nothing to me” or “They only pretend to worship me”
|
||||
MAT 15 9 vvb9 ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων 1 the commandments of people “the rules that people make up”
|
||||
MAT 15 10 ti4w 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach the crowd and his disciples about what defiles a person and why the Pharisees and scribes were wrong to criticize him.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1617,7 +1617,7 @@ MAT 15 17 s833 εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ 1 passes into the sto
|
|||
MAT 15 17 s9z6 ἀφεδρῶνα 1 latrine This a polite term for the place where people bury body waste.
|
||||
MAT 15 18 e7mu 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to explain the parable that he told in [Matthew 15:13-14](./13.md).
|
||||
MAT 15 18 ca1w figs-metonymy τὰ…ἐκπορευόμενα ἐκ τοῦ στόματος 1 the things that come out of the mouth This refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “words that a person says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 18 x14k figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς καρδίας 1 from the heart Here **heart** refers to a person’s mind or innermost being. Alternate translation: “from inside the person” or “from a person’s mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 18 x14k figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς καρδίας 1 from the heart Here, **heart** refers to a person’s mind or innermost being. Alternate translation: “from inside the person” or “from a person’s mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 19 rg59 φόνοι 1 murder the act of killing innocent people
|
||||
MAT 15 20 bme7 ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν φαγεῖν 1 to eat with unwashed hands This refers to eating without first ceremonially washing one’s hands according to the traditions of the elders. Alternate translation: “eating without first washing one’s hands”
|
||||
MAT 15 21 e5gv 0 General Information: This begins an account of Jesus healing the daughter of a Canaanite woman.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1627,13 +1627,13 @@ MAT 15 22 jt94 γυνὴ Χαναναία ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκε
|
|||
MAT 15 22 f4k2 figs-explicit ἐλέησόν με 1 Have mercy on me This phrase implies that she is requesting that Jesus heal her daughter. Alternate translation: “Have mercy and heal my daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 15 22 xs64 Υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 Son of David Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “Descendant of David.” However, “Son of David” is also a title for the Messiah, and the woman may have been calling Jesus by this title.
|
||||
MAT 15 22 j6rt figs-activepassive ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμονίζεται 1 My daughter is severely demon-possessed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “A demon is controlling my daughter terribly” or “A demon is tormenting my daughter severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 15 23 hd2i figs-metonymy οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον 1 did not answer her a word Here **word** refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “said nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 23 hd2i figs-metonymy οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον 1 did not answer her a word Here, **word** refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “said nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 24 t9ga figs-activepassive οὐκ ἀπεστάλην 1 I was not sent to anyone This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God did not send me to anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 15 24 u9t4 figs-metaphor εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 to the lost sheep of the house of Israel This is a metaphor comparing the entire nation of Israel to sheep who have gone away from their shepherd. See how you translated this in [Matthew 10:6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 15 25 ch7c ἡ…ἐλθοῦσα 1 she came “the Canaanite woman came”
|
||||
MAT 15 25 u3jj translate-symaction προσεκύνει αὐτῷ 1 bowed down before him This shows that the woman humbled herself before Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 15 26 ihz4 writing-proverbs οὐκ ἔστιν καλὸν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων καὶ βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις 1 It is not right to take the children’s bread and throw it to the little dogs Jesus responds to the woman with a proverb. The basic meaning is that it is not right to take what is supposed to belong to Jews and give it to non-Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 15 26 a5bc figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων 1 the children’s bread Here **bread** refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “the children’s food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 15 26 a5bc figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων 1 the children’s bread Here, **bread** refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “the children’s food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 15 26 fe7n τοῖς κυναρίοις 1 the little dogs The Jews considered dogs to be unclean animals. Here they are used as an image for non-Jews.
|
||||
MAT 15 27 yvw1 figs-metaphor καὶ…τὰ κυνάρια ἐσθίει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν 1 even the little dogs eat some of the crumbs that fall from their masters’ tables The woman responds by using the same imagery as Jesus used in the proverb he just spoke. She means non-Jews should be able to have a small amount of the good things Jews are throwing away. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 15 27 i5tt τὰ κυνάρια 1 the little dogs Use words here for dogs of any size that people keep as pets. See how you translated this in [Matthew 15:26](../15/26.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1660,14 +1660,14 @@ MAT 15 39 be43 τὰ ὅρια 1 the region “the area”
|
|||
MAT 15 39 m8dp translate-names Μαγαδάν 1 Magadan This region is sometimes called “Magdala.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 16 intro za2k 0 # Matthew 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yeast<br><br>Jesus spoke of the way people thought about God as if it were bread, and he spoke of what people taught about God as if it were the yeast that makes bread dough become larger and the baked bread taste good. He did not want his followers to listen to what the Pharisees and Sadducees taught. This was because if they did listen, they would not understand who God is and how he wants his people to live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Jesus told his people to obey his commands. He did this by telling them to “follow” him. It is as if he were walking on a path and they were walking after him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Background information<br><br>Matthew continues his account from chapter 15 in verses 1-20. The account stops in verse 21 so Matthew can tell the reader that Jesus told his disciples again and again that people would kill him after he arrived in Jerusalem. Then the account continues in verses 22-27 with what happened the first time Jesus told the disciples that he would die.<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Matthew 16:25](../../mat/16/25.md)).
|
||||
MAT 16 1 t249 0 General Information: This begins an encounter between Jesus and the Pharisees and Sadducees.
|
||||
MAT 16 1 t7p5 πειράζοντες 1 tested him Here **tested** is used in a negative sense. Alternate translation: “challenged him” or “wanted to trap him”
|
||||
MAT 16 1 t7p5 πειράζοντες 1 tested him Here, **tested** is used in a negative sense. Alternate translation: “challenged him” or “wanted to trap him”
|
||||
MAT 16 4 jl3e figs-123person γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ…δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 An evil and adulterous generation seeks for a sign…given to it Jesus is speaking to his present generation. Alternate translation: “You are an evil and adulterous generation who demands signs from me…given to you” See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 16 4 fhx6 figs-metaphor γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς 1 An evil and adulterous generation Here **adulterous** is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md). Alternate translation: “An unfaithful generation” or “A godless generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 4 fhx6 figs-metaphor γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς 1 An evil and adulterous generation Here, **adulterous** is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md). Alternate translation: “An unfaithful generation” or “A godless generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 4 d9eq figs-activepassive σημεῖον…οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 a sign will not be given to it Jesus would not give them a sign because, though he had already performed many miracles, they refused to believe him. This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md). Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign” or “God will not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 16 4 dep2 εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ 1 except the sign of Jonah “except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md).
|
||||
MAT 16 5 ii6j 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to a later time. Jesus uses an opportunity to warn his disciples about the Pharisees and Sadducees.
|
||||
MAT 16 5 si9k figs-ellipsis τὸ πέραν 1 the other side You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “the other side of the lake” or “the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 16 6 hfz2 figs-metaphor τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων 1 the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees Here **yeast** is a metaphor that refers to evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate as **yeast** here and do not explain its meaning in your translation. This meaning will be made clear in 16:12. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 6 hfz2 figs-metaphor τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων 1 the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees Here, **yeast** is a metaphor that refers to evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate as **yeast** here and do not explain its meaning in your translation. This meaning will be made clear in 16:12. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 7 huw7 διελογίζοντο ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 reasoned among themselves “discussed this with each other” or “thought about this”
|
||||
MAT 16 8 mg8s ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 You of little faith “You who have such little faith.” Jesus addresses his disciples this way because their concern about not bringing bread shows they have little faith in Jesus to provide for them. See how you translated this in [Matthew 6:30](../06/30.md).
|
||||
MAT 16 8 zz4i figs-rquestion τί διαλογίζεσθε…ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε? 1 why do you reason…you have no bread? Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples for not understanding what he just said. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you think it was because you forgot to bring bread that I talked about the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1678,28 +1678,28 @@ MAT 16 10 b11x translate-numbers τῶν τετρακισχιλίων 1 the four
|
|||
MAT 16 10 ejm5 figs-rquestion οὐδὲ τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους…ἐλάβετε? 1 Or the seven loaves…you took up? “Do you also not remember the seven loaves…you took up?” Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples. Alternate translation: “Surely you also remember the seven loaves…you took up!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 16 11 f42k 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to warn his disciples about the Pharisees and Sadducees.
|
||||
MAT 16 11 mb2z figs-rquestion πῶς οὐ νοεῖτε, ὅτι οὐ περὶ ἄρτων εἶπον ὑμῖν? 1 How is it that you do not understand that I was not speaking to you about bread? Jesus uses this question to rebuke the disciples. Alternate translation: “You should have understood that I was not really speaking about bread.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 16 11 i7x6 figs-metaphor τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων 1 the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees Here **yeast** represents evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate as “yeast” and do not explain the meaning in your translation. In 16:12 the disciples will understand the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 11 i7x6 figs-metaphor τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων 1 the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees Here, **yeast** represents evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate as “yeast” and do not explain the meaning in your translation. In 16:12 the disciples will understand the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 12 f73l συνῆκαν 1 they understood These refer to the disciples.
|
||||
MAT 16 13 e5cm 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to a later time. Jesus asks his disciples if they understand who he is.
|
||||
MAT 16 13 pye3 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line or to introduce a new person. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 16 13 e1jh figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 16 16 n5wi guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 the Son of the living God This is an important title for Jesus that shows his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 16 16 r1h7 τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 the living God Here **living** contrasts the God of Israel to all the false gods and idols that people worshiped. Only the God of Israel is alive and has power to act.
|
||||
MAT 16 16 r1h7 τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 the living God Here, **living** contrasts the God of Israel to all the false gods and idols that people worshiped. Only the God of Israel is alive and has power to act.
|
||||
MAT 16 17 le6a translate-names Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ 1 Simon Bar Jonah “Simon son of Jonah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 16 17 dfw5 figs-synecdoche σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν 1 flesh and blood have not revealed Here **flesh and blood** refers to a human being. Alternate translation: “a human did not reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 16 17 wix3 σοι 1 to you Here **this** refers to Peter’s statement that Jesus is the Christ and the Son of the Living God.
|
||||
MAT 16 17 dfw5 figs-synecdoche σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν 1 flesh and blood have not revealed Here, **flesh and blood** refers to a human being. Alternate translation: “a human did not reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 16 17 wix3 σοι 1 to you Here, **this** refers to Peter’s statement that Jesus is the Christ and the Son of the Living God.
|
||||
MAT 16 17 v5lw figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 but my Father who is in heaven The understood information can be made clear. Alternate translation: “but it was my Father in heaven who revealed this to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 16 17 gi3l guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 16 18 z897 κἀγὼ…σοι λέγω 1 I also say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 16 18 th3d figs-explicit σὺ εἶ Πέτρος 1 you are Peter The name Peter means “rock.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 16 18 x43d figs-metaphor ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 upon this rock I will build my church Here **build my church** is a metaphor for uniting the people who believe in Jesus into a community. Possible meanings are (1) **this rock** represents Peter, or (2) **this rock** represents the truth that Peter had just said in [Matthew 16:16](../16/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 18 vu9u figs-metaphor πύλαι ᾍδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς 1 The gates of Hades will not prevail against it Here **Hades** is spoken of as if it were a city surrounded by walls with gates that keep dead people in and other people out. Here **Hades** represents death, and its “gates” represent its power. Possible meanings are (1) “the powers of death will not overcome my church” or (2) “my church will break down the power of death the way an army breaks into a city.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 16 19 ysk8 figs-you δώσω σοι 1 I will give to you Here **you** is singular and refers to Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 16 18 x43d figs-metaphor ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 upon this rock I will build my church Here, **build my church** is a metaphor for uniting the people who believe in Jesus into a community. Possible meanings are (1) **this rock** represents Peter, or (2) **this rock** represents the truth that Peter had just said in [Matthew 16:16](../16/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 18 vu9u figs-metaphor πύλαι ᾍδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς 1 The gates of Hades will not prevail against it Here, **Hades** is spoken of as if it were a city surrounded by walls with gates that keep dead people in and other people out. Here, **Hades** represents death, and its “gates” represent its power. Possible meanings are (1) “the powers of death will not overcome my church” or (2) “my church will break down the power of death the way an army breaks into a city.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 16 19 ysk8 figs-you δώσω σοι 1 I will give to you Here, **you** is singular and refers to Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 16 19 pp5d figs-metaphor τὰς κλεῖδας τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the keys of the kingdom of heaven Keys are objects that are used to lock or unlock doors. Here they represent authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 19 kc3k figs-metonymy τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of heaven This refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of heaven** is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 16 19 ef9c figs-metaphor ὃ ἐὰν δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς; καὶ ὃ ἐὰν λύσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Whatever you shall bind on earth shall be bound in heaven, and whatever you shall loose on earth shall be loosed in heaven Here **bind** is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and **loose** is a metaphor meaning to allow something. Also, “in heaven” is a metonym that represents God himself. Alternate translation: “God in heaven will approve whatever you forbid or allow on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 16 19 ef9c figs-metaphor ὃ ἐὰν δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς; καὶ ὃ ἐὰν λύσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Whatever you shall bind on earth shall be bound in heaven, and whatever you shall loose on earth shall be loosed in heaven Here, **bind** is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and **loose** is a metaphor meaning to allow something. Also, “in heaven” is a metonym that represents God himself. Alternate translation: “God in heaven will approve whatever you forbid or allow on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 16 21 wl33 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells his disciples for the first time that he will die soon.
|
||||
MAT 16 21 xql7 figs-metonymy πολλὰ παθεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, καὶ ἀρχιερέων, καὶ γραμματέων 1 suffer many things at the hand of the elders and chief priests and scribes Here **hand** refers to power. Alternate translation: “where the elders, chief priests, and scribes will cause him to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 16 21 xql7 figs-metonymy πολλὰ παθεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, καὶ ἀρχιερέων, καὶ γραμματέων 1 suffer many things at the hand of the elders and chief priests and scribes Here, **hand** refers to power. Alternate translation: “where the elders, chief priests, and scribes will cause him to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 16 21 es1l figs-activepassive γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι 1 scribes, be killed, and be raised back to life on the third day Here to raise back to life is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be stated in active form. The elders and chief priests would accuse Jesus so that others would kill him. Alternate translation: “scribes. People will then kill him , and on the third day God will make him become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 16 21 jjx5 translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the third day “Third” is the ordinal form of “three.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 16 22 jie2 writing-background καὶ προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν, ὁ Πέτρος 1 Then Peter took him aside Jesus tells them for the first time that he will die soon (verse 21). He will tell them the same thing many times after this first time. It is after this first time that Peter takes Jesus aside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1726,8 +1726,8 @@ MAT 16 27 vk5y guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ
|
|||
MAT 16 27 i7rs κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτοῦ 1 according to his actions “according to what each person has done”
|
||||
MAT 16 28 ytr3 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 16 28 k2d1 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 to you All occurrences of this word are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 16 28 wq13 figs-idiom οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου 1 will certainly not taste death Here **taste** means to experience. Alternate translation: “will not experience death” or” will not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 16 28 b2pb figs-metonymy ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 until they see the Son of Man coming in his kingdom Here **his kingdom** represents him being King. Alternate translation: “until they see the Son of Man coming as King” or “until they see the evidence that the Son of Man is King” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 16 28 wq13 figs-idiom οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου 1 will certainly not taste death Here, **taste** means to experience. Alternate translation: “will not experience death” or” will not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 16 28 b2pb figs-metonymy ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 until they see the Son of Man coming in his kingdom Here, **his kingdom** represents him being King. Alternate translation: “until they see the Son of Man coming as King” or “until they see the evidence that the Son of Man is King” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 17 intro yb4k 0 # Matthew 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Elijah<br><br>The Old Testament prophet Malachi lived many years before Jesus was born. Malachi had said that before the Messiah came a prophet named Elijah would return. Jesus explained that Malachi had been talking about John the Baptist. Jesus said this because John the Baptist had done what Malachi had said that Elijah would do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>### “transfigured”<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Matthew says in this chapter that Jesus’ body shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
|
||||
MAT 17 1 u6dw 0 General Information: This begins the account of Jesus’ transfiguration.
|
||||
MAT 17 1 nva7 τὸν Πέτρον, καὶ Ἰάκωβον, καὶ Ἰωάννην, τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Peter, James, and John his brother “Peter, James, and James’s brother John”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1743,9 +1743,9 @@ MAT 17 4 r41c ἀποκριθεὶς…εἶπεν 1 answered and said “said.
|
|||
MAT 17 4 d231 figs-exclusive καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι 1 it is good for us to be here It is not clear whether “us” refers only to Peter, James, and John, or if it refers to everyone there, including Jesus, Elijah, and Moses. If you can translate so that both options are possible, do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 17 5 cek4 ἰδοὺ 1 behold This alerts the reader to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
MAT 17 5 an8j ἐπεσκίασεν αὐτούς 1 overshadowed them “came over them”
|
||||
MAT 17 5 kc8t figs-metonymy φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης 1 there was a voice out of the cloud Here **voice** refers to God speaking. Alternate translation: “God spoke to them from out of the cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 17 5 kc8t figs-metonymy φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης 1 there was a voice out of the cloud Here, **voice** refers to God speaking. Alternate translation: “God spoke to them from out of the cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 17 6 wd76 καὶ ἀκούσαντες, οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 When the disciples heard it “the disciples heard God speak”
|
||||
MAT 17 6 a87e figs-idiom ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν 1 they fell on their face Here **fell on their face** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “they fell forward, with their faces to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 17 6 a87e figs-idiom ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν 1 they fell on their face Here, **fell on their face** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “they fell forward, with their faces to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 17 9 w4w9 0 Connecting Statement: The following events happen immediately after the three disciples witness Jesus’ transfiguration.
|
||||
MAT 17 9 jz51 καὶ καταβαινόντων αὐτῶν 1 As they were coming down “As Jesus and the disciples”
|
||||
MAT 17 9 y9rq figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1753,7 +1753,7 @@ MAT 17 10 nwt5 figs-explicit τί οὖν οἱ γραμματεῖς λέγου
|
|||
MAT 17 11 xbs2 ἀποκαταστήσει πάντα 1 restore all things “put things in order” or “get the people ready to receive the Messiah”
|
||||
MAT 17 12 whp9 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν 1 But I tell you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 17 12 a4h7 ἐποίησαν…αὐτῶν 1 they did…them All occurrences of these words may mean either (1) the Jewish leaders or (2) all the Jewish people.
|
||||
MAT 17 12 tyw4 figs-metonymy καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει πάσχειν ὑπ’ αὐτῶν 1 the Son of Man will also suffer by them Here **hands** refers to power. Alternate translation: “they will make the Son of Man suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 17 12 tyw4 figs-metonymy καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει πάσχειν ὑπ’ αὐτῶν 1 the Son of Man will also suffer by them Here, **hands** refers to power. Alternate translation: “they will make the Son of Man suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 17 12 i74i figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 17 14 t687 0 Connecting Statement: This begins an account of Jesus healing a boy who had an evil spirit. These events happen immediately after Jesus and his disciples descend from the mountain.
|
||||
MAT 17 15 ufb4 figs-explicit ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν 1 have mercy on my son It is implied that the man wants Jesus to heal his son. Alternate translation: “have mercy on my son and heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1762,7 +1762,7 @@ MAT 17 17 lyu5 γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη,
|
|||
MAT 17 17 su3r figs-rquestion ἕως πότε μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? 1 how long will I have to stay with you? How long must I bear with you? These questions show Jesus is unhappy with the people. Alternate translation: “I am tired of being with you! I am tired of your unbelief and corruption!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 17 18 i8kd figs-activepassive ἐθεραπεύθη ὁ παῖς 1 the boy was healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the boy became well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 17 18 h2gc figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 1 from that hour This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “immediately” or “at that moment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 17 19 pz9f figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we Here **we** refers to the speakers but not the hearers and so is exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 17 19 pz9f figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we Here, **we** refers to the speakers but not the hearers and so is exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 17 19 r9j7 διὰ τί ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἠδυνήθημεν ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό? 1 Why could we not cast it out? “Why could we not make the demon come out of the boy?”
|
||||
MAT 17 20 u5ll ἀμὴν, γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν 1 For I truly say to you “I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 17 20 uy78 figs-simile ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως 1 if you have faith even as small as a grain of mustard seed Jesus compares the size of a mustard seed to the amount of faith needed to do a miracle. A mustard seed is very small, but it grows into a large plant. Jesus means it only takes a small amount of faith to do a great miracle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1772,7 +1772,7 @@ MAT 17 22 n2xs συστρεφομένων…αὐτῶν 1 While they stayed
|
|||
MAT 17 22 ff8x figs-activepassive μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι 1 The Son of Man is about to be delivered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 17 22 mmk2 figs-metonymy παραδίδοσθαι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 to be delivered into the hands of people The word **hands** here is a metonym for the power that people use hands to exercise. Alternate translation: “taken and put under the power of people” or “taken and given to people who will control him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 17 22 i5rb figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 17 22 jne3 figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 into the hands of people Here **hands** refers to power or control. Alternate translation: “to the control of the people” or “to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 17 22 jne3 figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 into the hands of people Here, **hands** refers to power or control. Alternate translation: “to the control of the people” or “to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 17 23 hl6j figs-123person αὐτόν…ἐγερθήσεται 1 him…he will be raised up Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 17 23 b6g3 translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the third day “Third” is the ordinal form of “three.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 17 23 fni4 figs-activepassive ἐγερθήσεται 1 he will be raised up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” or “God will cause him to become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1791,7 +1791,7 @@ MAT 17 27 uhk5 figs-explicit βάλε ἄγκιστρον 1 throw in a hook Fish
|
|||
MAT 17 27 ebj4 τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ 1 its mouth “the fish’s mouth”
|
||||
MAT 17 27 t9t8 translate-bmoney στατῆρα 1 a shekel a silver coin worth four days’ wages (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MAT 17 27 ej3l ἐκεῖνον λαβὼν 1 Take it “Take the shekel”
|
||||
MAT 17 27 km3v figs-you ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ 1 for me and you Here **you** is singular and refers to Peter. Each man had to pay a half shekel tax. So one shekel would be enough for Jesus and Peter to pay their taxes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 17 27 km3v figs-you ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ 1 for me and you Here, **you** is singular and refers to Peter. Each man had to pay a half shekel tax. So one shekel would be enough for Jesus and Peter to pay their taxes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 intro m4y6 0 # Matthew 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### What should Jesus’ followers do when other followers sin against them?<br><br>Jesus taught that his followers must treat each other well and not be angry with each other. They should forgive anyone who is sorry for his sin, even if he has committed the same sin before. If he is not sorry for his sin, Jesus’ followers should speak with him alone or in a small group. If he is still not sorry after that, then Jesus’ followers can treat him as guilty. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
|
||||
MAT 18 1 f7zv 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through [Matthew 18:35](../18/35.md), where Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of heaven. Here, Jesus uses a little child to teach the disciples.
|
||||
MAT 18 1 iri5 τίς ἄρα μείζων ἐστὶν 1 Who then is greatest “Who is the most important” or “Who among us will be the most important”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1803,19 +1803,19 @@ MAT 18 3 ch9p figs-metonymy εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλεία
|
|||
MAT 18 4 ta7z figs-simile 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues teaching the disciples that they need to be humble like a child if they want to be important in God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 18 4 f9t5 ἐστιν ὁ μείζων 1 is the greatest “is the most important” or “will be the most important”
|
||||
MAT 18 4 gf8l figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 in the kingdom of heaven The phrase **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “in God’s kingdom” or “when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 5 dz1i figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Here **my name** refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because he is my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 5 dz1i figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Here, **my name** refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because he is my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 5 ik3r καὶ ὃς ἐὰν…ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται 1 Whoever…in my name receives me Jesus means that it is the same as welcoming him. Alternate translation: “When someone…in my name, it is like he is welcoming me” or “When someone…in my name, it is as if he were welcoming me”
|
||||
MAT 18 6 ghp3 figs-activepassive κρεμασθῇ μύλος ὀνικὸς περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταποντισθῇ ἐν τῷ πελάγει τῆς θαλάσσης 1 a great millstone should be hung about his neck, and that he should be sunk into the depths of the sea This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if someone put a great millstone around his neck and threw him into the deep sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 6 w3uz μύλος 1 millstone This is a large, heavy, circular stone used for grinding wheat grain into flour. Alternate translation: “a heavy stone”
|
||||
MAT 18 7 cl5i 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to use a little child to teach the disciples and warns against the terrible consequences of causing children to sin.
|
||||
MAT 18 7 ees6 figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 to the world Here **world** refers to people. Alternate translation: “to the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 7 y7vh figs-metaphor τῶν σκανδάλων…ἐλθεῖν τὰ σκάνδαλα…τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ δι’ οὗ τὸ σκάνδαλον ἔρχεται 1 the stumbling blocks…those stumbling blocks come…the person through whom those stumbling blocks come Here **stumbling** is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: “things that cause people to sin…things come that cause people to sin…any person who causes others to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 18 7 ees6 figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 to the world Here, **world** refers to people. Alternate translation: “to the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 7 y7vh figs-metaphor τῶν σκανδάλων…ἐλθεῖν τὰ σκάνδαλα…τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ δι’ οὗ τὸ σκάνδαλον ἔρχεται 1 the stumbling blocks…those stumbling blocks come…the person through whom those stumbling blocks come Here, **stumbling** is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: “things that cause people to sin…things come that cause people to sin…any person who causes others to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 18 8 vad7 figs-hyperbole εἰ δὲ ἡ χείρ σου ἢ ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 If your hand or your foot causes you to stumble, cut it off and throw it away from you Jesus exaggerates here to emphasize that people must do anything necessary to remove from their lives what causes them to sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 18 8 gqi3 figs-you σου…σε 1 your…you All occurrences of these words are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 8 pc4d εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 into life “into eternal life”
|
||||
MAT 18 8 lhk9 figs-activepassive ἢ δύο χεῖρας ἢ δύο πόδας ἔχοντα, βληθῆναι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον 1 than to be thrown into the eternal fire having two hands or two feet This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “than to have both hands and feet when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 9 xad4 figs-hyperbole καὶ εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 If your eye causes you to stumble, pluck it out and throw it away from you The command to destroy the eye, perhaps the most important part of the body, is probably an exaggeration for his hearers to do anything necessary to remove from their lives anything that causes them to sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 18 9 q7tw figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζει σε 1 causes you to stumble Here **stumble** is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 18 9 q7tw figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζει σε 1 causes you to stumble Here, **stumble** is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 18 9 eii2 figs-you σου…σοῦ 1 your…you All occurrences of these words are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 9 m8as εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 into life “into eternal life”
|
||||
MAT 18 9 r1ie figs-activepassive ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός 1 than to be thrown into fiery hell having two eyes This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “than to have both eyes when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1838,20 +1838,20 @@ MAT 18 14 fmm2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 Father This
|
|||
MAT 18 15 k6t7 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach his disciples about forgiveness and reconciliation.
|
||||
MAT 18 15 kpe2 ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 your brother This refers to a fellow believer in God, not a physical brother. Alternate translation: “your fellow believer”
|
||||
MAT 18 15 yh3t ἐκέρδησας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου 1 you will have gained your brother “you will have made your relationship with your brother good again”
|
||||
MAT 18 16 i25x figs-metonymy ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 so that by the mouth of two or three witnesses every word might be verified Here **mouth** and **word** refer to what a person says. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that two or three witnesses may verify that what you say about your brother is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 16 i25x figs-metonymy ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 so that by the mouth of two or three witnesses every word might be verified Here, **mouth** and **word** refer to what a person says. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that two or three witnesses may verify that what you say about your brother is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 17 g3aj ἐὰν…παρακούσῃ αὐτῶν 1 if he refuses to listen to them “if your fellow believer refuses to listen to the witnesses who came with you”
|
||||
MAT 18 17 kx28 τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 to the church “to the whole community of believers”
|
||||
MAT 18 17 xf1a figs-explicit ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης 1 let him be to you as a Gentile and a tax collector “treat him as you would treat a Gentile or tax collector.” This implies that they should remove him from the community of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 18 18 u2kl ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 18 18 qzq7 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 you All occurrences of this word are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 18 bu6i figs-metaphor ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ὅσα ἐὰν λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 whatever things you bind on earth will be bound in heaven; and whatever you release on earth will be released in heaven Here **bind** is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and **release** is a metaphor meaning to allow something. Also, “in heaven” is a metonym that represents God himself. See how you translated similar phrases in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). Alternate translation: “God in heaven will approve whatever you forbid or allow on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 18 bu6i figs-metaphor ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ὅσα ἐὰν λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 whatever things you bind on earth will be bound in heaven; and whatever you release on earth will be released in heaven Here, **bind** is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and **release** is a metaphor meaning to allow something. Also, “in heaven” is a metonym that represents God himself. See how you translated similar phrases in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). Alternate translation: “God in heaven will approve whatever you forbid or allow on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 18 l7na λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 18 19 cal4 figs-explicit ἐὰν δύο…ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 if two of you It is implied that Jesus means “if at least two of you” or “if two or more of you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 18 19 c3lf ἐὰν αἰτήσωνται…αὐτοῖς 1 they might ask…them These refer to the “two of you.” Alternate translation: “you…you”
|
||||
MAT 18 19 gs8w guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 18 20 kv9z figs-explicit δύο ἢ τρεῖς 1 two or three It is implied that Jesus means “two or more” or “at least two.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 18 20 s5rx συνηγμένοι 1 gathered together “meet”
|
||||
MAT 18 20 l7vu figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα 1 in my name Here **name** refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because they are my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 20 l7vu figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα 1 in my name Here, **name** refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because they are my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 21 cys4 translate-numbers ἑπτάκις 1 seven times “7 times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 18 22 b19x translate-numbers ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά 1 seventy times seven Possible meanings are (1) “70 times 7” or (2) “77 times.” If using a number would be confusing, you can translate it as “more times than you can count” or “you must always forgive him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 18 23 n44s 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus uses a parable to teach about forgiveness and reconciliation.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1886,15 +1886,15 @@ MAT 18 34 j7s3 τοῖς βασανισταῖς 1 to the torturers “to those
|
|||
MAT 18 34 e14m figs-activepassive τὸ ὀφειλόμενον 1 that was owed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the first servant owed the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 35 pm1d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος 1 my heavenly Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 18 35 q8p9 figs-you ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν 1 to you…your All occurrences of these words are plural. Jesus is speaking to his disciples, but this parable teaches a general truth that applies to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 35 c4fw figs-metonymy ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν 1 from your heart Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. The phrase **from your heart** is an idiom that means “sincerely.” Alternate translation: “sincerely” or “completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 18 35 c4fw figs-metonymy ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν 1 from your heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. The phrase **from your heart** is an idiom that means “sincerely.” Alternate translation: “sincerely” or “completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 19 intro ewl5 0 # Matthew 19 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Divorce<br><br>Jesus taught about divorce because the Pharisees wanted people to think Jesus’ teachings about divorce were wrong ([Matthew 19:3-12](./03.md)). Jesus talked about what God had first said about marriage when he created it.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Jesus often says the word “heaven” when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven ([Matthew 1:12](../../mat/01/12.md)).
|
||||
MAT 19 1 nj6t writing-background 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through [Matthew 22:46](../22/46.md), which tells of Jesus ministering in Judea. These verses provide background information of how Jesus came to be in Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 19 1 ap4g ἐγένετο, ὅτε 1 It came about that when This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “When” or “After”
|
||||
MAT 19 1 c5j9 figs-metonymy ἐτέλεσεν…τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 had finished these words Here **words** refers to what Jesus taught starting in [Matthew 18:1](../18/01.md). Alternate translation: “had finished teaching these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 1 c5j9 figs-metonymy ἐτέλεσεν…τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 had finished these words Here, **words** refers to what Jesus taught starting in [Matthew 18:1](../18/01.md). Alternate translation: “had finished teaching these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 1 d83m ἀπὸ 1 departed from “walked away from” or “left”
|
||||
MAT 19 3 kg12 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach about marriage and divorce.
|
||||
MAT 19 3 gl85 προσῆλθον αὐτῷ 1 came to him “came to Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 19 3 s8jq πειράζοντες αὐτὸν καὶ λέγοντες 1 testing him and saying Here **tested** is used in a negative sense. Alternate translation: “and challenged him by asking him” or “and wanted to trap him by asking him”
|
||||
MAT 19 3 s8jq πειράζοντες αὐτὸν καὶ λέγοντες 1 testing him and saying Here, **tested** is used in a negative sense. Alternate translation: “and challenged him by asking him” or “and wanted to trap him by asking him”
|
||||
MAT 19 4 ncb6 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, ἐποίησεν αὐτοὺς? 1 Have you not read that he who made them from the beginning made them male and female? Jesus uses this question to remind the Pharisees of what the scripture says about men, women, and marriage. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read that in the beginning when God created people he made them male and female.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 19 5 n8zn 0 General Information: In verse 5, Jesus quotes from Genesis to show that a husband and wife should not divorce.
|
||||
MAT 19 5 q71w figs-explicit καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου…εἰς σάρκα μίαν? 1 He also said, ‘For this reason…one flesh.’ This is part of what Jesus expected the Pharisees to have understood from the scripture. The direct quotation can be expressed as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And surely you know that God also said that for this reason…flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1906,8 +1906,8 @@ MAT 19 7 jxs2 λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 They said to him “The Pharisees s
|
|||
MAT 19 7 ugf4 ἐνετείλατο 1 command us “command us Jews”
|
||||
MAT 19 7 xml9 βιβλίον ἀποστασίου 1 certificate of divorce This is a document that legally ends the marriage.
|
||||
MAT 19 8 zu87 figs-metaphor πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 For your hardness of heart The phrase **hardness of heart** is a metaphor that means “stubbornness.” Alternate translation: “Because of your stubbornness” or “Because you are stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 19 8 ve9e figs-you τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν…ἐπέτρεψεν ὑμῖν…τὰς γυναῖκας ὑμῶν 1 your hardness of heart…allowed you…your wives Here **you** and **your** are plural. Jesus is speaking to the Pharisees, but Moses gave this command many years earlier to their ancestors. Moses’ command applied to all Jewish men in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 19 8 mgx9 figs-metonymy ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς δὲ 1 from the beginning Here **beginning** refers to when God first created man and woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 8 ve9e figs-you τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν…ἐπέτρεψεν ὑμῖν…τὰς γυναῖκας ὑμῶν 1 your hardness of heart…allowed you…your wives Here, **you** and **your** are plural. Jesus is speaking to the Pharisees, but Moses gave this command many years earlier to their ancestors. Moses’ command applied to all Jewish men in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 19 8 mgx9 figs-metonymy ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς δὲ 1 from the beginning Here, **beginning** refers to when God first created man and woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 9 eq8z λέγω…ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 19 9 yl3x figs-ellipsis γαμήσῃ ἄλλην 1 marries another You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “marries another woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 19 9 ps45 translate-textvariants καὶ ὁ ἀπολελυμένην γαμήσας μοιχᾶται 1 and the man who marries a woman who is divorced commits adultery Many early texts do not include these words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1915,13 +1915,13 @@ MAT 19 11 h3a3 figs-activepassive δέδοται 1 to whom it is given This can
|
|||
MAT 19 12 yvb8 figs-explicit εἰσὶν γὰρ εὐνοῦχοι, οἵτινες ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς ἐγεννήθησαν οὕτως 1 For there are eunuchs who were that way from their mother’s womb You can make explicit the implicit information. Alternate translation: “For there are different reasons that men do not marry. For instance, there are men who were born eunuchs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 m1r9 figs-activepassive εἰσὶν εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνουχίσθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 there are eunuchs who were made eunuchs by men This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “there are men whom other men have made eunuchs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 g4bw figs-metaphor εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς 1 eunuchs who made themselves eunuchs Possible meanings are (1) “men who have made themselves eunuchs by removing their private parts” or (2) “men who choose to remain unmarried and sexually pure.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 r78n figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 for the sake of the kingdom of heaven Here **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep **heaven** in your translation. Alternate translation: “so they can better serve our God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 r78n figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 for the sake of the kingdom of heaven Here, **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep **heaven** in your translation. Alternate translation: “so they can better serve our God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 hqu1 χωρεῖν, χωρείτω 1 to receive this teaching, let him receive it “accept this teaching…accept it”
|
||||
MAT 19 13 wjb5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus receives and blesses little children.
|
||||
MAT 19 13 wu52 figs-activepassive προσηνέχθησαν αὐτῷ παιδία 1 some little children were brought to him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “some people brought little children to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 19 14 t6cm ἄφετε 1 Permit allow
|
||||
MAT 19 14 m219 μὴ κωλύετε αὐτὰ ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 do not forbid them to come to me “do not stop them from coming to me”
|
||||
MAT 19 14 l1bq figs-metonymy τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 for the kingdom of heaven is to such ones Here **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep **heaven** in your translation. Alternate translation: “for when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth, he will be king over such as these” or “for God will allow such as these into his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 14 l1bq figs-metonymy τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 for the kingdom of heaven is to such ones Here, **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep **heaven** in your translation. Alternate translation: “for when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth, he will be king over such as these” or “for God will allow such as these into his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 14 za2g figs-simile τῶν…τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 is to such ones “belongs to those who are like children.” This is a simile that means those who are humble like children will enter God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 19 16 g9us 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to a different time when Jesus explains to a rich man what it will cost to follow him.
|
||||
MAT 19 16 vj7t ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word **behold** alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1935,7 +1935,7 @@ MAT 19 21 zic9 figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς 1 to the poor This nominal adject
|
|||
MAT 19 21 e4vs figs-metaphor ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 you will have treasure in heaven The phrase **treasure in heaven** is a metaphor that refers to a reward from God. Alternate translation: “God will reward you in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 19 23 ass2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus explains to his disciples the rewards of giving up material possessions and relationships to follow him.
|
||||
MAT 19 23 r93j ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 19 23 ean2 figs-metonymy εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 to enter in to the kingdom of heaven Here **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep **heaven** in your translation. Alternate translation: “to accept our God in heaven as their king” or “to enter God’s kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 23 ean2 figs-metonymy εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 to enter in to the kingdom of heaven Here, **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep **heaven** in your translation. Alternate translation: “to accept our God in heaven as their king” or “to enter God’s kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 24 c8l5 figs-hyperbole ὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν…τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ 1 it is easier…the kingdom of God Jesus uses an exaggeration to illustrate how very difficult it is for rich people to enter the kingdom of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 19 24 dip3 τρήματος ῥαφίδος 1 the eye of a needle the hole near one end of a needle, through which thread is passed
|
||||
MAT 19 25 sl38 figs-explicit ἐξεπλήσσοντο 1 they were very astonished “the disciples were amazed.” It is implied that they were astonished because they believed having riches was proof that God approved of someone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1947,11 +1947,11 @@ MAT 19 28 j89c figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ 1 in the new
|
|||
MAT 19 28 gey2 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 19 28 sx2j figs-metonymy καθίσῃ…ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 sits on his glorious throne Sitting on his throne represents ruling as a king. His throne being glorious represents his rule being glorious. Alternate translation: “sits as king on his glorious throne” or “rules gloriously as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 28 rx2u figs-metonymy καθήσεσθε…ἐπὶ δώδεκα θρόνους 1 will sit upon twelve thrones Here sitting on thrones refers to ruling as kings. The disciples will not be equal to Jesus who is also on a throne. They will receive authority from him. Alternate translation: “sit as kings on 12 thrones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 28 ci3t figs-metonymy τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 the twelve tribes of Israel Here **tribes** refers to people from those tribes. Alternate translation: “the people of the 12 tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 29 gq8p figs-metonymy ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀνόματός 1 for my name’s sake Here **name** refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because he believes in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 28 ci3t figs-metonymy τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 the twelve tribes of Israel Here, **tribes** refers to people from those tribes. Alternate translation: “the people of the 12 tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 29 gq8p figs-metonymy ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀνόματός 1 for my name’s sake Here, **name** refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because he believes in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 29 bzt3 translate-numbers ἑκατονταπλασίονα λήμψεται 1 will receive one hundred times as much “receive from God 100 times as many good things as they gave up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 19 29 z8wb figs-idiom ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει 1 will inherit eternal life This is an idiom that means “God will bless them with eternal life” or “God will cause them to live forever.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 19 30 u8p3 πολλοὶ δὲ ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 But many who are first will be last, and the last will be first Here **first** and **last** refer to people’s status or importance. Jesus is contrasting people’s status now with their status in the kingdom of heaven. Alternate translation: “But many who seem to be important now will be the least important, and many who seem to be unimportant now will be very important”
|
||||
MAT 19 30 u8p3 πολλοὶ δὲ ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 But many who are first will be last, and the last will be first Here, **first** and **last** refer to people’s status or importance. Jesus is contrasting people’s status now with their status in the kingdom of heaven. Alternate translation: “But many who seem to be important now will be the least important, and many who seem to be unimportant now will be very important”
|
||||
MAT 20 intro z39h 0 # Matthew 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The parable of the landowner and his vineyard<br><br>Jesus tells this parable ([Matthew 20:1-16](./01.md)) to teach his disciples that what God says is right is different from what people say is right.
|
||||
MAT 20 1 k7sw 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells a parable about a landowner who hires workers, to illustrate how God will reward those who belong to the kingdom of heaven.
|
||||
MAT 20 1 q9qc figs-parables ὁμοία γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 For the kingdom of heaven is like This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated the introduction to the parable in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1986,12 +1986,12 @@ MAT 20 13 qxn3 translate-bmoney δηναρίου 1 a denarius This was the daily
|
|||
MAT 20 15 g5ii figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes his parable about a landowner who hires workers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 20 15 h3uh figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ ἔξεστίν μοι, ὃ θέλω ποιῆσαι ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖς? 1 Do I not have the right to do as I want with what belongs to me? The landowner uses a question to correct the workers who were complaining. Alternate translation: “I can do what I want with my own possessions.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 20 15 dus3 figs-rquestion ἢ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρός ἐστιν, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἀγαθός εἰμι? 1 Or are you envious because I am generous? The landowner uses a question to rebuke the workers who were complaining. Alternate translation: “Do not be jealous when I am generous to other people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 20 16 k5fe οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι, καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι 1 So the last will be first, and the first last Here **first** and **last** refer to people’s status or importance. Jesus is contrasting people’s status now with their status in the kingdom of heaven. See how you translated a similar statement in [Matthew 19:30](../19/30.md). Alternate translation: “So those who seem to be unimportant now will be the most important, and those who seem to be the most important now will be the least important”
|
||||
MAT 20 16 k5fe οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι, καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι 1 So the last will be first, and the first last Here, **first** and **last** refer to people’s status or importance. Jesus is contrasting people’s status now with their status in the kingdom of heaven. See how you translated a similar statement in [Matthew 19:30](../19/30.md). Alternate translation: “So those who seem to be unimportant now will be the most important, and those who seem to be the most important now will be the least important”
|
||||
MAT 20 16 bhr5 οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 So the last will be first Here the parable has ended and Jesus is speaking. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said, ‘So the last will be first’”
|
||||
MAT 20 17 iu9d 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus foretells his death and resurrection a third time as he and his disciples travel to Jerusalem.
|
||||
MAT 20 17 b6ia ἀναβαίνων ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 going up to JerusalemAs Jesus was going up to Jerusalem Jerusalem was on top of a hill, so people had to travel up to get there.
|
||||
MAT 20 18 d3ig ἰδοὺ, ἀναβαίνομεν 1 See, we are going up Jesus uses The word **See** to tell the disciples the must pay attention to what he is about to tell them.
|
||||
MAT 20 18 nf34 figs-exclusive ἀναβαίνομεν 1 we are going up Here **we** refers to Jesus and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 20 18 nf34 figs-exclusive ἀναβαίνομεν 1 we are going up Here, **we** refers to Jesus and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 20 18 b2f2 figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται 1 the Son of Man will be delivered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 20 18 rbl4 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…αὐτὸν 1 Son of Man…him Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate these in the first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 20 18 s8uh κατακρινοῦσιν 1 They will condemn The chief priests and scribes will condemn Jesus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2003,9 +2003,9 @@ MAT 20 19 kr7a figs-activepassive ἀναστήσεται 1 he will be raised up
|
|||
MAT 20 20 u67i 0 Connecting Statement: In response to the question that the mother of two of the disciples asks, Jesus teaches his disciples about authority and serving others in the kingdom of heaven.
|
||||
MAT 20 20 sx75 τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου 1 the sons of Zebedee This refers James and John.
|
||||
MAT 20 21 b8xs figs-metonymy ἐκ δεξιῶν…ἐξ εὐωνύμων σου 1 at your right hand…at your left hand These refer to having positions of power, authority, and honor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 20 21 i9n6 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου 1 in your kingdom Here **kingdom** refers to Jesus ruling as king. Alternate translation: “when you are king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 20 22 gx17 figs-you οὐκ οἴδατε 1 You do not know Here **you** is plural and refers to the mother and the sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 20 22 i8nx figs-you δύνασθε 1 Are you able Here **you** is plural, but Jesus is only talking to the two sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 20 21 i9n6 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου 1 in your kingdom Here, **kingdom** refers to Jesus ruling as king. Alternate translation: “when you are king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 20 22 gx17 figs-you οὐκ οἴδατε 1 You do not know Here, **you** is plural and refers to the mother and the sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 20 22 i8nx figs-you δύνασθε 1 Are you able Here, **you** is plural, but Jesus is only talking to the two sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 20 22 f9cy figs-idiom πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ μέλλω πίνειν 1 to drink the cup that I am about to drink To “drink the cup” or “drink from the cup” is an idiom that means to experience suffering. Alternate translation: “suffer what I am about to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 20 22 d4rf λέγουσιν 1 They said “The sons of Zebedee said” or “James and John said”
|
||||
MAT 20 23 m4d2 figs-idiom τὸ μὲν ποτήριόν μου πίεσθε 1 My cup you will indeed drink To “drink a cup” or “drink from a cup” is an idiom that means to experience suffering. Alternate translation: “You will indeed suffer as I will suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2054,9 +2054,9 @@ MAT 21 7 y6en τὰ ἱμάτια 1 cloaks These were outer clothing or long co
|
|||
MAT 21 8 t29s figs-explicit ὄχλος ἔστρωσαν ἑαυτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔκοπτον κλάδους ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων, καὶ ἐστρώννυον ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 crowd spread their cloaks on the road, and others cut branches from the trees and spread them in the road These are ways to show honor to Jesus as he was entering Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 21 9 ky4c ὡσαννὰ 1 Hosanna This word means “save us,” but it can also mean “praise God!”
|
||||
MAT 21 9 ysb9 τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ 1 the son of David Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “descendant of king David.” However, “Son of David” is also a title for the Messiah, and the crowd was probably calling Jesus by this title.
|
||||
MAT 21 9 q52t figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord Here **in the name** means “in the power” or “as a representative.” Alternate translation: “in the power of the Lord” or “as the representative of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 9 g73z figs-metonymy ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 Hosanna in the highest Here **highest** refers to God who rules from the highest heaven. Alternate translation: “Praise God, who is in the highest heaven” or “Praise be to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 10 cb4h figs-metonymy ἐσείσθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις 1 all the city was stirred Here **city** refers to the people living there. Alternate translation: “many people from all over the city were stirred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 9 q52t figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord Here, **in the name** means “in the power” or “as a representative.” Alternate translation: “in the power of the Lord” or “as the representative of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 9 g73z figs-metonymy ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 Hosanna in the highest Here, **highest** refers to God who rules from the highest heaven. Alternate translation: “Praise God, who is in the highest heaven” or “Praise be to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 10 cb4h figs-metonymy ἐσείσθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις 1 all the city was stirred Here, **city** refers to the people living there. Alternate translation: “many people from all over the city were stirred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 10 nqb2 ἐσείσθη 1 stirred “excited”
|
||||
MAT 21 12 q41c 0 General Information: In verse 13, Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to rebuke the vendors and money changers.
|
||||
MAT 21 12 mc5v 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus entering into the temple.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2065,7 +2065,7 @@ MAT 21 12 w7ac τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζοντας 1
|
|||
MAT 21 13 guy7 λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 He said to them “Jesus said to those who were changing money and buying and selling things”
|
||||
MAT 21 13 m1jl figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 It is written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The prophets wrote long ago” or “God said long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 13 z8gr figs-activepassive ὁ οἶκός μου…κληθήσεται 1 My house will be called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My house will be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 13 n9v8 ὁ οἶκός μου 1 My house Here **My** refers to God and **house** refers to the temple.
|
||||
MAT 21 13 n9v8 ὁ οἶκός μου 1 My house Here, **My** refers to God and **house** refers to the temple.
|
||||
MAT 21 13 bd8x figs-idiom οἶκος προσευχῆς 1 a house of prayer This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “a place where people pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 21 13 c7l3 figs-metaphor σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 a den of robbers Jesus uses a metaphor to scold the people for buying and selling items in the temple. Alternate translation: “like a place where robbers hide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 21 14 rpp3 figs-nominaladj τυφλοὶ καὶ χωλοὶ 1 the blind and the lame These nominal adjectives can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “those who were blind and those who were lame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2094,7 +2094,7 @@ MAT 21 23 s1w6 ταῦτα 1 these things This refers to Jesus teaching and hea
|
|||
MAT 21 25 dau4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the religious leaders.
|
||||
MAT 21 25 k1a7 πόθεν ἦν? 1 from where did it come? “where did he get the authority to do that?”
|
||||
MAT 21 25 vvt5 figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ? 1 If we say, ‘From heaven,’ he will say to us, ‘Why then did you not believe him? This has quotes within a quote. You could translate the direct quotations as an indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “If we say that we believe John received his authority from heaven, then Jesus will ask us why we did not believe John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 21 25 xx3b figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 From heaven Here **heaven** refers to God. Alternate translation: “from God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 25 xx3b figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 From heaven Here, **heaven** refers to God. Alternate translation: “from God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 25 jmg7 figs-rquestion διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ? 1 Why then did you not believe him? The religious leaders know that Jesus could scold them with this rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “Then you should have believed John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 26 zxn4 figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, 1 But if we say, ‘From men,’ This is a quote within a quote. You could translate the direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that we believe John received his authority from men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 21 26 vn6j φοβούμεθα τὸν ὄχλον 1 we fear the crowd “we fear what the crowd would think or even do to us”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2105,11 +2105,11 @@ MAT 21 29 b96z figs-metaphor μεταμεληθεὶς 1 he changed his mind Thi
|
|||
MAT 21 31 hl72 λέγουσιν 1 They said “The chief priests and elders said”
|
||||
MAT 21 31 au13 λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus said to them “Jesus said to the chief priests and elders”
|
||||
MAT 21 31 er5s ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 21 31 ec9f figs-metonymy οἱ τελῶναι καὶ αἱ πόρναι προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ 1 the tax collectors and the prostitutes will enter into the kingdom of God before you Here **kingdom of God** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “when God establishes his rule on earth, he will agree to bless the tax collectors and prostitutes by ruling over them before he agrees to do that for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 31 ec9f figs-metonymy οἱ τελῶναι καὶ αἱ πόρναι προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ 1 the tax collectors and the prostitutes will enter into the kingdom of God before you Here, **kingdom of God** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “when God establishes his rule on earth, he will agree to bless the tax collectors and prostitutes by ruling over them before he agrees to do that for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 31 pd34 προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς 1 will enter…before you Possible meanings are (1) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes sooner than he will accept the Jewish religious leaders, or (2) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes instead of the Jewish religious leaders.
|
||||
MAT 21 32 a8z8 figs-you ἦλθεν…Ἰωάννης πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 John came to you Here **you** is plural and refers to all the people of Israel not just the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “John came to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 21 32 a8z8 figs-you ἦλθεν…Ἰωάννης πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 John came to you Here, **you** is plural and refers to all the people of Israel not just the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “John came to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 21 32 n2ve figs-idiom ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης 1 in the way of righteousness This is an idiom that means John showed the people the right way to live. Alternate translation: “and told you the way God wants you to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 21 32 c5t4 figs-you οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 you did not believe him Here **you** is plural and refers to the religious leaders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 21 32 c5t4 figs-you οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 you did not believe him Here, **you** is plural and refers to the religious leaders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 21 33 nn9y figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: To rebuke the religious leaders and illustrate their unbelief, Jesus tells a parable about rebellious servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 21 33 sx2y οἰκοδεσπότης 1 a landowner “a person who owned a piece of property”
|
||||
MAT 21 33 v39u φραγμὸν 1 a hedge “a wall” or “a fence”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2128,10 +2128,10 @@ MAT 21 42 me7g figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε…ὀφθαλ
|
|||
MAT 21 42 mcm8 figs-metaphor λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 The stone which the builders rejected has been made the cornerstone Jesus is quoting from the Psalms. This is a metaphor that means the religious leaders, like builders, will reject Jesus, but God will make him the most important in his kingdom, like the cornerstone in a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 21 42 uid2 figs-activepassive ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 has become the cornerstone This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “has become the cornerstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 42 b1sr παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη 1 This was from the Lord “The Lord has caused this great change”
|
||||
MAT 21 42 el83 figs-metonymy ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 it is marvelous in our eyes Here **in our eyes** refers to seeing. Alternate translation: “it is wonderful to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 42 el83 figs-metonymy ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 it is marvelous in our eyes Here, **in our eyes** refers to seeing. Alternate translation: “it is wonderful to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 43 s93a λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 21 43 c7pb figs-you ὑμῖν 1 to you Here **you** is plural. Jesus was speaking to the religious leaders who had rejected him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 21 43 v89z figs-metonymy ἀρθήσεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ δοθήσεται ἔθνει 1 the kingdom of God will be taken away from you and will be given to a nation Here **kingdom of God** refers to God’s rule as king. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take his kingdom away from you and will give it to a nation” or “God will reject you and he will be king over people from other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 43 c7pb figs-you ὑμῖν 1 to you Here, **you** is plural. Jesus was speaking to the religious leaders who had rejected him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 21 43 v89z figs-metonymy ἀρθήσεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ δοθήσεται ἔθνει 1 the kingdom of God will be taken away from you and will be given to a nation Here, **kingdom of God** refers to God’s rule as king. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take his kingdom away from you and will give it to a nation” or “God will reject you and he will be king over people from other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 43 cm2i figs-metaphor ποιοῦντι τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς 1 that produces its fruits **Fruits** here is a metaphor for “results” or outcome.” Alternate translation: “that produces good results” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 21 44 r7up figs-metaphor ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον, συνθλασθήσεται 1 Whoever falls on this stone will be broken to pieces Here, “this stone” is the same stone as in [Matthew 21:42](../21/42.md). This is a metaphor that means the Christ will destroy anyone who rebels against him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The stone will break into pieces anyone who falls on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 44 ghz2 figs-parallelism ὃν δ’ ἂν πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν 1 But anyone on whom it falls, it will crush him. This means basically the same thing as the previous sentence. It is a metaphor that means the Christ will have the final judgment and will destroy everyone who rebels against him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2161,7 +2161,7 @@ MAT 22 12 c7iy figs-rquestion πῶς εἰσῆλθες ὧδε μὴ ἔχων
|
|||
MAT 22 12 w7vb ὁ…ἐφιμώθη 1 the man was speechless “the man was silent”
|
||||
MAT 22 13 wt88 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes his parable about a marriage feast.
|
||||
MAT 22 13 jmp4 διακόνοις, δήσαντες αὐτοῦ πόδας καὶ χεῖρας 1 Bind this man hand and foot “Tie him up so that he cannot move his hands or feet”
|
||||
MAT 22 13 rpy8 figs-metonymy τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 the outer darkness Here **outer darkness** is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “the dark place away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 22 13 rpy8 figs-metonymy τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 the outer darkness Here, **outer darkness** is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “the dark place away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 22 13 s9ge translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 weeping and the grinding of teeth “Grinding of teeth” is symbolic action, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “weeping and expressing their extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 22 14 hy3a figs-activepassive πολλοὶ γάρ εἰσιν κλητοὶ, ὀλίγοι δὲ ἐκλεκτοί 1 For many people are called, but few are chosen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For God invites many people, but he only chooses a few” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 22 14 yz5f γάρ 1 For This marks a transition. Jesus has ended the parable and will now explain the point of the parable.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2173,7 +2173,7 @@ MAT 22 16 t2qa οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρ
|
|||
MAT 22 17 a9by figs-explicit δοῦναι κῆνσον Καίσαρι 1 to pay taxes to Caesar People did not pay taxes directly to Caesar but to one of his tax collectors. Alternate translation: “to pay the taxes that Caesar requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 22 18 a2ti figs-rquestion τί με πειράζετε, ὑποκριταί? 1 Why are you testing me, you hypocrites? Jesus uses a question to scold those who were trying to trap him. Alternate translation: “Do not test me, you hypocrites!” or “I know that you hypocrites are only trying to test me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 22 19 cie7 translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 a denarius This was a Roman coin worth one day’s wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MAT 22 20 ue7j αὐτοῖς 1 to them Here **them** refers to the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 22 20 ue7j αὐτοῖς 1 to them Here, **them** refers to the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 22 20 dr3d figs-rquestion τίνος ἡ εἰκὼν αὕτη καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή? 1 Whose image and name are these? Jesus uses a question to get the people to think deeply about what he is saying. Alternate translation: “Tell me whose image and name you see on this coin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 22 21 yd84 figs-ellipsis Καίσαρος 1 Caesar’s You can make clear the understood information in their response. Alternate translation: “The coin has Caesar’s image and name on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 22 21 i6g5 τὰ Καίσαρος 1 the things that are Caesar’s “things that belong to Caesar”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2201,10 +2201,10 @@ MAT 22 32 t7lv figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 of the d
|
|||
MAT 22 34 jnd7 0 Connecting Statement: A Pharisee who was an expert in the law tries to trap Jesus by asking him a difficult question about the greatest commandment.
|
||||
MAT 22 35 ud5r νομικὸς 1 a lawyer “an expert in the law.” This is a Pharisee who had special skill in understanding the law of Moses.
|
||||
MAT 22 37 vng8 0 General Information: Jesus quotes a verse from Deuteronomy as the greatest commandment.
|
||||
MAT 22 37 xl3e figs-metonymy ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου 1 with all your heart, with all your soul, and with all your mind These three phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” Here **heart** and **soul** are metonyms for a person’s inner being. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MAT 22 38 q8j3 figs-doublet ἡ μεγάλη καὶ πρώτη ἐντολή 1 the great and first commandment Here **great** and **first** mean the same thing. They emphasize that this is the most important commandment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MAT 22 37 xl3e figs-metonymy ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου 1 with all your heart, with all your soul, and with all your mind These three phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” Here, **heart** and **soul** are metonyms for a person’s inner being. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MAT 22 38 q8j3 figs-doublet ἡ μεγάλη καὶ πρώτη ἐντολή 1 the great and first commandment Here, **great** and **first** mean the same thing. They emphasize that this is the most important commandment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MAT 22 39 xk1k 0 General Information: Jesus quotes a verse from Leviticus as the second greatest commandment.
|
||||
MAT 22 39 yx7v τὸν πλησίον σου 1 your neighbor Here **neighbor** means more than just those who live nearby. Jesus means a person must love all people.
|
||||
MAT 22 39 yx7v τὸν πλησίον σου 1 your neighbor Here, **neighbor** means more than just those who live nearby. Jesus means a person must love all people.
|
||||
MAT 22 40 wpr8 figs-metonymy ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς, ὅλος ὁ νόμος κρέμαται καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 On these two commandments depend the whole law and the prophets Here the phrase **the whole law and the prophets** refers to all of scripture. Alternate translation: “Everything that Moses and the prophets wrote in the scriptures is based on these two commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 22 41 r9ca 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus asks the Pharisees a difficult question in order to stop their attempts to trap him.
|
||||
MAT 22 41 pj4a δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story when Jesus asks the religious leaders a question.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2212,22 +2212,22 @@ MAT 22 42 xlf8 υἱός…τοῦ Δαυείδ 1 son…the son of David In bot
|
|||
MAT 22 43 dpp5 0 General Information: Jesus quotes from the Psalms to show that the Christ is more than just “the son of David.”
|
||||
MAT 22 43 cu3h figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι καλεῖ Κύριον αὐτὸν 1 How then does David in the Spirit call him Lord Jesus uses a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about the Psalm he is about to quote. Alternate translation: “Then, tell me why David in the Spirit calls him Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 22 43 yu5m Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι 1 David in the Spirit “David, whom the Holy Spirit is inspiring.” This means the Holy Spirit is influencing what David says.
|
||||
MAT 22 43 dn9y καλεῖ…αὐτὸν 1 call him Here **him** refers to the Christ, who is also the descendant of David.
|
||||
MAT 22 44 wy85 εἶπεν Κύριος 1 The Lord said Here **Lord** refers to God the Father.
|
||||
MAT 22 44 k3f7 τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 to my Lord Here **Lord** refers to the Christ. Also, **my** refers to David. This means the Christ is superior to David.
|
||||
MAT 22 43 dn9y καλεῖ…αὐτὸν 1 call him Here, **him** refers to the Christ, who is also the descendant of David.
|
||||
MAT 22 44 wy85 εἶπεν Κύριος 1 The Lord said Here, **Lord** refers to God the Father.
|
||||
MAT 22 44 k3f7 τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 to my Lord Here, **Lord** refers to the Christ. Also, **my** refers to David. This means the Christ is superior to David.
|
||||
MAT 22 44 dz2a translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right hand To sit at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 22 44 e59n figs-idiom ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I put your enemies under your footstool This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “until I conquer your enemies” or “until I make your enemies bow down before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 22 45 l962 0 General Information: This is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 19:1](../19/01.md), that tells of Jesus ministering in Judea.
|
||||
MAT 22 45 e2wd 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the account of the religious leaders trying to trap Jesus with several difficult questions.
|
||||
MAT 22 45 d8gl figs-rquestion εἰ οὖν Δαυεὶδ καλεῖ αὐτὸν, Κύριον, πῶς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν? 1 If David then calls the Christ ‘Lord,’ how is he David’s son? Jesus uses a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about what he is saying. Alternate translation: “David calls him ‘Lord,’ so the Christ has to be more than just a descendant of David.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 22 45 x9uh εἰ οὖν Δαυεὶδ καλεῖ αὐτὸν, Κύριον, πῶς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν? 1 If David then calls the Christ David referred to Jesus as “Lord” because Jesus was not only a descendant of David, but he was also superior to him.
|
||||
MAT 22 46 n3hw figs-metonymy ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον 1 to answer him a word Here **word** refers to what people say. Alternate translation: “to answer him anything” or “to answer him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 22 46 n3hw figs-metonymy ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον 1 to answer him a word Here, **word** refers to what people say. Alternate translation: “to answer him anything” or “to answer him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 22 46 c1f2 figs-explicit ἐπερωτῆσαι αὐτὸν οὐκέτι 1 to question him any longer It is implied that no one asked him the kind of questions that were intended to make him say something wrong so the religious leaders could arrest him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 23 intro m99i 0 # Matthew 23 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hypocrites<br><br>Jesus calls the Pharisees hypocrites many times ([Matthew 23:13](../../mat/23/13.md)) and carefully tells what he means by doing that. The Pharisees made rules that no one could actually obey, and then they persuaded the ordinary people that they were guilty because they could not obey the rules. Also, the Pharisees obeyed their own rules instead of obeying God’s original commands in the law of Moses.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Name calling<br><br>In most cultures, it is wrong to insult people. The Pharisees took many of the words in this chapter as insults. Jesus called them “hypocrites,” “blind guides,” “fools,” and “serpents” ([Matthew 23:16-17](./16.md)). Jesus uses these words say that God would surely punish them because they were doing wrong.<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “He who is greatest among you will be your servant” ([Matthew 23:11-12](./11.md)).
|
||||
MAT 23 1 skq4 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through [Matthew 25:46](../25/46.md), where Jesus teaches about salvation and the final judgment. Here he begins to warn the people about the scribes and Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 23 2 dnu3 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῆς Μωϋσέως καθέδρας ἐκάθισαν 1 sit in Moses’ seat Here **seat** represents the authority to rule and make judgments. Alternate translation: “have authority as Moses had” or “have authority to say what the law of Moses means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 2 dnu3 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῆς Μωϋσέως καθέδρας ἐκάθισαν 1 sit in Moses’ seat Here, **seat** represents the authority to rule and make judgments. Alternate translation: “have authority as Moses had” or “have authority to say what the law of Moses means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 3 q336 πάντα οὖν ὅσα ἐὰν…ποιήσατε, καὶ τηρεῖτε 1 Therefore whatever…do and observe these things “all the things…do them and observe them” or “everything…do it and observe it”
|
||||
MAT 23 4 xce6 figs-metaphor δεσμεύουσιν δὲ φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα, καὶ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων; αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν οὐ θέλουσιν κινῆσαι αὐτά 1 They tie up heavy burdens that are difficult to carry, and then they put them on people’s shoulders. But they themselves will not move a finger to carry themThey tie up loads that are heavy and difficult to carry, and they put them on people’s shoulders. But they themselves are not willing to lift their finger to move them Here **bind heavy burdens…put them on people’s shoulders** is a metaphor for the religious leaders making many difficult rules and making the people obey them. And **will not move a finger** is an idiom that means the religious leaders will not help the people. Alternate translation: “they make you obey many rules that are difficult to follow. But they do nothing at all to help the people follow the rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 23 4 xce6 figs-metaphor δεσμεύουσιν δὲ φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα, καὶ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων; αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν οὐ θέλουσιν κινῆσαι αὐτά 1 They tie up heavy burdens that are difficult to carry, and then they put them on people’s shoulders. But they themselves will not move a finger to carry themThey tie up loads that are heavy and difficult to carry, and they put them on people’s shoulders. But they themselves are not willing to lift their finger to move them Here, **bind heavy burdens…put them on people’s shoulders** is a metaphor for the religious leaders making many difficult rules and making the people obey them. And **will not move a finger** is an idiom that means the religious leaders will not help the people. Alternate translation: “they make you obey many rules that are difficult to follow. But they do nothing at all to help the people follow the rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 23 5 nw4y figs-activepassive πάντα δὲ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν, ποιοῦσιν πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 They do all their deeds to be seen by people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They do all their deeds so that people can see what they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 23 5 ln6j figs-explicit πλατύνουσι γὰρ τὰ φυλακτήρια αὐτῶν καὶ μεγαλύνουσι τὰ κράσπεδα 1 For they make their phylacteries wide, and they enlarge the edges of their garments Both of these are things the Pharisees do to appear as if they honor God more than other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 23 5 gcv7 φυλακτήρια 1 phylacteries small leather boxes containing paper with scripture written on it
|
||||
|
|
@ -2238,13 +2238,13 @@ MAT 23 7 cp2m ταῖς ἀγοραῖς 1 the marketplaces large, open-air are
|
|||
MAT 23 7 cbe8 figs-activepassive καλεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, Ῥαββεί 1 to be called ‘Rabbi’ by people. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for people to call them ‘Rabbi.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 23 8 uk5v figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς δὲ μὴ κληθῆτε 1 But you must not be called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But you must not let anyone call you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 23 8 ru2b figs-you ὑμεῖς 1 you All occurrences of “you” are plural and refer to all of Jesus’ followers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 23 8 s5du ὑμεῖς ἀδελφοί ἐστε 1 you are brothers Here **brothers** means “fellow believers.”
|
||||
MAT 23 8 s5du ὑμεῖς ἀδελφοί ἐστε 1 you are brothers Here, **brothers** means “fellow believers.”
|
||||
MAT 23 9 l33f figs-hyperbole Πατέρα μὴ καλέσητε ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 do not call any of you on the earth ‘father,’ Jesus is using hyperbole to tell his hearers that they must not allow even the most important people to be more important to them than God is. Alternate translation: “do not call any man on earth your father” or “do not say that any man on earth is your father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 23 9 any8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples εἷς γάρ ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ Πατὴρ 1 For you have only one Father **Father** here is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 23 10 b8ua figs-activepassive μηδὲ κληθῆτε 1 Do not be called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Also, do not let anyone call you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 23 10 lp5f figs-123person ὅτι καθηγητὴς ὑμῶν ἐστιν εἷς, ὁ Χριστός 1 for your one teacher is the Christ When Jesus said “the Christ,” he was speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the Christ, am your only teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 23 11 d62b ὁ…μείζων ὑμῶν 1 he who is greatest among you “the person who is most important among you”
|
||||
MAT 23 11 d9xw figs-you ὑμῶν 1 among you Here **you** is plural and refers to Jesus’ followers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 23 11 d9xw figs-you ὑμῶν 1 among you Here, **you** is plural and refers to Jesus’ followers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 23 12 x187 ὑψώσει ἑαυτὸν 1 exalts himself “makes himself important”
|
||||
MAT 23 12 e81r figs-activepassive ταπεινωθήσεται 1 will be humbled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 23 12 uz88 figs-activepassive ὑψωθήσεται 1 will be exalted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will make important” or “God will honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2254,7 +2254,7 @@ MAT 23 13 i9dq οὐαὶ δὲ ὑμῖν 1 But woe to you “How terrible it
|
|||
MAT 23 13 j4sd figs-metaphor κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων; ὑμεῖς γὰρ οὐκ εἰσέρχεσθε, οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε εἰσελθεῖν 1 You shut the kingdom of heaven against people. For you do not enter it yourselves, and neither do you allow those about to enter to enter Jesus is speaking of the kingdom of heaven, which is God ruling over his people, as if it were a house, the door into which the Pharisees have shut from the outside so that neither they nor anyone else can enter the house. The phrase **kingdom of heaven** is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use your language’s word for “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “You make it impossible for people to enter the kingdom of heaven…you do not enter it…neither do you allow those about to enter to do so” or “You prevent people from accepting God, who lives in heaven, as king…you do not accept him as king…and you make it impossible for those about to accept him as king to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 15 e4a8 figs-idiom περιάγετε τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν 1 you go over sea and land This is an idiom that means they go to distant places. Alternate translation: “you travel great distances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 23 15 iyl7 ποιῆσαι ἕνα προσήλυτον 1 to make one convert “to make one person accept your religion”
|
||||
MAT 23 15 bq91 figs-idiom υἱὸν Γεέννης 1 a son of hell Here **son of** is an idiom that means “one belonging to.” Alternate translation: “person who belongs in hell” or “person who should go to hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 23 15 bq91 figs-idiom υἱὸν Γεέννης 1 a son of hell Here, **son of** is an idiom that means “one belonging to.” Alternate translation: “person who belongs in hell” or “person who should go to hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 23 16 r5k3 figs-metaphor ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοὶ 1 blind guides The Jewish leaders were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. See how you translated “blind guides” in [Matthew 15:14](../15/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 16 qgh8 ἐν τῷ ναῷ, οὐδέν ἐστιν 1 by the temple, it is nothing “by the temple does not have to keep his oath”
|
||||
MAT 23 16 lni3 figs-metaphor ὀφείλει 1 is bound to his oath “is tied to his oath.” The phrase **bound to his oath** is a metaphor for being required to do what one has said he would do in an oath. Alternate translation: “must do what he promised to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2291,11 +2291,11 @@ MAT 23 27 ta1f figs-explicit τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις 1 whitewash
|
|||
MAT 23 29 tse6 figs-nominaladj τῶν δικαίων 1 of the righteous This nominal adjective can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “of the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 23 30 kkf2 ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν 1 in the days of our fathers “during the time of our forefathers”
|
||||
MAT 23 30 nq82 οὐκ ἂν ἤμεθα κοινωνοὶ αὐτῶν 1 we would not have been participants with them “we would not have joined with them”
|
||||
MAT 23 30 x99m figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αἵματι τῶν 1 in shedding the blood Here **blood** refers to life. To shed blood means to kill. Alternate translation: “killing” or “murdering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 31 l7rl υἱοί ἐστε 1 you are sons Here **sons** means “descendants.”
|
||||
MAT 23 30 x99m figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αἵματι τῶν 1 in shedding the blood Here, **blood** refers to life. To shed blood means to kill. Alternate translation: “killing” or “murdering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 31 l7rl υἱοί ἐστε 1 you are sons Here, **sons** means “descendants.”
|
||||
MAT 23 32 bpz8 figs-metaphor καὶ ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν 1 You also fill up the measure of your fathers Jesus uses this as a metaphor meaning the Pharisees will complete the wicked behavior that their forefathers started when they killed the prophets. Alternate translation: “You also finish the sins your ancestors began” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 33 va5c figs-doublet ὄφεις, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 You serpents, you offspring of vipers Serpents are snakes, and vipers are poisonous snakes. They are dangerous and often symbols of evil. Alternate translation: “You are as evil as dangerous and poisonous snakes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 33 blv6 γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 offspring of vipers Here **offspring** means “having the characteristic of.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Matthew 3:7](../03/07.md).
|
||||
MAT 23 33 blv6 γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 offspring of vipers Here, **offspring** means “having the characteristic of.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Matthew 3:7](../03/07.md).
|
||||
MAT 23 33 vi6c figs-rquestion πῶς φύγητε ἀπὸ τῆς κρίσεως τῆς Γεέννης? 1 how will you escape the judgment of hell? Jesus uses this question as a rebuke. Alternate translation: “there is no way for you to escape the judgment of hell!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 23 34 an97 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to rebuke the religious leaders because of their hypocrisy.
|
||||
MAT 23 34 rq8c ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω πρὸς ὑμᾶς προφήτας, καὶ σοφοὺς, καὶ γραμματεῖς 1 I am sending to you prophets and wise men and scribes Sometimes the present tense is used to show that someone will do something very soon. Alternate translation: “I will send prophets, wise men, and scribes to you”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2314,32 +2314,32 @@ MAT 23 37 as8p translate-unknown ὄρνις 1 a hen a female chicken. You can t
|
|||
MAT 23 38 r6ss ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημος 1 your house is left to you desolate “God will leave your house, and it will be empty”
|
||||
MAT 23 38 ck2z figs-metonymy ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν 1 your house Possible meanings are (1) “the city of Jerusalem” or (2) “the temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 39 i14n λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν 1 For I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 23 39 ig61 figs-metonymy εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου! 1 Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord! Here **in the name** means “in the power” or “as a representative.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 21:9](../21/09.md). Alternate translation: “He who comes in the power of the Lord is blessed” or “He who comes as the representative of the Lord will be blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 39 ig61 figs-metonymy εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου! 1 Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord! Here, **in the name** means “in the power” or “as a representative.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 21:9](../21/09.md). Alternate translation: “He who comes in the power of the Lord is blessed” or “He who comes as the representative of the Lord will be blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 intro h2a2 0 # Matthew 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Jesus begins to prophesy about the future from that time until he returns as king of everything. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The end of the age”<br><br>In this chapter, Jesus gives an answer to his disciples when they ask how they will know when he will come again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>### The example of Noah<br><br>In the time of Noah, God sent a great flood to punish people for their sins. He warned them many times about this coming flood, but it actually began suddenly. In this chapter, Jesus draws a comparison between that flood and the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Let”<br><br>The ULT uses this word to begin several commands of Jesus, such as “let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains” (24:16), “let him who is on the housetop not go down to take anything out of his house” (24:17), and “let him who is in the field not return to take his cloak” (24:18). There are many different ways to form a command. Translators must select the most natural ways in their own languages.
|
||||
MAT 24 1 dh7u 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to describe events that will happen before he comes again during the end times.
|
||||
MAT 24 1 ke79 figs-explicit ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ 1 from the temple It is implied that Jesus was not in the temple itself. He was in the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 24 2 mh5y figs-rquestion οὐ βλέπετε ταῦτα πάντα? 1 Do you not see all these things? Jesus uses a question to make the disciples think deeply about what he will tell them. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you something about all these buildings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 24 2 fnv8 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 24 2 l45q figs-explicit οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται 1 certainly one stone will not be left on another here, that will not be torn down It is implied that enemy soldiers will tear down the stones. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when the enemy soldiers come, they will tear down every stone in these buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 3 e1is figs-explicit τί τὸ σημεῖον τῆς σῆς παρουσίας, καὶ συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος? 1 What will be the sign of your coming and of the end of the age? Here **your coming** refers to when Jesus will come in power, establishing God’s reign on earth and bringing this age to an end. Alternate translation: “What will be the sign that you are about to come and that the world is about to end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 24 4 s64s figs-metaphor βλέπετε μή τις ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ 1 Be careful that no one leads you astray Here **leads you astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “Be careful that no one deceives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 5 lq71 figs-metonymy πολλοὶ…ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 many will come in my name Here **name** refers to “in the authority” or “as the representative” of someone. Alternate translation: “many will claim that they have come as my representative” or “many will say they speak for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 5 twh8 figs-metaphor πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν 1 will lead many astray Here **leads you astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “will deceive many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 3 e1is figs-explicit τί τὸ σημεῖον τῆς σῆς παρουσίας, καὶ συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος? 1 What will be the sign of your coming and of the end of the age? Here, **your coming** refers to when Jesus will come in power, establishing God’s reign on earth and bringing this age to an end. Alternate translation: “What will be the sign that you are about to come and that the world is about to end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 24 4 s64s figs-metaphor βλέπετε μή τις ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ 1 Be careful that no one leads you astray Here, **leads you astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “Be careful that no one deceives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 5 lq71 figs-metonymy πολλοὶ…ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 many will come in my name Here, **name** refers to “in the authority” or “as the representative” of someone. Alternate translation: “many will claim that they have come as my representative” or “many will say they speak for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 5 twh8 figs-metaphor πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν 1 will lead many astray Here, **leads you astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “will deceive many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 6 hdz3 figs-activepassive ὁρᾶτε, μὴ θροεῖσθε 1 See that you are not troubled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Do not let these things trouble you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 7 ygf2 figs-parallelism ἐγερθήσεται γὰρ ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom Both of these mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that people everywhere will fight each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 8 q4gl figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων 1 the beginning of birth pains This refers to the pains a woman feels before giving birth to a child. This metaphor means these wars, famines, and earthquakes are just the beginning of the events that will lead to the end of the age. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 9 u5e6 παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς θλῖψιν, καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν ὑμᾶς 1 they will deliver you up to tribulation and kill you “people will give you over to the authorities, who will make you suffer and will kill you.”
|
||||
MAT 24 9 uw1i figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 You will be hated by all the nations Here **nations** is a metonym, referring to the people of nations. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People from every nation will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 9 u2bd figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 for my name’s sake Here **name** refers to the complete person. Alternate translation: “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 9 uw1i figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 You will be hated by all the nations Here, **nations** is a metonym, referring to the people of nations. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People from every nation will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 9 u2bd figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 for my name’s sake Here, **name** refers to the complete person. Alternate translation: “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 11 mi2e figs-idiom ἐγερθήσονται 1 will rise up **Rise** here is an idiom for “become established.” Alternate translation: “will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 24 11 tjb3 figs-metaphor καὶ πλανήσουσιν πολλούς 1 and lead many astray Here **lead…astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “and deceive many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 11 tjb3 figs-metaphor καὶ πλανήσουσιν πολλούς 1 and lead many astray Here, **lead…astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “and deceive many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 12 w4af figs-abstractnouns τὸ πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν 1 lawlessness will increase The abstract noun **lawlessness** can be translated with the phrase “disobeying the law.” Alternate translation: “disobeying the law will increase” or “people will disobey God’s law more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 24 12 bu9b figs-idiom ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν 1 the love of many will grow cold Possible meanings are (1) “many people will no longer love other people” or (2) “many people will no longer love God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 24 13 v3ex figs-activepassive ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 the one who endures to the end, he will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will save the person who endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 13 l1pp ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας 1 the…who endures “the person who stays faithful”
|
||||
MAT 24 13 ht34 εἰς τέλος 1 to the end It is not clear whether The word **end** refers to when a person dies or when the persecution ends or the end of the age when God shows himself to be king. The main point is that they endure as long as necessary.
|
||||
MAT 24 13 lra5 τέλος 1 the end “the end of the world” or “the end of the age”
|
||||
MAT 24 14 x3e6 figs-metonymy κηρυχθήσεται τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 This good news of the kingdom will be preached Here **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People will tell the good news that God will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 14 x3e6 figs-metonymy κηρυχθήσεται τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 This good news of the kingdom will be preached Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People will tell the good news that God will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 14 y65s figs-metonymy πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 all the nations Here, “nations” stands for people. Alternate translation: “all people in all places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 15 mf1b figs-activepassive τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως, τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Δανιὴλ τοῦ προφήτου 1 the abomination of desolation, which was spoken of by Daniel the prophet This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the shameful one who defiles the things of God, about whom Daniel the prophet wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 15 lz9p ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω 1 let the reader understand This is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to alert the reader that Jesus was using words that they would need to think about and interpret.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2353,7 +2353,7 @@ MAT 24 22 r9qw figs-synecdoche σάρξ 1 flesh “people.” Here, “flesh”
|
|||
MAT 24 22 p6m8 figs-activepassive κολοβωθήσονται αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι 1 those days will be shortened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will shorten the time of suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 23 avv5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 24 23 avm2 μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 do not believe it “do not believe the false things they have said to you”
|
||||
MAT 24 24 n744 ὥστε πλανῆσαι εἰ δυνατὸν καὶ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 so as to lead astray, if possible, even the elect Here **lead astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. This can be translated as two sentences. Alternate translation: “so as to deceive, if possible, even the elect” or “so as to deceive people. If possible, they would even deceive the elect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 24 n744 ὥστε πλανῆσαι εἰ δυνατὸν καὶ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 so as to lead astray, if possible, even the elect Here, **lead astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. This can be translated as two sentences. Alternate translation: “so as to deceive, if possible, even the elect” or “so as to deceive people. If possible, they would even deceive the elect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 26 fmx1 figs-quotations ἐὰν…εἴπωσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἐστίν, μὴ 1 if they say to you, ‘Look, he is in the wilderness,’ do not This can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “if someone tells you that the Christ is in the wilderness, do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 24 26 zxg2 figs-quotations ἰδοὺ, ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις 1 Or, ‘See, he is in the inner rooms,’ This can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Or, if someone tells you that the Christ is in the inner room,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 24 26 n2pt ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις 1 in the inner rooms “in a secret room” or “in secret places”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2366,7 +2366,7 @@ MAT 24 29 l15m τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων 1 t
|
|||
MAT 24 29 zuk4 figs-activepassive ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται 1 the sun will be darkened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will make the sun dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 29 w1bi figs-activepassive αἱ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται 1 the powers of the heavens will be shaken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will shake things in the sky and above the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 30 yc2x figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 24 30 tld8 figs-metonymy πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ 1 all the tribes Here **tribes** refers to people. Alternate translation: “all the people of the tribes” or “all the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 30 tld8 figs-metonymy πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ 1 all the tribes Here, **tribes** refers to people. Alternate translation: “all the people of the tribes” or “all the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 31 fl54 ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ μετὰ σάλπιγγος μεγάλης 1 He will send his angels with a great sound of a trumpet “He will have a trumpet sounded and send his angels” or “He will have an angel blow a trumpet, and he will send his angels”
|
||||
MAT 24 31 rlb4 figs-123person ἀποστελεῖ…αὐτοῦ 1 He will send…his Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 24 31 wi28 ἐπισυνάξουσιν 1 they will gather together “his angels will gather”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2375,13 +2375,13 @@ MAT 24 31 ibw7 figs-parallelism ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων,
|
|||
MAT 24 33 cu5a figs-123person ἐγγύς ἐστιν 1 he is near Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “the time for me to come is near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 24 33 cfz8 figs-metaphor ἐπὶ θύραις 1 at the very gates “close to the gates.” Jesus uses the imagery of a king or important official getting close to the gates of a walled city. It is a metaphor meaning the time for Jesus to come is soon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 34 j8np ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 24 34 gld5 figs-euphemism οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη 1 this generation will certainly not pass away Here **pass away** is a polite way of saying “die.” Alternate translation: “this generation will not all die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 24 34 gld5 figs-euphemism οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη 1 this generation will certainly not pass away Here, **pass away** is a polite way of saying “die.” Alternate translation: “this generation will not all die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 24 34 y73t ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη 1 this generation Possible interpretations are (1) “all people alive today,” referring to the people alive when Jesus was speaking, or (2) “all people alive when these things I have just told you about happen.” Try to translate so that both interpretations are possible.
|
||||
MAT 24 34 fb4k ἕως ἂν πάντα ταῦτα γένηται 1 until all of these things will have happened “until God causes all these things to happen”
|
||||
MAT 24 34 r6sk παρέλθῃ 1 will…pass away “disappear” or “someday no longer exist”
|
||||
MAT 24 35 i8vv figs-synecdoche ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσεται 1 Heaven and the earth will pass away The word **talents** and **earth** are a synecdoche that includes everything that God has created, especially those things that seem permanent. Jesus is saying that his word, unlike these things, is permanent. Alternate translation: “Even heaven and the earth will pass away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 24 35 e6bf figs-metonymy οἱ…λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρέλθωσιν 1 my words will never pass away Here **words** refers to what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “what I say will always be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 36 q4pj figs-metonymy τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας 1 that day and hour Here **day** and **hour** refer to the exact time that the Son of Man will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 35 e6bf figs-metonymy οἱ…λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρέλθωσιν 1 my words will never pass away Here, **words** refers to what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “what I say will always be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 36 q4pj figs-metonymy τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας 1 that day and hour Here, **day** and **hour** refer to the exact time that the Son of Man will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 36 wq5r οὐδὲ ὁ Υἱός 1 nor the Son “not even the Son”
|
||||
MAT 24 36 p5vu guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱός 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 24 36 f4s2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2404,7 +2404,7 @@ MAT 24 45 f92d figs-rquestion τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς δο
|
|||
MAT 24 45 lf8d τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν 1 to give them their food “give the people in the master’s home their food”
|
||||
MAT 24 47 lin7 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 24 48 ek9x writing-proverbs 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes his proverb of a master and servants to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 24 48 f9ft figs-metonymy εἴπῃ…ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 says in his heart Here **heart** refers to the mind. Alternate translation: “thinks in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 48 f9ft figs-metonymy εἴπῃ…ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 says in his heart Here, **heart** refers to the mind. Alternate translation: “thinks in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 48 per6 figs-activepassive χρονίζει μου ὁ κύριος 1 My master has been delayed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My master is slow to return” or “My master will not return for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 50 bz5k figs-parallelism ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει 1 on a day that the servant does not expect and at an hour that he does not know Both of these statements mean the same thing. They emphasize that the master will come when the servant is not expecting him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 24 51 jj2z figs-idiom διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν 1 He will cut him in pieces This is an idiom that means to make the person suffer terribly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2412,7 +2412,7 @@ MAT 24 51 pm18 τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ὑποκριτ
|
|||
MAT 24 51 rwd5 translate-symaction ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 there will be weeping and grinding of teeth **Grinding of teeth** here is a symbolic act, representing extreme suffering. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “people will weep and grind their teeth because of their suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 25 intro qe8a 0 # Matthew 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues the teaching of the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The parable of the ten virgins<br><br>Jesus told the parable of the ten virgins ([Matthew 25:1-13](./01.md)) to tell his followers to be ready for him to return. His hearers could understand the parable because they knew Jewish wedding customs.<br><br>When the Jews arranged marriages, they would plan for the wedding to take place weeks or months later. At the proper time, the young man would go to his bride’s house, where she would be waiting for him. The wedding ceremony would take place, and then the man and his bride would travel to his home, where there would be a feast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
|
||||
MAT 25 1 em28 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells a parable about wise and foolish virgins to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 25 1 pg5i figs-metonymy ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of heaven will be like Here **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of heaven** is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “when our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 25 1 pg5i figs-metonymy ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of heaven will be like Here, **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of heaven** is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “when our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 25 1 uhj1 λαμπάδας 1 lamps These could have been (1) lamps or (2) torches made by putting cloth around the end of a stick and wetting the cloth with oil.
|
||||
MAT 25 2 c8nf πέντε…ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 Five of them “Five of the virgins”
|
||||
MAT 25 3 b37a οὐκ ἔλαβον μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἔλαιον 1 did not take any oil with them “had with them only the oil in their lamps”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2432,7 +2432,7 @@ MAT 25 10 g29i figs-activepassive ἐκλείσθη ἡ θύρα 1 the door was
|
|||
MAT 25 11 e5pz figs-explicit ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν 1 open for us This implicit information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “open the door for us so we can come inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 25 12 z5u1 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what the master says next.
|
||||
MAT 25 12 h4a8 οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς 1 I do not know you “I do not know who you are.” This is the end of the parable.
|
||||
MAT 25 13 hn7w figs-metonymy οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν 1 you do not know the day or the hour Here **day** and **hour** refer to an exact time. The implied information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “you do not know the exact time when the Son of Man will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 25 13 hn7w figs-metonymy οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν 1 you do not know the day or the hour Here, **day** and **hour** refer to an exact time. The implied information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “you do not know the exact time when the Son of Man will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 25 14 cn21 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells a parable about faithful and unfaithful servants to illustrate that his disciples should remain faithful during his absence and be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 25 14 zqi2 ὥσπερ 1 it is like The word **it** here refers to the kingdom of heaven ([Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md)).
|
||||
MAT 25 14 wv71 ἀποδημῶν 1 going on a journey “was ready to go” or “was to go soon”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2470,20 +2470,20 @@ MAT 25 29 e5py figs-explicit τῷ…ἔχοντι 1 to everyone who possesses I
|
|||
MAT 25 29 r7lv καὶ περισσευθήσεται 1 even more abundantly “even much more”
|
||||
MAT 25 29 pcr5 figs-explicit τοῦ δὲ μὴ ἔχοντος 1 from anyone who does not possess anything It is implied that the person does possess something but he does not use it wisely. Alternate translation: “from anyone does not use well what he has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 25 29 mdc1 figs-activepassive ἀρθήσεται 1 will be taken away This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take away” or “I will take away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 30 c2vb figs-metonymy τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 the outer darkness Here **outer darkness** is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “the dark place away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 25 30 c2vb figs-metonymy τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 the outer darkness Here, **outer darkness** is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “the dark place away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 25 30 zy3k translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 weeping and grinding of teeth “Grinding of teeth” is symbolic action, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “weeping and expressing their extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 25 31 qtg6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to tell his disciples how he will judge people when he returns at the end time.
|
||||
MAT 25 31 e7um figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 25 32 f2w9 figs-activepassive καὶ συναχθήσονται ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 Before him will be gathered all the nations This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He will gather all the nations before him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 32 kd14 ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ 1 Before him “In front of him”
|
||||
MAT 25 32 ndf5 figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 all the nations Here **nations** refers to people. Alternate translation: “all people from every country” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 25 32 ndf5 figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 all the nations Here, **nations** refers to people. Alternate translation: “all people from every country” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 25 32 nk18 figs-simile ὥσπερ ὁ ποιμὴν ἀφορίζει τὰ πρόβατα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐρίφων 1 as a shepherd separates the sheep from the goats Jesus uses a simile to describe how he will separate the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 25 33 pbq9 figs-metaphor καὶ στήσει τὰ μὲν πρόβατα ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, τὰ δὲ ἐρίφια ἐξ εὐωνύμων 1 He will place the sheep on his right hand, but the goats on his left This is a metaphor that means the Son of Man will separate all people. He will put the righteous people at his right side, and he will put the sinners at his left side. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 t8pp figs-123person ὁ Βασιλεὺς…δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ 1 the King…his right hand Here, “the King” is another title for the Son of Man. Jesus was referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the King,…my right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 ze81 figs-activepassive δεῦτε οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 Come, you who have been blessed by my Father This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Come, you whom my Father has blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 h2k9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 b57r figs-activepassive κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν 1 inherit the kingdom prepared for you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “inherit the kingdom that God has made ready for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 yj1p figs-metonymy κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν 1 inherit the kingdom prepared for you Here **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “receive the blessings of God’s rule that he has planned to give you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 yj1p figs-metonymy κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν 1 inherit the kingdom prepared for you Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “receive the blessings of God’s rule that he has planned to give you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 cdi8 ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 from the foundation of the world “since he first created the world”
|
||||
MAT 25 37 yh3p figs-nominaladj οἱ δίκαιοι 1 the righteous This can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 25 37 cs5d figs-ellipsis ἢ διψῶντα 1 Or thirsty The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Or when did we see you thirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2492,7 +2492,7 @@ MAT 25 40 m6mi figs-123person ὁ Βασιλεὺς 1 the King This is another t
|
|||
MAT 25 40 i2aq ἐρεῖ αὐτοῖς 1 say to them “say to those at his right hand”
|
||||
MAT 25 40 mhe2 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This emphasizes what the King says next.
|
||||
MAT 25 40 acs3 ἑνὶ…τῶν ἐλαχίστων 1 one of the least “one of the least important”
|
||||
MAT 25 40 nh4y figs-gendernotations τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου 1 these brothers of mine Here **brothers** refers to anyone, male or female, who obeys the King. Alternate translation: “my brothers and sisters here” or “these who are like my brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
MAT 25 40 nh4y figs-gendernotations τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου 1 these brothers of mine Here, **brothers** refers to anyone, male or female, who obeys the King. Alternate translation: “my brothers and sisters here” or “these who are like my brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
MAT 25 40 k4hb ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε 1 you did it for me “I consider that you did it for me”
|
||||
MAT 25 41 z1nh figs-123person τότε ἐρεῖ 1 Then he will say “Then the King will.” Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 25 41 pr8n κατηραμένοι 1 you cursed “you people whom God has cursed”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2529,7 +2529,7 @@ MAT 26 7 yu67 μύρου 1 ointment oil that has a pleasing smell
|
|||
MAT 26 7 ea5e κατέχεεν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ 1 she poured it upon his head The woman does this to honor Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 26 8 vit4 figs-rquestion εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη? 1 What is the reason for this waste? The disciples ask this question out of their anger over the woman’s actions. Alternate translation: “This woman has done a bad thing by wasting this ointment!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 9 y83e figs-activepassive ἐδύνατο γὰρ τοῦτο πραθῆναι πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι 1 This could have been sold for a large amount and given This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “She could have sold this for a large amount of money and given the money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 9 f76h figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς 1 to the poor Here **the poor** can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “to poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 26 9 f76h figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς 1 to the poor Here, **the poor** can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “to poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 26 10 pfv1 figs-rquestion τί κόπους παρέχετε τῇ γυναικί? 1 Why are you causing trouble for this woman? Jesus asks this question as a rebuke of his disciples. Alternate translation: “You should not be troubling this woman!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 10 fg3v figs-you παρέχετε 1 are you causing All occurrences of “you” are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 26 11 wsp9 figs-nominaladj τοὺς πτωχοὺς 1 the poor This can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2552,7 +2552,7 @@ MAT 26 20 bga4 ἀνέκειτο 1 he reclined to eat Use the word for the posi
|
|||
MAT 26 21 ehx6 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 26 22 n12r figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε? 1 Surely not I, Lord? “I am surely not the one, am I, Lord?” Possible meanings are (1) this is a rhetorical question since the apostles were sure they would not betray Jesus. Alternate translation: “Lord, I would never betray you!” or (2) this was a sincere question since Jesus’ statement probably troubled and confused them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 24 n7dw figs-123person ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 26 24 x2n9 figs-euphemism ὑπάγει 1 will go Here **go** is a polite way to refer to dying. Alternate translation: “will go to his death” or “will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 26 24 x2n9 figs-euphemism ὑπάγει 1 will go Here, **go** is a polite way to refer to dying. Alternate translation: “will go to his death” or “will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 26 24 vix3 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 just as it is written about him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote about him in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 24 hai5 figs-activepassive τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 that man by whom the Son of Man is betrayed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the man who betrays the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 25 vpq1 figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Ῥαββεί? 1 Surely it is not I, Rabbi? “Rabbi, am I the one who will betray you?” Judas may be using a rhetorical question to deny that he is the one who will betray Jesus. Alternate translation: “Rabbi, surely I am not the one who will betray you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2560,7 +2560,7 @@ MAT 26 25 y9lk figs-idiom σὺ εἶπας 1 You have said it yourself This is
|
|||
MAT 26 26 qh16 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus institutes the Lord’s Supper as he celebrates the Passover with his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 26 26 mr5u λαβὼν…εὐλογήσας ἔκλασεν 1 took…blessed…broke See how you translated these words in [Matthew 14:19](../14/19.md).
|
||||
MAT 26 27 jd53 καὶ λαβὼν 1 He took Translate “took” as you did in [Matthew 14:19](../14/19.md).
|
||||
MAT 26 27 tn39 figs-metonymy ποτήριον 1 a cup Here **cup** refers to the cup and the wine in it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 26 27 tn39 figs-metonymy ποτήριον 1 a cup Here, **cup** refers to the cup and the wine in it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 26 27 zb1i ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς 1 gave it to them “gave it to the disciples”
|
||||
MAT 26 27 a9me πίετε ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 Drink from it “Drink the wine from this cup”
|
||||
MAT 26 28 l55a τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου 1 For this is my blood “For this wine is my blood”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2568,14 +2568,14 @@ MAT 26 28 ct81 τὸ αἷμά…τῆς διαθήκης 1 blood of the covena
|
|||
MAT 26 28 bms3 figs-activepassive ἐκχυννόμενον 1 is poured out This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “will soon flow out of my body” or “will flow out of my wounds when I die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 29 l556 λέγω…ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 26 29 h85b figs-idiom τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου 1 the fruit of the vine This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 26 29 q8zs figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 in my Father’s kingdom Here **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “when my Father establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 26 29 q8zs figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 in my Father’s kingdom Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “when my Father establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 26 29 m9vq guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father’s This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 26 30 nzy2 0 General Information: In verse 31, Jesus quotes the prophet Zechariah to show that in order to fulfill prophecy, all of his disciples will leave him.
|
||||
MAT 26 30 nkw2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach his disciples as they walk to the Mount of Olives.
|
||||
MAT 26 30 ed5k καὶ ὑμνήσαντες 1 When they had sung a hymn a song of praise to God
|
||||
MAT 26 31 v8yl σκανδαλισθήσεσθε 1 will fall away “leave me”
|
||||
MAT 26 31 iap6 figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ 1 for it is written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for the prophet Zechariah wrote long ago in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 31 u1t5 figs-explicit πατάξω 1 I will strike Here **I** refers to God. It is implied that God will cause or allow people to harm and kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 26 31 u1t5 figs-explicit πατάξω 1 I will strike Here, **I** refers to God. It is implied that God will cause or allow people to harm and kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 26 31 mc1e figs-metaphor τὸν ποιμένα…τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 the shepherd…the sheep of the flock These are metaphors that refer to Jesus and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 31 rvk1 figs-activepassive διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 the sheep of the flock will be scattered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they will scatter all the sheep of the flock” or “the sheep of the flock will run off in all directions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 32 pj2u figs-activepassive μετὰ…τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με 1 after I am raised up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “after God raises me up” or “after God brings me back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2587,23 +2587,23 @@ MAT 26 34 h66w φωνῆσαι 1 crows This is the common English word for what
|
|||
MAT 26 34 b2rh τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με 1 you will deny me three times “you will say three times that you are not my follower”
|
||||
MAT 26 36 lm3n 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus praying in Gethsemane.
|
||||
MAT 26 37 ny4m ἤρξατο λυπεῖσθαι 1 began to become sorrowful “he became very sad”
|
||||
MAT 26 38 gf7k figs-synecdoche περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 My soul is deeply sorrowful Here **soul** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “I am very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 26 38 gf7k figs-synecdoche περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 My soul is deeply sorrowful Here, **soul** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “I am very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 26 38 c43t figs-idiom ἕως θανάτου 1 even to death This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “and I feel as if I could even die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 26 39 kcz4 figs-idiom ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ 1 fell on his face He purposely lay face down on the ground to pray. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 26 39 nuv7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ μου 1 My Father This is an important title for God that shows the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 26 39 f254 figs-metaphor παρελθέτω ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο 1 let this cup pass from me Jesus speaks of the work that he must do, including dying on the cross, as if it were a bitter liquid that God has commanded him to drink from a cup. The word **cup** is an important word in the New Testament, so try to use an equivalent for that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 39 i7rr figs-metonymy τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο 1 this cup Here **cup** is a metonym that stands for the cup and the contents within it. The contents in the cup are a metaphor for the suffering that Jesus will have to endure. Jesus is asking the Father if it is possible for him not to have to experience the death and suffering that Jesus knows will soon happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 39 i7rr figs-metonymy τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο 1 this cup Here, **cup** is a metonym that stands for the cup and the contents within it. The contents in the cup are a metaphor for the suffering that Jesus will have to endure. Jesus is asking the Father if it is possible for him not to have to experience the death and suffering that Jesus knows will soon happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 39 k5in figs-ellipsis πλὴν οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλ’ ὡς σύ 1 Yet, not as I will, but as you will This can be expressed as a full sentence. Alternate translation: “But do not do what I want; instead, do what you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 26 40 ev7s figs-you λέγει τῷ Πέτρῳ, οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε…γρηγορῆσαι 1 he said to Peter, “So, could you not watch Jesus is speaking to Peter, but the “you” is plural, referring to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 26 40 c11a figs-rquestion οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ? 1 So, could you not watch with me for one hour? Jesus uses a question to scold Peter, James, and John. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you could not stay awake with me for one hour!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 41 buv4 figs-abstractnouns μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 you do not enter into temptation Here the abstract noun **temptation** can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “no one tempts you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 26 41 ny5w figs-metonymy τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής 1 The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak Here **spirit** is a metonym that stands for a person’s desires to do good. **Flesh** stands for the needs and desires of a person’s body. Jesus means that the disciples may have the desire to do what God wants, but as humans they are weak and often fail. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 26 41 ny5w figs-metonymy τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής 1 The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak Here, **spirit** is a metonym that stands for a person’s desires to do good. **Flesh** stands for the needs and desires of a person’s body. Jesus means that the disciples may have the desire to do what God wants, but as humans they are weak and often fail. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 26 42 pz9l ἀπελθὼν 1 He went away “Jesus went away”
|
||||
MAT 26 42 tqp8 translate-ordinal ἐκ δευτέρου 1 a second time The first time is described in [Matthew 26:39](./39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 26 42 ch7t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ μου 1 My Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 26 42 b6cn figs-metaphor εἰ οὐ δύναται τοῦτο παρελθεῖν, ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω 1 if this cannot pass away unless I drink it “if the only way this can pass away is if I drink it.” Jesus speaks of the work that he must do as if it were a bitter liquid that God has commanded him to drink. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 42 td6g figs-metaphor εἰ…τοῦτο 1 if this Here **this** refers to the cup and the contents within it, a metaphor for suffering, as in [Matthew 26:39](../26/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 42 i135 figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω 1 unless I drink it “unless I drink from it” or “unless I drink from this cup of suffering.” Here **it** refers to the cup and the contents within it, a metaphor for suffering, as in [Matthew 26:39](../26/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 42 td6g figs-metaphor εἰ…τοῦτο 1 if this Here, **this** refers to the cup and the contents within it, a metaphor for suffering, as in [Matthew 26:39](../26/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 42 i135 figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω 1 unless I drink it “unless I drink from it” or “unless I drink from this cup of suffering.” Here, **it** refers to the cup and the contents within it, a metaphor for suffering, as in [Matthew 26:39](../26/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 42 xsk1 figs-activepassive γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου 1 your will be done This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “may what you want happen” or “do what you want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 43 lts9 figs-idiom ἦσαν…αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ βεβαρημένοι 1 their eyes were heavy This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “they were very sleepy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 26 44 v3i9 translate-ordinal ἐκ τρίτου 1 a third time The first time is described in [Matthew 26:39](./39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2611,24 +2611,24 @@ MAT 26 45 vvp9 figs-rquestion καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀ
|
|||
MAT 26 45 rw3r figs-idiom ἤγγικεν ἡ ὥρα 1 the hour is approaching This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the time has come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 26 45 g9hi figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 the Son of Man is being betrayed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone is betraying the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 45 ell4 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 26 45 g9eb figs-metonymy παραδίδοται εἰς χεῖρας ἁμαρτωλῶν 1 is being betrayed into the hands of sinners Here **hands** refers to power or control. Alternate translation: “betrayed into the power of sinners” or “betrayed so that sinners will have power over him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 26 45 g9eb figs-metonymy παραδίδοται εἰς χεῖρας ἁμαρτωλῶν 1 is being betrayed into the hands of sinners Here, **hands** refers to power or control. Alternate translation: “betrayed into the power of sinners” or “betrayed so that sinners will have power over him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 26 45 yx8v ἰδοὺ 1 Look “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
MAT 26 47 hsv7 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of when Judas betrayed Jesus and the religious leaders arrested him.
|
||||
MAT 26 47 rlp9 καὶ ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος 1 While he was still speaking “While Jesus was still speaking”
|
||||
MAT 26 47 e26h ξύλων 1 clubs large pieces of hard wood for hitting people
|
||||
MAT 26 48 qb4y writing-background δὲ…κρατήσατε αὐτόν 1 Now…Seize him Here **now** is used to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about Judas and the signal he planned to use to betray Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 26 48 qb4y writing-background δὲ…κρατήσατε αὐτόν 1 Now…Seize him Here, **now** is used to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about Judas and the signal he planned to use to betray Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 26 48 gw8m figs-quotations λέγων, ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστιν; κρατήσατε αὐτόν. 1 saying, “Whomever I kiss, he is the one. Seize him.” This direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that whomever he kissed was the one they should seize.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 26 48 m23z ὃν ἂν φιλήσω 1 Whomever I kiss “The one I kiss” or “The man whom I kiss”
|
||||
MAT 26 48 nr34 φιλήσω 1 I kiss This was a respectful way to greet one’s teacher.
|
||||
MAT 26 49 uig8 προσελθὼν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 he came up to Jesus “Judas came up to Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 26 49 cyb7 κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν 1 he kissed him “met him with a kiss.” Good friends would kiss each other on the cheek, but a disciple would probably kiss his master on the hand to show respect. No one knows for sure how Judas kissed Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 26 50 w3d6 τότε προσελθόντες 1 Then they came Here **they** refers to the people with clubs and swords that came with Judas and the religious leaders.
|
||||
MAT 26 50 w3d6 τότε προσελθόντες 1 Then they came Here, **they** refers to the people with clubs and swords that came with Judas and the religious leaders.
|
||||
MAT 26 50 vmd1 ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν 1 laid hands on Jesus, and seized him “grabbed Jesus, and arrested him”
|
||||
MAT 26 51 vm6s καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
MAT 26 52 tj6n figs-metonymy οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν 1 those who take up the sword The word **sword** is a metonym for the act of killing someone with a sword. The implied information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “who pick up a sword to kill others” or “who want to kill other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 26 52 w357 μάχαιραν, ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀπολοῦνται 1 the sword will perish by the sword “sword will die by means of the sword” or “sword—it is with the sword that someone will kill them”
|
||||
MAT 26 53 kgx8 figs-rquestion ἢ δοκεῖς ὅτι οὐ δύναμαι παρακαλέσαι…ἀγγέλων 1 Or do you think that I could not call upon…angels? Jesus uses a question to remind the person with the sword that Jesus could stop those who are arresting him. Alternate translation: “Surely you know that I could call…angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 53 eb7i figs-you δοκεῖς 1 do you think Here **you** is singular and refers to the person with the sword. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 26 53 eb7i figs-you δοκεῖς 1 do you think Here, **you** is singular and refers to the person with the sword. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 26 53 g3zq guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 26 53 tfw8 translate-numbers πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων 1 more than twelve legions of angels The word **legion** is a military term that refers to a group of about 6,000 soldiers. Jesus means God would send enough angels to easily stop those who are arresting Jesus. The exact number of angels is not important. Alternate translation: “more than 12 really large groups of angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 26 54 teq5 figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ, ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι? 1 But how then would the scriptures be fulfilled, that this must happen? Jesus uses a question to explain why he is letting these people arrest him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But if I did that, I would not be able to fulfill what God said in the scriptures must happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2642,7 +2642,7 @@ MAT 26 58 jui3 ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ 1 But Pete
|
|||
MAT 26 58 isd4 τῆς αὐλῆς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 the courtyard of the high priest an open area near the high priest’s house
|
||||
MAT 26 58 v8th καὶ εἰσελθὼν ἔσω 1 He went inside “Peter went inside”
|
||||
MAT 26 59 i8jw δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 26 59 jwz5 αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν 1 they might put him to death Here **they** refers to the chief priests and the members of the council.
|
||||
MAT 26 59 jwz5 αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν 1 they might put him to death Here, **they** refers to the chief priests and the members of the council.
|
||||
MAT 26 59 u6v9 αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν 1 they might put him to death “might have a reason to execute him”
|
||||
MAT 26 60 m6n5 προσελθόντες δύο 1 two came forward “two men came forward” or “two witnesses came forward”
|
||||
MAT 26 61 a8lf writing-quotations εἶπον, οὗτος ἔφη, δύναμαι καταλῦσαι…διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν οἰκοδομῆσαι. 1 This man said, ‘I am able to destroy…rebuild it in three days.’ If your language does not allow quotes within quotes you can rewrite it as a single quote. Alternate translation: “This man said that he is able to destroy…days.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2650,20 +2650,20 @@ MAT 26 61 i5n4 οὗτος ἔφη 1 This man said “This man Jesus said”
|
|||
MAT 26 61 mbq1 διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν 1 in three days “within three days,” before the sun goes down three times, not “after three days,” after the sun has gone down the third time
|
||||
MAT 26 62 v6j9 τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν? 1 What is it that they are testifying against you? The chief priest is not asking Jesus for information about what the witnesses said. He is asking Jesus to prove what the witnesses said is wrong. Alternate translation: “What is your response to what the witnesses are testifying against you?”
|
||||
MAT 26 63 mm28 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title that describes the relationship between the Christ and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 26 63 lry9 τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 the living God Here **living** contrasts the God of Israel to all the false gods and idols that people worshiped. Only the God of Israel is alive and has power to act. See how you translated this in [Matthew 16:16](../16/16.md).
|
||||
MAT 26 63 lry9 τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 the living God Here, **living** contrasts the God of Israel to all the false gods and idols that people worshiped. Only the God of Israel is alive and has power to act. See how you translated this in [Matthew 16:16](../16/16.md).
|
||||
MAT 26 64 gi6v figs-idiom σὺ εἶπας 1 You have said it yourself This is an idiom that Jesus uses to mean “yes” without being completely clear about what he means. Alternate translation: “You are saying it” or “You are admitting it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 26 64 zu47 figs-you πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε 1 But I tell you, from now on you will see Here **you** is plural. Jesus is speaking to the high priest and to the other persons there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 26 64 zu47 figs-you πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε 1 But I tell you, from now on you will see Here, **you** is plural. Jesus is speaking to the high priest and to the other persons there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 26 64 ll8r ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 from now on you will see the Son of Man Possible meanings are (1) The phrase **from now on** is an idiom that means they will see the Son of Man in his power at some time in the future or (2) The phrase **from now on** means that from the time of Jesus’ trial and onward, Jesus is showing himself to be the Messiah who is powerful and victorious.
|
||||
MAT 26 64 b6cb figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 26 64 p5px figs-metonymy καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως 1 sitting at the right hand of the Power Here **Power** is metonym that represents God. To sit at the **right hand of God** is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “sitting in the place of honor beside the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 26 64 p5px figs-metonymy καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως 1 sitting at the right hand of the Power Here, **Power** is metonym that represents God. To sit at the **right hand of God** is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “sitting in the place of honor beside the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 26 64 urp9 ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 coming on the clouds of heaven “riding to earth on the clouds of heaven”
|
||||
MAT 26 65 srg6 translate-symaction ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς διέρρηξεν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 the high priest tore his clothes Tearing clothing was a sign of anger and sadness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 26 65 qq51 figs-explicit ἐβλασφήμησεν 1 He has spoken blasphemy The reason the high priest called Jesus’ statement blasphemy is probably that he understood Jesus’ words in [Matthew 26:64](../26/64.md) as a claim to be equal with God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 26 65 t68t figs-rquestion τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων? 1 Why do we still need witnesses? The high priest uses this question to emphasize that he and the members of the council do not need to hear from any more witnesses. Alternate translation: “We do not need to hear from any more witnesses!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 65 wh4h figs-you νῦν ἠκούσατε 1 now you have heard Here **you** is plural and refers to the members of the council. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 26 65 wh4h figs-you νῦν ἠκούσατε 1 now you have heard Here, **you** is plural and refers to the members of the council. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 26 67 adc2 τότε ἐνέπτυσαν 1 Then they spit Possible meanings are (1) “Then some of the men” or (2) “Then the soldiers.”
|
||||
MAT 26 67 g1c2 ἐνέπτυσαν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ 1 they spit in his face This was done as an insult.
|
||||
MAT 26 68 f2bj προφήτευσον ἡμῖν 1 Prophesy to us Here **Prophesy to us** means to tell by means of God’s power. It does not mean to tell what will happen in the future.
|
||||
MAT 26 68 f2bj προφήτευσον ἡμῖν 1 Prophesy to us Here, **Prophesy to us** means to tell by means of God’s power. It does not mean to tell what will happen in the future.
|
||||
MAT 26 68 b5xe figs-irony Χριστέ 1 Christ Those hitting Jesus do not really think he is the Christ. They call him this to mock him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
MAT 26 69 bsb3 0 General Information: These events happen at the same time as Jesus’ trial before the religious leaders.
|
||||
MAT 26 69 h5ts 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of how Peter denies three times that he knows Jesus, as Jesus said he would do.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2701,7 +2701,7 @@ MAT 27 9 g1gc 0 General Information: The author quotes Old Testament scripture
|
|||
MAT 27 9 rj3u figs-activepassive τότε ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἰερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου 1 Then that which had been spoken by Jeremiah the prophet was fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled what the prophet Jeremiah spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 9 t1dj figs-activepassive τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ τετιμημένου, ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ 1 the price set on him by the sons of Israel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the price the people of Israel set on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 9 d7l7 figs-metonymy υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ 1 the sons of Israel This refers to those among the people of Israel who paid to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “some of the people of Israel” or “the leaders of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 27 10 c2ch συνέταξέν μοι 1 had directed me Here **me** refers to Jeremiah.
|
||||
MAT 27 10 c2ch συνέταξέν μοι 1 had directed me Here, **me** refers to Jeremiah.
|
||||
MAT 27 11 pjc5 0 Connecting Statement: This continues the story of Jesus’ trial before Pilate, which began in [Matthew 27:2](../27/02.md).
|
||||
MAT 27 11 we3a δὲ 1 Now If your language has a way of continuing a story after a break from the main story line, you may want to use it here.
|
||||
MAT 27 11 a2e7 τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 the governor “Pilate”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2721,16 +2721,16 @@ MAT 27 19 t3mx καθημένου δὲ αὐτοῦ 1 But while he was sitting
|
|||
MAT 27 19 s5pc καθημένου…ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος 1 was sitting on the judgment seat “sitting on the judge’s seat.” This is where a judge would sit while making a decision.
|
||||
MAT 27 19 w4i8 ἀπέστειλεν 1 sent word “sent a message”
|
||||
MAT 27 19 an95 πολλὰ…ἔπαθον σήμερον 1 I have suffered much today “I have been very upset today”
|
||||
MAT 27 20 ax1i writing-background δὲ…τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν ἀπολέσωσιν 1 Now…but have Jesus killed Here **now** is used to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew tells background information about why the crowd chose Barabbas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 27 20 ax1i writing-background δὲ…τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν ἀπολέσωσιν 1 Now…but have Jesus killed Here, **now** is used to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew tells background information about why the crowd chose Barabbas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 27 20 et2m figs-activepassive τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν ἀπολέσωσιν 1 but have Jesus killed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “have the Roman soldiers kill Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 21 x6vf εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 said to them “asked the crowd”
|
||||
MAT 27 22 zl85 figs-activepassive τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν 1 who is called Christ This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom some people call the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 23 m5jm ἐποίησεν 1 has he done “has Jesus done”
|
||||
MAT 27 23 nb7p οἱ…ἔκραζον 1 they cried out “the crowd cried out”
|
||||
MAT 27 24 yj8t translate-symaction ἀπενίψατο τὰς χεῖρας ἀπέναντι τοῦ ὄχλου 1 washed his hands in front of the crowd Pilate does this as a sign that he is not responsible for Jesus’ death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 27 24 u1fe figs-metonymy τοῦ αἵματος 1 the blood Here **blood** refers to a person’s death. Alternate translation: “the death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 27 24 u1fe figs-metonymy τοῦ αἵματος 1 the blood Here, **blood** refers to a person’s death. Alternate translation: “the death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 27 24 de8w ὑμεῖς ὄψεσθε 1 See to it yourselves “This is your responsibility”
|
||||
MAT 27 25 n5k1 figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν 1 May his blood be on us and our children Here **blood** is a metonym that stands for a person’s death. The phrase **be on us and our children** is an idiom that means they accept the responsibility of what is happening. Alternate translation: “Yes! We and our descendants will be responsible for executing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 27 25 n5k1 figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν 1 May his blood be on us and our children Here, **blood** is a metonym that stands for a person’s death. The phrase **be on us and our children** is an idiom that means they accept the responsibility of what is happening. Alternate translation: “Yes! We and our descendants will be responsible for executing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 27 26 yb5y τότε ἀπέλυσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν Βαραββᾶν 1 Then he released Barabbas to them “Then Pilate released Barabbas to the crowd”
|
||||
MAT 27 26 m63d figs-explicit τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας, παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 but he scourged Jesus and handed him over to be crucified It is implied that Pilate ordered his soldiers to scourge Jesus. Handing Jesus over to be crucified is a metaphor for ordering his soldiers to crucify Jesus. Alternate translation: “he ordered his soldiers to scourge Jesus and to crucify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] )
|
||||
MAT 27 26 y3kf τὸν…Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας 1 he scourged Jesus “beat Jesus with a whip” or “whipped Jesus”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2769,7 +2769,7 @@ MAT 27 46 xub2 translate-transliterate Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβ
|
|||
MAT 27 48 jm37 εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 one of them Possible meanings are (1) one of the soldiers or (2) one of those who stood by and watched.
|
||||
MAT 27 48 bsy1 σπόγγον 1 a sponge This is a sea animal that is harvested and used to take up and hold liquids. These liquids can later be pushed out.
|
||||
MAT 27 48 ny3e ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν 1 gave it to him to drink “gave it to Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 27 50 fj1v figs-euphemism ἀφῆκεν τὸ πνεῦμα 1 gave up his spirit Here **spirit** refers to that which gives life to a person. This phrase is a way of saying that Jesus died. Alternate translation: “he died, giving his spirit over to God” or “he breathed his last breath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 27 50 fj1v figs-euphemism ἀφῆκεν τὸ πνεῦμα 1 gave up his spirit Here, **spirit** refers to that which gives life to a person. This phrase is a way of saying that Jesus died. Alternate translation: “he died, giving his spirit over to God” or “he breathed his last breath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 27 51 w1wq 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of the events that happened when Jesus died.
|
||||
MAT 27 51 a92g ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
MAT 27 51 m1ic figs-activepassive τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο 1 the curtain of the temple was split in two This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the curtain of the temple tore in two” or “God caused the curtain of the temple to tear in two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2818,8 +2818,8 @@ MAT 28 5 tbd8 figs-activepassive τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον 1 who has bee
|
|||
MAT 28 7 sp2a figs-quotesinquotes εἴπατε τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ ἰδοὺ, προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε 1 tell his disciples, ‘He has risen from the dead. See, he is going ahead of you to Galilee. There you will see him.’ This is a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “tell his disciples that he has risen from the dead and that Jesus has gone ahead of you to Galilee where you will see him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 28 7 r5cw ἠγέρθη 1 He has risen “He has come back to life”
|
||||
MAT 28 7 a1ir ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
MAT 28 7 ljb2 figs-you προάγει ὑμᾶς…αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε 1 going ahead of you…you will see him Here **you** is plural. It refers to the women and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 28 7 hf9i figs-you εἶπον ὑμῖν 1 I have told you Here **you** is plural and refers to the women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 28 7 ljb2 figs-you προάγει ὑμᾶς…αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε 1 going ahead of you…you will see him Here, **you** is plural. It refers to the women and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 28 7 hf9i figs-you εἶπον ὑμῖν 1 I have told you Here, **you** is plural and refers to the women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 28 8 j2sv καὶ ἀπελθοῦσαι 1 They left “Mary Magdalene and the other woman named Mary”
|
||||
MAT 28 9 s393 ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 28 9 n5sz χαίρετε 1 Greetings This is an ordinary greeting, much like “Hello” in English.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2841,9 +2841,9 @@ MAT 28 16 h1ln 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus meetin
|
|||
MAT 28 17 pze9 προσεκύνησαν, οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν 1 they worshiped him, but some doubted Possible meanings are (1) they all worshiped Jesus even though some of them doubted, or (2) some of them worshiped Jesus, but others did not worship him because they doubted.
|
||||
MAT 28 17 xgr5 figs-explicit οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν 1 but some doubted It can be stated explicitly what the disciples doubted. Alternate translation: “some doubted that he was really Jesus and that he had become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 28 18 v37p figs-activepassive ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία 1 All authority has been given to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has given me all authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 28 18 sm35 figs-merism ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 in heaven and on earth Here **heaven** and **earth** are used together to mean everyone and everything in heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MAT 28 19 yz6q figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 of all the nations Here **nations** refers to the people. Alternate translation: “of all the people in every nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 28 19 l5b5 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ὄνομα 1 into the name Here **name** refers to authority. Alternate translation: “by the authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 28 18 sm35 figs-merism ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 in heaven and on earth Here, **heaven** and **earth** are used together to mean everyone and everything in heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MAT 28 19 yz6q figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 of all the nations Here, **nations** refers to the people. Alternate translation: “of all the people in every nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 28 19 l5b5 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ὄνομα 1 into the name Here, **name** refers to authority. Alternate translation: “by the authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 28 19 kwa3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς…τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 the Father…the Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 28 20 mz6f ἰδοὺ 1 See “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
MAT 28 20 si8z ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 even to the end of the age “until the end of this age” or “until the end of the world”
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
108
en_tn_42-MRK.tsv
108
en_tn_42-MRK.tsv
|
|
@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ MRK 1 33 grp2 figs-metonymy ἦν ὅλη ἡ πόλις ἐπισυνηγμέν
|
|||
MRK 1 35 zi68 0 General Information: Here the words **he** and **him** refer to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 1 35 z4kt 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus takes time to pray in the midst of his time of healing people. He then goes to towns throughout Galilee to preach, heal, and cast out demons.
|
||||
MRK 1 35 rbb9 ἔρημον τόπον 1 a solitary place “a place where he could be alone”
|
||||
MRK 1 36 eia3 Σίμων καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Simon and those who were with him Here **him** refers to Simon. Also, those with him include Andrew, James, John, and possibly other people.
|
||||
MRK 1 36 eia3 Σίμων καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Simon and those who were with him Here, **him** refers to Simon. Also, those with him include Andrew, James, John, and possibly other people.
|
||||
MRK 1 37 vgc7 figs-hyperbole πάντες ζητοῦσίν σε 1 Everyone is looking for you The word **Everyone** is an exaggeration to emphasize the very many people who were looking for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Many people are looking for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 1 38 ve8a 0 General Information: Here the words **he** and **I** refer to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 1 38 plm9 ἄγωμεν ἀλλαχοῦ 1 Let us go elsewhere “We need to go to some other place.” Here Jesus uses the word **us** to refer to himself, along with Simon, Andrew, James, and John.
|
||||
|
|
@ -79,9 +79,9 @@ MRK 1 44 xhu8 figs-explicit σεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ 1 s
|
|||
MRK 1 44 w6b2 figs-synecdoche σεαυτὸν δεῖξον 1 show yourself The word **yourself** here represents the skin of the leper. Alternate translation: “show your skin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 1 44 ish7 μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 a testimony to them It is best to use the pronoun “them,” if possible, in your language. Possible meanings are (1) “a testimony to the priests” or (2) “a testimony to the people.”
|
||||
MRK 1 45 m63p ὁ δὲ ἐξελθὼν 1 But he went out The word **he** refers to the man Jesus healed.
|
||||
MRK 1 45 i91a figs-metaphor ἤρξατο…διαφημίζειν τὸν λόγον 1 began to spread the news widely Here **spread the news widely** is a metaphor for telling people in many places about what had happened. Alternate translation: “began to tell people in many places about what Jesus had done” (See: and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 45 i91a figs-metaphor ἤρξατο…διαφημίζειν τὸν λόγον 1 began to spread the news widely Here, **spread the news widely** is a metaphor for telling people in many places about what had happened. Alternate translation: “began to tell people in many places about what Jesus had done” (See: and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 45 bn6r ὥστε 1 so much that The man spread the news so much that
|
||||
MRK 1 45 l9es figs-explicit ὥστε μηκέτι αὐτὸν δύνασθαι φανερῶς εἰς πόλιν εἰσελθεῖν 1 that Jesus could no longer enter a town openly This was the result of the man spreading the news so much. Here **openly** is a metaphor for “publicly.” Jesus could not enter the towns because many people would crowd around him. Alternate translation: “that Jesus could no longer enter a town publicly” or “that Jesus could no longer enter the towns in a way that many people would see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 1 45 l9es figs-explicit ὥστε μηκέτι αὐτὸν δύνασθαι φανερῶς εἰς πόλιν εἰσελθεῖν 1 that Jesus could no longer enter a town openly This was the result of the man spreading the news so much. Here, **openly** is a metaphor for “publicly.” Jesus could not enter the towns because many people would crowd around him. Alternate translation: “that Jesus could no longer enter a town publicly” or “that Jesus could no longer enter the towns in a way that many people would see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 1 45 d5lw ἐρήμοις τόποις 1 remote places “lonely places” or “places where no one lived”
|
||||
MRK 1 45 z363 figs-hyperbole πάντοθεν 1 from everywhere The word **everywhere** is a hyperbole used to emphasize how very many places the people came from. Alternate translation: “from all over the region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 2 intro zhb5 0 # Mark 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Sinners”<br><br>When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. When Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who believe that they are sinners can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Fasting and Feasting<br><br>People would fast, or not eat food for a long time, when they were sad or were showing God that they were sorry for their sins. When they were happy, like during weddings, they would have feasts, or meals where they would eat much food. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fast]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>The Jewish leaders used rhetorical questions to show that they were angry because of what Jesus said and did and that they did not believe that he was God’s Son ([Mark 2:7](../../mrk/02/07.md)). Jesus used them to show the Jewish leaders that they were arrogant ([Mark 2:25-26](./25.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ MRK 2 4 v6ma ἀπεστέγασαν τὴν στέγην…χαλῶσι 1 the
|
|||
MRK 2 5 trg9 figs-explicit ἰδὼν…τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν 1 Seeing their faith “Seeing the men’s faith.” Possible meanings are (1) that only the men who carried the paralyzed man had faith or (2) that the paralyzed man and the men who brought him to Jesus all had faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 2 5 hzg6 figs-metaphor τέκνον 1 Child The word **Son** here shows Jesus cared for the man as a father cares for a son. Alternate translation: “My son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 2 5 vd3i ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 your sins are forgiven If possible translate this in such a way that Jesus does not clearly say who forgives the man’s sins. Alternate translation: “your sins are gone” or “you do not have to pay for your sins” or “your sins do not count against you”
|
||||
MRK 2 6 le6v figs-metonymy διαλογιζόμενοι ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 reasoned in their hearts Here **their hearts** is a metonym for the people’s thoughts. Alternate translation: “were thinking to themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 2 6 le6v figs-metonymy διαλογιζόμενοι ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 reasoned in their hearts Here, **their hearts** is a metonym for the people’s thoughts. Alternate translation: “were thinking to themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 2 7 yr5a figs-rquestion τί οὗτος οὕτως λαλεῖ? 1 How can this man speak this way? The scribes used this question to show their anger that Jesus said “Your sins are forgiven.” Alternate translation: “This man should not speak this way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 7 sj6j figs-rquestion τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 Who can forgive sins but God alone? The scribes used this question to say that since only God can forgive sins, then Jesus should not say “Your sins are forgiven.” Alternate translation: “Only God can forgive sins!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 8 niy6 τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his spirit “in his inner being” or “in himself”
|
||||
|
|
@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ MRK 3 10 e86s grammar-connect-words-phrases πολλοὺς γὰρ ἐθερά
|
|||
MRK 3 10 ei4n figs-ellipsis πολλοὺς γὰρ ἐθεράπευσεν 1 For he healed many The word **many** refers to the large number of people Jesus had already healed. Alternate translation: “For he healed many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 3 10 ge71 figs-explicit ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ, ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας 1 everyone who had afflictions eagerly approached him in order to touch him They did this because they believed that touching Jesus would make them well. This can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “all the sick people pushed forward eagerly trying to touch him so that they might be healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 3 11 g1r5 αὐτὸν ἐθεώρουν 1 saw him “saw Jesus”
|
||||
MRK 3 11 ca5i figs-explicit προσέπιπτον αὐτῷ καὶ ἔκραζον λέγοντα 1 they fell down before him and cried out and said Here **they** refers to the unclean spirits. It is they who are causing the people they possess to do things. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “they caused the people they were possessing to fall down before him and to cry out to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 3 11 ca5i figs-explicit προσέπιπτον αὐτῷ καὶ ἔκραζον λέγοντα 1 they fell down before him and cried out and said Here, **they** refers to the unclean spirits. It is they who are causing the people they possess to do things. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “they caused the people they were possessing to fall down before him and to cry out to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 3 11 mcr9 προσέπιπτον αὐτῷ 1 they fell down before him The unclean spirits did not fall down before Jesus because they loved him or wanted to worship him. They fell down before him because they were afraid of him.
|
||||
MRK 3 11 xjy4 σὺ εἶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 You are the Son of God Jesus has power over unclean spirits because he is the “Son of God.”
|
||||
MRK 3 11 xf41 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ MRK 4 11 q2az ἐκείνοις…τοῖς ἔξω 1 to those who are outside
|
|||
MRK 4 11 daw3 figs-ellipsis ἐν παραβολαῖς τὰ πάντα γίνεται 1 everything is in parables It can be stated that Jesus gives the parables to the people. Alternate translation: “I have spoken everything in parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 4 12 aj7t figs-explicit βλέποντες…ἀκούοντες 1 when they look…when they hear It is assumed that Jesus is speaking about the people looking at what he shows them and hearing what he tells them. Alternate translation: “when they look at what I am doing…when they hear what I am saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 4 12 p4fv figs-metaphor βλέπωσι καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν 1 they look, but do not see Jesus speaks of people understanding what they see as actually seeing. Alternate translation: “they look and do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 12 p9yr figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 they would turn “turn to God.” Here **turn** is a metaphor for “repent.” Alternate translation: “they would repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 12 p9yr figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 they would turn “turn to God.” Here, **turn** is a metaphor for “repent.” Alternate translation: “they would repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 13 xc29 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus explains the parable of the soils to his followers and then tells them about using a lamp to show that hidden things will become known.
|
||||
MRK 4 13 qzt4 καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 Then he said to them “Then Jesus said to his disciples”
|
||||
MRK 4 13 fs1v figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην, καὶ πῶς πάσας τὰς παραβολὰς γνώσεσθε? 1 Do you not understand this parable? How then will you understand all the other parables? Jesus used these questions to show how sad he was that his disciples could not understand his parable. Alternate translation: “If you cannot understand this parable, think about how hard it will be for you to understand all the other parables.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ MRK 4 14 zu7y ὁ σπείρων 1 The farmer “The farmer who sows his seed r
|
|||
MRK 4 14 rp6h figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 the word The “word” represents God’s message. Sowing the message represents teaching it. Alternate translation: “the one who teaches people God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 15 cy3i οὗτοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν 1 These are the ones that fall beside the road “Some people are like the seeds that fall beside road” or “Some people are like the path where some of the seeds fell”
|
||||
MRK 4 15 yf39 τὴν ὁδὸν 1 the road “the path”
|
||||
MRK 4 15 q5th ὅταν ἀκούσωσιν 1 when they hear it Here **it** refers to “the word” or “God’s message.”
|
||||
MRK 4 15 q5th ὅταν ἀκούσωσιν 1 when they hear it Here, **it** refers to “the word” or “God’s message.”
|
||||
MRK 4 16 ty3q figs-metaphor οὗτοί εἰσιν…οἱ 1 These are the ones “And some people are like the seeds.” Jesus begins to explain how some people are like the seeds that fell on the rocky soil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 17 p5fr figs-metaphor οὐκ ἔχουσιν ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 They have no root in themselves This is a comparison to the young plants that have very shallow roots. This metaphor means that the people were first excited when they received the word, but they were not strongly devoted to it. Alternate translation: “And they are like the young plants that have no roots” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 17 s5mh figs-hyperbole οὐκ…ῥίζαν 1 no root This is an exaggeration to emphasize how shallow the roots were. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ MRK 4 27 y5m5 καθεύδῃ καὶ ἐγείρηται, νύκτα καὶ
|
|||
MRK 4 27 c6jv ὡς οὐκ οἶδεν αὐτός 1 though he does not know how “though the man does not know how the seed sprouts and grows”
|
||||
MRK 4 28 diz5 χόρτον 1 the blade the stalk or sprout
|
||||
MRK 4 28 cew8 στάχυν 1 the ear the head on the stalk or the part of the plant that holds the fruit
|
||||
MRK 4 29 ah9d figs-metonymy εὐθὺς ἀποστέλλει τὸ δρέπανον 1 he immediately sends in the sickle Here **the sickle** is a metonym that stands for the farmer or the people whom the farmer sends out to harvest the grain. Alternate translation: “he immediately goes into the field with a sickle to harvest the grain” or “he immediately sends people with sickles into the field to harvest the grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 4 29 ah9d figs-metonymy εὐθὺς ἀποστέλλει τὸ δρέπανον 1 he immediately sends in the sickle Here, **the sickle** is a metonym that stands for the farmer or the people whom the farmer sends out to harvest the grain. Alternate translation: “he immediately goes into the field with a sickle to harvest the grain” or “he immediately sends people with sickles into the field to harvest the grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 4 29 yd1d δρέπανον 1 sickle a curved blade or a sharp hook used to cut grain
|
||||
MRK 4 29 hx6v figs-idiom ὅτι παρέστηκεν ὁ θερισμός 1 because the harvest has come Here the phrase **has come** is an idiom for the grain being ripe for harvest. Alternate translation: “because the grain is ready to be harvested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 4 30 ivk2 figs-rquestion πῶς ὁμοιώσωμεν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ ἐν τίνι αὐτὴν παραβολῇ θῶμεν? 1 To what can we compare the kingdom of God, or what parable can we use to explain it? Jesus asked this question to cause his hearers to think about what the kingdom of God is. Alternate translation: “With this parable I can explain what the kingdom of God is like.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -296,11 +296,11 @@ MRK 4 32 x1xh figs-personification ποιεῖ κλάδους μεγάλους 1
|
|||
MRK 4 33 v2rp figs-synecdoche ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον 1 he spoke the word to them **Word** here is a synecdoche for “the message of God.” The word **them** refers to the crowds. Alternate translation: “he taught the message of God to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 4 33 vhe5 καθὼς ἠδύναντο ἀκούειν 1 as they were able to hear “and if they were able to understand some, he kept telling them more”
|
||||
MRK 4 34 q2ht κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 when he was alone This means that he was away from the crowds, but his disciples were still with him.
|
||||
MRK 4 34 gp99 figs-hyperbole ἐπέλυεν πάντα 1 he explained everything Here **everything** is an exaggeration. He explained all his parables. Alternate translation: “he explained all his parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 4 34 gp99 figs-hyperbole ἐπέλυεν πάντα 1 he explained everything Here, **everything** is an exaggeration. He explained all his parables. Alternate translation: “he explained all his parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 4 35 qua2 0 Connecting Statement: As Jesus and his disciples take a boat to escape the crowds of people, a great storm arises. His disciples are afraid when they see that even the wind and the sea obey Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 4 35 hc5b λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 he said to them “Jesus said to his disciples”
|
||||
MRK 4 35 biy2 τὸ πέραν 1 the other side “the other side of the Sea of Galilee” or “the other side of the sea”
|
||||
MRK 4 37 sqj5 figs-idiom γίνεται λαῖλαψ μεγάλη ἀνέμου 1 a violent windstorm arose Here **arose** is an idiom for “began.” Alternate translation: “a violent windstorm began” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 4 37 sqj5 figs-idiom γίνεται λαῖλαψ μεγάλη ἀνέμου 1 a violent windstorm arose Here, **arose** is an idiom for “began.” Alternate translation: “a violent windstorm began” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 4 37 at6u figs-ellipsis ἤδη γεμίζεσθαι τὸ πλοῖον 1 the boat was almost full of water It may be helpful to state that the boat was filling up with water. Alternate translation: “the boat was in danger of being filled with water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 4 38 qy5l τῇ πρύμνῃ 1 the stern This is at the very back of the boat. “the stern of the boat”
|
||||
MRK 4 38 xdm6 ἐγείρουσιν αὐτὸν 1 they woke him up The word **they** refers to the disciples. Compare a similar idea in the next verse, verse 39, “He got up.” “He” refers to Jesus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -406,12 +406,12 @@ MRK 6 7 w7qq translate-versebridge 0 General Information: Jesus’ instructions
|
|||
MRK 6 7 g5um 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus sends his disciples out in sets of two to preach and to heal.
|
||||
MRK 6 7 pmq4 προσκαλεῖται τοὺς δώδεκα 1 he called the twelve Here the word **called** means that he summoned the twelve to come to him.
|
||||
MRK 6 7 d6sx translate-numbers δύο δύο 1 two by two “2 by 2” or “in pairs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 6 8 t9a2 figs-synecdoche μὴ ἄρτον 1 no bread Here **bread** is a synecdoche for food in general. Alternate translation: “no food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 6 8 t9a2 figs-synecdoche μὴ ἄρτον 1 no bread Here, **bread** is a synecdoche for food in general. Alternate translation: “no food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 6 10 wv9h ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 He said to them “Jesus said to the twelve”
|
||||
MRK 6 10 h31d figs-metonymy μένετε ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε ἐκεῖθεν 1 remain until you go away from there Here **remain** represents daily going back to that house to eat and sleep there. Alternate translation: “eat and sleep in that house until you leave that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 6 10 h31d figs-metonymy μένετε ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε ἐκεῖθεν 1 remain until you go away from there Here, **remain** represents daily going back to that house to eat and sleep there. Alternate translation: “eat and sleep in that house until you leave that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 6 11 b2kb figs-explicit εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 as a testimony to them “as a testimony against them.” It may be helpful to explain how this action was a testimony to them. “as a testimony to them. By doing that, you will be testifying that they did not welcome you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 12 sqt2 figs-ellipsis ἐξελθόντες 1 They went out The word **They** refers to the twelve and does not include Jesus. Also, it may be helpful to state that they went out to various towns. Alternate translation: “They went out to various towns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 6 12 ld7a figs-metaphor μετανοῶσιν 1 people should repent Here **turn away from** is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: “stop sinning” or “repent of their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 6 12 ld7a figs-metaphor μετανοῶσιν 1 people should repent Here, **turn away from** is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: “stop sinning” or “repent of their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 6 13 i7eq figs-ellipsis δαιμόνια πολλὰ ἐξέβαλλον 1 They cast out many demons It may be helpful to state that they cast the demons out of people. Alternate translation: “They cast many demons out of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 6 14 y69r 0 Connecting Statement: When Herod hears about Jesus’ miracles, he worries, thinking that someone has raised John the Baptist from the dead. (Herod had caused John the Baptist to be killed.)
|
||||
MRK 6 14 f9um ἤκουσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἡρῴδης 1 King Herod heard this The word **this** refers to everything that Jesus and his disciples had been doing in various towns, including casting out demons and healing people.
|
||||
|
|
@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ MRK 6 55 e7fh figs-explicit περιέδραμον ὅλην τὴν χώραν
|
|||
MRK 6 55 d9k9 περιέδραμον…ἤκουον 1 they ran throughout…they heard The word **they** refers to the people who recognized Jesus, not to the disciples.
|
||||
MRK 6 55 wr7f figs-nominaladj τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας 1 those who were sick This phrase refers to people. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 6 56 bjv5 ὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο 1 wherever he entered “Wherever Jesus entered”
|
||||
MRK 6 56 gi6y ἐτίθεσαν 1 they were putting Here **they** refers to the people. It does not refer to Jesus’ disciples.
|
||||
MRK 6 56 gi6y ἐτίθεσαν 1 they were putting Here, **they** refers to the people. It does not refer to Jesus’ disciples.
|
||||
MRK 6 56 y6hs figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας 1 the sick This phrase refers to people. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 6 56 a3i3 παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν 1 were begged him Possible meanings are (1) “The sick begged him” or (2) “The people begged him.”
|
||||
MRK 6 56 m366 ἅψωνται 1 touch The word **them** refers to the sick.
|
||||
|
|
@ -499,8 +499,8 @@ MRK 7 4 wsb8 χαλκίων 1 copper vessels “copper kettles” or “metal c
|
|||
MRK 7 5 hts4 figs-rquestion διὰ τί οὐ περιπατοῦσιν οἱ μαθηταί σου κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, ἀλλὰ κοιναῖς χερσὶν ἐσθίουσιν τὸν ἄρτον? 1 Why do your disciples not walk according to the tradition of the elders, for they eat their bread with unwashed hands? **Walk in** here is a metaphor for “obey.” The Pharisees and scribes asked this question to challenge Jesus’ authority. This can be written as two statements. Alternate translation: “Your disciples disobey the traditions of our elders! They should wash their hands using our rituals.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 7 5 j7ht figs-synecdoche ἄρτον 1 bread This is a synecdoche, representing food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 7 6 t7px 0 General Information: Here Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah, who had written scripture many years earlier.
|
||||
MRK 7 6 ep7u figs-metonymy τοῖς χείλεσίν 1 with their lips Here **lips** is a metonym for speaking. Alternate translation: “by what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 7 6 zgt9 figs-metonymy ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far from me Here **heart** refers to a person’s thoughts or emotions. This is a way of saying the people are not truly devoted to God. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 7 6 ep7u figs-metonymy τοῖς χείλεσίν 1 with their lips Here, **lips** is a metonym for speaking. Alternate translation: “by what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 7 6 zgt9 figs-metonymy ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far from me Here, **heart** refers to a person’s thoughts or emotions. This is a way of saying the people are not truly devoted to God. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 7 7 f8q5 μάτην δὲ σέβονταί με 1 They worship me in vain “They offer me useless worship” or “They worship me in vain”
|
||||
MRK 7 8 yqj3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees.
|
||||
MRK 7 8 xz71 ἀφέντες 1 abandon refuse to obey
|
||||
|
|
@ -529,12 +529,12 @@ MRK 7 18 f5sf 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach his disciples by a
|
|||
MRK 7 18 z8w1 figs-rquestion οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε? 1 Are you also still without understanding? Jesus uses this question to express his disappointment that they do not understand. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “After all I have said and done, I would expect you to understand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 7 19 wyw4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes asking the question he is using to teach his disciples.
|
||||
MRK 7 19 wi6y figs-rquestion ὅτι…εἰς τὸν ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκπορεύεται? 1 because…passes our into the latrine? This is the end of the question that begins with the words “Do you not see” in verse 18. Jesus uses this question to teach his disciples something they should already know. It can be expressed as a statement. “You should already understand that whatever enters into a person from outside cannot defile him, because it cannot go into his heart, but it goes into his stomach and then passes out into the latrine.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 7 19 y2cr figs-metonymy οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν 1 it does not go into his heart Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. Here Jesus means that food does not affect a person’s character. Alternate translation: “it cannot go into his inner being” or “it cannot go into his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 7 19 he68 οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται 1 it does not go Here **it** refers to what goes into a person; that is, what a person eats.
|
||||
MRK 7 19 y2cr figs-metonymy οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν 1 it does not go into his heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. Here Jesus means that food does not affect a person’s character. Alternate translation: “it cannot go into his inner being” or “it cannot go into his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 7 19 he68 οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται 1 it does not go Here, **it** refers to what goes into a person; that is, what a person eats.
|
||||
MRK 7 19 hm98 figs-explicit (καθαρίζων πάντα τὰ βρώματα 1 all foods clean It may be helpful to explain clearly what this phrase means. Alternate translation: “all foods clean, meaning that people can eat any food without God considering the eater defiled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 7 20 r12p ἔλεγεν 1 he said “Jesus said”
|
||||
MRK 7 20 eq3a τὸ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενον, ἐκεῖνο κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 That which comes out of the man, that defiles the man “What defiles a person is what comes out of him”
|
||||
MRK 7 21 lm51 figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς καρδίας…οἱ διαλογισμοὶ οἱ κακοὶ ἐκπορεύονται 1 out of the heart, proceed evil thoughts Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. Alternate translation: “out of the inner being, come evil thoughts” or “out of the mind, come evil thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 7 21 lm51 figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς καρδίας…οἱ διαλογισμοὶ οἱ κακοὶ ἐκπορεύονται 1 out of the heart, proceed evil thoughts Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. Alternate translation: “out of the inner being, come evil thoughts” or “out of the mind, come evil thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 7 22 y3md ἀσέλγεια 1 sensuality not controlling one’s lustful desires
|
||||
MRK 7 23 h9ta figs-ellipsis ἔσωθεν ἐκπορεύεται 1 come from within Here the word **within** describes a person’s heart. Alternate translation: “come from within a person’s heart” or “come from within a person’s thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 7 24 k9bl 0 Connecting Statement: When Jesus goes away to Tyre, he heals the daughter of a Gentile woman who has extraordinary faith.
|
||||
|
|
@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ MRK 8 16 xs4p figs-explicit ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχουσιν 1 It i
|
|||
MRK 8 16 zfw3 figs-hyperbole ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχουσιν 1 we do not have bread The word **no** is an exaggeration. The disciples did have one loaf of bread ([Mark 8:14](../08/14.md)), but that was not much different from having no bread at all. Alternate translation: “very little bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 8 17 hnh6 figs-rquestion τί διαλογίζεσθε ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε? 1 Why are you reasoning about not having bread? Here Jesus is mildly rebuking his disciples because they should have understood what he had been talking about. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not be thinking that I am talking about actual bread.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 17 dmt2 figs-parallelism οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε? 1 Do you not yet perceive, nor understand? These questions have the same meaning and are used together to emphasize that they do not understand. This can be written as one question or as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do you not yet understand?” or “You should perceive and understand by now the things I say and do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 17 fn31 figs-metonymy πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? 1 Have your hearts become hardened? Here **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind. The phrase **hearts become so dull** is a metaphor for not being able or willing to understand something. Jesus uses a question to scold the disciples. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Your thinking has become so dull!” or “You are so slow to understand what I mean!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 17 fn31 figs-metonymy πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? 1 Have your hearts become hardened? Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind. The phrase **hearts become so dull** is a metaphor for not being able or willing to understand something. Jesus uses a question to scold the disciples. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Your thinking has become so dull!” or “You are so slow to understand what I mean!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 18 u1gh figs-rquestion ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες, οὐ βλέπετε? καὶ ὦτα ἔχοντες, οὐκ ἀκούετε? καὶ οὐ μνημονεύετε? 1 You have eyes, do you not see? You have ears, do you not hear? Do you not remember? Jesus continues to mildly rebuke his disciples. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “You have eyes, but you do not understand what you see. You have ears, but you do not understand what you hear. You should remember.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 19 e37p figs-metonymy τοὺς πεντακισχιλίους 1 the five thousand This refers to the 5,000 people Jesus fed. Alternate translation: “the 5,000 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 8 19 e4zq figs-explicit πόσους κοφίνους κλασμάτων πλήρεις ἤρατε? 1 how many baskets full of broken pieces of bread did you take up It may be helpful to state when they collected the baskets of pieces. Alternate translation: “how many baskets full of broken pieces of bread did you collect after everyone finished eating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -673,14 +673,14 @@ MRK 9 5 k3y1 σκηνάς 1 shelters simple, temporary places in which to sit o
|
|||
MRK 9 6 r3bn writing-background οὐ γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἀποκριθῇ; ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο 1 For he did not know what to say, for they were terrified This parenthetical sentence tells background information about Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 9 6 f8hn ἔκφοβοι…ἐγένοντο 1 they were terrified “they were very frightened” or “they were very afraid”
|
||||
MRK 9 7 e3id ἐγένετο…ἐπισκιάζουσα 1 came and overshadowed “appeared and covered”
|
||||
MRK 9 7 x4mv figs-metonymy καὶ ἐγένετο φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης 1 and a voice came out of the cloud Here **a voice came out** is a metonym for someone speaking. It can also be stated clearly who spoke. Alternate translation: “Then someone spoke from the cloud” or “Then God spoke from the cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 7 x4mv figs-metonymy καὶ ἐγένετο φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης 1 and a voice came out of the cloud Here, **a voice came out** is a metonym for someone speaking. It can also be stated clearly who spoke. Alternate translation: “Then someone spoke from the cloud” or “Then God spoke from the cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 7 hn9m οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Υἱός μου, ὁ ἀγαπητός, ἀκούετε αὐτοῦ 1 This is my beloved Son. Listen to him God the Father expresses his love for his “beloved Son,” the Son of God.
|
||||
MRK 9 7 ybu6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός…ὁ ἀγαπητός 1 beloved Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 9 8 hq73 περιβλεψάμενοι 1 when they looked around Here **they** refers to Peter, James, and John.
|
||||
MRK 9 8 hq73 περιβλεψάμενοι 1 when they looked around Here, **they** refers to Peter, James, and John.
|
||||
MRK 9 9 dv4d figs-explicit διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ…εἰ μὴ ὅταν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ 1 he commanded them to tell no one…until the Son of Man had risen This implies that he was permitting them to tell people about what they had seen only after he rose from being dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 9 w98g figs-metonymy ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ 1 had risen from the dead “risen from among the dead.” This speaks of becoming alive again. The phrase **the dead** refers to “dead people” and is a metonym for death. Alternate translation: “risen from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 10 wfu9 figs-metonymy ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι 1 had risen from the dead “to rise from among the dead.” This speaks of becoming alive again. The phrase **the dead** refers to “dead people” and is a metonym for death. Alternate translation: “rising from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 10 b8y9 figs-idiom καὶ τὸν λόγον ἐκράτησαν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς 1 So they kept the matter to themselves Here **kept the matter to themselves** is an idiom that means they did not tell anyone about what they had seen. Alternate translation: “So they did not tell anyone about what they had seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 9 10 b8y9 figs-idiom καὶ τὸν λόγον ἐκράτησαν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς 1 So they kept the matter to themselves Here, **kept the matter to themselves** is an idiom that means they did not tell anyone about what they had seen. Alternate translation: “So they did not tell anyone about what they had seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 9 11 pck1 0 Connecting Statement: Though Peter, James, and John wondered what Jesus might mean by “rising from the dead,” they asked him instead about Elijah’s coming.
|
||||
MRK 9 11 s9zn ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν 1 they asked him The word **they** refers to Peter, James, and John.
|
||||
MRK 9 11 h45a figs-explicit λέγουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖς ὅτι Ἠλείαν δεῖ ἐλθεῖν πρῶτον? 1 Why do the scribes say that Elijah must come first? Prophecy foretold that Elijah would come again from heaven. Then the Messiah, who is the Son of Man, would come to rule and reign. The disciples are confused about how the Son of Man could die and rise again. Alternate translation: “Why do the scribes say that Elijah must come first before the Messiah comes?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -732,14 +732,14 @@ MRK 9 30 f12g παρεπορεύοντο διὰ 1 passed through “traveled t
|
|||
MRK 9 31 ywi8 figs-explicit ἐδίδασκεν γὰρ τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ 1 for he was teaching his disciples Jesus was teaching his disciples privately, away from the crowd. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “for he was teaching his disciples privately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 31 w75k figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 The Son of Man will be delivered This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 31 y5cw guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man Here Jesus refers to himself as the Son of Man. This is an important title for Jesus. “I, the Son of Man,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 9 31 z8ud figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 into the hands of men Here **hands** is a metonym for control. Alternate translation: “into the control of men” or “so that men will be able to control him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 31 z8ud figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 into the hands of men Here, **hands** is a metonym for control. Alternate translation: “into the control of men” or “so that men will be able to control him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 31 s1n2 figs-activepassive ἀποκτανθεὶς, μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστήσεται 1 When he has been killed, after three days he will rise again This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “After they have put him to death and three days have passed, he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 32 vtx1 figs-ellipsis ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτὸν ἐπερωτῆσαι 1 they were afraid to ask him They were afraid to ask Jesus what his statement meant. Alternate translation: “they were afraid to ask him what it meant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 9 33 xv94 writing-newevent 0 Connecting Statement: When they come to Capernaum, Jesus teaches his disciples about being humble servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
MRK 9 33 swa7 ἦλθον εἰς 1 they came to “they arrived at.” The word **they** refers to Jesus and his disciples.
|
||||
MRK 9 33 t717 διελογίζεσθε 1 were you discussing “were you discussing with one another”
|
||||
MRK 9 34 sq3c figs-explicit οἱ…ἐσιώπων 1 they were silent They were silent because they were ashamed to tell Jesus what they had been discussing. Alternate translation: “they were silent because they were ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 34 gdg3 figs-explicit τίς μείζων 1 about who was the greatest Here **the greatest** refers to “the greatest” among the disciples. Alternate translation: “who was the greatest among them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 34 gdg3 figs-explicit τίς μείζων 1 about who was the greatest Here, **the greatest** refers to “the greatest” among the disciples. Alternate translation: “who was the greatest among them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 35 jzl5 figs-metaphor εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος 1 If anyone wants to be first, he must be last of all Here the words **first** and **last** are opposites of one another. Jesus speaks of being the “most important” as being “first” and of being the “least important” as being “last.” Alternate translation: “If anyone wants God to consider him to be the most important person of all, he must consider himself to be the least important of all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 35 t526 πάντων 1 of all “of all people…of all people”
|
||||
MRK 9 36 gmb1 ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν 1 in their midst “among them.” The word **their** refers to the crowd.
|
||||
|
|
@ -749,14 +749,14 @@ MRK 9 37 ul12 figs-idiom ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name This
|
|||
MRK 9 37 y24n figs-explicit τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 the one who sent me This refers to God, who has sent him to earth. Alternate translation: “God, who has sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 38 idn7 ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης 1 John said to him “John said to Jesus”
|
||||
MRK 9 38 tn6s figs-explicit ἐκβάλλοντα δαιμόνια 1 driving out demons “sending away demons.” This refers to casting demons out of people. Alternate translation: “driving demons out of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 38 dxq5 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 in your name Here **name** is associated with Jesus’ authority and power. Alternate translation: “by the authority of your name” or “by the power of your name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 38 dxq5 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 in your name Here, **name** is associated with Jesus’ authority and power. Alternate translation: “by the authority of your name” or “by the power of your name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 38 k2i2 figs-idiom οὐκ ἠκολούθει ἡμῖν 1 he does not follow us This means that he is not among their group of disciples. Alternate translation: “he is not one of us” or “he does not walk with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 9 40 tma4 οὐκ ἔστιν καθ’ ἡμῶν 1 is not against us “is not opposing us”
|
||||
MRK 9 40 j8gq ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἐστιν 1 is for us It can be explained clearly what this means. Alternate translation: “is trying to achieve the same goals that we are”
|
||||
MRK 9 41 lz5d figs-metaphor ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ποτήριον ὕδατος ἐν ὀνόματι, ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε 1 gives you a cup of water to drink because you are in the name of Christ Jesus speaks about giving someone a cup of water as an example of how one person may help another. This is a metaphor for helping someone in any way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 41 bgq1 figs-litotes οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ 1 he will not lose This negative sentence emphasizes the positive meaning. In some languages, it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: “definitely receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MRK 9 42 z6k5 μύλος 1 millstone a large, round stone used for grinding grain into flour
|
||||
MRK 9 43 g8dv figs-metonymy ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου 1 If your hand causes you to stumble Here **hand** is a metonym for desiring to do something sinful that you would do with your hand. Alternate translation: “If you want to do something sinful with one of your hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 43 g8dv figs-metonymy ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου 1 If your hand causes you to stumble Here, **hand** is a metonym for desiring to do something sinful that you would do with your hand. Alternate translation: “If you want to do something sinful with one of your hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 43 iku4 κυλλὸν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 to enter into life maimed “to be maimed and then to enter into life” or “to be maimed before entering into life”
|
||||
MRK 9 43 g6ww figs-metaphor εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 to enter into life Dying and then beginning to live eternally is spoken of as entering into life. Alternate translation: “to enter into eternal life” or “to die and begin to live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 43 qjm9 κυλλὸν 1 maimed missing a body part as a result of having it removed or being injured. Here it refers to missing a hand. Alternate translation: “without a hand” or “missing a hand”
|
||||
|
|
@ -771,7 +771,7 @@ MRK 9 47 e52s figs-explicit μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς
|
|||
MRK 9 47 r2gn figs-activepassive βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν 1 to be thrown into hell This can be stated in the active form. Alternate translation: “for God to throw you into hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 48 uh4p figs-explicit ὅπου ὁ σκώληξ αὐτῶν οὐ τελευτᾷ 1 where their worm does not die The meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “where worms that eat people there do not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 49 mr5y figs-activepassive πᾶς…πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται 1 everyone will be salted with fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will salt everyone with fire” or “Just as salt purifies a sacrifice, God will purify everyone by allowing them to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 49 ma3s figs-metaphor πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται 1 will be salted with fire Here **fire** is a metaphor for suffering, and putting salt on people is a metaphor for purifying them. So “will be salted with fire” is a metaphor for being purified through suffering. Alternate translation: “will be made pure in the fire of suffering” or “will suffer in order to be purified as a sacrifice is purified with salt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 49 ma3s figs-metaphor πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται 1 will be salted with fire Here, **fire** is a metaphor for suffering, and putting salt on people is a metaphor for purifying them. So “will be salted with fire” is a metaphor for being purified through suffering. Alternate translation: “will be made pure in the fire of suffering” or “will suffer in order to be purified as a sacrifice is purified with salt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 50 rb7r ἄναλον γένηται 1 becomes unsalty “its salty taste”
|
||||
MRK 9 50 fqb8 figs-rquestion ἐν τίνι αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε? 1 with what will you season it? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “you cannot make it salty again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 9 50 t76n ἀρτύσετε 1 season it “taste salty again”
|
||||
|
|
@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ MRK 10 3 p9nu τί ὑμῖν ἐνετείλατο Μωϋσῆς? 1 What did M
|
|||
MRK 10 4 qu28 βιβλίον ἀποστασίου 1 a certificate of divorce This was a paper saying that the woman was no longer his wife.
|
||||
MRK 10 5 djt9 writing-quotations ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς…ἔγραψεν ὑμῖν τὴν ἐντολὴν ταύτην 1 But Jesus said to them…this commandment…your hardness of heart In some languages speakers do not interrupt a quote to say who is speaking. Rather they say who is speaking at the beginning or end of the complete quote. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to them, ‘It was because…this law.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 10 5 jzb2 πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν, ἔγραψεν ὑμῖν τὴν ἐντολὴν ταύτην 1 because of your hard hearts that he wrote you this law Long before this time, Moses wrote this law for the Jews and their descendants because they had hard hearts. The Jews of Jesus’ time also had hard hearts, so Jesus included them by using the words **your** and **you**. Alternate translation: “because your ancestors and you had hard hearts that he wrote this law”
|
||||
MRK 10 5 m73x figs-metonymy τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 your hardness of heart Here **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. The phrase **hard hearts** is a metaphor for “stubbornness.” Alternate translation: “your stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 5 m73x figs-metonymy τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 your hardness of heart Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. The phrase **hard hearts** is a metaphor for “stubbornness.” Alternate translation: “your stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 6 m6lj ἐποίησεν αὐτούς 1 God made them “God made people”
|
||||
MRK 10 7 k39e 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to quote what God said in the book of Genesis.
|
||||
MRK 10 7 xr7h ἕνεκεν τούτου 1 For this reason “Therefore” or “Because of this”
|
||||
|
|
@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ MRK 10 10 ufw6 καὶ εἰς 1 When they were in “When Jesus and his discip
|
|||
MRK 10 10 c2ya figs-explicit εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 1 they were in the house Jesus’ disciples were speaking to him privately. Alternate translation: were alone in the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 10 l8fu περὶ τούτου ἐπηρώτων αὐτόν 1 asked him again about this The word **this** refers to the conversation that Jesus had just had with the Pharisees about divorce.
|
||||
MRK 10 11 i5kp ὃς ἂν 1 Whoever “Anyone who”
|
||||
MRK 10 11 vt25 μοιχᾶται ἐπ’ αὐτήν 1 commits adultery against her Here **her** refers to the first woman he was married to.
|
||||
MRK 10 11 vt25 μοιχᾶται ἐπ’ αὐτήν 1 commits adultery against her Here, **her** refers to the first woman he was married to.
|
||||
MRK 10 12 sn1m figs-explicit μοιχᾶται 1 she commits adultery In this situation she commits adultery again her previous husband. Alternate translation: “she commits adultery against him” or “she commits adultery against the first man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 13 j3t9 0 Connecting Statement: When the disciples rebuke the people for bringing their little children to Jesus, he blesses the children and reminds the disciples that people must be as humble as a child to enter the kingdom of God.
|
||||
MRK 10 13 zx1f writing-newevent καὶ προσέφερον 1 Then they brought “Now people were bringing.” This is the next event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ MRK 10 17 fpp6 figs-metaphor ἵνα ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομ
|
|||
MRK 10 18 lw1f figs-rquestion τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? 1 Why do you call me good? Jesus asks this question to remind the man that no man is good the way God is good. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what you are saying when you call me good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 10 18 b5wg ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 is good except God alone “good. Only God is good”
|
||||
MRK 10 19 hj3v μὴ…ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς 1 do not testify falsely “do not testify falsely against anyone” or “do not lie about someone in court”
|
||||
MRK 10 21 syq1 figs-metaphor ἕν σε ὑστερεῖ 1 One thing you lack “There is one thing you are missing.” Here **lack** is a metaphor for needing to do something. Alternate translation: “One thing you need to do” or “There is one thing you have not yet done” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 21 syq1 figs-metaphor ἕν σε ὑστερεῖ 1 One thing you lack “There is one thing you are missing.” Here, **lack** is a metaphor for needing to do something. Alternate translation: “One thing you need to do” or “There is one thing you have not yet done” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 21 rd85 figs-metonymy δὸς τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 give it to the poor Here the word **it** refers to the things he sells and is a metonym for the money he receives when he sells them. Alternate translation: “give the money to the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 10 21 ux1l figs-nominaladj τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 the poor This refers to poor people. Alternate translation: “poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 10 21 iij4 θησαυρὸν 1 treasure wealth, valuable things
|
||||
|
|
@ -857,8 +857,8 @@ MRK 10 34 xv2g figs-explicit ἀναστήσεται 1 he will rise This refers
|
|||
MRK 10 35 li9k figs-exclusive θέλομεν…αἰτήσωμέν…ἡμῖν 1 we desire…we ask…for us These words refer only to James and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MRK 10 37 bb98 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου 1 in your glory “when you are glorified.” The phrase **in your glory** refers to when Jesus is glorified and rules over his kingdom. Alternate translation: “when you rule in your kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 10 38 v1bf οὐκ οἴδατε 1 You do not know “You do not understand”
|
||||
MRK 10 38 yvu8 figs-metaphor πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω 1 drink the cup which I will drink Here **cup** refers to what Jesus must suffer. Suffering is often referred to as drinking from a cup. Alternate translation: “drink the cup of suffering that I will drink” or “drink from the cup of suffering that I will drink from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 38 pd7l figs-metaphor τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι βαπτισθῆναι 1 to be baptized with the baptism with which I will be baptized Here **baptism** and being baptized represent suffering. Just as water covers a person during baptism, suffering will overwhelm Jesus. Alternate translation: “endure the baptism of suffering which I will suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 38 yvu8 figs-metaphor πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω 1 drink the cup which I will drink Here, **cup** refers to what Jesus must suffer. Suffering is often referred to as drinking from a cup. Alternate translation: “drink the cup of suffering that I will drink” or “drink from the cup of suffering that I will drink from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 38 pd7l figs-metaphor τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι βαπτισθῆναι 1 to be baptized with the baptism with which I will be baptized Here, **baptism** and being baptized represent suffering. Just as water covers a person during baptism, suffering will overwhelm Jesus. Alternate translation: “endure the baptism of suffering which I will suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 39 r3pm figs-ellipsis δυνάμεθα 1 We are able They respond this way, meaning that they are able to drink the same cup and endure the same baptism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 10 39 hc1g πίεσθε 1 you will drink “you will drink as well”
|
||||
MRK 10 40 ig8f τὸ δὲ καθίσαι ἐκ δεξιῶν μου…οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν δοῦναι 1 But who is to sit at my right hand…is not mine to give “But I am not the one who allows people to sit at my right hand or my left hand”
|
||||
|
|
@ -945,7 +945,7 @@ MRK 11 21 jt3h figs-explicit ἀναμνησθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος 1 Peter r
|
|||
MRK 11 22 ry5v ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 Jesus answered and said to them “Jesus replied to his disciples”
|
||||
MRK 11 23 sy61 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MRK 11 23 c3cj ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ 1 whoever says “if anyone says”
|
||||
MRK 11 23 y76p figs-metonymy μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ 1 does not doubt in his heart but believes Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “if he truly believes in his heart” or “if he does not doubt but believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 23 y76p figs-metonymy μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ 1 does not doubt in his heart but believes Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “if he truly believes in his heart” or “if he does not doubt but believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 23 fzp5 ἔσται αὐτῷ 1 it will be done “God will make happen”
|
||||
MRK 11 24 pn9x grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ τοῦτο λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Therefore I say to you “So I tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
MRK 11 24 tu5z figs-explicit ἔσται ὑμῖν 1 it will be yours It is understood that this will happen because God will provide what you ask for. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “God will give it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,10 +960,10 @@ MRK 11 28 p5u3 figs-explicit ταῦτα ποιεῖς 1 you do these things The
|
|||
MRK 11 29 v7q9 ἀποκρίθητέ μοι 1 Answer me “Answer me”
|
||||
MRK 11 30 jj91 τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου 1 The baptism of John “The baptism that John performed”
|
||||
MRK 11 30 fr1b ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 was it from heaven or from men “was it authorized by heaven or by men”
|
||||
MRK 11 30 sh7b figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 from heaven Here **heaven** refers to God. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 30 sh7b figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 from heaven Here, **heaven** refers to God. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 30 i5is ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 from men “from people”
|
||||
MRK 11 31 s9vv figs-ellipsis ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 If we say, ‘From heaven,’ This refers to the source of the baptism of John. Alternate translation: “If we say, ‘It was from heaven,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 11 31 nu1m figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 From heaven Here **heaven** refers to God. See how you translated this in [Mark 11:30](../11/30.md). Alternate translation: “From God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 31 nu1m figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 From heaven Here, **heaven** refers to God. See how you translated this in [Mark 11:30](../11/30.md). Alternate translation: “From God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 31 t9er οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 you did not believe him The word **him** refers to John the Baptist.
|
||||
MRK 11 32 aus1 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 But if we say, ‘From men,’ This refers to the source of the baptism of John. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘It was from men,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 11 32 v2gs ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 From men “From people”
|
||||
|
|
@ -994,7 +994,7 @@ MRK 12 10 v6ta 0 General Information: This scripture was written long before i
|
|||
MRK 12 10 xj9j figs-rquestion οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε: 1 Have you not read this scripture: Jesus reminds the people of a scripture passage. He uses a rhetorical question here to rebuke them. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read this scripture.” or “You should remember this scripture.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 10 jpa3 ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 has become the cornerstone This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord made into the cornerstone”
|
||||
MRK 12 11 r8z8 παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη 1 This was from the Lord “The Lord has done this”
|
||||
MRK 12 11 k5w6 figs-metaphor ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 it is marvelous in our eyes Here **in our eyes** stands for seeing, which is a metaphor for the people’s opinion. Alternate translation: “we have seen it and think that it is marvelous” or “we think that it is wonderful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 11 k5w6 figs-metaphor ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 it is marvelous in our eyes Here, **in our eyes** stands for seeing, which is a metaphor for the people’s opinion. Alternate translation: “we have seen it and think that it is marvelous” or “we think that it is wonderful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 12 b1vz ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι 1 they sought to arrest Jesus “They” refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders. This group may be referred to as the “Jewish leaders.”
|
||||
MRK 12 12 sl74 ἐζήτουν 1 sought “wanted”
|
||||
MRK 12 12 lx62 figs-explicit καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον 1 but they feared the crowd They were afraid of what the crowd would do to them if they arrested Jesus. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “but they feared what the crowd would do if they arrested him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1003,14 +1003,14 @@ MRK 12 13 s1hb 0 Connecting Statement: In an effort to trap Jesus, some of the
|
|||
MRK 12 13 z2sf καὶ ἀποστέλλουσιν 1 Then they sent “Then the Jewish leaders sent”
|
||||
MRK 12 13 pj3c τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 the Herodians This was the name of an informal political party that supported Herod Antipas.
|
||||
MRK 12 13 kuy5 figs-metaphor ἵνα αὐτὸν ἀγρεύσωσιν 1 in order to trap him Here the author describes tricking Jesus as “trapping him.” Alternate translation: “to trick him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 14 dh3d ἐλθόντες, λέγουσιν 1 When they came, they said Here **they** refers to those sent from among the Pharisees and the Herodians.
|
||||
MRK 12 14 dh3d ἐλθόντες, λέγουσιν 1 When they came, they said Here, **they** refers to those sent from among the Pharisees and the Herodians.
|
||||
MRK 12 14 cp3x figs-litotes οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός 1 do not defer to anyone This means that Jesus is not concerned. The negation can modify the verb instead. Alternate translation: “you do not care about people’s opinions” or “you are not concerned with earning people’s favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MRK 12 15 g48w figs-explicit ὁ…εἰδὼς αὐτῶν τὴν ὑπόκρισιν 1 Jesus knew their hypocrisy They were acting hypocritically. This can be explained more clearly. Alternate translation: “Jesus knew that they did not really want to know what God wanted them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 15 c7nj figs-rquestion τί με πειράζετε? 1 Why do you test me? Jesus rebukes the Jewish leaders because they were trying to trick him. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know you are trying to make me say something wrong so you can accuse me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 15 wl34 translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 a denarius This coin was worth a day’s wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MRK 12 16 ev6s οἱ δὲ ἤνεγκαν 1 So they brought one “The Pharisees and the Herodians brought a denarius”
|
||||
MRK 12 16 wd1n ἡ εἰκὼν…καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή 1 likeness and inscription “picture and name”
|
||||
MRK 12 16 gi96 figs-ellipsis οἱ…εἶπαν αὐτῷ, Καίσαρος. 1 They said to him, “Caesar’s.” Here **Caesar’s** refers to his likeness and inscription. Alternate translation: “They said, ‘They are Caesar’s likeness and inscription” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 16 gi96 figs-ellipsis οἱ…εἶπαν αὐτῷ, Καίσαρος. 1 They said to him, “Caesar’s.” Here, **Caesar’s** refers to his likeness and inscription. Alternate translation: “They said, ‘They are Caesar’s likeness and inscription” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 17 fl4l figs-metonymy τὰ Καίσαρος ἀπόδοτε Καίσαρι 1 Give to Caesar the things that are Caesar’s Jesus is teaching that his people must respect the government by paying taxes. This figure of speech can be clarified by changing Caesar to Roman government. Alternate translation: “Give to the Roman government the things that belong to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 17 la16 figs-ellipsis καὶ…τῷ Θεῷ 1 and to God The understood verb may be supplied. Alternate translation: “and give to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 17 pw4r figs-explicit ἐξεθαύμαζον ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 They marveled at him They were amazed at what Jesus had said. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “They marveled at him and at what he had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1043,20 +1043,20 @@ MRK 12 26 w2lj figs-explicit τοῦ βάτου 1 the account about the bush Thi
|
|||
MRK 12 26 si2b τοῦ βάτου 1 the bush This refers to a shrub, a woody plant that is smaller than a tree.
|
||||
MRK 12 26 y35v πῶς εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Θεὸς 1 how God spoke to him “about when God spoke to Moses”
|
||||
MRK 12 26 re82 ἐγὼ ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ…Ἰσαὰκ…Ἰακώβ 1 I am the God of Abraham…Isaac…Jacob This means that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob worship God. These men have died physically, but they are still alive spiritually and still worship God.
|
||||
MRK 12 27 dgc9 figs-nominaladj οὐκ…Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 not the God of the dead, but of the living Here **the dead** refers to people who are dead, and “the living” refers to people who are alive. Also, The words **the God** can be stated clearly in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “not the God of dead people, but the God of living people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 27 dgc9 figs-nominaladj οὐκ…Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 not the God of the dead, but of the living Here, **the dead** refers to people who are dead, and “the living” refers to people who are alive. Also, The words **the God** can be stated clearly in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “not the God of dead people, but the God of living people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 27 l22e ζώντων 1 the living This includes people who are alive physically and spiritually.
|
||||
MRK 12 27 wmz2 figs-explicit πολὺ πλανᾶσθε 1 You are quite mistaken It may be helpful to state what they are mistaken about. Alternate translation: “When you say that dead people do not rise again, you are quite mistaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 27 sp7x πολὺ πλανᾶσθε 1 You are quite mistaken “completely mistaken” or “very wrong”
|
||||
MRK 12 28 q1u5 ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτόν 1 He asked him “The scribe asked Jesus”
|
||||
MRK 12 29 n74y figs-nominaladj πρώτη ἐστίν 1 The first is “The most important” refers to the most important commandment. Alternate translation: “The most important commandment is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 12 29 mq92 ἄκουε, Ἰσραήλ, Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν Κύριος εἷς ἐστιν 1 Hear, Israel, the Lord our God, the Lord is one “Listen, O Israel! The Lord our God is one Lord”
|
||||
MRK 12 30 q49v figs-metonymy ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου 1 with all your heart, with all your soul, with all your mind, and with all your strength Here **heart** and “soul” are metonyms for a person’s inner being. These four phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MRK 12 30 q49v figs-metonymy ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου 1 with all your heart, with all your soul, with all your mind, and with all your strength Here, **heart** and “soul” are metonyms for a person’s inner being. These four phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MRK 12 31 tp6p figs-simile ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 You must love your neighbor as yourself Jesus uses this simile to compare how people are to love each other with the same love as they love themselves. Alternate translation: “love your neighbor as much as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 12 31 pyc1 τούτων 1 than these Here the word **these** refers to the two commandments that Jesus had just told the people.
|
||||
MRK 12 32 qqm4 καλῶς, Διδάσκαλε 1 Good, Teacher “Good answer, Teacher” or “Well said, Teacher”
|
||||
MRK 12 32 awe3 figs-idiom εἷς ἐστιν 1 God is one This means that there is only one God. Alternate translation: “there is only one God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 12 32 as2j figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλος 1 that there is no other The word “God” is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “that there is no other God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 33 xnq9 figs-metonymy ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας…ἐξ ὅλης τῆς συνέσεως…ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος 1 with all the heart…all the understanding…all the strength Here **heart** is a metonym for person’s thoughts, feelings, or inner being. These three phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 33 xnq9 figs-metonymy ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας…ἐξ ὅλης τῆς συνέσεως…ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος 1 with all the heart…all the understanding…all the strength Here, **heart** is a metonym for person’s thoughts, feelings, or inner being. These three phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 33 tw15 figs-simile τὸ ἀγαπᾶν τὸν πλησίον ὡς ἑαυτὸν 1 to love one’s neighbor as oneself This simile compares how people are to love each other with the same love that they love themselves. Alternate translation: “to love your neighbor as much as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 12 33 ll9t figs-idiom περισσότερόν ἐστιν 1 is even more than This idiom means that something is more important than something else. In this case, these two commandments are more pleasing to God that burnt offering and sacrifices. This may be written clearly. Alternate translation: “is even more important than” or “is even more pleasing to God than” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 12 34 b144 figs-litotes οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 You are not far from the kingdom of God This can be stated in positive form. Here Jesus speaks of the man being ready to submit to God as king as being physically close to the kingdom of God, as if it where a physical place. Alternate translation: “You are close to submitting to God as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1098,8 +1098,8 @@ MRK 13 3 u7ju κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 privately when they were alone
|
|||
MRK 13 4 uf37 figs-explicit ταῦτα ἔσται…μέλλῃ…συντελεῖσθαι 1 these things will be…are about to be fulfilled This refers to what Jesus had just said will happen to the stones of the temple. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “these things happen to the buildings of the temple…are about to happen to the temple buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 4 lw1n ὅταν…ταῦτα…πάντα 1 when all these things “that all these things”
|
||||
MRK 13 5 fe42 λέγειν αὐτοῖς 1 to them “to his disciples”
|
||||
MRK 13 5 u79c ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ 1 leads you astray Here **leads you astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: “deceives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 6 wv12 πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν 1 they will lead many astray Here **lead…astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: “they will deceive many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 5 u79c ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ 1 leads you astray Here, **leads you astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: “deceives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 6 wv12 πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν 1 they will lead many astray Here, **lead…astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: “they will deceive many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 6 z63u figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Possible meanings are (1) “claiming my authority” or (2) “claiming that God sent them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 13 6 l7f9 ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am he “I am the Christ”
|
||||
MRK 13 7 fl5h ἀκούσητε πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων 1 hear of wars and rumors of wars “hear of wars and reports about wars.” Possible meanings are (1) “hear the sounds of wars close by and news of wars far away” or (2) “hear of wars that have started and reports about wars that are about to start”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1125,7 +1125,7 @@ MRK 13 12 si65 figs-activepassive θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 cause
|
|||
MRK 13 13 pk3g figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 You will be hated by everyone This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 13 jhp6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Jesus uses the metonym “my name” to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 13 13 w28q figs-activepassive ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 the one who endures to the end, that person will be saved This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end, God will save that person” or “God will save whoever endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 13 c33n figs-explicit ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 the one who endures to the end Here **endures** represents continuing to be faithful to God even while suffering. Alternate translation: “whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 13 c33n figs-explicit ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 the one who endures to the end Here, **endures** represents continuing to be faithful to God even while suffering. Alternate translation: “whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 13 vcz4 εἰς τέλος 1 to the end Possible meanings are (1) “to the end of his life” or (2) “to the end of that time of trouble”
|
||||
MRK 13 14 d4nw figs-metaphor τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως 1 the abomination of desolation This phrase is from the book of Daniel. His audience would have been familiar with this passage and the prophecy about the abomination entering the temple and defiling it. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 14 vx3c figs-explicit ἑστηκότα ὅπου οὐ δεῖ 1 standing where it should not be Jesus’ audience would have known that this refers to the temple. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “standing in the temple, where it should not be standing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1176,7 +1176,7 @@ MRK 13 31 bjr8 παρελεύσονται 1 will pass away “will cease to exi
|
|||
MRK 13 31 ah6w figs-metaphor οἱ…λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται 1 my words will never pass away Jesus speaks of words not losing their power as if they were something that will never physically die. Alternate translation: “my words will never lose their power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 32 km5z figs-explicit τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ἢ τῆς ὥρας 1 that day or that hour This refers to the time that the Son of Man will return. Alternate translation: “that day or that hour that the Son of Man will return” or “the day or the hour that I will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 32 btq5 figs-ellipsis οὐδεὶς οἶδεν; οὐδὲ οἱ ἄγγελοι ἐν οὐρανῷ, οὐδὲ ὁ Υἱός, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ 1 no one knows, not even the angels in heaven, nor the Son, but the Father These words specify some of those who do not know when the Son of Man will return, different from the Father, who does know. Alternate translation: “no one knows—neither the angels in heaven nor the Son know—but the Father” or “neither the angels in heaven nor the Son know; no one knows but the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 13 32 z3q9 οἱ ἄγγελοι ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 the angels in heaven Here **heaven** refers to the place where God lives.
|
||||
MRK 13 32 z3q9 οἱ ἄγγελοι ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 the angels in heaven Here, **heaven** refers to the place where God lives.
|
||||
MRK 13 32 gwh2 figs-ellipsis εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ 1 but only the Father It is best to translate “Father” with the same word that your language naturally uses to refer to a human father. Also, this is an ellipsis, stating that the Father knows when the Son will return. Alternate translation: “but only the Father knows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 13 33 i43k figs-explicit πότε ὁ καιρός ἐστιν 1 what time it is It can be stated clearly what **time** refers to here. Alternate translation: “when all these events will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 34 a8ku ἑκάστῳ τὸ ἔργον αὐτοῦ 1 each one over his work “telling each one what work he should do”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1229,7 +1229,7 @@ MRK 14 21 ct78 figs-explicit δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπ
|
|||
MRK 14 22 y8j7 ἄρτον 1 bread This was a flat loaf of unleavened bread, which was eaten as part of the Passover meal.
|
||||
MRK 14 22 ula2 figs-explicit ἔκλασεν 1 broke it This means that he broke the bread into pieces for the people to eat. Alternate translation: “broke it into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 22 adb2 writing-symlanguage λάβετε, τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου 1 Take this. This is my body “Take this bread. It is my body.” Though most understand this to mean that the bread is a symbol of Jesus’ body and that it is not actual flesh, it is best to translate this statement literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
MRK 14 23 u6rc figs-synecdoche λαβὼν ποτήριον 1 He took a cup Here **cup** is a metonym for wine. Alternate translation: “He took the cup of wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 14 23 u6rc figs-synecdoche λαβὼν ποτήριον 1 He took a cup Here, **cup** is a metonym for wine. Alternate translation: “He took the cup of wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 14 24 q5hn figs-explicit τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ὑπὲρ πολλῶν 1 This is my blood of the covenant, the blood that is poured out for many The covenant is for the forgiveness of sins. This can be written more explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is my blood that confirms the covenant, the blood that is poured out so that many may receive the forgiveness of sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 24 hs24 writing-symlanguage τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου 1 This is my blood “This wine is my blood.” Though most understand this to mean that the wine is a symbol of Jesus’ blood and that it is not actual blood, it is best to translate this statement literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
MRK 14 25 i9yk ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1238,7 +1238,7 @@ MRK 14 25 y1pf καινὸν 1 new Possible meanings are (1) “again” or (2)
|
|||
MRK 14 26 l996 ὑμνήσαντες 1 When they had sung a hymn A hymn is a type of song. It was traditional for them to sing an Old Testament psalm.
|
||||
MRK 14 27 pu4s λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus said to them “Jesus said to his disciples”
|
||||
MRK 14 27 lty4 figs-idiom σκανδαλισθήσεσθε 1 will fall away This is an idiom that means leave. Alternate translation: “will leave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 14 27 lze6 πατάξω 1 I will strike “kill.” Here **I** refers to God.
|
||||
MRK 14 27 lze6 πατάξω 1 I will strike “kill.” Here, **I** refers to God.
|
||||
MRK 14 27 w2az figs-activepassive τὰ πρόβατα διασκορπισθήσονται 1 the sheep will be scattered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will scatter the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 28 lv2u 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus clearly tells Peter he will deny him. Peter and all of the disciples are certain they will not deny Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 14 28 dm1q figs-idiom ἐγερθῆναί με 1 I am raised up This idiom means that God will cause Jesus to become alive again after he has died. This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “God raises me from the dead” or “God makes me alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1258,7 +1258,7 @@ MRK 14 34 eyw3 figs-synecdoche ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 My soul is Jesu
|
|||
MRK 14 34 ic1g figs-hyperbole ἕως θανάτου 1 even to the point of death Jesus is exaggerating because he feels so much distress and sorrow that he feels like he is about to die, though he knows he will not die until after the sun rises. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 14 34 a54k γρηγορεῖτε 1 stay alert The disciples were to stay alert while Jesus prayed. This does not mean that they were supposed to watch Jesus pray.
|
||||
MRK 14 35 nk8l figs-explicit εἰ δυνατόν ἐστιν 1 if it were possible This means that if God would allow it to happen. Alternate translation: “if God would allow it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 35 wc6d figs-explicit παρέλθῃ…ἡ ὥρα 1 the hour might pass Here **this hour** refers to Jesus’ time of suffering, both now in the garden and later. Alternate translation: “that he would not have to go through this time of suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 35 wc6d figs-explicit παρέλθῃ…ἡ ὥρα 1 the hour might pass Here, **this hour** refers to Jesus’ time of suffering, both now in the garden and later. Alternate translation: “that he would not have to go through this time of suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 36 c11w translate-transliterate Ἀββά 1 Abba a term used by Jewish children to address their father. Since it is followed by “Father,” it is best to transliterate this word. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
MRK 14 36 t9r2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 14 36 jk6a figs-metonymy παρένεγκε τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Remove this cup from me Jesus speaks of the suffering that he must endure as if it were a cup. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1279,7 +1279,7 @@ MRK 14 41 eg9m figs-activepassive παραδίδοται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ
|
|||
MRK 14 43 r9cp writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 44 gives background information about how Judas had arranged with the Jewish leaders to betray Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 14 43 nz4t 0 Connecting Statement: Judas betrays Jesus with a kiss, and the disciples all flee.
|
||||
MRK 14 44 bzj2 δὲ ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν 1 Now the one betraying him This refers to Judas.
|
||||
MRK 14 44 lsh3 figs-explicit αὐτός ἐστιν 1 he is the one Here **the one** refers to the man that Judas was going to identify. Alternate translation: “he is the one you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 44 lsh3 figs-explicit αὐτός ἐστιν 1 he is the one Here, **the one** refers to the man that Judas was going to identify. Alternate translation: “he is the one you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 45 tpd4 κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν 1 he kissed him “Judas kissed him”
|
||||
MRK 14 46 y5qv figs-parallelism ἐπέβαλαν τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν 1 laid hands on him and seized him These two phrases have the same meaning to emphasize that they seized Jesus. Alternate translation: “grabbed Jesus and seized him” or “seized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 14 47 m6b9 τῶν παρεστηκότων 1 those who stood by “who was standing nearby”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1302,7 +1302,7 @@ MRK 14 56 cew3 figs-metaphor ἐψευδομαρτύρουν κατ’ αὐτο
|
|||
MRK 14 56 jpc7 ἴσαι αἱ μαρτυρίαι οὐκ ἦσαν 1 their testimony did not agree This can be written in positive form. “but their testimony contradicted each other”
|
||||
MRK 14 57 pr71 figs-metaphor ἐψευδομαρτύρουν κατ’ αὐτοῦ 1 brought false testimony against him Here speaking false testimony is described as if it were a physical object that someone can carry. Alternate translation: “accused him by speaking false testimony against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 14 58 f82e figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν αὐτοῦ λέγοντος 1 We heard him say “We heard Jesus say.” The word **we** refers to the people who brought false testimony against Jesus and does not include the people to whom they are speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 58 e94y figs-synecdoche τὸν χειροποίητον 1 made with hands Here **hands** refers to men. Alternate translation: “made by men…without man’s help” or “built by men…without man’s help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 14 58 e94y figs-synecdoche τὸν χειροποίητον 1 made with hands Here, **hands** refers to men. Alternate translation: “made by men…without man’s help” or “built by men…without man’s help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 14 58 k1vs διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν 1 in three days “within three days.” This means that the temple would be built within a three-day period.
|
||||
MRK 14 58 hm5e figs-ellipsis ἄλλον…οἰκοδομήσω 1 will build another The word “temple” is understood from the previous phrase. It may be repeated. Alternate translation: “will build another temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 14 59 x6hk οὐδὲ…ἴση ἦν 1 was not in agreement “contradicted each other.” This can be written in positive form.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1311,7 +1311,7 @@ MRK 14 60 q2u1 figs-explicit ἀναστὰς…εἰς μέσον 1 stood up am
|
|||
MRK 14 60 af5e figs-explicit οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν? τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν? 1 Do you not answer? What is it they testify against you? The chief priest is not asking Jesus for information about what the witnesses said. He is asking Jesus to prove what the witnesses said is wrong. Alternate translation: “Are you not going to reply? What do you say in response to the testimony these men are speaking against you?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 61 x6ey figs-nominaladj ὁ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Εὐλογητοῦ 1 the Son of the Blessed One Here God is called **the Blessed One**. It is best to translate **Son** with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to a “son” of a human father. Alternate translation: “the Son of the Blessed One” or “the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 14 62 z5rv ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am This likely has a double meaning: (1) to respond to the high priest’s question and (2) to call himself “I Am,” which is what God called himself in the Old Testament.
|
||||
MRK 14 62 e1xd figs-metonymy ἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον τῆς δυνάμεως 1 he sits at the right hand of power Here **power** is a metonnymm that represents God. To sit at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “he sits in the place of honor beside the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MRK 14 62 e1xd figs-metonymy ἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον τῆς δυνάμεως 1 he sits at the right hand of power Here, **power** is a metonnymm that represents God. To sit at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “he sits in the place of honor beside the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MRK 14 62 z55c figs-metaphor ἐρχόμενον μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 comes with the clouds of heaven Here the clouds are described as accompanying Jesus when he returns. Alternate translation: “when he comes down through the clouds in the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 14 63 jz48 διαρρήξας τοὺς χιτῶνας αὐτοῦ 1 tore his garments The high priest tore his clothes purposefully to show his outrage and horror at what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “tore his garments in outrage”
|
||||
MRK 14 63 afd3 figs-rquestion τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων? 1 What need do we still have for witnesses? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “We certainly do not need any more people who will testify against this man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1396,7 +1396,7 @@ MRK 15 36 un73 καλάμῳ 1 a reed “stick.” This was a staff made from a
|
|||
MRK 15 36 yb55 figs-explicit ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν 1 gave it to him to drink “gave it to Jesus.” The man held up the staff so that Jesus could drink wine from the sponge. Alternate translation: “held it up to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 15 38 ni8j figs-activepassive τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο 1 The curtain of the temple was torn in two Mark is showing that God himself split the temple curtain. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “God split the curtain of the temple in two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 15 39 lg4u ὁ κεντυρίων 1 the centurion This is the centurion who supervised the soldiers who crucified Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 15 39 y4wn figs-idiom ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐξ ἐναντίας αὐτοῦ 1 who stood in front of Jesus Here **faced** is an idiom that means to look towards someone. Alternate translation: “who stood in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 15 39 y4wn figs-idiom ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐξ ἐναντίας αὐτοῦ 1 who stood in front of Jesus Here, **faced** is an idiom that means to look towards someone. Alternate translation: “who stood in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 15 39 t828 ὅτι οὕτως ἐξέπνευσεν 1 that he had breathed his last in this way “how Jesus had died” or “the way Jesus had died”
|
||||
MRK 15 39 nqv8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 15 40 i1ee ἀπὸ μακρόθεν θεωροῦσαι 1 who looked on from a distance “watched from far away”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1407,7 +1407,7 @@ MRK 15 40 tw5s translate-names Σαλώμη 1 Salome Salome is the name of a wom
|
|||
MRK 15 41 j15z writing-background αἳ ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ…αὐτῷ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 When he was in Galilee they followed him…with him to Jerusalem “When Jesus was in Galilee these women followed him…with him to Jerusalem.” This is background information about the women who watched the crucifixion from a distance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 15 41 a3qk συναναβᾶσαι αὐτῷ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 came up with him to Jerusalem Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for people to speak of going up to Jerusalem and going down from it.
|
||||
MRK 15 42 lxm5 0 Connecting Statement: Joseph of Arimathea asks Pilate for the body of Jesus, which he wraps in linen and puts in a tomb.
|
||||
MRK 15 42 ug97 figs-metaphor ὀψίας γενομένης 1 evening had come Here **evening** is spoken of as if it were something that is able to **come** from one place to another. Alternate translation: “it had become evening” or “it was evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 15 42 ug97 figs-metaphor ὀψίας γενομένης 1 evening had come Here, **evening** is spoken of as if it were something that is able to **come** from one place to another. Alternate translation: “it had become evening” or “it was evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 15 43 xn8t writing-participants ἐλθὼν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, εὐσχήμων 1 Joseph of Arimathea, a respected…came The phrase **came there** refers to Joseph coming to Pilate, which is also described after the background information is given, but his coming is referenced before for emphasis and to help introduce him to the story. There may be a different way to do this in your language. Alternate translation: “Joseph of Arimathea was a respected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
MRK 15 43 wgz8 translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph of Arimathea “Joseph from Arimathea.” Joseph is the name of a man, and Arimathea is the name of the place his is from. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 15 43 u7ll writing-background εὐσχήμων βουλευτής…τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 a respected member of the council…for the kingdom of God This is background information about Joseph. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
314
en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
314
en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
|
|
@ -6,10 +6,10 @@ JHN 1 1 z59q ὁ λόγος 1 the Word This refers to Jesus. Translate as “th
|
|||
JHN 1 3 gm5g figs-activepassive πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο 1 All things were made through him This can be translated with an active verb. Alternate translation: “God made all things through him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 1 3 aqs1 figs-activepassive χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν 1 without him there was not one thing made that has been made This can be translated with an active verb. If your language does not permit double negatives, these words should communicate that the opposite of “all things were made through him” is false. Alternate translation: “God did not make anything without him” or “with him there was every thing made that has been made” or “God made with him every thing that God has made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 1 4 pz5c figs-metonymy ἐν αὐτῷ ζωὴ ἦν, καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἦν τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 In him was life, and the life was the light of men **In him was life** is a metonym for causing everything to live. And, **light** here is a metaphor for “truth.” Alternate translation: “He is the one who caused everything to live. And he revealed to people what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 4 dv2f ἐν αὐτῷ 1 In him Here **him** refers to the one who is called the Word.
|
||||
JHN 1 4 dv2f ἐν αὐτῷ 1 In him Here, **him** refers to the one who is called the Word.
|
||||
JHN 1 4 wxn4 ζωὴ 1 life Here use a general term for **life**. If you must be more specific, translate as “spiritual life.”
|
||||
JHN 1 5 y5ry figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ φαίνει, καὶ ἡ σκοτία αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν 1 The light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not overcome it Here **light** is a metaphor for what is true and good. Here **darkness** is a metaphor what is false and evil. Alternate translation: “The truth is like a light shining into a dark place, and no one in the dark place could put out the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 7 mht8 figs-metaphor μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ φωτός 1 testify about the light Here **light** is a metaphor for the revelation of God in Jesus. Alternate translation: “show how Jesus is like the true light of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 5 y5ry figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ φαίνει, καὶ ἡ σκοτία αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν 1 The light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not overcome it Here, **light** is a metaphor for what is true and good. Here, **darkness** is a metaphor what is false and evil. Alternate translation: “The truth is like a light shining into a dark place, and no one in the dark place could put out the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 7 mht8 figs-metaphor μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ φωτός 1 testify about the light Here, **light** is a metaphor for the revelation of God in Jesus. Alternate translation: “show how Jesus is like the true light of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 9 xe1z figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν 1 The true light Here light is a metaphor that represents Jesus as the one who both reveals the truth about God and is himself that truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 10 b93e ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἦν, καὶ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, καὶ ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω 1 He was in the world, and the world was made through him, and the world did not know him “Even though he was in this world, and God created everything through him, people still did not recognize him”
|
||||
JHN 1 10 ke5s figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω 1 the world did not know him The “world” is a metonym that stands for all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “the people did not know who he really was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ JHN 1 12 jp3y figs-metonymy πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα α
|
|||
JHN 1 12 x4f9 ἔδωκεν…ἐξουσίαν 1 he gave the right “he gave them the authority” or “he made it possible for them”
|
||||
JHN 1 12 uc6e figs-metaphor τέκνα Θεοῦ 1 children of God The word **children** is a metaphor that represents our relationship to God, which is like children to a father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 14 ft2l ὁ λόγος 1 The Word This refers to Jesus. Translate as “the Word” if possible. If “Word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” See how you translated this in [John 1:1](../01/01.md).
|
||||
JHN 1 14 x1ae figs-synecdoche σὰρξ ἐγένετο 1 became flesh Here **flesh** represents “a person” or “a human being.” Alternate translation: “became human” or “became a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 1 14 x1ae figs-synecdoche σὰρξ ἐγένετο 1 became flesh Here, **flesh** represents “a person” or “a human being.” Alternate translation: “became human” or “became a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 1 14 wa23 μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός 1 the one and only who came from the Father The phrase **the one an only** means that he is unique, that no one else is like him. The phrase **who came from the Father** means that he is the Father’s child. Alternate translation: “the unique Son of the Father” or “the only Son of the Father”
|
||||
JHN 1 14 b5t5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 1 14 tg4m πλήρης χάριτος 1 full of grace “full of kind acts towards us, acts we do not deserve”
|
||||
|
|
@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ JHN 2 9 yg44 writing-background οἱ δὲ διάκονοι ᾔδεισαν, ο
|
|||
JHN 2 10 mh3s μεθυσθῶσιν 1 drunk unable to tell the difference between cheap wine and expensive wine because of drinking too much alcohol
|
||||
JHN 2 11 sq53 writing-newevent 0 Connecting Statement: This verse is not part of the main story line, but rather it gives a comment about the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
JHN 2 11 r5kb translate-names Κανὰ 1 Cana This is a place name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 2 11 z3tk ἐφανέρωσεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 revealed his glory Here **his glory** refers to the mighty power of Jesus. Alternate translation: “showed his power”
|
||||
JHN 2 11 z3tk ἐφανέρωσεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 revealed his glory Here, **his glory** refers to the mighty power of Jesus. Alternate translation: “showed his power”
|
||||
JHN 2 12 h9tu κατέβη 1 went down This indicates that they went from a higher place to a lower place. Capernaum is northeast of Cana and is at a lower elevation.
|
||||
JHN 2 12 x3f7 οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 his brothers The word **brothers** includes both brothers and sisters. All Jesus’ brothers and sisters were younger than he was.
|
||||
JHN 2 13 bh23 0 General Information: Jesus and his disciples go up to Jerusalem to the temple.
|
||||
|
|
@ -98,16 +98,16 @@ JHN 2 19 k2pz ἐγερῶ αὐτόν 1 raise it up “cause it to stand”
|
|||
JHN 2 20 g6jx writing-endofstory 0 General Information: Verses 21 and 22 are not part of the main story line, but instead they comment on the story and tell about something that happens later. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
JHN 2 20 rn6x translate-numbers τεσσεράκοντα…ἓξ ἔτεσιν…τρισὶν ἡμέραις 1 forty-six years…three days “46 years…3 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
JHN 2 20 xbx3 figs-rquestion σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν 1 you will raise it up in three days? This remark appears in the form of a question to show that the Jewish authorities understand that Jesus wants to tear down the temple and build it again in three days. “Raise” is an idiom for “establish.” Alternate translation: “you will establish it in three days?” or “you cannot possibly rebuild it in three days!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 2 22 gq2w ἐπίστευσαν 1 believed Here **believe** means to accept something or trust that it is true.
|
||||
JHN 2 22 gq2w ἐπίστευσαν 1 believed Here, **believe** means to accept something or trust that it is true.
|
||||
JHN 2 22 ewi1 τῷ λόγῳ 1 this statement This refers back to Jesus’ statement in [John 2:19](../02/19.md).
|
||||
JHN 2 23 kvn6 ὡς δὲ ἦν ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις 1 Now when he was in Jerusalem The word **now** introduces us to a new event in the story.
|
||||
JHN 2 23 w3qv figs-metonymy ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 believed in his name Here **name** is a metonym that represents the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: “believed in him” or “trusted in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 2 23 w3qv figs-metonymy ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 believed in his name Here, **name** is a metonym that represents the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: “believed in him” or “trusted in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 2 23 u65n τὰ σημεῖα ἃ ἐποίει 1 the signs that he did Miracles can also be called “signs” because they are used as evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
|
||||
JHN 2 25 et23 figs-gendernotations περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…γὰρ ἐγίνωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ 1 about man, for he knew what was in man Here the word **man** represents people in general. Alternate translation: “about people, for he knew what was in people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
JHN 3 intro i7a7 0 # John 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 3:13](../../jhn/03/13.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 3 1 yl6f 0 General Information: Nicodemus comes to see Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 3 1 s9p9 writing-participants δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a new part of the story and to introduce Nicodemus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
JHN 3 2 skq8 οἴδαμεν 1 we know Here **we** is exclusive, referring only to Nicodemus and the other members of the Jewish council.
|
||||
JHN 3 2 skq8 οἴδαμεν 1 we know Here, **we** is exclusive, referring only to Nicodemus and the other members of the Jewish council.
|
||||
JHN 3 3 b9u1 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus and Nicodemus continue talking.
|
||||
JHN 3 3 nz18 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 3 3 t8pt γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν 1 born again “born from above” or “born of God”
|
||||
|
|
@ -134,14 +134,14 @@ JHN 3 12 c6ia figs-rquestion πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν τὰ ἐπο
|
|||
JHN 3 12 lbv3 εἶπον ὑμῖν…οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν…πιστεύσετε 1 heavenly things spiritual things
|
||||
JHN 3 14 tb3s figs-simile καθὼς Μωϋσῆς ὕψωσεν τὸν ὄφιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, οὕτως ὑψωθῆναι δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Just as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, so must the Son of Man be lifted up This figure of speech is called a simile. Some people will “lift up” Jesus just as Moses “lifted up” the bronze serpent in the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
JHN 3 14 f9yi ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 in the wilderness The wilderness is a dry, desert place, but here it refers specifically to the place where Moses and the Israelites walked around for forty years.
|
||||
JHN 3 16 uxc2 figs-metonymy οὕτως…ἠγάπησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 God so loved the world Here **world** is a metonym that refers to everyone in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 3 16 uxc2 figs-metonymy οὕτως…ἠγάπησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 God so loved the world Here, **world** is a metonym that refers to everyone in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 3 16 jen2 ἠγάπησεν 1 loved This is the kind of love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. God himself is love and is the source of true love.
|
||||
JHN 3 17 b7vf figs-parallelism οὐ γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν Υἱὸν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 For God did not send the Son into the world in order to condemn the world, but in order to save the world through him These two clauses mean nearly the same thing, said twice for emphasis, first in the negative and then in the positive. Some languages may indicate emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: God’s real reason for sending his Son into the world was to save it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 3 17 rv45 ἵνα κρίνῃ 1 to condemn “to punish.” Usually “punish” implies that the person who has been punished is then accepted by God. When a person is condemned, he is punished but never accepted by God.
|
||||
JHN 3 18 eb54 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 3 19 z9d2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes responding to Nicodemus.
|
||||
JHN 3 19 t9z5 figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 The light has come into the world The word **light** is a metaphor for God’s truth that is revealed in Jesus. Jesus speaks of himself in the third person. If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who the light is. The “world” is a metonym for all of the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “The one who is like a light has revealed God’s truth to all people” or “I, who am like a light, have come into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 3 19 h4nk figs-metaphor ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι…τὸ σκότος 1 men loved the darkness Here **darkness** is a metaphor for evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 3 19 h4nk figs-metaphor ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι…τὸ σκότος 1 men loved the darkness Here, **darkness** is a metaphor for evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 3 20 u25p figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ἐλεγχθῇ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 so that his deeds will not be exposed This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that the light will not show the things he does” or “so that the light does not make clear his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 21 l7ax figs-activepassive φανερωθῇ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα, ὅτι 1 plainly seen that his deeds This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “people may clearly see his deeds” or “everyone may clearly see the things he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 22 uy4j μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After this This refers to after Jesus had spoken with Nicodemus. See how you translated this in [John 2:12](../02/12.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ JHN 3 25 ft8r figs-activepassive ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τ
|
|||
JHN 3 25 fuq2 ζήτησις 1 a dispute a fight using words
|
||||
JHN 3 26 jr28 σὺ μεμαρτύρηκας, ἴδε, οὗτος βαπτίζει 1 you have testified, look, he is baptizing, In this phrase, “look” is a command meaning “pay attention!” Alternate translation: “you have testified, ‘Look! He is baptizing,’” or “you have testified. ‘Look at that! He is baptizing,’” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
|
||||
JHN 3 27 kl21 οὐ δύναται ἄνθρωπος λαμβάνειν, οὐδὲ ἓν ἐὰν μὴ 1 A man cannot receive anything unless “Nobody has any power unless”
|
||||
JHN 3 27 hap4 figs-metonymy ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 it has been given to him from heaven Here **heaven** is used as a metonym to refer to God. This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has given it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 27 hap4 figs-metonymy ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 it has been given to him from heaven Here, **heaven** is used as a metonym to refer to God. This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has given it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 28 l9yt figs-you αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς 1 You yourselves This “You” is plural and refers to all the people John is talking to. Alternate translation: “You all” or “All of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 3 28 nf9l figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου 1 I have been sent before him This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “God sent me to arrive before him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 29 k5xq 0 Connecting Statement: John the Baptist continues speaking.
|
||||
|
|
@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ JHN 4 12 knw5 τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἰακώβ 1 our father Jacob
|
|||
JHN 4 12 sj7n ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν 1 drank from it “drank water that came from it”
|
||||
JHN 4 13 leu7 διψήσει πάλιν 1 will be thirsty again “will need to drink water again”
|
||||
JHN 4 14 g598 figs-metaphor τὸ ὕδωρ ὃ δώσω αὐτῷ γενήσεται ἐν αὐτῷ πηγὴ ὕδατος 1 the water that I will give him will become a fountain of water in him Here the word **fountain** is a metaphor for life-giving water. Alternate translation: “the water that I will give him will become like a spring of water in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 14 fha9 ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 eternal life Here **life** refers to the “spiritual life” that only God can give.
|
||||
JHN 4 14 fha9 ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 eternal life Here, **life** refers to the “spiritual life” that only God can give.
|
||||
JHN 4 15 iz1p κύριε 1 Sir In this context, the Samaritan woman is addressing Jesus as “Sir,” which is a term of respect or politeness.
|
||||
JHN 4 15 hd9f ἀντλεῖν 1 draw water “get water” or “pull water up from the well” using a container and rope
|
||||
JHN 4 18 zpl1 τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας 1 What you have said is true Jesus says these words to emphasize his words to emphasize the words “You are right in saying, ‘I have no husband’” in verse 17. He wants the woman to know that he knows she is telling the truth.
|
||||
|
|
@ -222,16 +222,16 @@ JHN 4 31 t6hy ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ 1 In the meantime “While the woman wa
|
|||
JHN 4 31 d4fu ἠρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 the disciples were urging him “the disciples were telling Jesus” or “the disciples were encouraging Jesus”
|
||||
JHN 4 32 j8h2 ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν, ἣν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε 1 I have food to eat that you do not know about Here Jesus is not talking about literal **food**, but is preparing his disciples for a spiritual lesson in [John 4:34](../04/34.md).
|
||||
JHN 4 33 w451 figs-rquestion μή τις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν 1 No one has brought him anything to eat, have they? The disciples think Jesus is talking about literal “food.” They begin asking each other this question, expecting a “no” response. Alternate translation: “Surely no one brought him any food while we were in town!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 4 34 tvp1 figs-metaphor ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν ἵνα ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με, καὶ τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον 1 My food is to do the will of him who sent me and to complete his work Here **food** is a metaphor that represents “obeying God’s will.” Alternate translation: “Just as food satisfies a hungry person, obeying God’s will is what satisfies me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 34 tvp1 figs-metaphor ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν ἵνα ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με, καὶ τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον 1 My food is to do the will of him who sent me and to complete his work Here, **food** is a metaphor that represents “obeying God’s will.” Alternate translation: “Just as food satisfies a hungry person, obeying God’s will is what satisfies me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 35 u5d6 οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε 1 Do you not say “Is this not one of your popular sayings”
|
||||
JHN 4 35 tyw3 figs-metaphor ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν καὶ θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας, ὅτι λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμόν ἤδη 1 look up and see the fields, for they are already ripe for harvest The words **fields** and **ripe for harvest** are metaphors. The **fields** represent people. The words **ripe for harvest** mean that people are ready to receive the message of Jesus, like fields that are ready to be harvested. Alternate translation: “look up and see the the people! They are ready to believe my message, like crops in the fields that are ready for people to harvest them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 36 qc31 figs-metaphor καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 and gathers fruit for everlasting life Here **fruit for everlasting life** is a metaphor that represents people who believe Christ’s message and receive eternal life. Alternate translation: “and the people who believe the message and receive eternal life are like the fruit that a harvester gathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 36 qc31 figs-metaphor καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 and gathers fruit for everlasting life Here, **fruit for everlasting life** is a metaphor that represents people who believe Christ’s message and receive eternal life. Alternate translation: “and the people who believe the message and receive eternal life are like the fruit that a harvester gathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 37 w4xn 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 4 37 rqe7 figs-metaphor ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων, καὶ ἄλλος ὁ θερίζων 1 One sows, and another harvests The words **sows** and **harvests** are metaphors. The one who **sows** shares the message of Jesus. The one who **harvests** helps the people to receive the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “One person plants the seeds, and another person harvests the crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 38 slw4 ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύθατε 1 you have entered into their labor “you are now joining in their work”
|
||||
JHN 4 39 mc7p ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν 1 believed in him To **believe in** someone means to “trust in” that person. Here this also means that they believed he was the Son of God.
|
||||
JHN 4 39 qda3 figs-hyperbole εἶπέν μοι πάντα ἃ ἐποίησα 1 He told me everything that I have done This is an exaggeration. The woman was impressed by how much Jesus knew about her. Alternate translation: “He told me many things about my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 4 41 qrj5 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 his word Here **word** is a metonym that stands for the message that Jesus proclaimed. Alternate translation: “his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 4 41 qrj5 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 his word Here, **word** is a metonym that stands for the message that Jesus proclaimed. Alternate translation: “his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 4 42 k4cz figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 world The “world” is a metonym for all the believers throughout the world. Alternate translation: “all the believers in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 4 43 n1mk writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus goes down to Galilee and heals a boy. Verse 44 gives us background information about something Jesus had said previously. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 4 43 gj2f ἐκεῖθεν 1 from there from Judea
|
||||
|
|
@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ JHN 4 45 v9la ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 at the festival Here the festival is t
|
|||
JHN 4 46 ffm3 οὖν 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line and to move to a new part of the story. If you have a way of doing this in your language, you may consider using it.
|
||||
JHN 4 46 bp3w βασιλικὸς 1 royal official someone who is in the service of the king
|
||||
JHN 4 48 u73r figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἴδητε, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 Unless you see signs and wonders, you will not believe **Unless…not believe** here is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to translate this statement in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Only if you see a miracle will you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 4 50 uwa3 figs-metonymy ἐπίστευσεν…τῷ λόγῳ 1 believed the word Here **word** is a metonym that refers to the message that Jesus spoke. Alternate translation: “believed the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 4 50 uwa3 figs-metonymy ἐπίστευσεν…τῷ λόγῳ 1 believed the word Here, **word** is a metonym that refers to the message that Jesus spoke. Alternate translation: “believed the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 4 51 a5gw ἤδη 1 While This word is used to mark two events that are happening at the same time. As the official was going home, his servants were coming to meet him on the road.
|
||||
JHN 4 53 jhg4 καὶ ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ οἰκία αὐτοῦ ὅλη 1 So he himself and his whole household believed The reflexive pronoun **himself** is used here to emphasize the word **he**. If you have a way of doing this in your language, you may consider using it.
|
||||
JHN 4 54 k5x6 σημεῖον 1 sign Miracles can also be called “signs” because they are used as indicators or evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
|
||||
|
|
@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ JHN 5 12 r7nx ἠρώτησαν αὐτόν 1 They asked him “The Jewish lead
|
|||
JHN 5 14 h1ri εὑρίσκει αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus found him “Jesus found the man he had healed”
|
||||
JHN 5 14 h39z ἴδε 1 See The word **See** is used here to draw attention to the words that follow.
|
||||
JHN 5 16 efg2 writing-background καὶ 1 Now The writer uses The word **now** to show that the words that follow are background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 5 16 kup5 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here **the Jews** is a synecdoche which represent the “Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 5 16 kup5 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche which represent the “Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 5 17 ijd8 ἐργάζεται 1 is working This refers to doing labor, including anything that is done to serve other people.
|
||||
JHN 5 17 lq1v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 18 n8bh ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ Θεῷ 1 making himself equal to God “saying that he was like God” or “saying that he had as much authority as God”
|
||||
|
|
@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ JHN 5 21 xzu4 ζῳοποιεῖ 1 life This refers to “spiritual life.”
|
|||
JHN 5 22 b2l6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ κρίνει οὐδένα, ἀλλὰ τὴν κρίσιν πᾶσαν δέδωκεν τῷ Υἱῷ 1 For the Father judges no one, but he has given all judgment to the Son The word **for** marks a comparison. The Son of God carries out judgment for God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 23 p2kj guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τιμῶσι τὸν Υἱὸν, καθὼς τιμῶσι τὸν Πατέρα. ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν Υἱὸν, οὐ τιμᾷ τὸν Πατέρα 1 honor the Son just as…the Father. The one who does not honor the Son does not honor the Father God the Son must be honored and worshiped just like God the Father. If we fail to honor God the Son, then we also fail to honor God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 24 w6wu ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 5 24 eg5h figs-metonymy ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων 1 he who hears my word Here **word** is a metonym that represents the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “anyone who hears my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 5 24 eg5h figs-metonymy ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων 1 he who hears my word Here, **word** is a metonym that represents the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “anyone who hears my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 5 24 ql7q figs-doublenegatives εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ ἔρχεται 1 will not be condemned This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “will be judged to be innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 5 25 gtu6 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 5 25 s23d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples οἱ νεκροὶ ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ οἱ ἀκούσαντες ζήσουσιν 1 the dead will hear the voice of the Son of God, and those who hear will live The voice of Jesus, the Son of God, will raise dead people from the grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ JHN 5 32 nr3l ἄλλος 1 another This refers to God.
|
|||
JHN 5 32 uxh5 ἀληθής ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία ἣν μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 the testimony that he gives about me is true “what he tells people about me is true”
|
||||
JHN 5 34 rvc5 ἐγὼ…οὐ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου τὴν μαρτυρίαν λαμβάνω 1 the testimony that I receive is not from man “I do not need people’s testimony”
|
||||
JHN 5 34 a4je figs-activepassive ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε 1 that you might be saved You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so God can save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 5 35 w4w3 figs-metaphor ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων; ὑμεῖς δὲ ἠθελήσατε ἀγαλλιαθῆναι πρὸς ὥραν ἐν τῷ φωτὶ αὐτοῦ 1 John was a lamp that was burning and shining, and you were willing to rejoice in his light for a while Here **lamp** and “light” are metaphors. John taught the people about God and this was like a lamp shining its light into the dark. Alternate translation: “John taught you about God and this was like a lamp shining its light. And for a while what John said made you happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 5 35 w4w3 figs-metaphor ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων; ὑμεῖς δὲ ἠθελήσατε ἀγαλλιαθῆναι πρὸς ὥραν ἐν τῷ φωτὶ αὐτοῦ 1 John was a lamp that was burning and shining, and you were willing to rejoice in his light for a while Here, **lamp** and “light” are metaphors. John taught the people about God and this was like a lamp shining its light into the dark. Alternate translation: “John taught you about God and this was like a lamp shining its light. And for a while what John said made you happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 5 36 rt6j τὰ…ἔργα ἃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, ἵνα τελειώσω αὐτά, αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι ὁ Πατήρ με ἀπέσταλκεν 1 the works that the Father has given me to accomplish…that the Father has sent me God the Father has sent God the Son, Jesus, to earth. Jesus completes what the Father gives him to do.
|
||||
JHN 5 36 dvr9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 36 yz3u figs-personification αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 the very works that I do, testify about me Here Jesus says that the miracles **testify** or “tell the people” about him. Alternate translation: “What I do shows the people that God has sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -402,10 +402,10 @@ JHN 6 47 t8lk ὁ πιστεύων ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 he who
|
|||
JHN 6 48 iih2 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς 1 I am the bread of life Just as bread is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. See how you translated this in [John 6:35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: “Just like food that keeps you alive physically, I can give you spiritual life that lasts forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 49 uh76 οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν 1 Your fathers “Your forefathers” or “Your ancestors”
|
||||
JHN 6 49 mr3u ἀπέθανον 1 died This refers to physical death.
|
||||
JHN 6 50 sa53 figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος 1 This is the bread Here **bread** is a metaphor that points to Jesus who is the one who gives spiritual life just as bread sustains physical life. Alternate translation: “I am like the true bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 50 sa53 figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος 1 This is the bread Here, **bread** is a metaphor that points to Jesus who is the one who gives spiritual life just as bread sustains physical life. Alternate translation: “I am like the true bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 50 v212 μὴ ἀποθάνῃ 1 not die “live forever.” Here the word **die** refers to spiritual death.
|
||||
JHN 6 51 px99 ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν 1 living bread This means “the bread that causes people to live” ([John 6:35](../06/35.md)).
|
||||
JHN 6 51 nb41 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς 1 for the life of the world Here **the world** is a metonym that represents the lives of all the people in the world. Alternate translation: “that will give life to all the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 6 51 nb41 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς 1 for the life of the world Here, **the world** is a metonym that represents the lives of all the people in the world. Alternate translation: “that will give life to all the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 6 52 v6g7 0 Connecting Statement: Some Jews who are present begin to argue among themselves and Jesus responds to their question.
|
||||
JHN 6 52 fj5p figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται οὗτος ἡμῖν δοῦναι τὴν σάρκα φαγεῖν 1 How can this man give us his flesh to eat? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders are reacting negatively to what Jesus has said about “his flesh.” Alternate translation: “There is no way that this man can give us his flesh to eat!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 53 q8jl ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ JHN 6 57 m1l5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an impo
|
|||
JHN 6 58 m2nz οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς 1 This is the bread that has come down from heaven Jesus was speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “I am the bread that has come down from heaven” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
|
||||
JHN 6 58 kv16 figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς 1 This is the bread that has come down from heaven The bread is a metaphor for what gives life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 58 j2hx ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον 1 He who eats this bread Jesus spoke about himself as “this bread.” Alternate translation: “He who eats me, the bread” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
|
||||
JHN 6 58 jv4c ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον 1 He who eats this bread Here **eats this bread** is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
|
||||
JHN 6 58 jv4c ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον 1 He who eats this bread Here, **eats this bread** is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
|
||||
JHN 6 58 i9ih οἱ πατέρες 1 the fathers “the forefathers” or “the ancestors”
|
||||
JHN 6 59 ph39 writing-background ταῦτα εἶπεν ἐν συναγωγῇ, διδάσκων ἐν Καφαρναούμ 1 Jesus said these things in the synagogue…in Capernaum Here John gives background information about when this event happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 60 t1me 0 Connecting Statement: Some of the disciples ask a question and Jesus responds, as he continues speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
|
|
@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ JHN 6 65 c3cl οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρός με, ἐ
|
|||
JHN 6 65 g4za guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 65 f7l1 ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 come to me “follow me and receive eternal life”
|
||||
JHN 6 66 h8j9 figs-metaphor οὐκέτι μετ’ αὐτοῦ περιεπάτουν 1 no longer walked with him Jesus went from one place to another by walking, so it is literally true that they did not walk where and when he walked, but the reader should also be able to understand that this metaphor indicates that they no longer wanted to hear what he had to say. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 66 v7gq τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples Here **his disciples** refers to the general group of people who followed Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 6 66 v7gq τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples Here, **his disciples** refers to the general group of people who followed Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 6 67 bg2f figs-ellipsis τοῖς δώδεκα 1 the twelve This is an ellipsis for “the twelve disciples,” a specific group of twelve men who followed Jesus for his entire ministry. Alternate translation: “the twelve disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 6 68 g9l4 figs-rquestion Κύριε, πρὸς τίνα ἀπελευσόμεθα 1 Lord, to whom shall we go? Simon Peter gives this remark in the form of a question to emphasize that he desires to follow only Jesus. Alternate translation: “Lord, we could never follow anyone but you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 70 z9yc writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 71 is not part of the main story line as John comments on what Jesus said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -449,12 +449,12 @@ JHN 7 intro l712 0 # John 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>
|
|||
JHN 7 1 gg4v writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus is in Galilee speaking to his brothers. These verses tell about when this event occurred. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 7 1 b99m μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things These words tell the reader that the writer will begin talking about a new event. “After he finished speaking with the disciples” ([John 6:66-71](../06/66.md)) or “Some time later”
|
||||
JHN 7 1 k5yv περιεπάτει 1 traveled The reader should understand that Jesus probably walked rather than riding an animal or in a vehicle.
|
||||
JHN 7 1 r94g figs-synecdoche ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἀποκτεῖναι 1 the Jews were seeking to kill him Here **the Jews** is a synecdoche for “the Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders were making plans to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 7 1 r94g figs-synecdoche ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἀποκτεῖναι 1 the Jews were seeking to kill him Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche for “the Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders were making plans to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 7 2 m4ch ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἡ σκηνοπηγία 1 Now the Jewish Festival of Shelters was near “Now the time for the festival of the Jews was near” or “Now it was almost time for the Jewish festival of Shelters”
|
||||
JHN 7 3 x8ce οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers This refers to the actual younger brothers of Jesus, the sons of Mary and Joseph.
|
||||
JHN 7 3 id2z σοῦ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιεῖς 1 the works that you do The word **works** refers to the miracles that Jesus had performed.
|
||||
JHN 7 4 by1h figs-rpronouns ζητεῖ αὐτὸς 1 he himself wants The word **himself** is a reflexive pronoun that emphasizes The word **he**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 7 4 f33j figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world Here **the world** is a metonym for all of the people in the world. Alternate translation: “all people” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 4 f33j figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world Here, **the world** is a metonym for all of the people in the world. Alternate translation: “all people” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 5 mz2b writing-background οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτὸν 1 For even his brothers did not believe in him This sentence is a break from the main story line as John tells us some background information about the brothers of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 7 5 bs7f οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his brothers “his younger brothers”
|
||||
JHN 7 6 n5bj figs-metonymy ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς οὔπω πάρεστιν 1 My time has not yet come The word **time** is a metonym. Jesus is implying that it is not the right time for him to bring his ministry to a close. Alternate translation: “It is not the right time for me to end my work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ JHN 7 10 jz6l ὡς…ἀνέβησαν οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ε
|
|||
JHN 7 10 z4ym καὶ αὐτὸς ἀνέβη 1 he also went up Jerusalem is at a higher elevation than Galilee where Jesus and his brothers were previously.
|
||||
JHN 7 10 rw5v figs-doublet οὐ φανερῶς, ἀλλὰ ὡς ἐν κρυπτῷ 1 not publicly but in secret These two phrases mean the same thing. The idea is repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: “very secretly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JHN 7 11 i6cl figs-synecdoche οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν 1 The Jews were looking for him Here the word **Jews**is a synecdoche for “the Jewish leaders.” The word **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders were looking for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 7 12 c27a figs-metaphor πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον 1 he leads the crowds astray Here **leads…astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “he deceives the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 12 c27a figs-metaphor πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον 1 he leads the crowds astray Here, **leads…astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “he deceives the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 13 x3xa τὸν φόβον 1 fear This refers to the unpleasant feeling a person has when there is a threat of harm to himself or others.
|
||||
JHN 7 13 n8bb figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews The word **Jews** is a synecdoche for the leaders of the Jews who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 7 14 yut8 0 General Information: Jesus is now teaching the Jews in the temple.
|
||||
|
|
@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ JHN 7 38 uw2q figs-metaphor ποταμοὶ…ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος
|
|||
JHN 7 38 yt75 figs-metaphor ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 living water Possible meanings are (1) “water that gives life” or (2) “water that causes people to live.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 38 cx1q figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ 1 from his stomach Here the **stomach** represents the inside of a person, specifically the non-physical part of a person. Alternate translation: “from inside of him” or “from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 39 i8wx writing-background 0 General Information: In this verse the author gives information to clarify what Jesus is talking about. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 7 39 syp9 δὲ εἶπεν 1 But he said Here **he** refers to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 7 39 syp9 δὲ εἶπεν 1 But he said Here, **he** refers to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 7 39 qbr1 figs-explicit οὔπω…ἦν Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit had not yet been given John implies that the Spirit would later come to live in those who trusted Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Spirit had not yet come to live in the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 39 n599 ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐδέπω ἐδοξάσθη 1 because Jesus was not yet glorified Here the word **glorified** refers to the time when God would honor the Son after his death and resurrection.
|
||||
JHN 7 40 shq8 figs-explicit οὗτός ἐστιν ἀληθῶς ὁ προφήτης 1 This is indeed the prophet By saying this, the people are indicating that they believe Jesus is the prophet like Moses that God had promised to send. Alternate translation: “This is indeed the prophet who is like Moses that we have been waiting for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ JHN 8 20 b11j figs-metonymy οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ
|
|||
JHN 8 21 xv3g 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 8 21 gg46 ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν ἀποθανεῖσθε 1 die in your sin Here the word **die** refers to spiritual death. Alternate translation: “die while you are still sinful” or “you will die while you are sinning”
|
||||
JHN 8 21 e83m ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 you cannot come “you are not able to come”
|
||||
JHN 8 22 a4p4 figs-synecdoche ἔλεγον…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews said Here **Jews** is a synecdoche for “the Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said” or “The Jewish authorities said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 8 22 a4p4 figs-synecdoche ἔλεγον…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews said Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for “the Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said” or “The Jewish authorities said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 8 23 zug9 ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ 1 You are from below “You were born in this world”
|
||||
JHN 8 23 a7ny ἐγὼ ἐκ τῶν ἄνω εἰμί 1 I am from above “I came from heaven”
|
||||
JHN 8 23 svn1 ὑμεῖς ἐκ τούτου τοῦ κόσμου ἐστέ 1 You are of this world “You belong to this world”
|
||||
|
|
@ -599,12 +599,12 @@ JHN 8 32 xf9m τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 the truth This refers to what Jesus r
|
|||
JHN 8 33 n34n figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε 1 how can you say, ‘You will be set free’? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Jewish leaders’ shock at what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “We do not need to be set free!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 34 i2pn ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 8 34 jg3z figs-metaphor δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 is the slave of sin Here the word **slave** is a metaphor. This implies that “sin” is like a master for the one who sins. Alternate translation: “is like a slave to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 35 sg4a figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 in the house Here **house** is a metonym for “family.” Alternate translation: “as a permanent member of a family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 35 sg4a figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 in the house Here, **house** is a metonym for “family.” Alternate translation: “as a permanent member of a family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 35 j73t figs-ellipsis ὁ Υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 the son remains forever This is an ellipsis. You may translate it by including the implied words. Alternate translation: “the son is a member of the family forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 8 36 n6fp figs-explicit ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ, ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε 1 if the Son sets you free, you will be truly free It is implied that Jesus is talking about freedom from sin, which is a metaphor for being able not to sin. Alternate translation: “if the Son msets you free, you will truly be able to refrain from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 36 w3q1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ 1 if the Son sets you free “Son” is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. Jesus was speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “If I, the Son, set you free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 8 37 p4xm 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 8 37 ph1q figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 my word has no place in you Here **word** is a metonym for the “teachings” or “message” of Jesus, which the Jewish leaders do not accept. Alternate translation: “you do not accept my teachings” or “you do not allow my message to change your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 37 ph1q figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 my word has no place in you Here, **word** is a metonym for the “teachings” or “message” of Jesus, which the Jewish leaders do not accept. Alternate translation: “you do not accept my teachings” or “you do not allow my message to change your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 38 m62y ἃ ἐγὼ ἑώρακα παρὰ τῷ Πατρὶ, λαλῶ 1 I say what I have seen with my Father “I am telling you about the things I saw when I was with my Father”
|
||||
JHN 8 38 f9yu καὶ ὑμεῖς…ἃ ἠκούσατε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς, ποιεῖτε 1 you also do what you heard from your father The Jewish leaders do not understand that by “your father” Jesus is referring to the devil. Alternate translation: “you also continue doing what your father has told you to do”
|
||||
JHN 8 39 qp2r ὁ πατὴρ 1 father forefather
|
||||
|
|
@ -614,30 +614,30 @@ JHN 8 41 y82e figs-explicit ἡμεῖς ἐκ πορνείας οὐ γεγεν
|
|||
JHN 8 41 iz3h guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἕνα Πατέρα ἔχομεν, τὸν Θεόν 1 we have one Father: God Here the Jewish leaders claim God as their spiritual Father. This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 42 nh4m ἠγαπᾶτε 1 love This is the kind of love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others (including those who are our enemies), even when it does not benefit oneself.
|
||||
JHN 8 43 ig11 figs-rquestion διὰ τί τὴν λαλιὰν τὴν ἐμὴν οὐ γινώσκετε 1 Why do you not understand my words? Jesus is using this question mainly to rebuke the Jewish leaders for not listening to him. Alternate translation: “I will tell you why you do not understand what I say!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 43 cf8v figs-metonymy ὅτι οὐ δύνασθε ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν 1 It is because you cannot hear my words Here **words** is a metonym for the “teachings” of Jesus. Alternate translation: “It is because you will not accept my teachings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 43 cf8v figs-metonymy ὅτι οὐ δύνασθε ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν 1 It is because you cannot hear my words Here, **words** is a metonym for the “teachings” of Jesus. Alternate translation: “It is because you will not accept my teachings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 44 vgy1 ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστὲ 1 You are of your father, the devil “You belong to your father, Satan”
|
||||
JHN 8 44 k1qu figs-metaphor ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ 1 the father of lies Here **father** is a metaphor for the one who originates all lies. Alternate translation: “he is the one who created all lies in the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 44 k1qu figs-metaphor ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ 1 the father of lies Here, **father** is a metaphor for the one who originates all lies. Alternate translation: “he is the one who created all lies in the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 45 g1q9 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 8 45 e55r ἐγὼ…ὅτι τὴν ἀλήθειαν λέγω 1 because I speak the truth “because I tell you true things about God”
|
||||
JHN 8 46 y3gz figs-rquestion τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει με περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 Which one of you convicts me of sin? Jesus uses this question to emphasize that he has never sinned. Alternate translation: “None of you can show that I have ever sinned!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 46 kh6a εἰ ἀλήθειαν λέγω 1 If I speak the truth “If I say things that are true”
|
||||
JHN 8 46 ibp1 figs-rquestion διὰ τί ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετέ μοι 1 why do you not believe me? Jesus uses this question to scold the Jewish leaders for their unbelief. Alternate translation: “you have no reason for not believing in me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 47 l7gy figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the words of God Here **words** is a metonym for the “message” of God. Alternate translation: “the message of God” or “the truth that comes from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 47 l7gy figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the words of God Here, **words** is a metonym for the “message” of God. Alternate translation: “the message of God” or “the truth that comes from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 48 vu1h figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews The “Jews” is a synecdoche that represents the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 8 48 cic5 figs-rquestion οὐ καλῶς λέγομεν ἡμεῖς ὅτι Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ, καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχεις 1 Do we not truly say that you are a Samaritan and have a demon? The Jewish leaders use this question to accuse Jesus and to dishonor him. Alternate translation: “We are certainly right in saying that you are a Samaritan and that a demon lives in you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 50 m4rl 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues answering the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 8 50 fg43 ἔστιν ὁ ζητῶν καὶ κρίνων 1 there is one seeking and judging This refers to God.
|
||||
JHN 8 51 fb52 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 8 51 m46r figs-metonymy τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον τηρήσῃ 1 keeps my word Here **word** is a metonym for the “teachings” of Jesus. Alternate translation: “obeys my teachings” or “does what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 51 m46r figs-metonymy τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον τηρήσῃ 1 keeps my word Here, **word** is a metonym for the “teachings” of Jesus. Alternate translation: “obeys my teachings” or “does what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 51 gx7l figs-idiom θάνατον…θεωρήσῃ 1 see death This is an idiom that means to experience death. Here Jesus is referring to spiritual death. Alternate translation: “die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 8 52 e9xz figs-synecdoche Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Jews Here **Jews** is a metonym for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 8 52 e9xz figs-synecdoche Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Jews Here, **Jews** is a metonym for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 8 52 zah1 ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ 1 If anyone keeps my word “If anyone obeys my teaching”
|
||||
JHN 8 52 a1ls figs-idiom γεύσηται θανάτου 1 taste death This is an idiom that means to experience death. The Jewish leaders mistakenly assume that Jesus is speaking only about physical death. Alternate translation: “die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 8 53 shp3 figs-rquestion μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ, ὅστις ἀπέθανεν 1 You are not greater than our father Abraham who died, are you? The Jewish leaders use this question to emphasize that Jesus is not greater than Abraham. Alternate translation: “You are certainly not greater than our father Abraham who indeed died!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 53 p38s τοῦ πατρὸς 1 father forefather
|
||||
JHN 8 53 cei7 figs-rquestion τίνα σεαυτὸν ποιεῖς 1 Who do you make yourself out to be? The Jews use this question to rebuke Jesus for thinking that he is more important than Abraham. Alternate translation: “You should not think that you are so important!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 54 ab13 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἔστιν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ δοξάζων με, ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι Θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐστιν 1 it is my Father who glorifies me—about whom you say that he is your God The word **Father** is an important title for God. No one knows God the Father like Jesus, the Son of God. Alternate translation: “it is my Father who honors me, and you say that he is your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 55 c3bm figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ τηρῶ 1 keep his word Here **word** is a metonym for what God says. Alternate translation: “I obey what he says to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 55 c3bm figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ τηρῶ 1 keep his word Here, **word** is a metonym for what God says. Alternate translation: “I obey what he says to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 56 tyu5 figs-metonymy τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν 1 my day This is a metonym for what Jesus would accomplish during his life. Alternate translation: “what I would do during my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 56 hv5g εἶδεν καὶ ἐχάρη 1 he saw it and was glad “he foresaw my coming through God’s revelation and he rejoiced”
|
||||
JHN 8 57 erp5 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus speaking with the Jews in the temple, which began in [John 8:12](../08/12.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -649,12 +649,12 @@ JHN 8 59 bxs5 figs-explicit ἦραν οὖν λίθους, ἵνα βάλωσι
|
|||
JHN 9 intro hq31 0 # John 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Who sinned?”<br><br>Many of the Jews of Jesus’ time believed that if a person was blind or deaf or crippled, it was because he or his parents or someone in his family had sinned. This was not the teaching of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### “He does not keep the Sabbath”<br><br>The Pharisees thought that Jesus was working, and so breaking the Sabbath, by making mud. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Seeing and being blind<br><br>Jesus calls the Pharisees blind because they see that Jesus is able to heal blind people but they still do not believe that God sent him ([John 9:39-40](./39.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 9:35](../../jhn/09/35.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 9 1 fa5a 0 General Information: As Jesus and his disciples are walking along, they come across a blind man.
|
||||
JHN 9 1 un4h writing-newevent καὶ 1 Now This word shows that the author is about to describe a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
JHN 9 1 z5sx figs-synecdoche παράγων 1 as Jesus passed by Here **Jesus** is a synecdoche for Jesus and the disciples. Alternate translation: “as Jesus and his disciples passed by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 9 1 z5sx figs-synecdoche παράγων 1 as Jesus passed by Here, **Jesus** is a synecdoche for Jesus and the disciples. Alternate translation: “as Jesus and his disciples passed by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 9 2 w44c figs-explicit τίς ἥμαρτεν, οὗτος ἢ οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ 1 who sinned, this man or his parents…blind? This question reflects the ancient Jewish belief that sin caused all illnesses and other deformities. The rabbis also taught that it was possible for a baby to sin while still in the womb. Alternate translation: “Teacher, we know that sin causes a person to be blind. Whose sin caused this man to be born blind? did this man himself sin, or was it his parents who sinned?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 4 h231 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 We This “We” includes both Jesus and the disciples he is talking to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
JHN 9 4 g92d figs-metaphor ἡμέρα…νὺξ 1 day…Night Here **day** and “night” are metaphors. Jesus is comparing the time when people can do God’s work to daytime, the time when people normally work, and nighttime to when they cannot do God’s work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 4 g92d figs-metaphor ἡμέρα…νὺξ 1 day…Night Here, **day** and “night” are metaphors. Jesus is comparing the time when people can do God’s work to daytime, the time when people normally work, and nighttime to when they cannot do God’s work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 5 f2xu figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in the world Here the **world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “living among the people of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 9 5 dd8k figs-metaphor φῶς…τοῦ κόσμου 1 light of the world Here **light** is a metaphor for the true revelation of God. Alternate translation: “the one who shows what is true just as light allows people to see what is in the darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 5 dd8k figs-metaphor φῶς…τοῦ κόσμου 1 light of the world Here, **light** is a metaphor for the true revelation of God. Alternate translation: “the one who shows what is true just as light allows people to see what is in the darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 6 y3s4 figs-explicit ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ τοῦ πτύσματος 1 made mud with the saliva Jesus used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva. Alternate translation: “and used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 7 ily8 νίψαι…ἐνίψατο 1 wash…washed You may need to make explicit that Jesus wanted him to wash the mud off of his eyes in the pool and that that is what the man did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 7 ri9h writing-background ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος 1 which is translated “Sent” A brief break occurs here in the story line so John can explain to his readers what “Siloam” means. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -671,14 +671,14 @@ JHN 9 16 hdh9 τὸ Σάββατον οὐ τηρεῖ 1 he does not keep the S
|
|||
JHN 9 16 k4sy figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος ἁμαρτωλὸς τοιαῦτα σημεῖα ποιεῖν 1 How can a man who is a sinner do such signs? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that Jesus’ signs prove he is not a sinner. Alternate translation: “A sinner can not do such signs!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 9 16 qn73 σημεῖα 1 signs This is another word for miracles. “Signs” give evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
|
||||
JHN 9 17 lcb3 προφήτης ἐστίν 1 He is a prophet “I think he is a prophet”
|
||||
JHN 9 18 awp6 figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Now the Jews still did not believe Here **Jews** is a synecdoche for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: Now the Jewish leaders still did not believe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 9 18 awp6 figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Now the Jews still did not believe Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: Now the Jewish leaders still did not believe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 9 19 npf9 ἠρώτησαν αὐτοὺς 1 They asked the parents “They” refers to the Jewish leaders.
|
||||
JHN 9 21 vh7q ἡλικίαν ἔχει, αὐτὸς 1 he is an adult “he is a man” or “he is no longer a child”
|
||||
JHN 9 22 yq73 writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 22 there is a break from the main story line as John provides background information about the man’s parents being afraid of the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 9 22 k2iw figs-synecdoche ἐφοβοῦντο τοὺς Ἰουδαίους 1 they were afraid of the Jews Here **Jews** is a synecdoche for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “they were afraid of what the Jewish leaders might do to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 9 22 k2iw figs-synecdoche ἐφοβοῦντο τοὺς Ἰουδαίους 1 they were afraid of the Jews Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “they were afraid of what the Jewish leaders might do to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 9 22 j15m ἐφοβοῦντο 1 afraid This refers to the unpleasant feeling a person has when there is a threat of harm to oneself or others.
|
||||
JHN 9 22 dgp7 αὐτὸν ὁμολογήσῃ Χριστόν…γένηται 1 would confess him to be the Christ “would say that Jesus is the Christ”
|
||||
JHN 9 22 yjv9 figs-metaphor ἀποσυνάγωγος 1 he would be thrown out of the synagogue Here **be thrown out of the synagogue** is a metaphor for no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. Alternate translation: “he would not be allowed to go into the synagogue” or “he would no longer belong to the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 22 yjv9 figs-metaphor ἀποσυνάγωγος 1 he would be thrown out of the synagogue Here, **be thrown out of the synagogue** is a metaphor for no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. Alternate translation: “he would not be allowed to go into the synagogue” or “he would no longer belong to the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 23 f9zl ἡλικίαν ἔχει 1 He is an adult “he is a man” or “he is no longer a child.” See how you translated this in [John 9:21](../09/21.md).
|
||||
JHN 9 24 h1tl ἐφώνησαν…τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 they called the man Here, “they” refers to the Jews. ([John 9:18](../09/18.md))
|
||||
JHN 9 24 bkx6 figs-idiom δὸς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ 1 Give glory to God This is an idiom that people used when taking an oath. Alternate translation: “In the presence of God, tell the truth” or “Speak the truth before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -702,10 +702,10 @@ JHN 9 35 z6r9 0 General Information: Jesus finds the man whom he healed ([John
|
|||
JHN 9 35 rpb5 πιστεύεις εἰς 1 believe in This means to “believe in Jesus,” to believe that he is the Son of God, to trust him as Savior, and live in a way that honors him.
|
||||
JHN 9 35 tw58 τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Here the reader needs to understand that Jesus was speaking as if **the Son of Man** were another person. The man who had been born blind did not realize that Jesus was speaking of himself when he spoke of “the Son of Man.” You should translate so that the man does not learn that Jesus is the Son of Man until verse 37.
|
||||
JHN 9 39 azp3 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν κόσμον τοῦτον ἦλθον 1 came into this world The “world” is a metonym for “the people who live in the world.” Alternate translation: “came to live among the people of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 9 39 te5y figs-metaphor ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται 1 so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind Here **seeing** and **blindness** are metaphors. Jesus distinguishes between people who are spiritually blind and physically blind. Alternate translation: “so that those who are blind spiritually, but who want to see God, can see him, and those who already falsely think they can see God will remain in their blindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 39 te5y figs-metaphor ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται 1 so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind Here, **seeing** and **blindness** are metaphors. Jesus distinguishes between people who are spiritually blind and physically blind. Alternate translation: “so that those who are blind spiritually, but who want to see God, can see him, and those who already falsely think they can see God will remain in their blindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 40 d8mm μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν 1 Are we also blind? “Do you think we are spiritually blind?”
|
||||
JHN 9 41 rh3l figs-metaphor εἰ τυφλοὶ ἦτε, οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν 1 If you were blind, you would have no sin Here **blindness** is a metaphor for not knowing God’s truth. Alternate translation: “If you wanted to know God’s truth, you would be able to receive your sight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 41 jmq7 figs-metaphor νῦν δὲ λέγετε, ὅτι βλέπομεν, ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει 1 but now you say, ‘We see,’ so your sin remains Here **seeing** is a metaphor for knowing God’s truth. Alternate translation: “Since you falsely think that you already know God’s truth, you will remain blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 41 rh3l figs-metaphor εἰ τυφλοὶ ἦτε, οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν 1 If you were blind, you would have no sin Here, **blindness** is a metaphor for not knowing God’s truth. Alternate translation: “If you wanted to know God’s truth, you would be able to receive your sight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 41 jmq7 figs-metaphor νῦν δὲ λέγετε, ὅτι βλέπομεν, ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει 1 but now you say, ‘We see,’ so your sin remains Here, **seeing** is a metaphor for knowing God’s truth. Alternate translation: “Since you falsely think that you already know God’s truth, you will remain blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 intro e8mb 0 # John 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Blasphemy<br><br>When a person claims that he is God or that God has told him to speak when God has not told him to speak, this is called blasphemy. The law of Moses commanded the Israelites to kill blasphemers by stoning them to death. When Jesus said, “I and the Father are one,” the Jews thought he was blaspheming, so they took up stones to kill him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Sheep<br><br>Jesus spoke of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, they do not think well, they often walk away from those who care for them, and they cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. God’s people also rebel against him and do not know when they are doing wrong.<br><br>### Sheep pen<br><br>A sheep pen was a space with a stone wall around it in which shepherds would keep their sheep. Once they were inside the sheep pen, the sheep could not run away, and animals and thieves could not easily get inside to kill or steal them.<br><br>### Laying down and taking up life<br><br>Jesus speaks of his life as if it were a physical object that he could lay down on the ground, a metaphor for dying, or pick up again, a metaphor for becoming alive again.
|
||||
JHN 10 1 gzd8 figs-parables 0 General Information: Jesus begins to speak in parables. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
JHN 10 1 ab9x 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to speak to the Pharisees. This is the same part of the story which began in [John 9:35](../09/35.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -721,16 +721,16 @@ JHN 10 6 x5yl ἐκεῖνοι…οὐκ ἔγνωσαν 1 they did not underst
|
|||
JHN 10 6 u3nw figs-metaphor ταύτην τὴν παροιμίαν 1 this parable This is an illustration from the work of shepherds, using metaphors. The “shepherd” is a metaphor for Jesus. The “sheep” represent those who follow Jesus, and the “strangers” are the Jewish leaders, including the Pharisees, who try to deceive the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 7 q3na 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to explain the meaning of the parables he had spoken.
|
||||
JHN 10 7 q4hs ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 10 7 nj4k figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων 1 I am the gate of the sheep Here **gate** is a metaphor that means Jesus provides access into the sheepfold where God’s people dwell in his presence. Alternate translation: “I am like the gate that the sheep use to enter into the sheepfold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 7 nj4k figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων 1 I am the gate of the sheep Here, **gate** is a metaphor that means Jesus provides access into the sheepfold where God’s people dwell in his presence. Alternate translation: “I am like the gate that the sheep use to enter into the sheepfold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 8 k4z6 figs-explicit πάντες ὅσοι ἦλθον πρὸ ἐμοῦ 1 Everyone who came before me This refers to other teachers who have taught the people, including the Pharisees and other Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “All of the teachers who came without my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 10 8 hqq3 figs-metaphor κλέπται…καὶ λῃσταί 1 a thief and a robber These words are metaphors. Jesus calls those teachers “a thief and a robber” because their teachings were false, and they were trying to lead God’s people while not understanding the truth. As a result, they deceived the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 9 yp3g figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα 1 I am the gate Here **gate** is a metaphor. By referring to himself as “the gate,” Jesus is showing that he offers a true way to enter the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “I myself am like that gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 9 yp3g figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα 1 I am the gate Here, **gate** is a metaphor. By referring to himself as “the gate,” Jesus is showing that he offers a true way to enter the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “I myself am like that gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 9 in9p νομὴν 1 pasture The word **pasture** means a grassy area where sheep eat.
|
||||
JHN 10 10 h2gf figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔρχεται εἰ μὴ ἵνα κλέψῃ 1 does not come if he would not steal This is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: “comes only to steal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 10 10 h56c figs-explicit κλέψῃ, καὶ θύσῃ, καὶ ἀπολέσῃ 1 steal and kill and destroy Here the implied metaphor is “sheep,” which represents God’s people. Alternate translation: “steal and kill and destroy the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 10 j2k6 ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχωσιν 1 so that they will have life The word **they** refers to the sheep. “Life” refers to eternal life. Alternate translation: “so that they will really live, lacking nothing”
|
||||
JHN 10 11 x196 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues his parable about the good shepherd.
|
||||
JHN 10 11 xs4m figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός 1 I am the good shepherd Here **good shepherd** is a metaphor that represents Jesus. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 11 xs4m figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός 1 I am the good shepherd Here, **good shepherd** is a metaphor that represents Jesus. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 11 llr4 figs-euphemism τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν 1 lays down his life To lay down something means to give up control of it. It is a mild way to refer to dying. Alternate translation: “dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
JHN 10 12 ym8w figs-metaphor ὁ μισθωτὸς 1 The hired servant The “hired servant” is a metaphor that represents the Jewish leaders and teachers. Alternate translation: “The one who is like a hired servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 12 ue4m figs-metaphor ἀφίησιν τὰ πρόβατα 1 abandons the sheep Here the word **sheep** is a metaphor that represents God’s people. Like a hired servant who abandons the sheep, Jesus says that the Jewish leaders and teachers do not care for God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -738,8 +738,8 @@ JHN 10 13 szr8 figs-metaphor οὐ μέλει…περὶ τῶν προβάτω
|
|||
JHN 10 14 fg93 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός 1 I am the good shepherd Here the **good shepherd** is a metaphor for Jesus. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 15 qr9g guidelines-sonofgodprinciples γινώσκει με ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ γινώσκω τὸν Πατέρα 1 The Father knows me, and I know the Father God the Father and God the Son know each other unlike anyone else knows them. “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 15 pn9w figs-euphemism τὴν ψυχήν μου τίθημι ὑπὲρ τῶν προβάτων 1 I lay down my life for the sheep This is a mild way for Jesus to say that he will die to protect his sheep. Alternate translation: “I die for the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
JHN 10 16 y3g7 figs-metaphor ἄλλα πρόβατα ἔχω 1 I have other sheep Here **other sheep** is a metaphor for followers of Jesus who are not Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 16 w86n figs-metaphor μία ποίμνη, εἷς ποιμήν 1 one flock and one shepherd Here **flock** and **shepherd** are metaphors. All of Jesus’s followers, Jews and non-Jews, will be like one flock of sheep. He will be like a shepherd who cares for all of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 16 y3g7 figs-metaphor ἄλλα πρόβατα ἔχω 1 I have other sheep Here, **other sheep** is a metaphor for followers of Jesus who are not Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 16 w86n figs-metaphor μία ποίμνη, εἷς ποιμήν 1 one flock and one shepherd Here, **flock** and **shepherd** are metaphors. All of Jesus’s followers, Jews and non-Jews, will be like one flock of sheep. He will be like a shepherd who cares for all of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 17 kd16 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 10 17 i59j διὰ τοῦτό, με ὁ Πατὴρ ἀγαπᾷ, ὅτι ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου 1 This is why the Father loves me: I lay down my life God’s eternal plan was for God the Son to give his life to pay for the sins of humanity. Jesus’ death on the cross reveals the intense love of the Son for the Father and of the Father for the Son.
|
||||
JHN 10 17 kpr5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -754,10 +754,10 @@ JHN 10 22 f9cm writing-background 0 General Information: During the Festival of
|
|||
JHN 10 22 w25f ἐνκαίνια 1 Festival of the Dedication This is an eight-day, winter holiday Jews use to remember a miracle where God made a small amount of oil remain lit in a lampstand for eight days. They lit the lampstand to dedicate the Jewish temple to God. To dedicate something is to promise to use it for a special purpose.
|
||||
JHN 10 23 v6wn figs-explicit περιεπάτει ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 Jesus was walking in the temple The area where Jesus was walking was actually a courtyard that was outside the temple building. Alternate translation: “Jesus was walking in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 10 23 cs2b στοᾷ 1 porch This is a structure attached to the entrance of a building; it has a roof and it may or may not have walls.
|
||||
JHN 10 24 m8ja figs-synecdoche ἐκύκλωσαν οὖν αὐτὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Then the Jews surrounded him Here **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then the Jewish leaders surrounded him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 10 24 m8ja figs-synecdoche ἐκύκλωσαν οὖν αὐτὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Then the Jews surrounded him Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then the Jewish leaders surrounded him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 10 24 nk9t figs-idiom τὴν ψυχὴν ἡμῶν αἴρεις 1 hold us doubting This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “keep us wondering” or “keep us from knowing for sure?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 10 25 cb95 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to respond to the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 10 25 e7zh figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 in the name of my Father Here **name** is a metonym for the power of God. Here **Father** is an important title for God. Jesus performed miracles through his Father’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “through my Father’s power” or “with my Father’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 25 e7zh figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 in the name of my Father Here, **name** is a metonym for the power of God. Here, **Father** is an important title for God. Jesus performed miracles through his Father’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “through my Father’s power” or “with my Father’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 25 n34x figs-personification ταῦτα μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 these testify concerning me His miracles offer proof about him like a person who testifies would offer proof in a court of law. Alternate translation: “offer proof concerning me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 10 26 als6 figs-metaphor οὐκ…ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν 1 not my sheep The word **sheep** is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. Alternate translation: “not my followers” or “not my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 27 rdw7 figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούουσιν 1 My sheep hear my voice The word **sheep** is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. The metaphor of Jesus as the “shepherd” is also implied. Alternate translation: “Just as sheep obey the voice of their true shepherd, my followers heed my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -780,19 +780,19 @@ JHN 10 36 rax1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Θ
|
|||
JHN 10 37 wyd2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes responding to the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 10 37 us7v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 37 vk1v πιστεύετέ μοι 1 believe me Here the word **believe** means to accept or trust what Jesus said is true.
|
||||
JHN 10 38 k2zf τοῖς ἔργοις πιστεύετε 1 believe in the works Here **believe in** is to acknowledge that the works Jesus does are from the Father.
|
||||
JHN 10 38 k2zf τοῖς ἔργοις πιστεύετε 1 believe in the works Here, **believe in** is to acknowledge that the works Jesus does are from the Father.
|
||||
JHN 10 38 t8uf figs-idiom ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί 1 the Father is in me and that I am in the Father These are idioms that express the close personal relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “My Father and I are completely joined together as one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 10 39 eqh1 figs-metonymy ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν 1 went away out of their hand The word **hand** is a metonym that represents the custody or possession of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “got away from them again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 10 40 b41s figs-explicit πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 beyond the Jordan Jesus had been on the west side of the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “to the east side of the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 10 40 f5dx figs-explicit ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ 1 he stayed there Jesus remained on the east side of Jordan for a short period of time. Alternate translation: “Jesus stayed there for several days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 10 41 m1pl Ἰωάννης μὲν σημεῖον ἐποίησεν οὐδέν; πάντα δὲ ὅσα εἶπεν Ἰωάννης περὶ τούτου ἀληθῆ ἦν 1 John indeed did no signs, but all the things that John has said about this man are true “It is true that John did no signs, but he certainly did speak the truth about this man, who does signs.”
|
||||
JHN 10 41 lw9n σημεῖον 1 signs These are miracles that prove that something is true or that give someone credibility.
|
||||
JHN 10 42 ieh5 ἐπίστευσαν εἰς 1 believed in Here **believed in** means accepted or trusted what Jesus said was true.
|
||||
JHN 10 42 ieh5 ἐπίστευσαν εἰς 1 believed in Here, **believed in** means accepted or trusted what Jesus said was true.
|
||||
JHN 11 intro tks5 0 # John 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Passover<br><br>After Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were trying hard to kill him, so he started traveling from place to place in secret. Now the Pharisees knew that he would probably come to Jerusalem for the Passover because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem, so they planned to catch him and kill him then. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “One man dies for the people”<br><br>The law of Moses commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people’s sins. The high priest Caiaphas said, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([John 10:50](../../jhn/10/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([John 10:48](../../jhn/10/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem, but God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people’s sins.<br><br>### Hypothetical situation<br><br>When Martha said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” she was speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen. Jesus had not come, and her brother had died.
|
||||
JHN 11 1 fsf7 writing-participants 0 General Information: These verses introduce the story of Lazarus and give background information about him and his sister Mary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 2 c6r9 writing-background ἦν δὲ Μαρία ἡ ἀλείψασα τὸν Κύριον μύρῳ, καὶ ἐκμάξασα τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς 1 It was Mary who anointed the Lord…her hair As John introduces Mary, the sister of Martha, he also shares information concerning what would later happen in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 3 i2ar ἀπέστειλαν…πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 sent for Jesus “asked Jesus to come”
|
||||
JHN 11 3 czm1 φιλεῖς 1 love Here **love** refers to brotherly love, a natural, human love between friends or relatives.
|
||||
JHN 11 3 czm1 φιλεῖς 1 love Here, **love** refers to brotherly love, a natural, human love between friends or relatives.
|
||||
JHN 11 4 nk3g figs-explicit αὕτη ἡ ἀσθένεια οὐκ ἔστιν πρὸς θάνατον 1 This sickness is not to death Jesus implies that he knows what will happen related to Lazarus and his sickness. Alternate translation: “Death will not be the final result of this sickness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 4 k8d3 θάνατον 1 death This refers to physical death.
|
||||
JHN 11 4 q343 figs-explicit ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ αὐτῆς 1 instead it is for the glory of God so that the Son of God may be glorified by it Jesus implies that he knows what the outcome will be. Alternate translation: “but the purpose is that the people might see how great God is because of what his power will allow me to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -803,9 +803,9 @@ JHN 11 8 p4x9 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This is a syne
|
|||
JHN 11 9 uv34 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ δώδεκα ὧραί εἰσιν τῆς ἡμέρας 1 Are there not twelve hours of light in a day? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You know that the day has twelve hours of light!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 11 9 ln4r figs-metaphor ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου βλέπει 1 If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world People who walk in the light of the day can see well and do not stumble. “Light” is a metaphor for “truth.” Jesus is implying that people who live according to truth will be able to successfully do the things that God wants them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 11 10 hel4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 11 10 vm6h figs-metaphor ἐὰν…τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί 1 if he walks at night Here **night** is a metaphor that refers to one’s walking without God’s light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 11 10 vm6h figs-metaphor ἐὰν…τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί 1 if he walks at night Here, **night** is a metaphor that refers to one’s walking without God’s light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 11 10 c3im τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 the light is not in him Possible meanings are (1) “he cannot see” or (2) “he does not have God’s light.”
|
||||
JHN 11 11 bev5 figs-idiom Λάζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται 1 Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep Here **fallen asleep** is an idiom that means Lazarus has died. If you have a way of saying this in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 11 11 bev5 figs-idiom Λάζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται 1 Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep Here, **fallen asleep** is an idiom that means Lazarus has died. If you have a way of saying this in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 11 11 ze1z figs-idiom ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν 1 but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep The words **wake him out of sleep** form an idiom. Jesus is revealing his plan to bring Lazurus back to life. If you have an idiom for this in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 11 12 e5k2 writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 13 there is a break in the story line as John comments on the disciples’ misunderstanding about what Jesus meant when he said Lazarus was asleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 12 hn2j εἰ κεκοίμηται 1 if he has fallen asleep The disciples misunderstand Jesus to mean that Lazarus is resting and will recover.
|
||||
|
|
@ -822,10 +822,10 @@ JHN 11 19 m26v figs-explicit περὶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ 1 about their br
|
|||
JHN 11 21 ef5h figs-explicit οὐκ ἂν ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός μου 1 my brother would not have died Lazarus was the younger brother. Alternate translation: “my younger brother would still be alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 23 j8p2 figs-explicit ἀναστήσεται ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 Your brother will rise again Lazarus was the younger brother. Alternate translation: “Your younger brother will become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 24 z7el ἀναστήσεται 1 he will rise again “he will become alive again”
|
||||
JHN 11 25 chs2 κἂν ἀποθάνῃ 1 even if he dies Here **dies** refers to physical death.
|
||||
JHN 11 25 ef7a ζήσεται 1 will live Here **live** refers to spiritual life.
|
||||
JHN 11 25 chs2 κἂν ἀποθάνῃ 1 even if he dies Here, **dies** refers to physical death.
|
||||
JHN 11 25 ef7a ζήσεται 1 will live Here, **live** refers to spiritual life.
|
||||
JHN 11 26 a6gs πᾶς ὁ ζῶν καὶ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 whoever lives and believes in me will never die “those who live and trust in me will never be separated eternally from God” or “those who live and trust in me will be spiritually alive with God forever”
|
||||
JHN 11 26 fue3 οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 will never die Here **die** refers to spiritual death.
|
||||
JHN 11 26 fue3 οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 will never die Here, **die** refers to spiritual death.
|
||||
JHN 11 27 mk4e λέγει αὐτῷ 1 She said to him “Martha said to Jesus”
|
||||
JHN 11 27 zd3n ναί, Κύριε; ἐγὼ πεπίστευκα ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐρχόμενος 1 Yes, Lord, I believe that you are the Christ, the Son of God…coming into the world Martha believes that Jesus is Lord, the Christ (the Messiah), the Son of God.
|
||||
JHN 11 27 y83q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -869,7 +869,7 @@ JHN 11 51 eh17 figs-synecdoche ἀποθνῄσκειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθ
|
|||
JHN 11 52 d85p figs-ellipsis συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν 1 would be gathered together into one This is an ellipsis. The word **people** is implied by the context. Alternate translation: “would be gathered into one people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 11 52 mle1 τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 children of God This refers to people who belong to God through faith in Jesus and are spiritually God’s children.
|
||||
JHN 11 54 gp4h 0 General Information: Jesus leaves Bethany and goes to Ephraim. In verse 55 the story shifts to telling about what many of the Jews are doing now that Passover is near.
|
||||
JHN 11 54 bnd8 figs-synecdoche παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 walk openly among the Jews Here **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders and **walk openly** is a metaphor for “live where everyone could see him.” Alternate translation: “live where all the Jews could see him” or “walk openly among the Jewish leaders who opposed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 11 54 bnd8 figs-synecdoche παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 walk openly among the Jews Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders and **walk openly** is a metaphor for “live where everyone could see him.” Alternate translation: “live where all the Jews could see him” or “walk openly among the Jewish leaders who opposed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 11 54 cg66 τὴν χώραν 1 the country the rural area outside cities where fewer people live
|
||||
JHN 11 54 h5jk figs-explicit κἀκεῖ ἔμεινεν μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν 1 There he stayed with the disciples Jesus and his disciples stayed in Ephraim for a while. Alternate translation: “There he stayed with his disciples for a short period of time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 55 qd5y ἀνέβησαν…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 went up to Jerusalem The phrase **went up** is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than the surrounding areas.
|
||||
|
|
@ -915,7 +915,7 @@ JHN 12 18 eel6 ἤκουσαν τοῦτο αὐτὸν πεποιηκέναι
|
|||
JHN 12 18 v2nx τοῦτο…τὸ σημεῖον 1 this sign A “sign” is an event or occurrence that proves something is true. In this case, the “sign” of raising Lazarus proves that Jesus is the Messiah.
|
||||
JHN 12 19 c43j figs-explicit θεωρεῖτε ὅτι οὐκ ὠφελεῖτε οὐδέν 1 Look, you can do nothing The Pharisees imply here that it might be impossible to stop Jesus. Alternate translation: “It seems like we can do nothing to stop him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 19 i5uq figs-hyperbole ἴδε, ὁ κόσμος ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν 1 see, the world has gone after him The Pharisees use this exaggeration to express their shock that so many people have come out to meet Jesus. Alternate translation: “It looks like everyone is becoming his disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 12 19 ev6e figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here **the world** is a metonym that represents (in exaggeration) all of the people in the world. You may need to make explicit that the hearers would have understood that the Pharisees were speaking only of the people in Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 19 ev6e figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here, **the world** is a metonym that represents (in exaggeration) all of the people in the world. You may need to make explicit that the hearers would have understood that the Pharisees were speaking only of the people in Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 20 k8v2 writing-participants δὲ Ἕλληνές τινες 1 Now certain Greeks The phrase **now certain** marks the introduction of new characters to the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
JHN 12 20 i6nd figs-explicit ἵνα προσκυνήσωσιν ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 to worship at the festival John implies that these “Greeks” were going to worship God during the Passover. Alternate translation: “to worship God at the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 21 lr8c Βηθσαϊδὰ 1 Bethsaida This was a town in the province of Galilee.
|
||||
|
|
@ -923,33 +923,33 @@ JHN 12 22 b9re figs-ellipsis λέγουσιν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they told Jes
|
|||
JHN 12 23 p96d 0 General Information: Jesus begins to respond to Philip and Andrew.
|
||||
JHN 12 23 jl9u figs-explicit ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The hour has come for the Son of Man to be glorified Jesus implies that it is now the right time for God to honor the Son of Man through his upcoming suffering, death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “God will soon honor me when I die and rise again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 24 m255 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly, I say to you Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated “Truly, truly” in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 12 24 gq2y figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει 1 unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies…it will bear much fruit Here **a grain of wheat** or “seed” is a metaphor for Jesus’ death, burial and resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows again into a plant that will bear much fruit, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 25 sk6e figs-explicit ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀπολλύει αὐτήν 1 He who loves his life will lose it Here **loves his life** means to consider one’s own physical life to be more valuable than the lives of others. Alternate translation: “whoever values his own life more than others will not receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 24 gq2y figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει 1 unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies…it will bear much fruit Here, **a grain of wheat** or “seed” is a metaphor for Jesus’ death, burial and resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows again into a plant that will bear much fruit, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 25 sk6e figs-explicit ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀπολλύει αὐτήν 1 He who loves his life will lose it Here, **loves his life** means to consider one’s own physical life to be more valuable than the lives of others. Alternate translation: “whoever values his own life more than others will not receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 25 mp7b figs-explicit ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν 1 he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life Here the one who **hates his life** refers to one who loves his own life less than he loves the lives of others. Alternate translation: “whoever considers the lives of others as more important than his own life will live with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 26 i8ky figs-explicit ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ διάκονος ὁ ἐμὸς ἔσται 1 where I am, there will my servant also be Jesus implies that those who serve him will be with him in heaven. Alternate translation: “when I am in heaven, my servant will also be there with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 26 wx3m guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τιμήσει αὐτὸν ὁ Πατήρ 1 the Father will honor him Here **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 12 26 wx3m guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τιμήσει αὐτὸν ὁ Πατήρ 1 the Father will honor him Here, **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 12 27 ytv9 figs-rquestion τί εἴπω, Πάτερ, σῶσόν με ἐκ τῆς ὥρας ταύτης 1 what should I say? ‘Father, save me from this hour’? This remark appears in the form of a rhetorical question. Although Jesus desires to avoid crucifixion, he chooses to be obedient to God and to be killed. Alternate translation: “I will not pray, ‘Father, save me from this hour!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 12 27 bx1j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 12 27 hmv9 figs-metonymy τῆς ὥρας ταύτης 1 this hour Here **this hour** is a metonym that represents when Jesus would suffer and die on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 27 hmv9 figs-metonymy τῆς ὥρας ταύτης 1 this hour Here, **this hour** is a metonym that represents when Jesus would suffer and die on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 28 v2fk figs-metonymy δόξασόν σου τὸ ὄνομα 1 glorify your name Here the word **name** is a metonym that refers to God. Alternate translation: “make your glory known” or “reveal your glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 28 r6qk figs-metonymy ἦλθεν…φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a voice came from heaven This represents God speaking. Sometimes people avoid referring directly to God because they respect him. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
JHN 12 30 kd86 0 General Information: Jesus explains why the voice spoke from heaven.
|
||||
JHN 12 31 fc6r figs-metonymy νῦν κρίσις ἐστὶν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 Now is the judgment of this world Here **this world** is a metonym that refers to all the people in the world. Alternate translation: “Now is the time for God to judge all of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 31 pv51 figs-activepassive νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω 1 Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out Here **ruler** refers to Satan. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now is the time when I will destroy the power of Satan who rules this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 31 fc6r figs-metonymy νῦν κρίσις ἐστὶν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 Now is the judgment of this world Here, **this world** is a metonym that refers to all the people in the world. Alternate translation: “Now is the time for God to judge all of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 31 pv51 figs-activepassive νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω 1 Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out Here, **ruler** refers to Satan. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now is the time when I will destroy the power of Satan who rules this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 32 b1zu writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 33 John tells us background information about what Jesus said about being “lifted up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 32 a7tc figs-activepassive κἀγὼ ἐὰν ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς 1 When I am lifted up from the earth Here Jesus refers to his crucifixion. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “When people raise me high on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 32 n7i6 πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν 1 will draw everyone to myself Through his crucifixion, Jesus will provide a way for everyone to trust in him.
|
||||
JHN 12 33 v7f3 writing-background τοῦτο…ἔλεγεν, σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 He said this to indicate what kind of death he would die John interprets Jesus’ words to mean that people will crucify him. Alternate translation: “He said this to let the people know how he would die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 34 mx1k figs-ellipsis δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man must be lifted up The phrase **lifted up** means crucified. You may translate this in a way that includes the implied words “on a cross.” Alternate translation: “The Son of Man must be lifted up on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 12 34 t386 τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Who is this Son of Man? Possible meanings are (1) “What is the identity of this Son of Man? or (2) “What kind of Son of Man are you talking about?”
|
||||
JHN 12 35 l2w4 figs-metaphor εἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἔτι μικρὸν χρόνον, τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν. περιπατεῖτε ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ; καὶ ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, οὐκ οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει 1 The light will still be with you for a short amount of time. Walk while you have the light, so that darkness does not overtake you. He who walks in the darkness does not know where he is going Here **light** is a metaphor for Jesus’ teachings which reveal the truth of God. To “walk in darkness” is a metaphor that means to live without God’s truth. Alternate translation: “My words are like a light to you, to help you understand how to live as God wants you to. I will not be with you much longer. You need to follow my instructions while I am still with you. If you reject my words, it will be like walking in darkness and you cannot see where you are going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 35 l2w4 figs-metaphor εἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἔτι μικρὸν χρόνον, τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν. περιπατεῖτε ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ; καὶ ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, οὐκ οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει 1 The light will still be with you for a short amount of time. Walk while you have the light, so that darkness does not overtake you. He who walks in the darkness does not know where he is going Here, **light** is a metaphor for Jesus’ teachings which reveal the truth of God. To “walk in darkness” is a metaphor that means to live without God’s truth. Alternate translation: “My words are like a light to you, to help you understand how to live as God wants you to. I will not be with you much longer. You need to follow my instructions while I am still with you. If you reject my words, it will be like walking in darkness and you cannot see where you are going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 36 j1rs figs-metaphor ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, πιστεύετε εἰς τὸ φῶς, ἵνα υἱοὶ φωτὸς γένησθε 1 While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light The “light” is a metaphor for the teachings of Jesus which reveal the truth of God. “sons of light” is a metaphor for those who accept the message of Jesus and live according to God’s truth. Alternate translation: “While I am with you, believe what I teach so that God’s truth will be in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 37 s1wh 0 General Information: This is a break in the main story line as the John begins to explain about the fulfillment of prophesies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah.
|
||||
JHN 12 38 k15e figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ 1 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the message of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 38 gx5x figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη 1 Lord, who has believed our report, and to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed? This appears in the form of two rhetorical questions to express the prophet’s dismay that the people do not believe his message.They may be stated as a single rhetorical question, Alternate translation: “Lord, hardly anyone has believed our message, even though they have seen that you are powerfully able to save them!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 12 38 dh6s figs-metonymy ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου 1 the arm of the Lord This is a metonym that refers to the Lord’s ability to rescue with power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 40 z323 figs-metonymy ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν…νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 he has hardened their hearts…understand with their hearts Here **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind. The phrase **hardened their hearts** is a metaphor for making someone become stubborn. Also, to “understand with their hearts” means to “truly understand.” Alternate translation: “he has made them stubborn…truly understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 40 h99a figs-metaphor καὶ στραφῶσιν 1 and turn Here **turn** is a metaphor for “repent.” Alternate translation: “and they would repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 40 z323 figs-metonymy ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν…νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 he has hardened their hearts…understand with their hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind. The phrase **hardened their hearts** is a metaphor for making someone become stubborn. Also, to “understand with their hearts” means to “truly understand.” Alternate translation: “he has made them stubborn…truly understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 40 h99a figs-metaphor καὶ στραφῶσιν 1 and turn Here, **turn** is a metaphor for “repent.” Alternate translation: “and they would repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 42 hdh1 figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ἀποσυνάγωγοι γένωνται 1 so that they would not be banned from the synagogue You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so people would not stop them from going to the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 43 fx72 ἠγάπησαν…τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων μᾶλλον ἤπερ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God “They wanted people to praise them more than they wanted God to praise them”
|
||||
JHN 12 44 t7cq 0 General Information: Now John returns to the main story line. This is another time when Jesus begins to speak to the crowd.
|
||||
|
|
@ -957,9 +957,9 @@ JHN 12 44 d27w figs-explicit Ἰησοῦς…ἔκραξεν καὶ εἶπε
|
|||
JHN 12 45 s6xx ὁ θεωρῶν ἐμὲ, θεωρεῖ τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 the one who sees me sees him who sent me Here the word **him** refers to God. Alternate translation: “the one who sees me sees God, who sent me”
|
||||
JHN 12 46 db76 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 12 46 wib3 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ φῶς…ἐλήλυθα 1 I have come as a light Here the **light** is a metaphor for Jesus’ example. Alternate translation: “I have come to show the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 46 i31g figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ μὴ μείνῃ 1 may not remain in the darkness Here **darkness** is a metaphor for living in ignorance of God’s truth. Alternate translation: “may not continue to be spiritually blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 46 uxb8 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world Here **the world** is a metonym that represents all of the people in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 47 xvq6 figs-explicit καὶ ἐάν τίς μου ἀκούσῃ τῶν ῥημάτων, καὶ μὴ φυλάξῃ, ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω αὐτόν, οὐ γὰρ ἦλθον, ἵνα κρίνω τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σώσω τὸν κόσμον 1 If anyone hears my words but does not keep them, I do not judge him; for I have not come to judge the world, but to save the world Here **to judge the world** implies condemnation. Jesus did not come to condemn people. Alternate translation: “If anyone hears my teaching and rejects it, I do not condemn him. I have not come to condemn people. Instead, I have come to save those who trust in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 46 i31g figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ μὴ μείνῃ 1 may not remain in the darkness Here, **darkness** is a metaphor for living in ignorance of God’s truth. Alternate translation: “may not continue to be spiritually blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 46 uxb8 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world Here, **the world** is a metonym that represents all of the people in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 47 xvq6 figs-explicit καὶ ἐάν τίς μου ἀκούσῃ τῶν ῥημάτων, καὶ μὴ φυλάξῃ, ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω αὐτόν, οὐ γὰρ ἦλθον, ἵνα κρίνω τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σώσω τὸν κόσμον 1 If anyone hears my words but does not keep them, I do not judge him; for I have not come to judge the world, but to save the world Here, **to judge the world** implies condemnation. Jesus did not come to condemn people. Alternate translation: “If anyone hears my teaching and rejects it, I do not condemn him. I have not come to condemn people. Instead, I have come to save those who trust in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 48 b1ds ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the last day “at the time when God judges people’s sins”
|
||||
JHN 12 49 ybm5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 12 50 tar2 οἶδα, ὅτι ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιός ἐστιν 1 I know that his command is eternal life “I know that the words that he commanded me to speak are the words that give life forever”
|
||||
|
|
@ -970,7 +970,7 @@ JHN 13 1 a1w4 ἀγαπήσας 1 loved This is the kind of love that comes fro
|
|||
JHN 13 2 xn6r figs-idiom τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα παραδοῖ αὐτὸν Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης 1 the devil had already put it into the heart of Judas Iscariot son of Simon, to betray Jesus The phrase **put it into the heart** is an idiom that means to cause someone to think about something. Alternate translation: “the devil had already caused Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon, to think about betraying Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 13 3 u3vn writing-background 0 Connecting Statement: Verse 3 continues to tell us background information about what Jesus knew. The action in the story begins in verse 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 13 3 fd2t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 13 3 x8hc figs-metonymy πάντα δέδωκεν αὐτῷ…εἰς τὰς χεῖρας 1 had given everything over into his hands Here **his hands** is a metonym for power and authority. Alternate translation: “had given him complete power and authority over everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 13 3 x8hc figs-metonymy πάντα δέδωκεν αὐτῷ…εἰς τὰς χεῖρας 1 had given everything over into his hands Here, **his hands** is a metonym for power and authority. Alternate translation: “had given him complete power and authority over everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 13 3 a6qj ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθεν καὶ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ὑπάγει 1 he had come from God and was going back to God Jesus had always been with the Father, and would return there after his work on earth was finished.
|
||||
JHN 13 4 t7cu ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου καὶ τίθησιν τὰ ἱμάτια 1 He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing Because the region was very dusty, it was customary for the host of a dinner to provide a servant to wash the feet of the guests. Jesus took off his outer clothing so he would look like a servant.
|
||||
JHN 13 5 s1pc ἤρξατο νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν 1 began to wash the feet of the disciples Because the region was very dusty, it was customary for the host of a dinner to provide a servant to wash the feet of the guests. Jesus did the work of the servant by washing the disciples’ feet.
|
||||
|
|
@ -978,7 +978,7 @@ JHN 13 6 bz27 figs-rquestion Κύριε, σύ μου νίπτεις τοὺς π
|
|||
JHN 13 8 f6dg figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 If I do not wash you, you have no share with me Here Jesus states two negatives to convince Peter to allow him to wash his feet. Jesus implies that Peter must let him wash his feet if he wants to continue being a disciple. Alternate translation: “If I wash you, you will always belong with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 10 tv57 0 General Information: Jesus uses The word **you** to refer to all of his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 13 10 m7vj 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to speak to Simon Peter.
|
||||
JHN 13 10 is57 figs-metaphor ὁ λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς πόδας νίψασθαι 1 He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet Here **bathed** is a metaphor that means that God has cleansed a person spiritually. Alternate translation: “If anyone has already received God’s forgiveness, he now only needs to receive cleansing from his daily sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 13 10 is57 figs-metaphor ὁ λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς πόδας νίψασθαι 1 He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet Here, **bathed** is a metaphor that means that God has cleansed a person spiritually. Alternate translation: “If anyone has already received God’s forgiveness, he now only needs to receive cleansing from his daily sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 13 11 ccz4 figs-explicit οὐχὶ πάντες καθαροί ἐστε 1 Not all of you are clean Jesus implies that the one who will betray him, Judas, has not trusted in him. Therefore God has not forgiven him of his sins. Alternate translation: “Not all of you have received God’s forgiveness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 12 p45l figs-rquestion γινώσκετε τί πεποίηκα ὑμῖν 1 Do you know what I have done for you? This remark appears in the form of a question so Jesus can emphasize the importance of what he is teaching his disciples. Alternate translation: “You need to understand what I have done for you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 13 13 m9z8 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ με ὁ Διδάσκαλος καὶ, ὁ Κύριος 1 You call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord,’ Here Jesus implies that his disciples have great respect for him. Alternate translation: “You show me great respect when you call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -986,7 +986,7 @@ JHN 13 15 pk3l figs-explicit καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν, κ
|
|||
JHN 13 16 n5cb 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to speak to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 13 16 h6gt ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 13 16 tpl8 μείζων 1 greater one who is more important or more powerful, or one who should have an easier life or a more pleasant life
|
||||
JHN 13 17 an8u figs-activepassive μακάριοί ἐστε 1 you are blessed Here **bless** means to cause good, beneficial things to happen to a person. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 13 17 an8u figs-activepassive μακάριοί ἐστε 1 you are blessed Here, **bless** means to cause good, beneficial things to happen to a person. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 13 18 u5fl figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 this so that the scripture will be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “this is in order to fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 13 18 v5pv figs-idiom ὁ τρώγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὸν ἄρτον, ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ 1 He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me Here the phrase **eats my bread** is an idiom for someone who pretends to be a friend. The phrase **lifted up his heel** is also an idiom, which means someone who has become an enemy. If you have idioms in your language that carry these meanings, you can use them here. Alternate translation: “the one who has pretended to be my friend has turned out to be an enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 13 19 qd39 ἀπ’ ἄρτι λέγω ὑμῖν πρὸ τοῦ γενέσθαι 1 I tell you this now before it happens “I am telling you now what is going to happen before it happens”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@ JHN 13 30 dw7m writing-background ἐκεῖνος ἐξῆλθεν εὐθύς;
|
|||
JHN 13 31 d6l8 figs-activepassive νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Now the Son of Man is glorified, and God is glorified in him You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now people are about to see how the Son of Man will receive honor and how God will receive honor through what the Son of Man is doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 13 32 uaj7 figs-rpronouns ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν ἐν αὐτῷ, καὶ εὐθὺς δοξάσει αὐτόν 1 God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately The word **him** refers to the Son of Man. The word **himself** is a reflexive pronoun that refers to God. Alternate translation: “God himself will immediately give honor to the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 13 33 zki6 τεκνία 1 Little children Jesus uses the term “Little children” to communicate that he loves the disciples as though they were his children.
|
||||
JHN 13 33 lp65 figs-synecdoche καθὼς εἶπον τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 as I said to the Jews Here **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “as I said to the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 13 33 lp65 figs-synecdoche καθὼς εἶπον τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 as I said to the Jews Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “as I said to the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 13 34 fkc7 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 13 34 nmf5 ἀγαπᾶτε 1 love This is the kind of love that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 13 35 kyd9 figs-hyperbole πάντες 1 everyone You may need to make explicit that this exaggeration refers only to those people who see how the disciples love each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1018,7 +1018,7 @@ JHN 13 38 qp88 figs-rquestion τὴν ψυχήν σου ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ θ
|
|||
JHN 13 38 sp7p οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ ἀρνήσῃ με τρίς 1 the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times “you will say that you do not know me three times before the rooster crows”
|
||||
JHN 14 intro kv6m 0 # John 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “My Father’s house”<br><br>Jesus used these words to speak of heaven, where God lives, not of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Comforter ([John 14:16](../../jhn/14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them, He is also the Spirit of truth ([John 14:17](../../jhn/14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 1 a2xv 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them.
|
||||
JHN 14 1 w3dn figs-metonymy μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 Do not let your heart be troubled Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “Stop being so anxious and worried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 1 w3dn figs-metonymy μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 Do not let your heart be troubled Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “Stop being so anxious and worried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 2 cp9z ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου, μοναὶ πολλαί εἰσιν 1 In my Father’s house are many rooms “There are many places to live in my Father’s house”
|
||||
JHN 14 2 eca3 ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 In my Father’s house This refers to heaven, where God lives.
|
||||
JHN 14 2 v9px guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1038,15 +1038,15 @@ JHN 14 10 v2jb 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus asks Philip a question and then h
|
|||
JHN 14 10 hc1z figs-rquestion οὐ πιστεύεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν 1 Do you not believe…in me? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus’ words to Philip. Alternate translation: “You really should believe…in me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 14 10 e4se guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὶ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 10 pgk6 τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐ λαλῶ 1 The words that I say to you I do not speak from my own authority “What I am telling you is not from me” or “The words I tell you are not from me”
|
||||
JHN 14 10 wh9w τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν 1 The words that I say to you Here **you** is plural. Jesus is now speaking to all of his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 14 10 wh9w τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν 1 The words that I say to you Here, **you** is plural. Jesus is now speaking to all of his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 14 11 ew6g figs-idiom ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί 1 I am in the Father, and the Father is in me This is an idiom that means God the Father and Jesus have a unique relationship. Alternate translation: “I am one with the Father, and the Father is one with me” or “my Father and I are just as though we were one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 14 12 gh64 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 14 12 h2rh ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ 1 believes in me This means to believe that Jesus is the Son of God.
|
||||
JHN 14 12 cn14 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 13 n2id figs-metonymy ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 Whatever you ask in my name Here **name** is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Whatever you ask, using my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 13 n2id figs-metonymy ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 Whatever you ask in my name Here, **name** is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Whatever you ask, using my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 13 i138 figs-activepassive ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ 1 so that the Father will be glorified in the Son You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so I can show everyone how great my Father is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 14 13 j6nh guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱῷ 1 Father…Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 14 sgk6 figs-metonymy ἐάν τι αἰτήσητέ με ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐγὼ ποιήσω 1 If you ask me anything in my name, I will do it Here **name** is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “If you ask me anything as one of my followers, I will do it” or “Whatever you ask of me, I will do it because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 14 sgk6 figs-metonymy ἐάν τι αἰτήσητέ με ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐγὼ ποιήσω 1 If you ask me anything in my name, I will do it Here, **name** is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “If you ask me anything as one of my followers, I will do it” or “Whatever you ask of me, I will do it because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 16 tu1e Παράκλητον 1 Comforter This refers to the Holy Spirit.
|
||||
JHN 14 17 sc6r Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Spirit of truth This refers to the Holy Spirit who teaches people what is true about God.
|
||||
JHN 14 17 i2v7 figs-metonymy ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται λαβεῖν 1 The world cannot receive him Here the **world** is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “The unbelieving people in this world will never welcome him” or “Those who oppose God will not accept him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1060,7 +1060,7 @@ JHN 14 21 gjl8 figs-activepassive ὁ…ἀγαπῶν με, ἀγαπηθήσε
|
|||
JHN 14 21 qsu7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 22 r22b translate-names Ἰούδας, οὐχ ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης 1 Judas (not Iscariot) This refers to another disciple whose name was Judas, not to the disciple who was from the village of Kerioth who betrayed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 14 22 a7aa τί γέγονεν, ὅτι ἡμῖν μέλλεις ἐμφανίζειν σεαυτὸν 1 why is it that you will show yourself to us Here the word **show** refers to revealing how wonderful Jesus is. Alternate translation: “Why will you reveal yourself only to us” or “Why will you only let us see how wonderful you are?”
|
||||
JHN 14 22 gv3a figs-metonymy οὐχὶ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 not to the world Here **world** is a metonym that represents the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “not to those who do not belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 22 gv3a figs-metonymy οὐχὶ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 not to the world Here, **world** is a metonym that represents the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “not to those who do not belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 23 a9av 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus responds to Judas (not Iscariot).
|
||||
JHN 14 23 xez7 ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ με, τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσει 1 If anyone loves me, he will keep my word “The one who loves me will do what I have told him to do”
|
||||
JHN 14 23 ai8y ἀγαπᾷ 1 loves This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1071,12 +1071,12 @@ JHN 14 24 c3ju ὁ λόγος 1 The word “The message”
|
|||
JHN 14 24 d7ay ὃν ἀκούετε 1 that you hear Here when Jesus says **you** he is speaking to all of his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 14 26 hk8n guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 27 nx8a figs-metonymy κόσμος 1 world The “world” is a metonym that represents those people who do not love God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 27 m6qq figs-metonymy μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία, μηδὲ δειλιάτω 1 Do not let your heart be troubled, and do not be afraid Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “So stop being anxious, and do not be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 27 m6qq figs-metonymy μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία, μηδὲ δειλιάτω 1 Do not let your heart be troubled, and do not be afraid Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “So stop being anxious, and do not be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 28 s8bx ἠγαπᾶτέ 1 loved This kind of love comes from God and desires the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 14 28 s3t3 figs-explicit πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I am going to the Father Here Jesus implies that he will return to his Father. Alternate translation: “I am going back to the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 28 gtk5 figs-explicit ὁ Πατὴρ μείζων μού ἐστιν 1 the Father is greater than I Here Jesus implies that the Father has greater authority than the Son while the Son is on the earth. Alternate translation: “the Father has greater authority than I have here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 28 ymq4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 30 ah3s τοῦ κόσμου ἄρχων 1 ruler of this world Here **ruler** refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [John 12:31](../12/31.md). Alternate translation: “Satan who rules this world”
|
||||
JHN 14 30 ah3s τοῦ κόσμου ἄρχων 1 ruler of this world Here, **ruler** refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [John 12:31](../12/31.md). Alternate translation: “Satan who rules this world”
|
||||
JHN 14 30 ea6m figs-explicit ἔρχεται…ἄρχων 1 ruler…is coming Here Jesus implies that Satan is coming to attack him. Alternate translation: “Satan is coming to attack me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 31 jhq1 figs-metonymy ἵνα γνῷ ὁ κόσμος 1 in order that the world will know Here the **world** is a metonym for the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “in order that the ones who do not belong to God may know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 31 r9ub guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1085,7 +1085,7 @@ JHN 15 1 aws2 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous
|
|||
JHN 15 1 fen5 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή 1 I am the true vine Here the **true vine** is a metaphor. Jesus compares himself to a vine or a vine stem. He is the source of life that causes people to live in a way that pleases God. Alternate translation: “I am like a vine that produces good fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 1 w2d4 figs-metaphor ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ γεωργός ἐστιν 1 my Father is the gardener The “gardener” is a metaphor. A “gardener” is a person who takes care of the vine to ensure it is as fruitful as possible. Alternate translation: “my Father is like a gardener” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 1 hqj7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 2 p311 figs-metaphor πᾶν κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρον καρπὸν, αἴρει 1 He takes away every branch in me that does not bear fruit Here **every branch** represents people, and **bear fruit** represents living in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 2 p311 figs-metaphor πᾶν κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρον καρπὸν, αἴρει 1 He takes away every branch in me that does not bear fruit Here, **every branch** represents people, and **bear fruit** represents living in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 2 wt8w αἴρει 1 takes away “cuts off and takes away”
|
||||
JHN 15 2 xej7 πᾶν…καθαίρει 1 prunes every branch “trims every branch”
|
||||
JHN 15 3 xn3j figs-metaphor ἤδη ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε, διὰ τὸν λόγον ὃν λελάληκα ὑμῖν 1 You are already clean because of the message that I have spoken to you The implied metaphor here is the **clean** branches that have already been “pruned.” Alternate translation: “It is as if you have already been pruned and are clean branches because you have obeyed what I have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1101,27 +1101,27 @@ JHN 15 7 m38f figs-explicit ὃ ἐὰν θέλητε, αἰτήσασθε 1 ask
|
|||
JHN 15 7 mcz5 figs-activepassive γενήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be done for you You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he will do it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 15 8 yq67 figs-activepassive ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father is glorified in this You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “It causes people to honor my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 15 8 z1ww guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 8 wpa6 figs-metaphor ἵνα καρπὸν πολὺν φέρητε 1 that you bear much fruit Here **fruit** is a metaphor for living to please God. Alternate translation: “when you live in a way that pleases him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 8 wpa6 figs-metaphor ἵνα καρπὸν πολὺν φέρητε 1 that you bear much fruit Here, **fruit** is a metaphor for living to please God. Alternate translation: “when you live in a way that pleases him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 8 vtg5 γένησθε ἐμοὶ μαθηταί 1 are my disciples “show you are my disciples” or “demonstrate you are my disciples”
|
||||
JHN 15 9 nf5v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples καθὼς ἠγάπησέν με ὁ Πατήρ, κἀγὼ ὑμᾶς ἠγάπησα 1 As the Father has loved me, I have also loved you Jesus shares the love that God the Father has for him with those who trust in him. Here **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 9 nf5v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples καθὼς ἠγάπησέν με ὁ Πατήρ, κἀγὼ ὑμᾶς ἠγάπησα 1 As the Father has loved me, I have also loved you Jesus shares the love that God the Father has for him with those who trust in him. Here, **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 9 d32z μείνατε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐμῇ 1 Remain in my love “Continue to accept my love”
|
||||
JHN 15 10 cu4e figs-explicit ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολάς μου τηρήσητε, μενεῖτε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ μου, καθὼς ἐγὼ τοῦ Πατρός τὰς ἐντολὰς τετήρηκα, καὶ μένω αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, as I have kept the commandments of my Father and remain in his love When Jesus’ followers obey him, they show their love for him. Alternate translation: “When you do the things I have told you to do, you are living in my love, just as I obey my Father and live in his love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 10 k1nm guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 my Father Here **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 10 k1nm guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 my Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 11 rcv8 ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν, ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ ἐν ὑμῖν ᾖ 1 I have spoken these things to you so that my joy will be in you “I have told you these things so that you will have the same kind of joy that I have”
|
||||
JHN 15 11 r1p1 figs-activepassive καὶ ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πληρωθῇ 1 so that your joy will be complete You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you will be completely joyful” or “so that your joy may have nothing missing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 15 13 bu8j τὴν ψυχὴν 1 life This refers to physical life.
|
||||
JHN 15 15 h2wv πάντα ἃ ἤκουσα παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου, ἐγνώρισα ὑμῖν 1 everything that I heard from my Father, I have made known to you “I have told you everything my Father told me”
|
||||
JHN 15 15 b56f guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father Here **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 15 b56f guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 16 yu3e figs-explicit οὐχ ὑμεῖς με ἐξελέξασθε 1 You did not choose me Jesus implies that his followers did not decide on their own to become his disciples. Alternate translation: “You did not decide to become my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 16 qj98 figs-metaphor ὑπάγητε καὶ καρπὸν φέρητε 1 go and bear fruit Here **fruit** is a metaphor that represents a life that is pleasing to God. Alternate translation: “live lives that please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 16 qj98 figs-metaphor ὑπάγητε καὶ καρπὸν φέρητε 1 go and bear fruit Here, **fruit** is a metaphor that represents a life that is pleasing to God. Alternate translation: “live lives that please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 16 v3je καὶ ὁ καρπὸς ὑμῶν μένῃ 1 that your fruit should remain “that the results of what you do should last forever”
|
||||
JHN 15 16 z431 figs-metonymy ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε τὸν Πατέρα ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, δῷ ὑμῖν 1 whatever you ask of the Father in my name, he will give it to you Here **name** is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Because you belong to me, whatever you ask of the Father, he will give it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 16 z431 figs-metonymy ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε τὸν Πατέρα ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, δῷ ὑμῖν 1 whatever you ask of the Father in my name, he will give it to you Here, **name** is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Because you belong to me, whatever you ask of the Father, he will give it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 16 bcy1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 18 d5ff figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world the people who do not belong to God and are opposed to him (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 19 x6q8 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world the people who do not belong to God and are opposed to him (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 19 xas7 ἐφίλει 1 love This refers to human, brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
|
||||
JHN 15 20 v53s figs-metonymy μνημονεύετε τοῦ λόγου οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν 1 Remember the word that I said to you Here **word** is a metonym for the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Remember the message that I spoke to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 21 z35m figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here **because of my name** is a metonym that represents Jesus. People will make his followers suffer because they belong to him. Alternate translation: “because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 20 v53s figs-metonymy μνημονεύετε τοῦ λόγου οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν 1 Remember the word that I said to you Here, **word** is a metonym for the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Remember the message that I spoke to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 21 z35m figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here, **because of my name** is a metonym that represents Jesus. People will make his followers suffer because they belong to him. Alternate translation: “because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 22 m75h figs-explicit εἰ μὴ ἦλθον καὶ ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν; νῦν δὲ πρόφασιν οὐκ ἔχουσιν περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin Jesus implies here that he has shared God’s message with those who do not trust him. Alternate translation: “Because I have come and told them God’s message, they have no excuse when God judges them for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 23 sw4l ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου μισεῖ 1 He who hates me also hates my Father To hate God the Son is to hate God the Father.
|
||||
JHN 15 23 u9u7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ JHN 15 25 j2m2 τῷ νόμῳ 1 law This refers generally to the entire Old Te
|
|||
JHN 15 26 mwq6 πέμψω…παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός, τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας…ἐκεῖνος μαρτυρήσει περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 will send…from the Father…the Spirit of truth…he will testify about me God the Father sent God the Spirit to show the world that Jesus is God the Son.
|
||||
JHN 15 26 tpw6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 26 tzi9 figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the Spirit of truth This is a title for the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Spirit who tells the truth about God and me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 27 r47f figs-explicit καὶ ὑμεῖς…μαρτυρεῖτε 1 You are also testifying Here **testifying** means to tell others about Jesus. Alternate translation: “You also must tell everyone what you know about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 27 r47f figs-explicit καὶ ὑμεῖς…μαρτυρεῖτε 1 You are also testifying Here, **testifying** means to tell others about Jesus. Alternate translation: “You also must tell everyone what you know about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 27 ew2v figs-metonymy ἀρχῆς 1 the beginning Here the **beginning** is a metonym that means the first days of Jesus’ ministry. Alternate translation: “from the very first days when I began teaching the people and doing miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 intro wb8v 0 # John 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Comforter ([John 14:16](../../jhn/14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them, He is also the Spirit of truth ([John 14:17](../../jhn/14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>### “The hour is coming”<br><br>Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about times that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which people would persecute his followers ([John 16:2](../../jhn/16/02.md)) was days, weeks, and years long, but “the hour” in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone ([John 16:32](../../jhn/16/32.md)) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>Jesus said that just as a woman is in pain as she gives birth to a baby and his followers would be sad when he died. But the woman is glad after the baby is born, and his followers would be happy when he became alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
JHN 16 1 pbc8 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1141,9 +1141,9 @@ JHN 16 1 vui6 figs-explicit μὴ σκανδαλισθῆτε 1 you will not fal
|
|||
JHN 16 2 i79b ἔρχεται ὥρα, ἵνα πᾶς ὁ ἀποκτείνας ὑμᾶς, δόξῃ λατρείαν προσφέρειν τῷ Θεῷ 1 the hour is coming when everyone who kills you will think that he is offering a service to God “it will someday happen that a person will kill you and think he is doing something good for God.”
|
||||
JHN 16 3 cqw1 ταῦτα ποιήσουσιν, ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὸν Πατέρα οὐδὲ ἐμέ 1 They will do these things because they have not known the Father nor me They will kill some believers because they do not know God the Father or Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 16 3 k4r6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 4 blb2 figs-metonymy ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἡ ὥρα αὐτῶν 1 when their hour comes Here **hour** is a metonym that refers to the time when people will persecute Jesus’ followers. Alternate translation: “when they cause you to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 4 blb2 figs-metonymy ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἡ ὥρα αὐτῶν 1 when their hour comes Here, **hour** is a metonym that refers to the time when people will persecute Jesus’ followers. Alternate translation: “when they cause you to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 4 dh5i figs-metonymy ἐξ ἀρχῆς 1 in the beginning This is a metonym that refers to the first days of Jesus’ ministry. Alternate translation: “when you first started following me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 6 kr4d figs-metonymy ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τὴν καρδίαν 1 sadness has filled your heart Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “you are now very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 6 kr4d figs-metonymy ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τὴν καρδίαν 1 sadness has filled your heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “you are now very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 7 g3ze figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν…μὴ ἀπέλθω, ὁ Παράκλητος οὐκ ἐλεύσεται πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 if I do not go away, the Comforter will not come to you You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “the Comforter will come to you only if I go away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 16 7 d1zd Παράκλητος 1 Comforter This is a title for the Holy Spirit who will be with the disciples after Jesus goes away. See how you translated this in [John 14:26](../14/26.md).
|
||||
JHN 16 8 e7di ἐκεῖνος ἐλέγξει τὸν κόσμον περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 the Comforter will prove the world to be wrong about sin When the Holy Spirit came, he began to show people that they are sinners.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1153,12 +1153,12 @@ JHN 16 9 v4hk περὶ ἁμαρτίας μέν, ὅτι οὐ πιστεύο
|
|||
JHN 16 10 t4qe περὶ δικαιοσύνης…ὅτι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα ὑπάγω, καὶ οὐκέτι θεωρεῖτέ με 1 about righteousness, because I am going to the Father, and you will no longer see me “when I return to God, and they see me no more, they will know that I did the right things”
|
||||
JHN 16 10 r121 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 11 l71y περὶ…κρίσεως, ὅτι ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου κέκριται 1 about judgment, because the ruler of this world has been judged “God will hold them accountable and will punish them for their sins, just as he will punish Satan, the one who rules this world”
|
||||
JHN 16 11 x2z1 ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 the ruler of this world Here **ruler** refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [John 12:31](../12/31.md). Alternate translation: “Satan who rules this world”
|
||||
JHN 16 11 x2z1 ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 the ruler of this world Here, **ruler** refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [John 12:31](../12/31.md). Alternate translation: “Satan who rules this world”
|
||||
JHN 16 12 g29n πολλὰ…ὑμῖν λέγειν 1 things to say to you “messages for you” or “words for you”
|
||||
JHN 16 13 j7gr τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the Spirit of Truth This is a name for the Holy Spirit who will tell the people the truth about God.
|
||||
JHN 16 13 pau7 figs-explicit ὁδηγήσει ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ πάσῃ 1 he will guide you into all the truth The “truth” refers to spiritual truth. Alternate translation: “he will teach you all the spiritual truth you need to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 16 13 v738 figs-explicit ὅσα ἀκούσει, λαλήσει 1 he will say whatever he hears Jesus implies that God the Father will speak to the Spirit. Alternate translation: “he will say whatever God tells him to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 16 14 m9pb figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ λήμψεται, καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν 1 he will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you Here **things of mine** refers to Jesus’ teaching and mighty works. Alternate translation: “he will reveal to you that what I have said and done are indeed true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 16 14 m9pb figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ λήμψεται, καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν 1 he will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you Here, **things of mine** refers to Jesus’ teaching and mighty works. Alternate translation: “he will reveal to you that what I have said and done are indeed true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 16 15 s73e guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 15 rmq9 figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ λαμβάνει, καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν 1 the Spirit will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you The Holy Spirit will tell people that the words and works of Jesus are true. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit will tell everyone that my words and works are true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 16 16 nq4g μικρὸν 1 In a short amount of time “Soon” or “Before much time passes”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1172,30 +1172,30 @@ JHN 16 19 j7wv figs-rquestion περὶ τούτου ζητεῖτε μετ’
|
|||
JHN 16 20 jx6s ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly, I say to you Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 16 20 p9x1 figs-metonymy ὁ δὲ κόσμος χαρήσεται 1 but the world will be glad Here the **world** is a metonym for the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “but the people who oppose God will be glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 20 p6v5 figs-activepassive ἀλλ’ ἡ λύπη ὑμῶν εἰς χαρὰν γενήσεται 1 but your sorrow will be turned into joy You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but your sadness will become joy” or “but afterwards instead of being sad you will be very happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 16 22 j7ge figs-metonymy χαρήσεται ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 your heart will be glad Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “you will be very happy” or “you will be very joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 22 j7ge figs-metonymy χαρήσεται ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 your heart will be glad Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “you will be very happy” or “you will be very joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 23 g4qt ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly, I say to you Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 16 23 v91r figs-metonymy ἄν τι αἰτήσητε τὸν Πατέρα, δώσει ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 if you ask anything of the Father in my name, he will give it to you Here the word **name** is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “if you ask anything of the Father, he will give it to you because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 23 w5jj guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 23 q75v figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Here **name** is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. The Father will honor the requests of the believers because of their relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: “because you are my followers” or “on my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 23 q75v figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Here, **name** is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. The Father will honor the requests of the believers because of their relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: “because you are my followers” or “on my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 24 p83u figs-activepassive ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 your joy will be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will give you great joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 16 25 m4wc ἐν παροιμίαις 1 in figures of speech “in language that is not clear”
|
||||
JHN 16 25 n93q ἔρχεται ὥρα 1 the hour is coming “it will soon happen”
|
||||
JHN 16 25 r73l παρρησίᾳ περὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἀπαγγελῶ ὑμῖν 1 tell you plainly about the Father “tell you about the Father in a way that you will clearly understand.”
|
||||
JHN 16 25 bq3q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὸς 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 26 vf63 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου αἰτήσεσθε 1 you will ask in my name Here **name** is a metonym for the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “you will ask because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 26 vf63 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου αἰτήσεσθε 1 you will ask in my name Here, **name** is a metonym for the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “you will ask because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 26 cy76 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 27 scs2 αὐτὸς…ὁ Πατὴρ φιλεῖ ὑμᾶς, ὅτι ὑμεῖς ἐμὲ πεφιλήκατε 1 the Father himself loves you because you have loved me When a person loves Jesus, the Son, they also love the Father, because the Father and Son are one.
|
||||
JHN 16 27 b49q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐγὼ παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθον 1 I came from the Father Here **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 27 b49q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐγὼ παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθον 1 I came from the Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 28 xn2v ἐξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον; πάλιν ἀφίημι τὸν κόσμον, καὶ πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I came from the Father…I am leaving the world and I am going to the Father After his death and resurrection, Jesus will return to God the Father.
|
||||
JHN 16 28 wyz7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς…πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I came from the Father…going to the Father Here **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 28 wyz7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς…πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I came from the Father…going to the Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 28 l3zb figs-metonymy κόσμον 1 world The “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 29 h725 0 Connecting Statement: The disciples respond to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 16 31 c8cu figs-rquestion ἄρτι πιστεύετε 1 Do you believe now? This remarks appears in the form of a question to show that Jesus is puzzled that his disciples are only now ready to trust him. Alternate translation: “So, now you finally place your trust in me! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 16 32 kcb1 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 16 32 yza2 figs-activepassive σκορπισθῆτε 1 you will be scattered You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “others will scatter you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 16 32 k3br guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν 1 the Father is with me This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 33 k6d6 figs-explicit ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ εἰρήνην ἔχητε 1 so that you will have peace in me Here **peace** refers to inner peace. Alternate translation: “so that you may have inner peace because of your relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 16 33 z7wj figs-metonymy ἐγὼ νενίκηκα τὸν κόσμον 1 I have conquered the world Here **the world** refers to the troubles and persecution that believers will endure from those who oppose God. Alternate translation: “I have conquered the troubles of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 33 k6d6 figs-explicit ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ εἰρήνην ἔχητε 1 so that you will have peace in me Here, **peace** refers to inner peace. Alternate translation: “so that you may have inner peace because of your relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 16 33 z7wj figs-metonymy ἐγὼ νενίκηκα τὸν κόσμον 1 I have conquered the world Here, **the world** refers to the troubles and persecution that believers will endure from those who oppose God. Alternate translation: “I have conquered the troubles of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 intro nb2a 0 # John 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter forms one long prayer.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter Jesus asks God to show his followers his true glory ([John 17:1](../../jhn/17/01.md)).<br><br>### Jesus is eternal<br><br>Jesus existed before God created the world ([John 17:5](../../jhn/17/05.md)). John wrote about this in [John 1:1](../../jhn/01/01.md).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Prayer<br><br>Jesus is God’s one and only Son ([John 3:16](../../jhn/03/16.md)), so he could pray differently from the way other people pray. He used many words that sounded like commands. Your translation should make Jesus sound like a son speaking with love and respect to his father and telling him what the father needs to do so that the father will be happy.
|
||||
JHN 17 1 uf8z 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus had been speaking to his disciples, but now he begins to pray to God.
|
||||
JHN 17 1 b4pj figs-idiom ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 he lifted up his eyes to the heavens This is an idiom that means to look upward. Alternate translation: “he looked up to the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1205,26 +1205,26 @@ JHN 17 1 l8sa guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ…Υἱὸς 1 Father…S
|
|||
JHN 17 1 jup7 figs-metonymy ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα 1 the hour has come Here the word **hour** is a metonym that refers to the time for Jesus to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “it is time for me to suffer and die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 2 vbt4 πάσης σαρκός 1 all flesh This refers to all people.
|
||||
JHN 17 3 tx6m αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ αἰώνιος ζωὴ, ἵνα γινώσκωσι σὲ, τὸν μόνον ἀληθινὸν Θεὸν, καὶ ὃν ἀπέστειλας, Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν 1 This is eternal life…know you, the only true God, and…Jesus Christ Eternal life is to know the only true God, God the Father and God the Son.
|
||||
JHN 17 4 h4hu figs-metonymy τὸ ἔργον…ὃ δέδωκάς μοι ἵνα ποιήσω 1 the work that you have given me to do Here **work** is a metonym that refers to Jesus’ entire earthly ministry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 4 h4hu figs-metonymy τὸ ἔργον…ὃ δέδωκάς μοι ἵνα ποιήσω 1 the work that you have given me to do Here, **work** is a metonym that refers to Jesus’ entire earthly ministry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 5 k9ra figs-explicit δόξασόν με σύ, Πάτερ…τῇ δόξῃ ᾗ εἶχον πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον, εἶναι παρὰ σοί 1 Father, glorify me…with the glory that I had with you before the world was made Jesus had glory with God the Father “before the world was made” because Jesus is God the Son. Alternate translation: “Father, give me honor by bringing me into your presence as we were before we made the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 5 g8at guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 17 6 s4p3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to pray for his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 17 6 vbn8 figs-metonymy ἐφανέρωσά σου τὸ ὄνομα 1 I revealed your name Here **name** is a metonym that refers to the person of God. Alternate translation: “I taught them who you really are and what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 6 hn8z figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 from the world Here **world** is a metonym that refers to the people of the world that oppose God. This means that God has separated the believers spiritually from the people who do not believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 6 vbn8 figs-metonymy ἐφανέρωσά σου τὸ ὄνομα 1 I revealed your name Here, **name** is a metonym that refers to the person of God. Alternate translation: “I taught them who you really are and what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 6 hn8z figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 from the world Here, **world** is a metonym that refers to the people of the world that oppose God. This means that God has separated the believers spiritually from the people who do not believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 6 u8lc figs-idiom τὸν λόγον σου τετήρηκαν 1 kept your word This is an idiom that means to obey. Alternate translation: “obeyed your teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 17 9 ndb1 figs-metonymy οὐ περὶ τοῦ κόσμου ἐρωτῶ 1 I do not pray for the world Here the word **world** is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “I am not praying for those who do not belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 11 bk2h figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in the world This is a metonym that refers to being on earth and being among the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “among the people who do not belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 11 a7un Πάτερ Ἅγιε, τήρησον αὐτοὺς…ἵνα ὦσιν ἓν, καθὼς ἡμεῖς 1 Holy Father, keep them…that they will be one…as we are one Jesus asks the Father to keep those who trust in him so they can have a close relationship with God.
|
||||
JHN 17 11 kp1d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 17 11 yq9z figs-metonymy τήρησον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου, ᾧ δέδωκάς μοι 1 keep them in your name that you have given me Here the word **name** is a metonym for God’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “keep them safe by your power and authority, which you have given me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 12 s5kw figs-metonymy ἐγὼ ἐτήρουν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 I kept them in your name Here **name** is a metonym that refers to the power and protection of God. Alternate translation: “I kept them with your protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 12 s5kw figs-metonymy ἐγὼ ἐτήρουν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 I kept them in your name Here, **name** is a metonym that refers to the power and protection of God. Alternate translation: “I kept them with your protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 12 a4s8 οὐδεὶς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπώλετο, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 not one of them was destroyed, except for the son of destruction “the only one among them who was destroyed is the son of destruction”
|
||||
JHN 17 12 az2m figs-explicit ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 the son of destruction This refers to Judas, who betrayed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the one whom you long ago decided you would destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 12 blz4 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 so that the scriptures would be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to fulfill the prophecy about him in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 17 13 p71q figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world These words are a metonym for the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 13 jp4v figs-activepassive ἵνα ἔχωσιν τὴν χαρὰν τὴν ἐμὴν, πεπληρωμένην ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 so that they will have my joy fulfilled in themselves You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you might give them great joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 17 14 bc1y ἐγὼ δέδωκα αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον σου 1 I have given them your word “I have spoken your message to them”
|
||||
JHN 17 14 qf43 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος…ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου…ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world…because they are not of the world…I am not of the world Here **the “world** is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “The people who oppose you have hated my followers because they do not belong to those who do not believe, just as I do not belong to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 14 qf43 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος…ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου…ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world…because they are not of the world…I am not of the world Here, **the “world** is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “The people who oppose you have hated my followers because they do not belong to those who do not believe, just as I do not belong to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 15 hg22 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world In this passage, “the world” is a metonym for the people who oppose God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 15 s3vp figs-explicit τηρήσῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 keep them from the evil one This refers to Satan. Alternate translation: “protect them from Satan, the evil one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 17 y53e figs-explicit ἁγίασον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 Set them apart by the truth The purpose for setting them apart can be stated clearly. The phrase **by the truth** here represents by teaching the truth. Alternate translation: “Make them your own people by teaching them the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1238,14 +1238,14 @@ JHN 17 21 nef9 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here the **the world**
|
|||
JHN 17 22 p4mj κἀγὼ τὴν, δόξαν ἣν δέδωκάς μοι, δέδωκα αὐτοῖς 1 The glory that you gave me, I have given to them “I have honored my followers just as you have honored me”
|
||||
JHN 17 22 wwu9 figs-activepassive ἵνα ὦσιν ἓν, καθὼς ἡμεῖς ἕν 1 so that they will be one, just as we are one You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you can unite them just as you have united us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 17 23 fld5 ἵνα ὦσιν τετελειωμένοι εἰς ἕν 1 that they may be brought to complete unity “that they may be completely united”
|
||||
JHN 17 23 s7ph figs-metonymy ἵνα γινώσκῃ ὁ κόσμος 1 that the world will know Here **the world** is a metonym that refers to the people who do not know God. Alternate translation: “that all the people will know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 23 s7ph figs-metonymy ἵνα γινώσκῃ ὁ κόσμος 1 that the world will know Here, **the world** is a metonym that refers to the people who do not know God. Alternate translation: “that all the people will know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 23 rw4u ἠγάπησας 1 loved This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 17 24 da83 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 17 24 xh1a figs-explicit ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ 1 where I am Here **where I am** refers to heaven. Alternate translation: “with me in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 24 xh1a figs-explicit ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ 1 where I am Here, **where I am** refers to heaven. Alternate translation: “with me in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 24 hz83 θεωρῶσιν τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἐμὴν 1 to see my glory “to see my greatness”
|
||||
JHN 17 24 fiv7 figs-explicit πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 before the creation of the world Here Jesus refers to the time before creation. Alternate translation: “before we created the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 25 cj69 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes his prayer.
|
||||
JHN 17 25 ur9j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ δίκαιε 1 Righteous Father Here **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 17 25 ur9j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ δίκαιε 1 Righteous Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 17 25 xpf5 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος σε οὐκ ἔγνω 1 the world did not know you The “world” is a metonym for the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “those who do not belong to you do not know what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 26 xpi3 figs-metonymy ἐγνώρισα αὐτοῖς τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 I made your name known to them The word **name** refers to God. Alternate translation: “I have revealed to them what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 26 gk2j ἀγάπη…ἠγάπησάς 1 love…loved This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1264,14 +1264,14 @@ JHN 18 6 w38n figs-explicit ἔπεσαν χαμαί 1 fell to the ground The me
|
|||
JHN 18 7 uf85 Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον 1 Jesus of Nazareth “Jesus, the man from Nazareth”
|
||||
JHN 18 8 l8as writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 9 there is a break from the main story line as John tells us background information about Jesus fulfilling Scripture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 8 ui8z figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am Here the word **he** is not present in the original text, but it is implied. Alternate translation: “I am he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 9 bjp9 figs-explicit ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν 1 This was in order to fulfill the word that he said Here **the word** refers to the words Jesus had prayed. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This happened in order to fulfill the words that he had said when he was praying to his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 9 bjp9 figs-explicit ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν 1 This was in order to fulfill the word that he said Here, **the word** refers to the words Jesus had prayed. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This happened in order to fulfill the words that he had said when he was praying to his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 10 fe37 translate-names Μάλχος 1 Malchus Malchus is a male servant of the high priest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 18 11 u2s9 θήκην 1 sheath the cover for a sharp knife or sword, so the knife will not cut the owner
|
||||
JHN 18 11 ghz6 figs-rquestion τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό 1 Should I not drink the cup that the Father has given me? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “I must surely drink the cup that the Father has given to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 11 m4f3 figs-metaphor τὸ ποτήριον 1 the cup Here **cup** is a metaphor that refers to the suffering that Jesus must endure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 18 11 m4f3 figs-metaphor τὸ ποτήριον 1 the cup Here, **cup** is a metaphor that refers to the suffering that Jesus must endure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 18 11 cjx7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 18 12 wxb6 writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 14 tells us background information about Caiaphas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 12 cl3f figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews Here **the Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 12 cl3f figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 12 i6bz figs-explicit συνέλαβον τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἔδησαν αὐτὸν 1 seized Jesus and tied him up The soldiers tied Jesus’ hands to prevent him from escaping. Alternate translation: “captured Jesus and tied him up to prevent him from escaping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 15 hch7 figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ, καὶ συνεισῆλθεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered with Jesus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now the high priest knew that disciple so he was able to enter with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 16 utf4 figs-activepassive οὖν ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ ἄλλος ὅς ἦν γνωστὸς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 So the other disciple, who was known to the high priest You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “So the other disciple, whom the high priest knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1280,9 +1280,9 @@ JHN 18 18 bbe9 figs-explicit ἵστήκεισαν δὲ οἱ δοῦλοι κ
|
|||
JHN 18 18 hbw6 writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line so John can add the information about the people who were warming themselves around the fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 19 ppt2 0 General Information: Here the story line shifts back to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 18 19 e8h3 ὁ…ἀρχιερεὺς 1 The high priest This was Caiphas ([John 18:13](../18/13.md)).
|
||||
JHN 18 19 y6gn figs-explicit περὶ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ περὶ τῆς διδαχῆς αὐτοῦ 1 about his disciples and his teaching Here **his teaching** refers to what Jesus had been teaching the people. Alternate translation: “about his disciples and what he had been teaching the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 19 y6gn figs-explicit περὶ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ περὶ τῆς διδαχῆς αὐτοῦ 1 about his disciples and his teaching Here, **his teaching** refers to what Jesus had been teaching the people. Alternate translation: “about his disciples and what he had been teaching the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 20 h2kj figs-explicit ἐγὼ παρρησίᾳ λελάληκα τῷ κόσμῳ 1 I have spoken openly to the world You may need to make explicit that the word **world** is a metonym for those people who had heard Jesus teach. Here the exaggeration **the world** emphasizes that Jesus has spoken openly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 18 20 vcv3 figs-hyperbole ὅπου πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέρχονται 1 where all the Jews come together Here **all the Jews** is an exaggeration that emphasizes that Jesus spoke where anyone who wanted to hear him could hear him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 18 20 vcv3 figs-hyperbole ὅπου πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέρχονται 1 where all the Jews come together Here, **all the Jews** is an exaggeration that emphasizes that Jesus spoke where anyone who wanted to hear him could hear him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 18 21 dlu6 figs-rquestion τί με ἐρωτᾷς 1 Why did you ask me? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: “You should not be asking me these questions!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 22 szv3 figs-rquestion οὕτως ἀποκρίνῃ τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ 1 Is that how you answer the high priest? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “That is not how you should answer the high priest!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 23 d76y μαρτύρησον περὶ τοῦ κακοῦ 1 testify about the wrong “tell me what I said that was wrong”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1299,44 +1299,44 @@ JHN 18 28 h3vx figs-explicit αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τ
|
|||
JHN 18 30 gj5s figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “This man is an evil doer, and we had to bring him to you for punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 18 30 j9w3 παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 given him over This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy.
|
||||
JHN 18 31 s3l4 writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 32 there is a break from the main story line as the author tells us background information about how Jesus’ predicted how he would die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 31 ln9s figs-synecdoche εἶπον αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews said to him Here **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and arrested him. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 31 ln9s figs-synecdoche εἶπον αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews said to him Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and arrested him. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 31 ph54 figs-explicit ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα 1 It is not lawful for us to put any man to death According to Roman law, the Jews could not put a man to death. Alternate translation: “According to Roman law, we cannot put a person to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 32 ta7m figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πληρωθῇ 1 so that the word of Jesus would be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill what Jesus had said earlier” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 32 tu3c σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 to indicate by what kind of death he would die “regarding how he would die”
|
||||
JHN 18 35 kfq5 figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγὼ Ἰουδαῖός εἰμι 1 I am not a Jew, am I? This remark appears in the form of a question so Pilate can emphasize his complete lack of interest in the cultural affairs of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “Well I am certainly not a Jew, and I have no interest in these matters!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 35 en38 τὸ ἔθνος τὸ σὸν 1 Your own people “Your fellow Jews”
|
||||
JHN 18 36 gq19 figs-metonymy ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμὴ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 My kingdom is not of this world Here **world** is a metonym for the people who oppose Jesus. Possible meanings are (1) “My kingdom is not part of this world” or (2) “I do not need this world’s permission to rule as their king” or “It is not from this world that I have authority to be king.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 18 36 gq19 figs-metonymy ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμὴ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 My kingdom is not of this world Here, **world** is a metonym for the people who oppose Jesus. Possible meanings are (1) “My kingdom is not part of this world” or (2) “I do not need this world’s permission to rule as their king” or “It is not from this world that I have authority to be king.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 18 36 s2lq figs-activepassive ἄν, ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 so that I would not be given over to the Jews You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “and would prevent the Jewish leaders from arresting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 36 pu8j figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 the Jews Here **Jews** is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 37 ug7i figs-synecdoche ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 I have come into the world Here **world** is a synecdoche that refers to the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 37 gl3k figs-explicit μαρτυρήσω τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 bear witness to the truth Here **the truth** refers to the truth about God. Alternate translation: “tell people the truth about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 36 pu8j figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 the Jews Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 37 ug7i figs-synecdoche ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 I have come into the world Here, **world** is a synecdoche that refers to the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 37 gl3k figs-explicit μαρτυρήσω τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 bear witness to the truth Here, **the truth** refers to the truth about God. Alternate translation: “tell people the truth about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 37 ltn9 figs-idiom ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 who belongs to the truth This is an idiom that refers to anyone who loves the truth about God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 18 37 fa97 figs-synecdoche μου τῆς φωνῆς 1 my voice Here **voice** is a synecdoche that refers to words Jesus says. Alternate translation: “the things I say” or “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 37 fa97 figs-synecdoche μου τῆς φωνῆς 1 my voice Here, **voice** is a synecdoche that refers to words Jesus says. Alternate translation: “the things I say” or “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 38 zbm5 figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν ἀλήθεια 1 What is truth? This remark appears in the form of a question to reflect Pilate’s belief that no one really knows what truth is. Alternate translation: “No one can know what is true!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 38 rma7 figs-synecdoche τοὺς Ἰουδαίους 1 the Jews Here **Jews** is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 38 rma7 figs-synecdoche τοὺς Ἰουδαίους 1 the Jews Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 40 a7pl figs-ellipsis μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραββᾶν 1 Not this man, but Barabbas This is an ellipsis. You can add the implied words. Alternate translation: “No! Do not release this man! Release Barabbas instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 18 40 h11k writing-background ἦν δὲ ὁ Βαραββᾶς λῃστής 1 Now Barabbas was a robber Here John provides background information about Barabbas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 19 intro u96u 0 # John 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 19:24, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Purple garment”<br><br>Purple is a color like red or blue. The people were mocking Jesus, so they put him in a purple garment. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>### “You are not Caesar’s friend”<br><br>Pilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesar’s laws ([John 19:12](../../jhn/19/12.md)).<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([John 19:41](../../jhn/19/41.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>The soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, “Hail, King of the Jews.” Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, “Should I crucify your king?” He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Gabbatha, Golgotha<br><br>These are two Hebrew words. After translating the meanings of these words (“The Pavement” and “The Place of a Skull”), the author transliterates their sounds by writing them with Greek letters.
|
||||
JHN 19 1 u3gi 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus is standing before Pilate as he is being accused by the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 19 1 yay2 figs-synecdoche τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν 1 Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him Pilate himself did not whip Jesus. Here **Pilate** is a synecdoche for the soldiers that Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then Pilate ordered his soldiers to whip Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 1 yay2 figs-synecdoche τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν 1 Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him Pilate himself did not whip Jesus. Here, **Pilate** is a synecdoche for the soldiers that Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then Pilate ordered his soldiers to whip Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 3 u4vw figs-irony χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Hail, King of the Jews The greeting “Hail” with a raised hand was only used to greet Caesar. As the soldiers use the crown of thorns and the purple robe to mock Jesus, it is ironic that they do not recognize that he is indeed a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
JHN 19 4 c6v2 figs-explicit αἰτίαν ἐν αὐτῷ οὐχ εὑρίσκω 1 I find no guilt in him Pilate states this twice to say he does not believe Jesus is not guilty of any crime. He does not want to punish him. Alternate translation: “I see no reason to punish him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 5 t9wn τὸν ἀκάνθινον στέφανον καὶ τὸ πορφυροῦν ἱμάτιον 1 crown of thorns…purple garment The crown and the purple robe are things only kings wear. The soldiers dressed Jesus in this manner to mock him. See [John 19:2](../19/02.md).
|
||||
JHN 19 7 x7bg figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews answered him Here **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders answered Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 7 x7bg figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews answered him Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders answered Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 7 vr7p ὀφείλει ἀποθανεῖν, ὅτι Υἱὸν Θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν ἐποίησεν 1 he has to die because he claimed to be the Son of God Jesus was condemned to death by crucifixion because he claimed he was “the Son of God.”
|
||||
JHN 19 7 xt93 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸν Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 19 10 wcm8 figs-rquestion ἐμοὶ οὐ λαλεῖς 1 Are you not speaking to me? This remark appears in the form of a question. Here Pilate expresses his surprise that Jesus does not take the opportunity to defend himself. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe you are refusing to speak to me!” or “Answer me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 19 10 iap3 figs-rquestion οὐκ οἶδας ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχω ἀπολῦσαί σε, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω σταυρῶσαί σε 1 Do you not know that I have power to release you, and power to crucify you? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You should know that I am able to release you or to order my soldiers to crucify you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 19 10 t82v figs-metonymy ἐξουσίαν 1 power Here **power** is a metonym that refers to the ability to do something or to cause something to happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 19 10 t82v figs-metonymy ἐξουσίαν 1 power Here, **power** is a metonym that refers to the ability to do something or to cause something to happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 19 11 x2as figs-doublenegatives οὐκ εἶχες ἐξουσίαν κατ’ ἐμοῦ οὐδεμίαν, εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν 1 You do not have any power over me except for what has been given to you from above You can translate this double negative in a positive and active form. Alternate translation: “You are able to act against me only because God has made you able” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 11 arc9 ἄνωθεν 1 from above This is a respectful way of referring to God.
|
||||
JHN 19 11 vc79 παραδούς μέ 1 gave me over This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy.
|
||||
JHN 19 12 a39p figs-explicit ἐκ τούτου 1 At this answer Here **this answer** refers to Jesus’ answer. Alternate translation: “When Pilate heard Jesus’ answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 12 a39p figs-explicit ἐκ τούτου 1 At this answer Here, **this answer** refers to Jesus’ answer. Alternate translation: “When Pilate heard Jesus’ answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 12 r8va figs-explicit ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐζήτει ἀπολῦσαι αὐτόν 1 Pilate tried to release him The form of “tried” in the original indicates that Pilate tried “hard” or “repeatedly” to release Jesus. Alternate translation: “he tried hard to release Jesus” or “he tried again and again to release Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 12 q1vq figs-synecdoche οἱ δὲ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐκραύγασαν 1 but the Jews cried out Here **Jews** is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders that opposed Jesus. In the original, the form of “cried out” indicates that they cried out or shouted repeatedly. Alternate translation: “but the Jewish leaders kept shouting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 12 q1vq figs-synecdoche οἱ δὲ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐκραύγασαν 1 but the Jews cried out Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders that opposed Jesus. In the original, the form of “cried out” indicates that they cried out or shouted repeatedly. Alternate translation: “but the Jewish leaders kept shouting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 12 g9xj οὐκ εἶ φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος 1 you are not a friend of Caesar “you are opposing Caesar” or “you are opposing the emperor”
|
||||
JHN 19 12 bhl3 βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν 1 makes himself a king “claims that he is a king”
|
||||
JHN 19 13 xr6b figs-synecdoche ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 he brought Jesus out Here **he** refers to Pilate and is a synecdoche for “Pilate ordered the soldiers.” Alternate translation: “he ordered the soldiers to bring Jesus out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 13 xr6b figs-synecdoche ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 he brought Jesus out Here, **he** refers to Pilate and is a synecdoche for “Pilate ordered the soldiers.” Alternate translation: “he ordered the soldiers to bring Jesus out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 13 fk5k ἐκάθισεν 1 sat down Important people like Pilate sat down when they performed an official duty, while people who were not so important stood up.
|
||||
JHN 19 13 qhu4 ἐπὶ βήματος 1 in the judgment seat This is the special chair that an important person like Pilate sat in when he was making an official judgment. If your language has a special way to describe this action, you can use it here.
|
||||
JHN 19 13 g8h4 figs-activepassive εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Λιθόστρωτον…δὲ 1 in a place called “The Pavement,” but This is a special stone platform where only the important people were allowed to go. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in a place the people called The Pavement, but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1344,13 +1344,13 @@ JHN 19 13 ev3i Ἑβραϊστὶ 1 Hebrew This refers to the language that the
|
|||
JHN 19 14 cus1 0 Connecting Statement: Some time has passed and it is now the sixth hour, as Pilate orders his soldiers to crucify Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 19 14 t5qt writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word marks a break in the story line so that John can provide information about the upcoming Passover and the time of day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 19 14 en2i ὥρα…ἕκτη 1 the sixth hour “about noontime”
|
||||
JHN 19 14 lc5y figs-synecdoche λέγει τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Pilate said to the Jews Here **Jews** is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Pilate said to the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 15 tlj2 figs-synecdoche τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω 1 Should I crucify your King? Here **I** is a synecdoche that refers to Pilate’s soldiers who will actually perform the crucifixion. Alternate translation: “Do you really want me to tell my soldiers to nail your king to a cross?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 16 t3yb figs-explicit τότε…παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 Then Pilate gave Jesus over to them to be crucified Here **Pilate** gives the order for his soldiers to crucify Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “So Pilate ordered his soldiers to crucify Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 14 lc5y figs-synecdoche λέγει τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Pilate said to the Jews Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Pilate said to the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 15 tlj2 figs-synecdoche τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω 1 Should I crucify your King? Here, **I** is a synecdoche that refers to Pilate’s soldiers who will actually perform the crucifixion. Alternate translation: “Do you really want me to tell my soldiers to nail your king to a cross?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 16 t3yb figs-explicit τότε…παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 Then Pilate gave Jesus over to them to be crucified Here, **Pilate** gives the order for his soldiers to crucify Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “So Pilate ordered his soldiers to crucify Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 17 qv6j figs-activepassive εἰς τὸν λεγόμενον, Κρανίου Τόπον 1 to the place called “The Place of a Skull,” You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to the place that the people called ‘The Place of a Skull,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 17 d88m ὃ λέγεται Ἑβραϊστὶ, Γολγοθᾶ 1 which in Hebrew is called “Golgotha.” Hebrew is the language of the people of Israel. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “which in Hebrew they call ‘Golgotha.’”
|
||||
JHN 19 18 fb84 figs-ellipsis μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἄλλους δύο 1 with him two other men This is an ellipsis. You can translate this, adding the implied words. Alternate translation: “they also nailed two other criminals to their crosses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 19 19 cx5s figs-synecdoche ἔγραψεν…καὶ τίτλον ὁ Πειλᾶτος, καὶ ἔθηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross Here **Pilate** is a synecdoche for the person who wrote on the sign. Here **on the cross** refers to Jesus’ cross. Alternate translation: “Pilate also commanded someone to write on a sign and to attach it to Jesus’ cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 19 cx5s figs-synecdoche ἔγραψεν…καὶ τίτλον ὁ Πειλᾶτος, καὶ ἔθηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross Here, **Pilate** is a synecdoche for the person who wrote on the sign. Here, **on the cross** refers to Jesus’ cross. Alternate translation: “Pilate also commanded someone to write on a sign and to attach it to Jesus’ cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 19 gk8e figs-activepassive ἦν…γεγραμμένον, Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων. 1 There it was written: JESUS OF NAZARETH, THE KING OF THE JEWS You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “So that person wrote the words: Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 20 ke3t figs-activepassive ὁ τόπος…ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 the place where Jesus was crucified You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the place where the soldiers crucified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 20 mgb7 figs-activepassive καὶ ἦν γεγραμμένον Ἑβραϊστί, Ῥωμαϊστί, Ἑλληνιστί 1 The sign was written in Hebrew, in Latin, and in Greek You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “The one who prepared the sign wrote the words in 3 languages: Hebrew, Latin, and Greek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1369,23 +1369,23 @@ JHN 19 27 q615 ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας 1 From that hour “F
|
|||
JHN 19 28 crd3 figs-activepassive εἰδὼς…ὅτι ἤδη πάντα τετέλεσται 1 knowing that everything was now completed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he knew that he had done everything that God had sent him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 29 x1cy figs-activepassive σκεῦος ἔκειτο ὄξους μεστόν 1 A container full of sour wine was placed there You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Someone had placed there a full container of sour wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 29 g9vg ὄξους 1 sour wine “bitter wine”
|
||||
JHN 19 29 drr1 περιθέντες 1 they put Here **they** refers to the Roman guards.
|
||||
JHN 19 29 drr1 περιθέντες 1 they put Here, **they** refers to the Roman guards.
|
||||
JHN 19 29 y2eg σπόγγον 1 a sponge a small object that can soak up and hold much liquid
|
||||
JHN 19 29 mg3t ὑσσώπῳ περιθέντες 1 on a hyssop staff “on a branch of a plant called hyssop”
|
||||
JHN 19 30 vz56 figs-explicit κλίνας τὴν κεφαλὴν, παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα 1 He bowed his head and gave up his spirit John implies here that Jesus gave **his spirit** back to God. Alternate translation: “He bowed his head and gave God his spirit” or “He bowed his head and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 31 zuk9 figs-synecdoche οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 31 zuk9 figs-synecdoche οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 31 c49h παρασκευὴ 1 day of preparation This is the time before the Passover when people prepared food for the Passover.
|
||||
JHN 19 31 f96h figs-activepassive ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν 1 to break their legs and to remove them You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to break the legs of the executed men and take their bodies down from the crosses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 32 q2yq figs-activepassive τοῦ συνσταυρωθέντος αὐτῷ 1 who had been crucified with Jesus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom they had crucified near Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 35 p17b writing-background ὁ ἑωρακὼς 1 The one who saw this This sentence gives background information to the story. John is telling readers that he was there and that we can trust what he has written. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 19 35 fl82 figs-explicit μεμαρτύρηκεν, καὶ ἀληθινὴ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία 1 has testified, and his testimony is true To “testify” means to tell about something that one has seen. Alternate translation: “has told the truth about what he has seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 35 c9q7 figs-explicit ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε 1 so that you would also believe Here **believe** means to put one’s trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “so that you will also put your trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 35 c9q7 figs-explicit ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε 1 so that you would also believe Here, **believe** means to put one’s trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “so that you will also put your trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 36 wid6 writing-background 0 General Information: In these verses there is a break from the main story line as John tells us about how these events have made Scripture come true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 19 36 qwl5 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 in order to fulfill scripture You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to fulfill the words that someone wrote in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 36 b1kx figs-activepassive ὀστοῦν οὐ συντριβήσεται αὐτοῦ 1 Not one of his bones will be broken This is a quotation from Psalm 34. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “No one will break any of his bones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 37 h4kq ὄψονται εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 They will look at him whom they pierced This is a quotation from Zechariah 12.
|
||||
JHN 19 38 d3hz translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph of Arimathea Arimathea was a small town. Alternate translation: “Joseph from the town of Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 19 38 h7ra figs-synecdoche διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews Here **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “for fear of the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 38 h7ra figs-synecdoche διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “for fear of the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 38 t22g figs-explicit ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 if he could take away the body of Jesus John implies that Joseph of Arimathea wants to bury the body of Jesus. Alternate translation: “for permission to take the body of Jesus down from the cross for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 39 mjy8 Νικόδημος 1 Nicodemus Nicodemus was one of the Pharisees who believed in Jesus. See how you translated this name in [John 3:1](../03/01.md).
|
||||
JHN 19 39 d3d2 σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης 1 myrrh and aloes These are spices that people use to prepare a body for burial.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1405,7 +1405,7 @@ JHN 20 3 d6g3 ὁ ἄλλος μαθητής 1 the other disciple John apparent
|
|||
JHN 20 3 p6ex figs-explicit ἐξῆλθεν 1 went out John implies that these disciples were going to the tomb. Alternate translation: “rushed out to the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 5 m9qn ὀθόνια 1 linen cloths These were the burial cloths that people had used to wrap the body of Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 20 6 ys3b ὀθόνια 1 linen cloths These were the burial cloths that people had used to wrap the body of Jesus. See how you translated this in [John 20:5](../20/05.md).
|
||||
JHN 20 7 qt5a figs-activepassive σουδάριον, ὃ ἦν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ 1 cloth that had been on his head Here **his head** refers to “Jesus’ head.” You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “cloth that someone had used to cover Jesus’ face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 7 qt5a figs-activepassive σουδάριον, ὃ ἦν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ 1 cloth that had been on his head Here, **his head** refers to “Jesus’ head.” You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “cloth that someone had used to cover Jesus’ face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 7 yc78 figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ χωρὶς ἐντετυλιγμένον εἰς ἕνα τόπον 1 but was folded up in a place by itself This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but someone had folded it and put it aside, separate from the linen cloths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 8 vl84 ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς 1 the other disciple John apparently expresses his humility by referring to himself as “the other disciple,” rather than including his name in this book.
|
||||
JHN 20 8 ww3z figs-explicit εἶδεν καὶ ἐπίστευσεν 1 he saw and believed When he saw that the tomb was empty, he believed that Jesus had risen from the dead. Alternate translation: “he saw these things and began to believe that Jesus had risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1429,7 +1429,7 @@ JHN 20 18 m6xn figs-explicit ἔρχεται Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαλην
|
|||
JHN 20 19 m5nt 0 General Information: It is now evening and Jesus appears to the disciples.
|
||||
JHN 20 19 qj6n ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ τῇ μιᾷ σαββάτων 1 that day, the first day of the week This refers to Sunday.
|
||||
JHN 20 19 e7cb figs-activepassive τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων ὅπου ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 the doors of where the disciples were, were closed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the disciples had locked the doors where they were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 19 g8bu figs-explicit διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews Here **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who might arrest the disciples. Alternate translation: “because they were afraid that the Jewish leaders might arrest them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 19 g8bu figs-explicit διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who might arrest the disciples. Alternate translation: “because they were afraid that the Jewish leaders might arrest them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 19 zj7j εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace” .
|
||||
JHN 20 20 bk9f figs-explicit ἔδειξεν τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῖς 1 he showed them his hands and his side Jesus showed the disciples his wounds. Alternate translation: “he showed them the wounds in his hands and his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 21 ylp8 εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace” .
|
||||
|
|
@ -1445,7 +1445,7 @@ JHN 20 26 vzm5 οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples The word **hi
|
|||
JHN 20 26 r3iz figs-activepassive τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων 1 while the doors were closed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “when they had locked the doors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 26 m5tl εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace” .
|
||||
JHN 20 27 ncc3 figs-doublenegatives μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός 1 Do not be unbelieving, but believe Jesus uses the double negative “Do not be unbelieving” to emphasize the words that follow, “but believe.” If your language does not allow double negatives or the reader would not understand that Jesus is emphasizing the words that follow, you can leave these words untranslated. Alternate translation: “This is what is most important for you to do: you must believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 20 27 n4pi figs-explicit πιστός 1 believe Here **believe** means to trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “put your trust in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 27 n4pi figs-explicit πιστός 1 believe Here, **believe** means to trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “put your trust in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 29 q81m figs-explicit πεπίστευκας 1 you have believed Thomas believes that Jesus is alive because he has seen him. Alternate translation: “you have believed that I am alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 29 zgv1 μακάριοι οἱ 1 Blessed are those This means “God gives great happiness to those.”
|
||||
JHN 20 29 q9fb figs-explicit μὴ ἰδόντες 1 who have not seen This means those who have not seen Jesus. Alternate translation: “who have not seen me alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1454,7 +1454,7 @@ JHN 20 30 yrl9 σημεῖα 1 signs The word **signs** refers to miracles that
|
|||
JHN 20 30 xz6j figs-activepassive ἃ οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ 1 signs that have not been written in this book You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “signs that the author did not write about in this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 31 am9l figs-activepassive ταῦτα δὲ γέγραπται 1 but these have been written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but the author wrote about these signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 31 p5k4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 20 31 uem2 figs-metonymy ζωὴν…ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 life in his name Here **life** is a metonym that means Jesus gives life. Alternate translation: “you may have life because of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 20 31 uem2 figs-metonymy ζωὴν…ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 life in his name Here, **life** is a metonym that means Jesus gives life. Alternate translation: “you may have life because of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 20 31 ip1i ζωὴν 1 life This refers to spiritual life.
|
||||
JHN 21 intro e1bg 0 # John 21 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### The metaphor of sheep<br><br>Before Jesus died, he spoke of himself taking care of his people as if he were a good shepherd taking care of sheep ([John 10:11](../../jhn/10/11.md)). After he became alive again, he told Peter that Peter would be the one who took care of Jesus’ sheep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 21 1 et5h writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus shows himself again to the disciples at the Sea of Tiberias. Verses 2 and 3 tell us what happens in the story before Jesus appears. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1462,7 +1462,7 @@ JHN 21 1 yj6k μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things “Some time later”
|
|||
JHN 21 2 b421 figs-activepassive ὁμοῦ…Θωμᾶς ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος 1 with Thomas called Didymus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “with Thomas whom we called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 21 2 m4gx translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus This is a male name that means “twin.” See how this name is translated in [John 11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 21 5 wgd7 παιδία 1 Young men This is a term of endearment that means “My dear friends.”
|
||||
JHN 21 6 l2jd figs-explicit εὑρήσετε 1 you will find some Here **some** refers to fish. Alternate translation: “you will catch some fish in your net” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 6 l2jd figs-explicit εὑρήσετε 1 you will find some Here, **some** refers to fish. Alternate translation: “you will catch some fish in your net” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 6 p8he αὐτὸ ἑλκύσαι 1 draw it in “pull the net in”
|
||||
JHN 21 7 u5c3 ἠγάπα 1 loved This is love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 21 7 h3p4 τὸν ἐπενδύτην διεζώσατο 1 he tied up his outer garment “he secured his outer garment around him” or “he put on his tunic”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1471,21 +1471,21 @@ JHN 21 7 ab4d figs-explicit ἔβαλεν ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὴν θάλ
|
|||
JHN 21 7 k449 figs-idiom ἔβαλεν ἑαυτὸν 1 threw himself This is a idiom that means Peter jumped into the water very quickly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 21 8 wrd3 writing-background οὐ γὰρ ἦσαν μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς…ὡς ἀπὸ πηχῶν διακοσίων 1 for they were not far from the land, about two hundred cubits off This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 21 8 c1j8 translate-bdistance πηχῶν διακοσίων 1 two hundred cubits “90 meters.” A cubit was a little less than half a meter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
JHN 21 11 f7mi figs-explicit ἀνέβη…Σίμων Πέτρος 1 Simon Peter then went up Here **went up** means Simon Peter had to go back to the boat. Alternate translation: “So Simon Peter went back to the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 11 f7mi figs-explicit ἀνέβη…Σίμων Πέτρος 1 Simon Peter then went up Here, **went up** means Simon Peter had to go back to the boat. Alternate translation: “So Simon Peter went back to the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 11 fbz7 εἵλκυσεν τὸ δίκτυον εἰς τὴν γῆν 1 drew the net to land “pulled the net to the shore”
|
||||
JHN 21 11 azy5 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐσχίσθη τὸ δίκτυον 1 the net was not torn You can translate this as an active form. Alternate translation: “the net did not break” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 21 11 m8i7 translate-numbers μεστὸν ἰχθύων μεγάλων 1 full of large fish “full of large fish, one hundred and fifty-three.” There were 153 large fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
JHN 21 12 za5g ἀριστήσατε 1 breakfast the morning meal
|
||||
JHN 21 14 tp3i translate-ordinal τρίτον 1 the third time You can translate this ordinal term “third” as “time number 3.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
JHN 21 15 m1bh 0 General Information: Jesus begins to have a conversation with Simon Peter.
|
||||
JHN 21 15 t1uj ἀγαπᾷς με 1 do you love me Here **love** refers the type of love that comes from God, which focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
|
||||
JHN 21 15 t1uj ἀγαπᾷς με 1 do you love me Here, **love** refers the type of love that comes from God, which focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
|
||||
JHN 21 15 l4h1 σὺ οἶδας ὅτι φιλῶ σε 1 you know that I love you When Peter answers, he uses the word for “love” that refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
|
||||
JHN 21 15 qja3 figs-metaphor βόσκε τὰ ἀρνία μου 1 Feed my lambs Here **lambs** is a metaphor for those persons who love Jesus and follow him. Alternate translation: “Feed the people I care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 21 16 szk8 ἀγαπᾷς με 1 do you love me Here **love** refers the type of love that comes from God, which focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
|
||||
JHN 21 16 vk16 figs-metaphor ποίμαινε τὰ πρόβατά μου 1 Take care of my sheep Here **sheep** is a metaphor for those who love and follow Jesus. Alternate translation: “Care for the people I care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 21 17 fj84 translate-ordinal λέγει αὐτῷ τὸ τρίτον 1 He said to him a third time The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Here **a third time** means “time number 3.” Alternate translation: “Jesus said to him a third time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
JHN 21 15 qja3 figs-metaphor βόσκε τὰ ἀρνία μου 1 Feed my lambs Here, **lambs** is a metaphor for those persons who love Jesus and follow him. Alternate translation: “Feed the people I care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 21 16 szk8 ἀγαπᾷς με 1 do you love me Here, **love** refers the type of love that comes from God, which focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
|
||||
JHN 21 16 vk16 figs-metaphor ποίμαινε τὰ πρόβατά μου 1 Take care of my sheep Here, **sheep** is a metaphor for those who love and follow Jesus. Alternate translation: “Care for the people I care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 21 17 fj84 translate-ordinal λέγει αὐτῷ τὸ τρίτον 1 He said to him a third time The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Here, **a third time** means “time number 3.” Alternate translation: “Jesus said to him a third time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
JHN 21 17 kz3h φιλεῖς με 1 do you love me This time when Jesus asks this question he uses the word for “love” that refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
|
||||
JHN 21 17 p8aa figs-metaphor βόσκε τὰ προβάτια μου 1 Feed my sheep Here **sheep** is a metaphor that represents those who belong to Jesus and follow him. Alternate translation: “Care for the people I care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 21 17 p8aa figs-metaphor βόσκε τὰ προβάτια μου 1 Feed my sheep Here, **sheep** is a metaphor that represents those who belong to Jesus and follow him. Alternate translation: “Care for the people I care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 21 18 sqb7 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 21 19 ys3m writing-background δὲ 1 Now John uses this word to show he is giving background information before he continues the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 21 19 hf2r figs-explicit σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ δοξάσει τὸν Θεόν 1 to indicate with what kind of death Peter would glorify God Here John implies that Peter would die on a cross. Alternate translation: “to indicate that Peter would die on a cross to honor God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1493,17 +1493,17 @@ JHN 21 19 k8z1 figs-explicit ἀκολούθει μοι 1 Follow me Here the wor
|
|||
JHN 21 20 wzm9 τὸν μαθητὴν ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 the disciple whom Jesus loved John refers to himself in this way throughout the book, rather than mentioning his name.
|
||||
JHN 21 20 ikd4 ἠγάπα 1 loved This is the kind of love that comes from God and always desires the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 21 20 ys31 ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ 1 at the dinner This is a reference to the Last Supper ([John 13](../13/01.md)).
|
||||
JHN 21 21 u5rr τοῦτον…ἰδὼν, ὁ Πέτρος 1 Peter saw him Here **him** refers to “the disciple whom Jesus loved.”
|
||||
JHN 21 21 u5rr τοῦτον…ἰδὼν, ὁ Πέτρος 1 Peter saw him Here, **him** refers to “the disciple whom Jesus loved.”
|
||||
JHN 21 21 cf5h figs-explicit Κύριε, οὗτος δὲ τί 1 Lord, what will this man do? Peter wants to know what will happen to John. Alternate translation: “Lord, what will happen to this man?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 22 yc52 λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus said to him “Jesus said to Peter”
|
||||
JHN 21 22 e3xi ἐὰν αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν 1 If I want him to stay Here **him** refers to the “disciple whom Jesus loved” in [John 21:20](../21/20.md).
|
||||
JHN 21 22 e3xi ἐὰν αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν 1 If I want him to stay Here, **him** refers to the “disciple whom Jesus loved” in [John 21:20](../21/20.md).
|
||||
JHN 21 22 tef8 ἔρχομαι 1 I come This refers to Jesus’ second coming, his return to earth from heaven.
|
||||
JHN 21 22 tf23 figs-rquestion τί πρὸς σέ 1 what is that to you? This remark appears in the form of a question to express a mild rebuke. Alternate translation: “that is not your concern.” or “you should not be concerned about that.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 21 23 c2cr εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 among the brothers Here **the brothers** refers to all the followers of Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 21 23 c2cr εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 among the brothers Here, **the brothers** refers to all the followers of Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 21 24 s5bp writing-endofstory 0 General Information: This is the end of the Gospel of John. Here the author, the Apostle John, gives a closing comment about himself and what he has written in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
JHN 21 24 d6t5 ὁ μαθητὴς 1 the disciple “the disciple John”
|
||||
JHN 21 24 f7ww figs-explicit ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ τούτων 1 who testifies about these things Here **testifies** means that he personally sees something. Alternate translation: “who has seen all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 24 h5i9 figs-explicit οἴδαμεν 1 we know Here **we** refers to those who trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “we who trust in Jesus know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 24 f7ww figs-explicit ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ τούτων 1 who testifies about these things Here, **testifies** means that he personally sees something. Alternate translation: “who has seen all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 24 h5i9 figs-explicit οἴδαμεν 1 we know Here, **we** refers to those who trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “we who trust in Jesus know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 25 l3hz figs-activepassive ἐὰν γράφηται καθ’ ἕν 1 If each one were written down You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “If someone wrote down all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 21 25 i9n8 figs-hyperbole οὐδ’ αὐτὸν…τὸν κόσμον χωρήσειν τὰ…βιβλία 1 even the world itself could not contain the books John exaggerates to emphasize that Jesus did many more miracles than what people could write about in many books. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 21 25 xn87 figs-activepassive τὰ γραφόμενα βιβλία 1 the books that would be written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the books that people could write about what he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
270
en_tn_46-ROM.tsv
270
en_tn_46-ROM.tsv
|
|
@ -38,27 +38,27 @@ ROM 1 13 gnu7 figs-metaphor ἵνα τινὰ καρπὸν σχῶ καὶ ἐ
|
|||
ROM 1 13 j96v τοῖς λοιποῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 the rest of the Gentiles the Gentiles in the other regions where he had gone
|
||||
ROM 1 14 s4bm figs-metaphor τε…ὀφειλέτης εἰμί 1 I am a debtor both Using the metaphor “debtor,” Paul speaks of his duty to serve God as if he owed God a financial debt. Alternate translation: “I must take the gospel to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 1 16 mm2f figs-litotes οὐ…ἐπαισχύνομαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 I am not ashamed of the gospel You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I trust completely in the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ROM 1 16 h7nu figs-explicit δύναμις…Θεοῦ ἐστιν εἰς σωτηρίαν παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 it is the power of God for salvation for everyone who believes Here **believes** means that one puts his trust in Christ. Alternate translation: “it is through the gospel that God powerfully saves those who put their trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 16 h7nu figs-explicit δύναμις…Θεοῦ ἐστιν εἰς σωτηρίαν παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 it is the power of God for salvation for everyone who believes Here, **believes** means that one puts his trust in Christ. Alternate translation: “it is through the gospel that God powerfully saves those who put their trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 16 f5x9 Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι 1 for the Jew first and for the Greek “for Jewish people and also for Greek people”
|
||||
ROM 1 16 sz5b τε πρῶτον 1 first Here **first** means coming before all others in order of time.
|
||||
ROM 1 17 ii3m γὰρ…ἐν αὐτῷ 1 For in it Here **it** refers to the gospel. Paul explains why he completely trusts in the gospel.
|
||||
ROM 1 16 sz5b τε πρῶτον 1 first Here, **first** means coming before all others in order of time.
|
||||
ROM 1 17 ii3m γὰρ…ἐν αὐτῷ 1 For in it Here, **it** refers to the gospel. Paul explains why he completely trusts in the gospel.
|
||||
ROM 1 17 h38h figs-activepassive δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ…ἀποκαλύπτεται, ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν 1 God’s righteousness is revealed from faith to faith Paul speaks about the gospel message as if it were an object that God could physically show to people. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has told us that it is by faith from beginning to end that people become righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 17 igg9 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it has been written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “as someone has written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 17 hbv6 figs-explicit ὁ…δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται. 1 The righteous will live by faith Here **righteous** refers to those who trust in God. Alternate translation: “It is people who trust in God that he considers right with him, and they will live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 17 hbv6 figs-explicit ὁ…δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται. 1 The righteous will live by faith Here, **righteous** refers to those who trust in God. Alternate translation: “It is people who trust in God that he considers right with him, and they will live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 18 gqv3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reveals God’s great anger against sinful man.
|
||||
ROM 1 18 r15v figs-activepassive ἀποκαλύπτεται γὰρ ὀργὴ Θεοῦ 1 For the wrath of God is revealed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For God shows how angry he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 18 c69s γὰρ 1 For Paul uses The word **for** to show he is about to tell why people know that what he has said in [Romans 1:17](../01/17.md) is true.
|
||||
ROM 1 18 wzy3 figs-abstractnouns ἀποκαλύπτεται…ὀργὴ Θεοῦ ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ, ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἀσέβειαν καὶ ἀδικίαν ἀνθρώπων 1 the wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and unrighteousness of people The word **therefore** and **unrighteousness** are abstract nouns that can be expressed using the adjectives “ungodly,” which describes the people, and “unrighteous,” which describes their deeds. These nouns are metonyms for the people with whom God is angry. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God reveals from heaven how angry he is with people because they are ungodly and do unrighteous deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 1 18 rn72 figs-explicit τὴν ἀλήθειαν…κατεχόντων 1 hold back the truth Here **truth** refers to true information about God. Alternate translation: “hide the true information about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 18 rn72 figs-explicit τὴν ἀλήθειαν…κατεχόντων 1 hold back the truth Here, **truth** refers to true information about God. Alternate translation: “hide the true information about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 19 tbu2 figs-activepassive τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 that which is known about God is visible to them You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “they can know about God because of what they can plainly see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 19 u8z3 figs-explicit ὁ Θεὸς γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἐφανέρωσεν 1 For God has enlightened them Here **enlightened them** means God has shown them the truth about him. Alternate translation: “Because God has shown everyone what he is like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 19 u8z3 figs-explicit ὁ Θεὸς γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἐφανέρωσεν 1 For God has enlightened them Here, **enlightened them** means God has shown them the truth about him. Alternate translation: “Because God has shown everyone what he is like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 20 szu6 figs-metaphor τὰ γὰρ ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ κτίσεως κόσμου, τοῖς ποιήμασιν νοούμενα, καθορᾶται 1 For his invisible qualities…have been clearly seen Paul speaks of people understanding God’s invisible qualities as if people have seen those qualities. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “For people have clearly understood God’s invisible qualities, namely his eternal power and divine nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 20 wk7u θειότης 1 divine nature “all the qualities and characteristics of God” or “the things about God that make him God”
|
||||
ROM 1 20 uvc1 κόσμου 1 world This refers to the heavens and the earth, as well as everything in them.
|
||||
ROM 1 20 c7hp figs-activepassive τοῖς ποιήμασιν 1 in the things that have been made This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “because of the things that God has made” or “because people have seen the things that God has made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 20 dxr6 τὸ εἶναι αὐτοὺς ἀναπολογήτους 1 they are without excuse “these people can never say that they did not know”
|
||||
ROM 1 21 xm6i figs-activepassive ἐματαιώθησαν ἐν τοῖς διαλογισμοῖς αὐτῶν 1 became foolish in their thoughts You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “began to think foolish things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 21 gw8y figs-metaphor ἐσκοτίσθη ἡ ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία 1 their senseless hearts were darkened Here **darkness** is a metaphor that represents the people’s lack of understanding. Here **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “they became unable to understand what God wanted them to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 1 21 gw8y figs-metaphor ἐσκοτίσθη ἡ ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία 1 their senseless hearts were darkened Here, **darkness** is a metaphor that represents the people’s lack of understanding. Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “they became unable to understand what God wanted them to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 1 22 ddr2 φάσκοντες εἶναι σοφοὶ, ἐμωράνθησαν 1 They claimed to be wise, but they became foolish “While they were claiming that they were wise, they became foolish”
|
||||
ROM 1 22 ly68 φάσκοντες 1 They…they the people in [Romans 1:18](../01/18.md)
|
||||
ROM 1 23 k9xu ἤλλαξαν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ 1 They exchanged the glory of the imperishable God “traded the truth that God is glorious and will never die” or “stopped believing that God is glorious and will never die”
|
||||
|
|
@ -68,31 +68,31 @@ ROM 1 23 u971 πετεινῶν, καὶ τετραπόδων, καὶ ἑρπ
|
|||
ROM 1 24 fvv6 διὸ 1 Therefore “Because what I have just said is true”
|
||||
ROM 1 24 ec9q παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς ἐν 1 God gave them over to “God allowed them to indulge in”
|
||||
ROM 1 24 tlv5 αὐτοὺς…αὐτῶν…αὐτοῖς; 1 them…their…themselves These words refer to the “mankind” of [Romans 1:18](../01/18.md).
|
||||
ROM 1 24 n8ac figs-synecdoche ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν 1 the lusts of their hearts for uncleanness Here **lusts of their hearts** is a synecdoche that represents the evil things they wanted to do. Alternate translation: “the morally impure things they desired greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 1 24 n8ac figs-synecdoche ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν 1 the lusts of their hearts for uncleanness Here, **lusts of their hearts** is a synecdoche that represents the evil things they wanted to do. Alternate translation: “the morally impure things they desired greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 1 24 a8pm figs-euphemism τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι τὰ σώματα αὐτῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 for their bodies to be dishonored among themselves This is a euphemism that means they committed immoral sexual acts. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “and they committed sexually immoral and degrading acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 25 dv6h οἵτινες 1 they This word refers to the “mankind” of [Romans 1:18](../01/18.md).
|
||||
ROM 1 25 e9pj figs-explicit ἐσεβάσθησαν καὶ ἐλάτρευσαν τῇ κτίσει 1 who worshiped and served the creation Here **creation** refers to what God created. Alternate translation: “They worshiped things that God created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 25 e9pj figs-explicit ἐσεβάσθησαν καὶ ἐλάτρευσαν τῇ κτίσει 1 who worshiped and served the creation Here, **creation** refers to what God created. Alternate translation: “They worshiped things that God created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 25 v89u παρὰ 1 instead of “rather than”
|
||||
ROM 1 26 jb2g διὰ τοῦτο 1 Because of this “Because of idolatry and sexual sin”
|
||||
ROM 1 26 pil3 παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς 1 God gave them over to “God allowed them to indulge in”
|
||||
ROM 1 26 hw81 πάθη ἀτιμίας 1 dishonorable passions “shameful sexual desires”
|
||||
ROM 1 26 j4ni αἵ τε γὰρ θήλειαι αὐτῶν 1 for their women “because their women”
|
||||
ROM 1 26 vs4a figs-euphemism μετήλλαξαν τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν 1 exchanged natural relations for those that were unnatural The idea of relations “that were unnatural” is a euphemism for immoral sexuality. Alternate translation: “started practicing sexuality in a way God did not design” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
ROM 1 27 g3ja figs-euphemism καὶ…ἄρσενες ἀφέντες τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν τῆς θηλείας 1 men also left their natural relations with women Here **natural relations** is a euphemism for sexual relationships. Alternate translation: “many men stopped having natural sexual desire for women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
ROM 1 27 g3ja figs-euphemism καὶ…ἄρσενες ἀφέντες τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν τῆς θηλείας 1 men also left their natural relations with women Here, **natural relations** is a euphemism for sexual relationships. Alternate translation: “many men stopped having natural sexual desire for women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
ROM 1 27 c7ja ἐξεκαύθησαν ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὐτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 burned in their lust for one another “experienced strong sexual desire for other men”
|
||||
ROM 1 27 gn3f τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην κατεργαζόμενοι 1 committed shameless acts “committed acts for which they should have been ashamed, but they were not ashamed”
|
||||
ROM 1 27 qvi3 ἄρσεσιν…καὶ τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν ἣν ἔδει τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν, ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες 1 men and received in themselves the penalty they deserved for their error “men, and God has punished them justly for the error they committed”
|
||||
ROM 1 27 yvm1 πλάνης 1 error moral wrong, not a mistake about facts
|
||||
ROM 1 28 cx7y καὶ καθὼς οὐκ ἐδοκίμασαν, τὸν Θεὸν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει 1 Because they did not approve of having God in their awareness “They did not think it was necessary to know God”
|
||||
ROM 1 28 bt7u αὐτοὺς 1 they…their…them These words refer to the “mankind” of [Romans 1:18](../01/18.md).
|
||||
ROM 1 28 yy1c figs-explicit παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν 1 he gave them up to a depraved mind Here **a depraved mind** means a mind that thinks only about immoral things. Alternate translation: “God allowed their minds, which they had filled with worthless and immoral thoughts, to completely control them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 28 yy1c figs-explicit παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν 1 he gave them up to a depraved mind Here, **a depraved mind** means a mind that thinks only about immoral things. Alternate translation: “God allowed their minds, which they had filled with worthless and immoral thoughts, to completely control them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 28 p8z2 μὴ καθήκοντα 1 not proper “disgraceful” or “sinful”
|
||||
ROM 1 29 c2e2 figs-activepassive πεπληρωμένους 1 They have been filled with You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “They have in them a strong desire for” or “They strongly desire to do deeds of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 29 t4qm figs-activepassive μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας 1 They are full of envy, murder, strife, deceit, and evil intentions You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Many are constantly envying other people…Many constantly desire to murder people…to cause arguments and quarrels among people…to deceive others…to speak hatefully about others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 30 f4tt καταλάλους 1 slanderers A slanderer says false things about another person in order to damage that person’s reputation.
|
||||
ROM 1 30 th8q ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν 1 inventing ways of doing evil “thinking of new ways to do evil things to others”
|
||||
ROM 1 32 cxx8 οἵτινες τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπιγνόντες 1 They understand the righteous regulations of God “They know how God wants them to live”
|
||||
ROM 1 32 ytu6 figs-explicit ὅτι οἱ τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντες 1 that those who practice such things Here **practice** refers to continually or habitually doing things that are evil. Alternate translation: “and that those who keep on doing wicked things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 32 ytu6 figs-explicit ὅτι οἱ τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντες 1 that those who practice such things Here, **practice** refers to continually or habitually doing things that are evil. Alternate translation: “and that those who keep on doing wicked things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 32 z12q ἄξιοι θανάτου εἰσίν 1 are deserving of death “deserve to die”
|
||||
ROM 1 32 ama2 αὐτὰ 1 these things “these kinds of evil things”
|
||||
ROM 1 32 iqg1 figs-explicit τοῖς πράσσουσιν 1 who do them Here the verb **do** refers to continuing to do things that are evil. Alternate translation: “who keep on doing evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -145,22 +145,22 @@ ROM 2 12 m6cy ὅσοι…ἥμαρτον 1 as many as have sinned “all those
|
|||
ROM 2 12 y3bu figs-explicit ἐν νόμῳ…διὰ νόμου κριθήσονται 1 with respect to the law will be judged by the law God will judge sinful people according to his law. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “and who do know the law of Moses, God will judge them according to that law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 13 sw8x 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to let the reader know that perfect obedience to God’s law is required even for those who never had God’s law.
|
||||
ROM 2 13 k32u γὰρ 1 For Verses 14 and 15 interrupt Paul’s main argument to give the reader extra information. If you have a way to mark an interruption like this in your language, you can use it here.
|
||||
ROM 2 13 t28w figs-explicit οὐ…οἱ ἀκροαταὶ νόμου 1 it is not the hearers of the law Here **the law** refers to the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “it is not those who only hear the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 13 t28w figs-explicit οὐ…οἱ ἀκροαταὶ νόμου 1 it is not the hearers of the law Here, **the law** refers to the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “it is not those who only hear the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 13 eg4h δίκαιοι παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 who are righteous before God “whom God considers righteous”
|
||||
ROM 2 13 s4na ἀλλ’ οἱ ποιηταὶ νόμου 1 but it is the doers of the law “but it is those who obey the law of Moses”
|
||||
ROM 2 13 c1bu figs-activepassive δικαιωθήσονται 1 who will be justified You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom God will accept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 14 tn5f figs-idiom ἔθνη τὰ μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα,…ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος; 1 Gentiles, who do not have the law…are a law to themselves The phrase **law to themselves** is an idiom that means that these people naturally obey God’s laws. Alternate translation: “have God’s laws already inside them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 2 14 q2id figs-explicit νόμον…μὴ ἔχοντες 1 they do not have the law Here **the law** refers to the law of Moses.” Alternate translation: “they do not actually have the laws that God gave to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 14 q2id figs-explicit νόμον…μὴ ἔχοντες 1 they do not have the law Here, **the law** refers to the law of Moses.” Alternate translation: “they do not actually have the laws that God gave to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 15 xl6v οἵτινες ἐνδείκνυνται 1 By this they show “By naturally obeying the law they show”
|
||||
ROM 2 15 x35c figs-metonymy τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 the actions required by the law are written in their hearts Here **hearts** is a metonym for the person’s thoughts or inner person. The phrase **written in their hearts** is a metaphor for knowing something in their mind. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that God has written on their hearts what the law requires them to do” or “that they know the actions that God wants them to do according to his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 15 z28q figs-idiom συνμαρτυρούσης αὐτῶν…καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων, τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων 1 bears witness to them, and their own thoughts either accuse or defend them Here **bears witness** refers to the knowledge they gain from the law that God has written in their hearts. Alternate translation: “tells them if they are disobeying or obeying God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 2 15 x35c figs-metonymy τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 the actions required by the law are written in their hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for the person’s thoughts or inner person. The phrase **written in their hearts** is a metaphor for knowing something in their mind. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that God has written on their hearts what the law requires them to do” or “that they know the actions that God wants them to do according to his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 15 z28q figs-idiom συνμαρτυρούσης αὐτῶν…καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων, τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων 1 bears witness to them, and their own thoughts either accuse or defend them Here, **bears witness** refers to the knowledge they gain from the law that God has written in their hearts. Alternate translation: “tells them if they are disobeying or obeying God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 2 16 c5fp ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὅτε κρίνει ὁ Θεὸς 1 on the day when God will judge This finishes Paul’s thought from [Romans 2:13](../02/13.md). “This will happen when God judges”
|
||||
ROM 2 17 lc6m 0 Connecting Statement: Here begins Paul’s discussion that the law the Jews possess actually condemns them because they do not obey it.
|
||||
ROM 2 17 cnq7 εἰ…σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ἐπονομάζῃ 1 if you call yourself a Jew “since you call yourself a Jew”
|
||||
ROM 2 17 gz6j figs-metaphor ἐπαναπαύῃ νόμῳ, 1 rest upon the law The phrase **rest upon the law** represents believing that they can become righteous by obeying the law. Alternate translation: “rely on the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 2 18 l3we γινώσκεις τὸ θέλημα 1 know his will “and know God’s will”
|
||||
ROM 2 18 xn6w figs-activepassive κατηχούμενος ἐκ τοῦ νόμου 1 because you have been instructed from the law This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because people have taught you what is right from the law” or “because you have learned from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 19 wi7z figs-parallelism πέποιθάς τε σεαυτὸν ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν, φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει 1 you yourself are a guide to the blind, a light to those who are in darkness Here **the blind** and **those who walk in darkness** represent people who do not understand the law. Alternate translation: “that because you teach the law, you yourself are like a guide to blind people, and you are like a light to people who are lost in the dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 2 19 wi7z figs-parallelism πέποιθάς τε σεαυτὸν ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν, φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει 1 you yourself are a guide to the blind, a light to those who are in darkness Here, **the blind** and **those who walk in darkness** represent people who do not understand the law. Alternate translation: “that because you teach the law, you yourself are like a guide to blind people, and you are like a light to people who are lost in the dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 2 20 p7qq παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων 1 a corrector of the foolish “you correct those who do wrong”
|
||||
ROM 2 20 ar5a figs-metaphor διδάσκαλον νηπίων 1 a teacher of little children Here Paul compares those who do not know anything about the law to very small **children**. Alternate translation: “and you teach those who do not know the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 2 20 gh9s figs-explicit ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 and that you have in the law the form of knowledge and of the truth The knowledge of the truth that is in the law comes from God. Alternate translation: “because you are sure you understand the truth that God has given in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -185,15 +185,15 @@ ROM 2 28 bl6h ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 merely outward in t
|
|||
ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche σαρκὶ 1 flesh This is a synecdoche for the whole body. Alternate translation: “body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases have similar meanings. The first phrase, “he is a Jew who is one inwardly,” explains the second phrase, “circumcision is that of the heart.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ROM 2 29 v149 ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ 1 inwardly This refers to the values and motivations of the person whom God has transformed.
|
||||
ROM 2 29 dk8q figs-metonymy καρδίας 1 of the heart Here **heart** is a metonym for the inner person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Here **letter** is a synecdoche that refers to written Scripture. Alternate translation: “through the work of the Holy Spirit, not because you know the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 2 29 dk8q figs-metonymy καρδίας 1 of the heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for the inner person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Here, **letter** is a synecdoche that refers to written Scripture. Alternate translation: “through the work of the Holy Spirit, not because you know the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 2 29 qa6b ἐν Πνεύματι 1 in the Spirit This refers to the internal, spiritual part of a person that “God’s Spirit” changes .
|
||||
ROM 3 intro y2kb 0 # Romans 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 4 and 10-18 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Chapter 3 answers the question, “What advantage does being a Jew have over being a Gentile?” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>### “For all have sinned and come short of the glory of God”<br>Because God is holy, anyone with him in heaven must be perfect. Any sin at all will condemn a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])<br><br>### The purpose of the law of Moses<br>Obeying the law cannot make a person right with God. Obeying God’s law is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>Paul frequently uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]])
|
||||
ROM 3 1 v788 0 Connecting Statement: Paul proclaims the advantage that Jews have because God gave them his law.
|
||||
ROM 3 1 gcd6 figs-explicit τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς 1 Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision? Paul presents ideas that people might have after they hear what he wrote in chapter 2. He does this in order to respond to them in verse 2. Alternate translation: “Some people might say, ‘Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision?’” or “Some people might say, ‘If that is true, then the Jews do not have any advantage, and there is no benefit in being circumcised.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 2 rri9 figs-explicit πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 It is great in every way Paul now responds to the concerns brought up in verse 1. Here **It** refers to being a member of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “But there is great advantage to being a Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 2 rri9 figs-explicit πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 It is great in every way Paul now responds to the concerns brought up in verse 1. Here, **It** refers to being a member of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “But there is great advantage to being a Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 2 q2dh πρῶτον μὲν 1 First of all Possible meanings are (1) “First in order of time” or (2) “Most certainly” or (3) “Most importantly.”
|
||||
ROM 3 2 r62g figs-explicit ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 they were entrusted with revelation from God Here **revelation** refers to God’s words and promises. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God gave his words that contain his promises to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 2 r62g figs-explicit ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 they were entrusted with revelation from God Here, **revelation** refers to God’s words and promises. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God gave his words that contain his promises to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 3 d9k3 figs-rquestion τί γάρ εἰ ἠπίστησάν τινες? μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει 1 For what if some Jews were without faith? Will their unbelief abolish God’s faithfulness? Paul uses these questions to make people think. Alternate translation: “Some Jews have not been faithful to God. Should we conclude from this that God will not fulfill his promise?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 4 z465 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have an expression in your language that you could use here. “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!”
|
||||
ROM 3 4 kz4j γινέσθω δὲ 1 Instead, let be found “We should say this instead, let”
|
||||
|
|
@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ ROM 3 4 nud9 figs-hyperbole πᾶς δὲ ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 eve
|
|||
ROM 3 4 te39 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures themselves agree with what I am saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 4 x6ax figs-parallelism ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 That you might be shown to be righteous in your words, and that you might prevail when you come into judgment These two phrases have very similar meanings. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Everyone must acknowledge that what you say is true, and you will always win your case when anyone accuses you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 5 dgk8 figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην συνίστησιν, τί ἐροῦμεν? μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν 1 But if our unrighteousness shows the righteousness of God, what can we say? Can we say that God is unrighteous to bring his wrath upon us? Paul uses these questions to present what some people were arguing and to get his readers to think about whether or not this argument is true. Alternate translation: “Some people say that since our unrighteousness shows God’s righteousness, then God is unrighteous when he punishes us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-metonymy ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν 1 to bring his wrath Here **wrath** is a metonym for punishment. Alternate translation: “to bring his punishment upon us” or “to punish us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-metonymy ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν 1 to bring his wrath Here, **wrath** is a metonym for punishment. Alternate translation: “to bring his punishment upon us” or “to punish us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 5 j631 (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 I am using a human argument “I am saying here what some people say” or “This is what some people say”
|
||||
ROM 3 6 gd5f μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “We must never say that God is unrighteous”
|
||||
ROM 3 6 zg9s figs-rquestion ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 For then how would God judge the world? Paul uses this question to show that the arguments against the gospel are not valid, since the Jews believe that God will judge all people. Alternate translation: “We all know that God will in fact judge the world!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -220,33 +220,33 @@ ROM 3 11 y7et figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θ
|
|||
ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-idiom πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away This is an idiom that means the people do not even want to think about God. They want to avoid him. Alternate translation: “They have all turned away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 3 12 y6qa figs-explicit ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν 1 They together have become useless Since no one does what is good, they are useless to God. Alternate translation: “Everyone has become useless to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 13 zf4i αὐτῶν…αὐτῶν 1 Their…Their The word **their** refers to the “Jews and Greeks” of [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md).
|
||||
ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metonymy τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave The word **throat** is a metonym for everything that people say that is unrighteous and disgusting. Here **open grave** is a metaphor that refers to the stench of the evil words of the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metonymy τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave The word **throat** is a metonym for everything that people say that is unrighteous and disgusting. Here, **open grave** is a metaphor that refers to the stench of the evil words of the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν 1 Their tongues have deceived The word **tongues** is a metonym for the false words that people speak. Alternate translation: “People speak lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Here **poison of snakes** is a metaphor that is used to represent the great harm of the evil words that the people speak. The word **lips** refers to the words of the people. Alternate translation: “Their evil words injure people just like the poison of a venomous snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Here **mouths** is a metonym that represents the evil words of the people. The word **full** exaggerates how often people speak bitterly and curse. Alternate translation: “They often speak curses and cruel words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν, ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Here **feet** is a synecdoche that represents the people themselves. The word **blood** is a metaphor that refers to killing people. Alternate translation: “They are in a hurry to harm and murder people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Here, **poison of snakes** is a metaphor that is used to represent the great harm of the evil words that the people speak. The word **lips** refers to the words of the people. Alternate translation: “Their evil words injure people just like the poison of a venomous snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Here, **mouths** is a metonym that represents the evil words of the people. The word **full** exaggerates how often people speak bitterly and curse. Alternate translation: “They often speak curses and cruel words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν, ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Here, **feet** is a synecdoche that represents the people themselves. The word **blood** is a metaphor that refers to killing people. Alternate translation: “They are in a hurry to harm and murder people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 3 15 a1dr οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet The word **their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md).
|
||||
ROM 3 16 d4y3 ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 their paths The word **their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md).
|
||||
ROM 3 16 lyh1 figs-metonymy σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Destruction and suffering are in their paths Here **destruction and suffering** are metonyms that represent the harm that these people cause others to suffer. Alternate translation: “They try to destroy others and cause them to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 16 lyh1 figs-metonymy σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Destruction and suffering are in their paths Here, **destruction and suffering** are metonyms that represent the harm that these people cause others to suffer. Alternate translation: “They try to destroy others and cause them to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 17 zk1i ἔγνωσαν 1 They have known These words refer to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md).
|
||||
ROM 3 17 jb6b ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 a way of peace “how to live at peace with others.” A “way” is a road or path.
|
||||
ROM 3 18 cpf2 αὐτῶν 1 their This word refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md).
|
||||
ROM 3 18 bx27 figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 There is no fear of God before their eyes Here **fear** is a metonym that represents respect for God and willingness to honor him. Alternate translation: “Everyone refuses to give God the respect he deserves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 3 18 bx27 figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 There is no fear of God before their eyes Here, **fear** is a metonym that represents respect for God and willingness to honor him. Alternate translation: “Everyone refuses to give God the respect he deserves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει, τοῖς…λαλεῖ 1 whatever the law says, it speaks Paul speaks of the law here as if it were alive and had its own voice. Alternate translation: “everything that the law says people should do is for” or “all the commands that Moses wrote in the law are for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 3 19 n399 τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 the ones who are under the law “those who must obey the law”
|
||||
ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-synecdoche ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Here **mouth** is a synecdoche that means the words people speak. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that no people will be able to say anything valid to defend themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche ὑπόδικος γένηται πᾶς ὁ κόσμος τῷ Θεῷ 1 the whole world held accountable to God Here **world** is a synecdoche that represents all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “that God can declare everyone in the world guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 3 20 xs9x σὰρξ 1 flesh Here **flesh** refers to all human beings.
|
||||
ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-synecdoche ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that means the words people speak. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that no people will be able to say anything valid to defend themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche ὑπόδικος γένηται πᾶς ὁ κόσμος τῷ Θεῷ 1 the whole world held accountable to God Here, **world** is a synecdoche that represents all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “that God can declare everyone in the world guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 3 20 xs9x σὰρξ 1 flesh Here, **flesh** refers to all human beings.
|
||||
ROM 3 20 gaa3 γὰρ 1 For Possible meanings are (1) “Therefore” or (2) “This is because”
|
||||
ROM 3 20 wtp4 διὰ…νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 through the law comes the knowledge of sin “when someone knows God’s law, he realizes that he has sinned”
|
||||
ROM 3 21 fqz4 0 Connecting Statement: The word **but** here shows Paul has completed his introduction and is now beginning to make his main point.
|
||||
ROM 3 21 y3te νυνὶ 1 now The word **now** refers to the time since Jesus came to the earth.
|
||||
ROM 3 21 e4qe figs-activepassive χωρὶς νόμου, δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται 1 apart from the law the righteousness of God has been made known You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has made known a way to be right with him without obeying the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 21 tnf8 figs-personification μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 It was witnessed by the Law and the Prophets The words **the Law and the Prophets** refer to the parts of scripture that Moses and the prophets wrote in the Jewish scriptures. Paul describes them here as if they were people testifying in court. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “What Moses and the prophets wrote confirms this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 22 ffw8 figs-explicit δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ διὰ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the righteousness of God through faith in Jesus Christ Here **righteousness** means being right with God. Alternate translation: “being right with God through trusting Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 22 ffw8 figs-explicit δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ διὰ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the righteousness of God through faith in Jesus Christ Here, **righteousness** means being right with God. Alternate translation: “being right with God through trusting Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 22 s36i figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστιν διαστολή 1 For there is no distinction Paul implies that God accepts all people in the same way. Alternate translation: “There is no difference at all between the Jews and the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 23 lym5 figs-metonymy ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 come short of the glory of God Here the **glory of God** is a metonym that refers to the image of God and his nature. Alternate translation: “have failed to be like God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 24 xcu6 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they are freely justified by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus Here **justified** refers to being made right with God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God makes them right with himself as a free gift, because Christ Jesus sets them free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 24 xcu6 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they are freely justified by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus Here, **justified** refers to being made right with God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God makes them right with himself as a free gift, because Christ Jesus sets them free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 24 bcc2 δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 they are freely justified This means that they are justified without having to earn or merit being justified. God freely justifies them. Alternate translation: “they are made right with God without earning it”
|
||||
ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood This is a metonym for the death of Jesus as a sacrifice for sins. Alternate translation: “in his death as a sacrifice for sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 25 ieq9 πάρεσιν 1 disregard Possible meanings are (1) ignoring or (2) forgiving.
|
||||
|
|
@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ ROM 3 28 t8um figs-abstractnouns δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει ἄνθρ
|
|||
ROM 3 28 ycx2 χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου 1 without works of the law “even if he has done no works of the law”
|
||||
ROM 3 29 n7r5 figs-rquestion ἢ Ἰουδαίων ὁ Θεὸς μόνον 1 Or is God the God of Jews only? Paul asks this question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “You who are Jews certainly should not think that you are the only ones whom God will accept!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 29 gdt4 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν? ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν 1 Is he not also the God of Gentiles? Yes, of Gentiles also Paul asks this question to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “He will also accept non-Jews, that is, Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Here **circumcision** is a metonym that refers to Jews and “uncircumcision” is a metonym that refers to non-Jews. Alternate translation: “God will make both Jews and non-Jews right with himself through their faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Here, **circumcision** is a metonym that refers to Jews and “uncircumcision” is a metonym that refers to non-Jews. Alternate translation: “God will make both Jews and non-Jews right with himself through their faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 31 if2b 0 Connecting Statement: Paul confirms the law though faith.
|
||||
ROM 3 31 wb6r figs-rquestion νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 Do we then nullify the law through faith? Paul asks a question that one of his readers might have. Alternate translation: “Someone might say that we can ignore the law because we have faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 31 jdq1 figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar express in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: “This is certainly not true” or “Certainly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -281,25 +281,25 @@ ROM 4 9 d5qp figs-metonymy τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν 1 those of the uncirc
|
|||
ROM 4 9 m3uh figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη τῷ Ἀβραὰμ ἡ πίστις εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Faith was counted to Abraham as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered the faith of Abraham as righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 10 uy4t figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐλογίσθη? ἐν περιτομῇ ὄντι, ἢ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 So how was it counted? When Abraham was in circumcision, or in uncircumcision? Paul asks these questions to add emphasis to his remarks. Alternate translation: “When did God consider Abraham to be righteous? Was it before his circumcision, or after it?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 4 10 p5rp οὐκ ἐν περιτομῇ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 It was not in circumcision, but in uncircumcision “It happened before he was circumcised, not after he was circumcised”
|
||||
ROM 4 11 s2ez figs-explicit σφραγῖδα τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῆς πίστεως τῆς ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 a seal of the righteousness of the faith that he had already possessed when he was in uncircumcision Here **righteousness of the faith** means that God considered him to be righteous. Alternate translation: “a visible sign that God considered him righteous because he had believed in God before he was circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 4 11 s2ez figs-explicit σφραγῖδα τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῆς πίστεως τῆς ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 a seal of the righteousness of the faith that he had already possessed when he was in uncircumcision Here, **righteousness of the faith** means that God considered him to be righteous. Alternate translation: “a visible sign that God considered him righteous because he had believed in God before he was circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 4 11 i2vz δι’ ἀκροβυστίας 1 even if they are in uncircumcision “even if they are not circumcised”
|
||||
ROM 4 11 a5b6 figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ λογισθῆναι αὐτοῖς τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 This means that righteousness will be counted for them You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This means that God will consider them righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 12 u8j3 καὶ πατέρα περιτομῆς 1 And he became the father of the circumcision Here **the circumcision** refers to those who are true believers in God, both Jews and Gentiles.
|
||||
ROM 4 12 s9jt figs-idiom τοῖς στοιχοῦσιν τοῖς ἴχνεσιν τῆς…πίστεως, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ 1 who follow in the steps of faith of our father Abraham Here **follow in the steps of faith** is an idiom that means to follow someone’s example of follow. Alternate translation: “who follow our father Abraham’s example of faith” or “who have faith as our father Abraham did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 4 12 u8j3 καὶ πατέρα περιτομῆς 1 And he became the father of the circumcision Here, **the circumcision** refers to those who are true believers in God, both Jews and Gentiles.
|
||||
ROM 4 12 s9jt figs-idiom τοῖς στοιχοῦσιν τοῖς ἴχνεσιν τῆς…πίστεως, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ 1 who follow in the steps of faith of our father Abraham Here, **follow in the steps of faith** is an idiom that means to follow someone’s example of follow. Alternate translation: “who follow our father Abraham’s example of faith” or “who have faith as our father Abraham did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 4 13 x9s9 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ διὰ δικαιοσύνης πίστεως 1 but through the righteousness of faith The words **the promise came** are understood from the first phrase. You can translate this by adding these implied words. Alternate translation: “but the promise came through faith, which God considers as righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 4 14 cf9t figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι 1 heirs The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 4 14 p51n figs-explicit εἰ…οἱ ἐκ νόμου κληρονόμοι 1 if those who live by the law are to be the heirs Here **live by the law** refers to obeying the law. Alternate translation: “if those who obey the law are the ones who will inherit the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 4 14 p51n figs-explicit εἰ…οἱ ἐκ νόμου κληρονόμοι 1 if those who live by the law are to be the heirs Here, **live by the law** refers to obeying the law. Alternate translation: “if those who obey the law are the ones who will inherit the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 4 14 gd78 κεκένωται ἡ πίστις καὶ κατήργηται ἡ ἐπαγγελία 1 faith is made empty, and the promise is void “faith has no value, and the promise is meaningless”
|
||||
ROM 4 15 b3h8 figs-abstractnouns οὐδὲ παράβασις 1 there is no trespass This can be restated to remove the abstract noun “trespass.” Alternate translation: “no one can break the law” or “it is impossible to disobey the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 4 16 d4jz διὰ τοῦτο 1 For this reason “So”
|
||||
ROM 4 16 tm4j ἐκ πίστεως 1 it is by faith The word **it** refers to receiving what God had promised. Alternate translation: “it is by faith that we receive the promise” or “we receive the promise by faith”
|
||||
ROM 4 16 mex6 figs-metaphor ἵνα κατὰ χάριν…τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 in order that the promise may rest on grace Here **the promise may rest on grace** represents God giving what he promised because of his grace. Alternate translation: “so that what he promised might be a free gift” or “so that his promise would be because of his grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 4 16 mex6 figs-metaphor ἵνα κατὰ χάριν…τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 in order that the promise may rest on grace Here, **the promise may rest on grace** represents God giving what he promised because of his grace. Alternate translation: “so that what he promised might be a free gift” or “so that his promise would be because of his grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 4 16 ns6r τῷ ἐκ τοῦ νόμου 1 those who are under the law This refers to the Jewish people, who were obligated to obey the law of Moses.
|
||||
ROM 4 16 v4z9 τῷ ἐκ πίστεως Ἀβραάμ 1 those who share the faith of Abraham This refers to those who have faith as Abraham did before he was circumcised. Alternate translation: “those who believe as Abraham did”
|
||||
ROM 4 16 l7gg figs-exclusive πατὴρ πάντων ἡμῶν 1 father of us all Here the word **us** refers to Paul and includes all Jewish and non-Jewish believers in Christ. Abraham is the physical ancestor of the Jewish people, but he is also the spiritual father of those who have faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 17 iju4 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it is written Where it is written can be made explicit. You can also translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “as someone has written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 17 mxm5 figs-you τέθεικά σε 1 I have made you Here the word **you** is singular and refers to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 4 17 ph37 figs-explicit κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν Θεοῦ, τοῦ ζῳοποιοῦντος τοὺς νεκροὺς 1 in the presence of God whom he trusted, who gives life to the dead Here **of him whom he trusted** refers to God. Alternate translation: “Abraham was in the presence of God whom he trusted, who gives life to those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 4 17 ph37 figs-explicit κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν Θεοῦ, τοῦ ζῳοποιοῦντος τοὺς νεκροὺς 1 in the presence of God whom he trusted, who gives life to the dead Here, **of him whom he trusted** refers to God. Alternate translation: “Abraham was in the presence of God whom he trusted, who gives life to those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 4 17 uun9 καλοῦντος τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα 1 calls the things that do not exist into existence “created everything from nothing”
|
||||
ROM 4 18 g8fm figs-explicit ὃς παρ’ ἐλπίδα, ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ἐπίστευσεν 1 In hope he believed against hope This idiom means that Abraham trusted God even though it did not seem that he could have a son. Alternate translation: “Even though it seemed impossible for him to have descendants, he believe God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 4 18 b92q figs-activepassive κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον 1 according to what he had been told You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “just as God said to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -322,23 +322,23 @@ ROM 5 1 xmp3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to tell many different things
|
|||
ROM 5 1 age4 δικαιωθέντες οὖν 1 Since we are justified “Because we are justified”
|
||||
ROM 5 1 s6xd figs-exclusive …ἡμῶν 1 we…our All occurrences of “we” and “our” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 1 p11y διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through our Lord Jesus Christ “because of our Lord Jesus Christ”
|
||||
ROM 5 1 me59 τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Lord Here **Lord** means that Jesus is God.
|
||||
ROM 5 2 du8b δι’ οὗ καὶ τὴν προσαγωγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν, τῇ πίστει εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν 1 Through him we also have our access by faith into this grace in which we stand Here **by faith** refers to our trust in Jesus, which allows us to stand before God. Alternate translation: “Because we trust in Jesus, God allows us to come into his presence”
|
||||
ROM 5 1 me59 τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Lord Here, **Lord** means that Jesus is God.
|
||||
ROM 5 2 du8b δι’ οὗ καὶ τὴν προσαγωγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν, τῇ πίστει εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν 1 Through him we also have our access by faith into this grace in which we stand Here, **by faith** refers to our trust in Jesus, which allows us to stand before God. Alternate translation: “Because we trust in Jesus, God allows us to come into his presence”
|
||||
ROM 5 3 q5p7 οὐ μόνον δέ 1 Not only this The word **this** refers to the ideas described in [Romans 5:1-2](./01.md).
|
||||
ROM 5 3 u14f figs-exclusive καυχώμεθα… 1 we…our…We These words refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 4 sx5f ἐλπίδα 1 certain hope This is the certainty that God will fulfill all his promises for those who trust in Christ.
|
||||
ROM 5 5 i8pd figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῖν 1 our…us These words refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 5 pp1n figs-personification ἡ…ἐλπὶς οὐ καταισχύνει 1 that hope does not disappoint Paul uses personification here as he speaks of **confidence** as if it were alive. Alternate translation: “we are very confident that we will receive the things that we wait for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 5 5 qka8 figs-metonymy ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 because the love of God has been poured into our hearts Here **hearts** represents a person’s thoughts, feelings, or inner person. The phrase **the love of God has been poured into our hearts** is a metaphor for God showing love to his people. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because he has loved us greatly” or “because God has shown us how much he loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 5 qka8 figs-metonymy ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 because the love of God has been poured into our hearts Here, **hearts** represents a person’s thoughts, feelings, or inner person. The phrase **the love of God has been poured into our hearts** is a metaphor for God showing love to his people. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because he has loved us greatly” or “because God has shown us how much he loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 6 x5eg figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 we The word **we** here refers to all believers and so should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 7 xv5w μόλις γὰρ ὑπὲρ δικαίου τις ἀποθανεῖται 1 For one will hardly die for a righteous man “It is hard to find someone who is willing to die, even for a righteous man”
|
||||
ROM 5 7 nnj9 ὑπὲρ γὰρ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ, τάχα τις καὶ τολμᾷ ἀποθανεῖν 1 That is, perhaps someone would dare to die for a good person “But you might find someone who is willing to die for such a good person”
|
||||
ROM 5 8 xew8 συνίστησιν 1 proves You can translate this verb in past tense using “demonstrated” or “showed.”
|
||||
ROM 5 8 bw77 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 us…we All occurrences of “us” and “we” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 9 l35j figs-explicit πολλῷ οὖν μᾶλλον δικαιωθέντες νῦν ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ 1 Much more, then, now that we are justified by his blood Here **justified** means that God puts us in a right relationship with himself. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “How much more will God do for us now that he has made us right with himself because of the death of Jesus on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 9 l35j figs-explicit πολλῷ οὖν μᾶλλον δικαιωθέντες νῦν ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ 1 Much more, then, now that we are justified by his blood Here, **justified** means that God puts us in a right relationship with himself. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “How much more will God do for us now that he has made us right with himself because of the death of Jesus on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 9 nvs3 figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι 1 blood This is a metonym for the sacrificial death of Jesus on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 5 9 sh8f σωθησόμεθα 1 we will be saved This means that through Jesus’ sacrificial death on the cross, God has forgiven us and rescued us from being punished in hell for our sin.
|
||||
ROM 5 9 bev3 figs-metonymy τῆς ὀργῆς 1 his wrath Here **wrath** is a metonym that refers to God’s punishment of those who have sinned against him. Alternate translation: “God’s punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 5 9 bev3 figs-metonymy τῆς ὀργῆς 1 his wrath Here, **wrath** is a metonym that refers to God’s punishment of those who have sinned against him. Alternate translation: “God’s punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 5 10 v8a1 figs-exclusive ὄντες 1 we were All occurrences of “we” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 10 u6bn Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, πολλῷ μᾶλλον καταλλαγέντες, σωθησόμεθα ἐν τῇ ζωῇ αὐτοῦ 1 his Son…his life “God’s Son…the life of God’s Son”
|
||||
ROM 5 10 rnc5 figs-activepassive κατηλλάγημεν τῷ Θεῷ διὰ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 we were reconciled to God through the death of his Son The death of the Son of the God has provided eternal forgiveness and made us friends with God, for all who believe in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God allowed us to have a peaceful relationship with him because his son died for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -352,25 +352,25 @@ ROM 5 14 ev8a ἀλλὰ…ὁ θάνατος 1 Nevertheless, death “Even tho
|
|||
ROM 5 14 bd3q figs-personification ἐβασίλευσεν ὁ θάνατος ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ μέχρι Μωϋσέως 1 death ruled from Adam until Moses Paul is speaking of death as if it were a king who ruled. Alternate translation: “people continued to die from the time of Adam until the time of Moses as a consequence of their sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 5 14 t481 καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς μὴ ἁμαρτήσαντας ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ 1 even over those who did not sin like Adam’s disobedience “even people whose sins were different from Adam’s continue to die”
|
||||
ROM 5 14 hdj4 ὅς ἐστιν τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος 1 who is a pattern of him who was to come Adam was a pattern of Christ, who appeared much later. He had much in common with him.
|
||||
ROM 5 15 kln1 figs-explicit εἰ γὰρ τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι, οἱ πολλοὶ ἀπέθανον 1 For if by the trespass of one the many died Here **one** refers to Adam. Alternate translation: “For if by one man’s sin, many died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 15 p83v figs-explicit πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι, τῇ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐπερίσσευσεν 1 how much more did the grace of God and the gift by the grace of the one man, Jesus Christ, abound for the many Here **grace** refers to God’s free gift that he made available to everyone through Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “even more through the man Jesus Christ, who died for us all, did God kindly offer us this gift of everlasting life, although we do not deserve it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 16 pe38 figs-explicit καὶ οὐχ ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς ἁμαρτήσαντος, τὸ δώρημα 1 For the gift is not like the outcome of that one man’s sin Here **the gift** refers to God’s freely erasing the record of our sins. Alternate translation: “The gift is not like the result of Adam’s sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 15 kln1 figs-explicit εἰ γὰρ τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι, οἱ πολλοὶ ἀπέθανον 1 For if by the trespass of one the many died Here, **one** refers to Adam. Alternate translation: “For if by one man’s sin, many died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 15 p83v figs-explicit πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι, τῇ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐπερίσσευσεν 1 how much more did the grace of God and the gift by the grace of the one man, Jesus Christ, abound for the many Here, **grace** refers to God’s free gift that he made available to everyone through Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “even more through the man Jesus Christ, who died for us all, did God kindly offer us this gift of everlasting life, although we do not deserve it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 16 pe38 figs-explicit καὶ οὐχ ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς ἁμαρτήσαντος, τὸ δώρημα 1 For the gift is not like the outcome of that one man’s sin Here, **the gift** refers to God’s freely erasing the record of our sins. Alternate translation: “The gift is not like the result of Adam’s sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 16 ci72 figs-explicit τὸ…γὰρ κρίμα ἐξ ἑνὸς, εἰς κατάκριμα, τὸ δὲ χάρισμα ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων, εἰς δικαίωμα 1 The judgment followed one trespass and brought condemnation, but the gift…justification Here Paul gives two reasons why “the gift is not like the result of Adam’s sin.” The “judgment of condemnation” implies that we all deserve God’s punishment for our sins. Alternate translation: “Because on the one hand, God declared that all people deserve to be punished because of the sin of one man, but on the other hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 16 m63g figs-explicit τὸ…χάρισμα ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων, εἰς δικαίωμα 1 the gift followed many trespasses and brought justification This refers to how God makes us right with him even when we do not deserve it. Alternate translation: “God’s kind gift to put us right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 16 uh4x ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων 1 followed many trespasses “after the sins of many”
|
||||
ROM 5 17 f94r τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι 1 trespass of the one This refers to the sin of Adam.
|
||||
ROM 5 17 kz6z figs-personification ὁ θάνατος ἐβασίλευσεν 1 death ruled Here Paul speaks of **death** as a king who ruled. The “rule” of death causes everyone to die. Alternate translation: “everyone died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 5 18 wr2r ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς παραπτώματος 1 by one trespass “through the one sin committed by Adam” or “because of Adam’s sin”
|
||||
ROM 5 18 ta2j figs-explicit εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς κατάκριμα 1 condemnation came to all people Here **condemnation** refers to God’s punishment. Alternate translation: “all people deserve God’s punishment for sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 18 ta2j figs-explicit εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς κατάκριμα 1 condemnation came to all people Here, **condemnation** refers to God’s punishment. Alternate translation: “all people deserve God’s punishment for sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 18 wgh4 δι’ ἑνὸς δικαιώματος 1 one act of righteousness the sacrifice of Jesus Christ
|
||||
ROM 5 18 ifk1 figs-explicit εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους…δικαίωσιν ζωῆς 1 justification and life for all people Here **justification** refers to God’s ability to make people right with him. Alternate translation: “God’s offer to make all people right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 18 ifk1 figs-explicit εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους…δικαίωσιν ζωῆς 1 justification and life for all people Here, **justification** refers to God’s ability to make people right with him. Alternate translation: “God’s offer to make all people right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 19 j5yh τῆς παρακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου 1 one man’s disobedience the disobedience of Adam
|
||||
ROM 5 19 q8lj figs-activepassive ἁμαρτωλοὶ κατεστάθησαν οἱ πολλοί 1 the many were made sinners You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “many people sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 19 aa3e τῆς ὑπακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς 1 the obedience of the one the obedience of Jesus
|
||||
ROM 5 19 w571 figs-activepassive δίκαιοι κατασταθήσονται οἱ πολλοί 1 will the many be made righteous You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will make many people right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 20 w958 figs-personification νόμος…παρεισῆλθεν 1 the law came in Here Paul speaks of the law as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “God gave his law to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 5 20 c59u ἐπλεόνασεν ἡ ἁμαρτία 1 sin abounded “sin increased”
|
||||
ROM 5 20 x7ny figs-explicit ὑπερεπερίσσευσεν ἡ χάρις 1 grace abounded even more Here **grace** refers to God’s undeserved blessings. Alternate translation: “God continued to act even more kindly toward them, in a way that they did not deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 20 x7ny figs-explicit ὑπερεπερίσσευσεν ἡ χάρις 1 grace abounded even more Here, **grace** refers to God’s undeserved blessings. Alternate translation: “God continued to act even more kindly toward them, in a way that they did not deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 21 wmy8 figs-personification ὥσπερ ἐβασίλευσεν ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1 as sin ruled in death Here Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were a king that ruled. Alternate translation: “as sin resulted in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 5 21 w4ut figs-personification οὕτως καὶ ἡ χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 even so grace might rule through righteousness for everlasting life through Jesus Christ our Lord Paul speaks of **grace** here as if it were a king that ruled. Alternate translation: “grace gave people everlasting life through the righteousness of Jesus Christ our Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 5 21 m5by figs-personification οὕτως…ἡ χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης 1 so grace might rule through righteousness Paul speaks of **grace** here as if it were a king that ruled. The word **righteousness** refers to God’s ability to make people right with him. Alternate translation: “so God might give his free gift to people to make them right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ ROM 6 intro v522 0 # Romans 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<b
|
|||
ROM 6 1 x13n 0 Connecting Statement: Under grace, Paul tells those who believe in Jesus to live a new life as though dead to sin and alive to God.
|
||||
ROM 6 1 pvg3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? ἐπιμένωμεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσῃ 1 What then will we say? Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound? Paul asks these rhetorical questions to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: “So, what should we say about all of this? We certainly should not keep on sinning so that God will give us more and more grace! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 6 1 fj9e figs-exclusive ἐροῦμεν 1 we say The pronoun “we” refers to Paul, his readers, and other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 2 be39 figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἀπεθάνομεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, πῶς ἔτι ζήσομεν ἐν αὐτῇ 1 We who died to sin, how can we still live in it? Here **died to sin** means that those who follow Jesus are now like dead people who cannot be affected by sin. Paul uses this rhetorical question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “We are now like dead people on whom sin has no effect! So we certainly should not keep on sinning!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 6 2 be39 figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἀπεθάνομεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, πῶς ἔτι ζήσομεν ἐν αὐτῇ 1 We who died to sin, how can we still live in it? Here, **died to sin** means that those who follow Jesus are now like dead people who cannot be affected by sin. Paul uses this rhetorical question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “We are now like dead people on whom sin has no effect! So we certainly should not keep on sinning!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 6 3 x4xs figs-rquestion ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε, ὅτι ὅσοι ἐβαπτίσθημεν εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, εἰς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθημεν? 1 Do you not know that as many as were baptized into Christ Jesus were baptized into his death? Paul uses this question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Remember, when someone baptized us to show that we have a relationship with Christ, this also shows that we died with Christ on the cross! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 6 4 f4va figs-metaphor συνετάφημεν οὖν αὐτῷ διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος εἰς τὸν θάνατον 1 We were buried, then, with him through baptism into death Here Paul speaks of a believer’s baptism in water as if it were a death and burial. Alternate translation: “When someone baptized us, it is just like that person buried us with Christ in the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 4 t47r figs-simile ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν 1 just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father, so also we might walk in newness of life To raise from the dead is an idiom for causing a person to live again. This compares a believer’s new spiritual life to Jesus coming back to life physically. The believer’s new spiritual life enables that person to obey God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “just as the Father brought Jesus back to life after he died, we might have new spiritual life and obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -391,11 +391,11 @@ ROM 6 6 l6pd figs-metonymy τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 the body
|
|||
ROM 6 6 syc4 figs-activepassive καταργηθῇ 1 might be destroyed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “might die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 6 ft8v figs-activepassive μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 we should no longer be enslaved to sin This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “sin should no longer enslave us” or “we should no longer be slaves to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 6 hq35 figs-metaphor μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 we should no longer be enslaved to sin Slavery to sin is a metaphor meaning having such a strong desire to sin that one is unable to stop himself from sinning. It is as if sin controls the person. Alternate translation: “we should no longer be controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 7 g3pf figs-explicit ὁ γὰρ ἀποθανὼν, δεδικαίωται ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας. 1 He who has died is declared righteous with respect to sin Here **righteous** refers to God’s ability to make people right with him. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “When God declares a person right with him, that person is no longer controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 8 muv7 figs-explicit ἀπεθάνομεν σὺν Χριστῷ 1 we have died with Christ Here **died** refers to the fact that believers are no longer controlled by sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 6 7 g3pf figs-explicit ὁ γὰρ ἀποθανὼν, δεδικαίωται ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας. 1 He who has died is declared righteous with respect to sin Here, **righteous** refers to God’s ability to make people right with him. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “When God declares a person right with him, that person is no longer controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 8 muv7 figs-explicit ἀπεθάνομεν σὺν Χριστῷ 1 we have died with Christ Here, **died** refers to the fact that believers are no longer controlled by sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 6 9 zkq2 figs-activepassive εἰδότες ὅτι Χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 We know that since Christ has been raised from the dead Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “We know since God brought Christ back to life after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 6 9 kl3e ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To be raised from among them is to become alive again.
|
||||
ROM 6 9 wem1 figs-personification θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεύει 1 death no longer has authority over him Here **death** is described as a king or ruler that has power over people. Alternate translation: “He can never die again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 6 9 wem1 figs-personification θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεύει 1 death no longer has authority over him Here, **death** is described as a king or ruler that has power over people. Alternate translation: “He can never die again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 6 10 s2xy figs-idiom ὃ γὰρ ἀπέθανεν, τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν ἐφάπαξ 1 For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all The phrase **once for all** means to finish something completely. You can make this full meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “For when he died he broke the power of sin completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 6 11 cac8 οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς, λογίζεσθε 1 In the same way, you also must consider “For this reason consider”
|
||||
ROM 6 11 jja7 λογίζεσθε ἑαυτοὺς 1 consider yourselves “think of yourselves as” or “see yourselves as”
|
||||
|
|
@ -407,8 +407,8 @@ ROM 6 12 s6h1 figs-personification μὴ…βασιλευέτω ἡ ἁμαρτ
|
|||
ROM 6 12 cm8d figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι 1 in your mortal body This phrase refers to the physical part of a person, which will die. Alternate translation: “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 6 12 r462 figs-personification εἰς τὸ ὑπακούειν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ 1 in order that you may obey its lusts Paul speaks of a person having evil desires as if it sin were a master that had evil desires. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 6 13 rh3z figs-synecdoche μηδὲ παριστάνετε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα ἀδικίας τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 Do not present the parts of your body to sin, to be tools used for unrighteousness The picture is of the sinner offering the “parts of his body” to his master or king. One’s “body parts” are a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “Do not offer yourselves to sin so that you do what is not right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 6 13 r4wz figs-explicit ἀλλὰ παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Θεῷ, ὡσεὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας 1 But present yourselves to God, as those who have been brought from death to life Here **now living** refers to the believer’s new spiritual life. Alternate translation: “But offer yourselves to God, because he has given you new spiritual life” or “But offer yourselves to God, as those who had died and are now alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 6 13 pgw5 figs-synecdoche καὶ τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης τῷ Θεῷ 1 the parts of your body to God as tools to be used for righteousness Here **parts of your body** is a synecdoche that refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “let God use you for what is pleasing to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 6 13 r4wz figs-explicit ἀλλὰ παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Θεῷ, ὡσεὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας 1 But present yourselves to God, as those who have been brought from death to life Here, **now living** refers to the believer’s new spiritual life. Alternate translation: “But offer yourselves to God, because he has given you new spiritual life” or “But offer yourselves to God, as those who had died and are now alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 6 13 pgw5 figs-synecdoche καὶ τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης τῷ Θεῷ 1 the parts of your body to God as tools to be used for righteousness Here, **parts of your body** is a synecdoche that refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “let God use you for what is pleasing to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 6 14 gez3 figs-personification ἁμαρτία…ὑμῶν οὐ κυριεύσει, 1 Do not allow sin to rule over you Paul speaks of **sin** here as if it were a king who rules over people. Alternate translation: “Do not let sinful desires control what you do” or “Do not allow yourselves to do the sinful things you want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 6 14 iev9 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑπὸ νόμον 1 For you are not under law To be “under law” means to be subject to its limitations and weaknesses. You can make the full meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “For you are no longer bound to the law of Moses, which could not give you the power to stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 6 14 fl3e figs-explicit ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν 1 but under grace To be “under grace” means that God’s free gift provides the power to keep from sinning. You can make the full meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “but you are bound to God’s grace, which does give you the power to stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -420,21 +420,21 @@ ROM 6 16 w9wf εἰς θάνατον…εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 which l
|
|||
ROM 6 17 dz5x χάρις δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 But thanks be to God! “But I thank God!”
|
||||
ROM 6 17 yxt7 figs-metaphor ὅτι ἦτε δοῦλοι τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 For you were slaves of sin Slavery of sin is a metaphor meaning having such a strong desire to sin that one is unable to stop himself from sinning. It is as if sin controls the person. Alternate translation: “you were like slaves of sin” or “you were controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 17 my2z figs-metonymy ὑπηκούσατε δὲ ἐκ καρδίας 1 but you have obeyed from the heart Here the word **heart** refers to having sincere or honest motives for doing something. Alternate translation: “but you truly obeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 6 17 pz14 figs-activepassive εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς 1 the pattern of teaching that you were given Here **pattern** refers to the way of living that leads to righteousness. The believers change their old way of living to match this new way of living that Christian leaders teach to them. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the teaching that Christian leaders gave you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 17 pz14 figs-activepassive εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς 1 the pattern of teaching that you were given Here, **pattern** refers to the way of living that leads to righteousness. The believers change their old way of living to match this new way of living that Christian leaders teach to them. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the teaching that Christian leaders gave you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 18 y2zg figs-activepassive ἐλευθερωθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 You have been made free from sin You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Christ has freed you from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 18 idu4 ἐλευθερωθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 You have been made free from sin Here **free from sin** is a metaphor for no longer having a strong desire to sin and being able to stop oneself from sinning. Alternate translation: “Your strong desire to sin has been taken away” or “you have been made free from sin’s control over you”
|
||||
ROM 6 18 idu4 ἐλευθερωθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 You have been made free from sin Here, **free from sin** is a metaphor for no longer having a strong desire to sin and being able to stop oneself from sinning. Alternate translation: “Your strong desire to sin has been taken away” or “you have been made free from sin’s control over you”
|
||||
ROM 6 18 g42l figs-metaphor ἐδουλώθητε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 you have been made slaves of righteousness Slavery of righteousness is a metaphor meaning having a strong desire to do what is right. It is as if righteousness controls the person. Alternate translation: “you have been made like slaves of righteousness” or “you are now controlled by righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 18 fx5r ἐδουλώθητε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 you have been made slaves of righteousness This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Christ has made you slaves of righteousness” or “Christ has changed you so that now you are controlled by righteousness”
|
||||
ROM 6 19 l4cl ἀνθρώπινον λέγω 1 I speak like a man Paul may have expected his readers to wonder why he was speaking of slavery and freedom. Here he is saying that he is using these ideas from their everyday experience to help them understand that people are controlled either by sin or by righteousness. Alternate translation: “I am speaking about this in human terms” or “I am using examples from everyday life”
|
||||
ROM 6 19 l4ah figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν 1 because of the weakness of your flesh Often Paul uses The word **flesh** as the opposite of “spirit.” Alternate translation: “because you do not fully understand spiritual things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 6 19 ran5 figs-synecdoche παρεστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ 1 presented the parts of your body as slaves to uncleanness and to evil Here, “body parts” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “offered yourselves as slaves to everything that is evil and not pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 6 19 wzt1 figs-synecdoche παραστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, δοῦλα τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 present the parts of your body as slaves to righteousness for sanctification Here **body parts** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “offer yourselves as slaves to what is right before God so that he might set you apart and give you the power to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 6 20 i1ze figs-metaphor ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 you were free from righteousness Here **free from righteousness** is a metaphor for not having to do what is righteous. The people were living as though they thought that they did not have to do what was right. Alternate translation: “it was as though you were free from righteousness” or “you behaved as though you did not have to do what was right” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
ROM 6 19 wzt1 figs-synecdoche παραστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, δοῦλα τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 present the parts of your body as slaves to righteousness for sanctification Here, **body parts** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “offer yourselves as slaves to what is right before God so that he might set you apart and give you the power to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 6 20 i1ze figs-metaphor ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 you were free from righteousness Here, **free from righteousness** is a metaphor for not having to do what is righteous. The people were living as though they thought that they did not have to do what was right. Alternate translation: “it was as though you were free from righteousness” or “you behaved as though you did not have to do what was right” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
ROM 6 21 kjl5 figs-rquestion τίνα οὖν καρπὸν εἴχετε τότε, ἐφ’ οἷς νῦν ἐπαισχύνεσθε 1 At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed? **Fruit** here is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Paul is using a question to emphasize that sinning results in nothing good. Alternate translation: “Nothing good came from those things that now cause you shame” or “You gained nothing by doing those things that now cause you shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 6 22 z3ap figs-activepassive νυνὶ δέ, ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But now that you have become free from sin and have become God’s slaves” or “But now that God has freed you from sin and made you his slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 22 j25t figs-metaphor νυνὶ δέ, ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 But now that you have been made free from sin Being “free from sin” is a metaphor for being able not to sin. Alternate translation: “But now that God has made you able not to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 22 u9dm figs-metaphor δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 and are enslaved to God Being “enslaved” to God is a metaphor for being able to serve and obey God. Alternate translation: “and God has made you able to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 22 npf3 figs-metaphor ἔχετε τὸν καρπὸν ὑμῶν εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 you have your fruit for sanctification Here **fruit** is a metaphor for “result” or “benefit.” Alternate translation: “the benefit is your sanctification” or “the benefit is that you live in a holy way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 22 npf3 figs-metaphor ἔχετε τὸν καρπὸν ὑμῶν εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 you have your fruit for sanctification Here, **fruit** is a metaphor for “result” or “benefit.” Alternate translation: “the benefit is your sanctification” or “the benefit is that you live in a holy way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 22 a478 τὸ δὲ τέλος ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 The result is eternal life “The result of all of this is that you will live forever with God”
|
||||
ROM 6 23 ze3f τὰ γὰρ ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατος 1 For the wages of sin are death The word **wages** refers to a payment given to someone for their work. “For if you serve sin, you will receive spiritual death as payment” or “For if you continue sinning, God will punish you with spiritual death”
|
||||
ROM 6 23 pf3s τὸ δὲ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιος ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν 1 but the gift of God is eternal life in Christ Jesus our Lord “but God gives eternal life to those who belong to Christ Jesus our Lord”
|
||||
|
|
@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ ROM 7 1 nj1k 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains how the law controls those
|
|||
ROM 7 1 mk7w figs-rquestion ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε, ἀδελφοί (γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ), ὅτι ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ? 1 do you not know, brothers…that the law controls a person for as long as he lives? Paul asks this question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “So you certainly know that people have to obey laws only while they are alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 7 1 r9fl ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
ROM 7 2 as1h 0 Connecting Statement: This verse begins a description of what Paul means by “the law controls a person for as long as he lives” ([Romans 7:1](./01.md)).
|
||||
ROM 7 2 l6d9 figs-metaphor ἡ…ὕπανδρος γυνὴ τῷ…ἀνδρὶ δέδεται νόμῳ 1 the married woman is bound by law to the husband Here **bound by law to the husband** is a metaphor for a woman being united to her husband according to the law of marriage. Alternate translation: “according to the law, the married woman is united to the husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 7 2 l6d9 figs-metaphor ἡ…ὕπανδρος γυνὴ τῷ…ἀνδρὶ δέδεται νόμῳ 1 the married woman is bound by law to the husband Here, **bound by law to the husband** is a metaphor for a woman being united to her husband according to the law of marriage. Alternate translation: “according to the law, the married woman is united to the husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 7 2 iu7r ἡ…ὕπανδρος γυνὴ 1 the married woman This refers to any woman who is married.
|
||||
ROM 7 3 w3yw 0 Connecting Statement: This verse ends a description of what Paul means by “the law controls a person for as long as he lives” ([Romans 7:1](./01.md)).
|
||||
ROM 7 3 r2m4 figs-activepassive μοιχαλὶς χρηματίσει 1 she will be called an adulteress You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will consider her an adulteress” or “people will call her an adulteress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -452,8 +452,8 @@ ROM 7 4 ne64 ὥστε, ἀδελφοί μου 1 Therefore, my brothers This re
|
|||
ROM 7 4 u5nu ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
ROM 7 4 z8zj figs-activepassive καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐθανατώθητε τῷ νόμῳ διὰ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 you were also made dead to the law through the body of Christ You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “you also died to the law when through Christ you died on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 7 4 t9nt figs-idiom τῷ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγερθέντι 1 to him who was raised from the dead **Raised** here is an idiom for “caused to live again.” This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “to him who was caused to live again” or “to him whom God raised from the dead” or “to him whom God caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 7 4 c4rl figs-metaphor καρποφορήσωμεν τῷ Θεῷ 1 we might produce fruit for God Here **fruit** is a metaphor for actions that please God. Alternate translation: “we might be able to do things pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 7 5 xed9 figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ καρποφορῆσαι τῷ θανάτῳ 1 to bear fruit for death Here **fruit** is a metaphor for a “result of one’s actions” or “outcome of one’s actions.” Alternate translation: “which resulted in spiritual-death” or “the outcome of which was our own spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 7 4 c4rl figs-metaphor καρποφορήσωμεν τῷ Θεῷ 1 we might produce fruit for God Here, **fruit** is a metaphor for actions that please God. Alternate translation: “we might be able to do things pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 7 5 xed9 figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ καρποφορῆσαι τῷ θανάτῳ 1 to bear fruit for death Here, **fruit** is a metaphor for a “result of one’s actions” or “outcome of one’s actions.” Alternate translation: “which resulted in spiritual-death” or “the outcome of which was our own spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 7 6 mze7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds us that God does not make us holy by the law.
|
||||
ROM 7 6 l8w4 figs-activepassive κατηργήθημεν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου 1 we have been released from the law You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has released us from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 7 6 j6i3 figs-exclusive κατηργήθημεν 1 we have been released This pronoun refers to Paul and the believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ ROM 7 15 zv5l figs-hyperbole ὃ μισῶ, τοῦτο ποιῶ. 1 what I hate
|
|||
ROM 7 16 y26s εἰ δὲ…ποιῶ 1 But if I do “However, if I do”
|
||||
ROM 7 16 q3b5 σύνφημι τῷ νόμῳ 1 I agree with the law “I know God’s law is good”
|
||||
ROM 7 17 f6n8 figs-personification ἡ ἐνοικοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρτία 1 the sin that lives in me Paul describes sin as a living being that has the power to influence him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 7 18 p1c1 figs-metonymy τῇ σαρκί μου 1 my flesh Here **flesh** is a metonym for the sinful nature. Alternate translation: “my sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 7 18 p1c1 figs-metonymy τῇ σαρκί μου 1 my flesh Here, **flesh** is a metonym for the sinful nature. Alternate translation: “my sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 7 19 ri3b ἀγαθόν 1 the good “the good deeds” or “the good actions”
|
||||
ROM 7 19 j69g κακὸν 1 the evil “the evil deeds” or “the evil actions”
|
||||
ROM 7 20 afw6 figs-personification ἀλλὰ ἡ οἰκοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρτία 1 rather sin that lives in me Paul speaks of “sin” as if it were alive and living inside him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ ROM 7 25 w9ui χάρις τῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τ
|
|||
ROM 7 25 adx1 figs-metaphor ἄρα οὖν αὐτὸς ἐγὼ, τῷ μὲν νοῒ δουλεύω νόμῳ Θεοῦ; τῇ δὲ σαρκὶ, νόμῳ ἁμαρτίας 1 So then, I myself serve the law of God with my mind. However, with the flesh I serve the principle of sin The mind and flesh are used here to show how they compare to serve either God’s law or the principle of sin. With the mind or intellect one can choose to please and obey God and with the flesh or physical nature to serve sin. Alternate translation: “My mind chooses to please God, but my flesh chooses to obey sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 intro ev4r 0 # Romans 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The first verse of this chapter is a transitional sentence. Paul concludes his teaching of Chapter 7 and leads into the words of Chapter 8.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 36. Paul quotes these words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Indwelling of the Spirit<br>The Holy Spirit is said to live inside a person or inside their heart. If the Spirit is present, this signifies that a person is saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>### “These are sons of God”<br>Jesus is the Son of God in a unique way. God also adopts Christians to be his children. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adoption]])<br><br>### Predestination<br>Many scholars believe Paul in this chapter teaches on a subject known as “predestination.” This is related to the biblical concept of “predestine.” Some take this to indicate that God has, from before the foundation of the world, chosen some to be eternally saved. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject. So translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter, especially with regards to elements of causation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Paul poetically presents his teaching in verses 38 and 39 in the form of an extended metaphor. He explains that nothing can separate a person from the love of God in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### No condemnation<br>This phrase must be translated carefully to avoid doctrinal confusion. People are still guilty of their sin. God disapproves of acting sinfully, even after believing in Jesus. God still punishes the sins of believers, but Jesus has paid the punishment for their sin. This is what Paul expresses here. The word “condemn” has several possible meanings. Here Paul emphasizes that people who believe in Jesus are no longer punished eternally for their sin by being “condemned to hell.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])
|
||||
ROM 8 1 xq2y 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives the answer to the struggle he has with sin and good.
|
||||
ROM 8 1 xw65 figs-explicit οὐδὲν ἄρα νῦν κατάκριμα τοῖς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 There is therefore now no condemnation for those who are in Christ Jesus Here **condemnation** refers to punishing people. Alternate translation: “God will not condemn and punish those who are joined to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 1 xw65 figs-explicit οὐδὲν ἄρα νῦν κατάκριμα τοῖς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 There is therefore now no condemnation for those who are in Christ Jesus Here, **condemnation** refers to punishing people. Alternate translation: “God will not condemn and punish those who are joined to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 1 i12t ἄρα 1 therefore “for that reason” or “because what I have just told you is true”
|
||||
ROM 8 2 x8uu figs-explicit ὁ…νόμος τοῦ Πνεύματος τῆς ζωῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 the law of the Spirit of life in Christ Jesus This refers to God’s Spirit. Alternate translation: “God’s Spirit in Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 2 th4n figs-metaphor ἠλευθέρωσέν σε ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου 1 has set you free from the law of sin and death Being free from the law of sin and death is a metaphor for not being controlled by the law of sin and death. Alternate translation: “has caused the law of sin and death to no longer control you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -564,12 +564,12 @@ ROM 8 21 l6qc figs-activepassive αὐτὴ ἡ κτίσις ἐλευθερωθ
|
|||
ROM 8 21 ba5h figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τῆς δουλείας τῆς φθορᾶς 1 from slavery to decay Here being in slavery to decay is a metaphor for being certain to decay. Alternate translation: “from being like a slave to decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 21 tx57 figs-metaphor εἰς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν τῆς δόξης τῶν τέκνων τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 that it will be brought into the freedom of the glory of the children of God **Freedom** here is in contrast with slavery to decay. It is a metaphor meaning that the creation will not decay. Alternate translation: “that it will become gloriously free from decay like the children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 22 l69k figs-metaphor οἴδαμεν γὰρ ὅτι πᾶσα ἡ κτίσις συνστενάζει καὶ συνωδίνει ἄχρι τοῦ νῦν 1 For we know that the whole creation groans and labors in pain together even now The creation is compared to a woman groaning while giving birth to a baby. Alternate translation: “For we know that everything that God created wants to be free and groans for it like a woman giving birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 23 k1wy figs-explicit υἱοθεσίαν ἀπεκδεχόμενοι, τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν τοῦ σώματος ἡμῶν 1 waiting for our adoption, the redemption of our body Here **our adoption** means when we become full members of God’s family, as adopted children. The word **redemption** means when God saves us. Alternate translation: “waiting for when we are fully members of God’s family and he saves our bodies from decay and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 23 k1wy figs-explicit υἱοθεσίαν ἀπεκδεχόμενοι, τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν τοῦ σώματος ἡμῶν 1 waiting for our adoption, the redemption of our body Here, **our adoption** means when we become full members of God’s family, as adopted children. The word **redemption** means when God saves us. Alternate translation: “waiting for when we are fully members of God’s family and he saves our bodies from decay and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 24 x4gi figs-activepassive τῇ γὰρ ἐλπίδι ἐσώθημεν 1 For in this certain hope we were saved You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For God saved us because we hoped in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 24 tks9 figs-rquestion ἐλπὶς δὲ βλεπομένη, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐλπίς; ὃ γὰρ βλέπει τις, ἐλπίζει 1 Now hope that is seen is not hope. For who hopes for what he can see? Paul uses a question to help his audience understand what “hope” is. Alternate translation: “But if we are confidently waiting, that means we do not yet have what we want. No one can confidently wait if he already has what he wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 8 26 h8jy 0 Connecting Statement: Though Paul has been emphasizing that there is a struggle in believers between the flesh and the Spirit, he affirms that the Spirit is aiding us.
|
||||
ROM 8 26 jmp8 στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις 1 inexpressible groans “groanings that we cannot express in words”
|
||||
ROM 8 27 tq4n figs-metonymy ὁ…ἐραυνῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 He who searches the hearts Here **He** refers to God. Here **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts and emotions. The phrase **searches the hearts** is a metaphor for examining thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “God, who knows all our thoughts and feelings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 27 tq4n figs-metonymy ὁ…ἐραυνῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 He who searches the hearts Here, **He** refers to God. Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts and emotions. The phrase **searches the hearts** is a metaphor for examining thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “God, who knows all our thoughts and feelings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 28 w4rz 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers that nothing can separate them from God’s love.
|
||||
ROM 8 28 q3ce figs-activepassive τοῖς…κλητοῖς οὖσιν 1 for those who are called You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “for those whom God chose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 29 m3vv οὓς προέγνω 1 those whom he foreknew “those whom he knew before he even created them”
|
||||
|
|
@ -577,12 +577,12 @@ ROM 8 29 rg4t καὶ προώρισεν 1 he also predestined “he also made
|
|||
ROM 8 29 xhn2 figs-activepassive συμμόρφους τῆς εἰκόνος τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 to be conformed to the image of his Son God planned from before the beginning of creation to grow those who believe in Jesus, the Son of God, into persons who are like Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that he would change them to be like his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 29 yuw2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ROM 8 29 lf49 εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν πρωτότοκον 1 that he might be the firstborn “so that his Son would be the firstborn”
|
||||
ROM 8 29 s552 figs-explicit ἐν πολλοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 among many brothers Here **brothers** refers to all believers, both male and female. Alternate translation: “among many brothers and sisters who belong to the family of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 29 s552 figs-explicit ἐν πολλοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 among many brothers Here, **brothers** refers to all believers, both male and female. Alternate translation: “among many brothers and sisters who belong to the family of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 30 hg3f οὓς…προώρισεν 1 Those whom he predestined “Those whom God made plans for in advance”
|
||||
ROM 8 30 g1y3 figs-explicit τούτους καὶ ἐδικαίωσεν 1 these he also justified Here **justified** is in the past tense to emphasize that this will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “these he also put right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 30 g1y3 figs-explicit τούτους καὶ ἐδικαίωσεν 1 these he also justified Here, **justified** is in the past tense to emphasize that this will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “these he also put right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 30 g29g figs-explicit τούτους καὶ ἐδόξασεν 1 these he also glorified The word **glorified** is in the past tense to emphasize that this will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “these he will also glorify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 31 xpu3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν πρὸς ταῦτα? εἰ ὁ Θεὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, τίς καθ’ ἡμῶν 1 What then shall we say about these things? If God is for us, who is against us? Paul uses questions to emphasize the main point of what he said previously. Alternate translation: “This is what we should know from all of this: since God is helping us, no one can defeat us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 8 32 l73i guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὅς γε τοῦ ἰδίου Υἱοῦ οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 He who did not spare his own Son God the Father sent the Son of God, Jesus Christ, to the cross as the holy, infinite sacrifice necessary to satisfy God’s infinite, holy nature against the sin of humanity. Here **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ROM 8 32 l73i guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὅς γε τοῦ ἰδίου Υἱοῦ οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 He who did not spare his own Son God the Father sent the Son of God, Jesus Christ, to the cross as the holy, infinite sacrifice necessary to satisfy God’s infinite, holy nature against the sin of humanity. Here, **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ROM 8 32 b3au ἀλλὰ…παρέδωκεν αὐτόν 1 but delivered him up “but put him under the control of his enemies”
|
||||
ROM 8 32 gk4l figs-rquestion πῶς οὐχὶ καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ, τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν χαρίσεται 1 how will he not also with him freely give us all things? Paul is using a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “he will certainly and freely give us all things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 8 32 rib2 τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν χαρίσεται 1 freely give us all things “kindly give us all things”
|
||||
|
|
@ -592,10 +592,10 @@ ROM 8 34 vd8g translate-symaction ὅς, καί ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ τ
|
|||
ROM 8 35 h9ba figs-rquestion τίς ἡμᾶς χωρίσει ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Who will separate us from the love of Christ? Paul uses this question to teach that nothing can separate us from the love of Christ. Alternate translation: “No one will ever separate us from the love of Christ!” or “Nothing will ever separate us from the love of Christ!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 8 35 m2hl figs-ellipsis θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμὸς, ἢ λιμὸς, ἢ γυμνότης, ἢ κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα 1 Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword? The words “shall separate us from the love of Christ” are understood from the previous question. Alternate translation: “Shall tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword separate us from the love of Christ?”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 8 35 ldx1 figs-rquestion θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμὸς, ἢ λιμὸς, ἢ γυμνότης, ἢ κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα 1 Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword? Paul uses this question to emphasize that even these things cannot separate us from the love of Christ. Alternate translation: “Even tribulation, distress, persecution, hunger, nakedness, danger, and sword cannot separate us from the love of Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 8 35 qe2z figs-abstractnouns θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμὸς, ἢ λιμὸς, ἢ γυμνότης, ἢ κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα 1 Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword? The abstract nouns can be expressed with verbal phrases. Here **sword** is a metonym that represents being killed violently. Alternate translation: “Even if people cause us trouble, hurt us, take away our clothes and food, or kill us, they cannot separate us from the love of Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 8 35 qe2z figs-abstractnouns θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμὸς, ἢ λιμὸς, ἢ γυμνότης, ἢ κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα 1 Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword? The abstract nouns can be expressed with verbal phrases. Here, **sword** is a metonym that represents being killed violently. Alternate translation: “Even if people cause us trouble, hurt us, take away our clothes and food, or kill us, they cannot separate us from the love of Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 8 35 q2dc figs-doublet θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία 1 Tribulation, or distress These words both mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 8 36 t67y figs-you ὅτι ἕνεκεν σοῦ 1 For your benefit Here **your** is singular and refers to God. Alternate translation: “For you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 8 36 s7wj figs-exclusive θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 we are killed all day long Here **we** refers to the one who wrote this part of Scripture, but not his audience, who was God. The phrase **all day long** is an exaggeration to emphasize how much danger they are in. Paul uses this part of Scripture to show that all who belong to God should expect difficult times. This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “our enemies continually seek to kill us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 36 t67y figs-you ὅτι ἕνεκεν σοῦ 1 For your benefit Here, **your** is singular and refers to God. Alternate translation: “For you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 8 36 s7wj figs-exclusive θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 we are killed all day long Here, **we** refers to the one who wrote this part of Scripture, but not his audience, who was God. The phrase **all day long** is an exaggeration to emphasize how much danger they are in. Paul uses this part of Scripture to show that all who belong to God should expect difficult times. This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “our enemies continually seek to kill us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 36 g3pi figs-simile ἐλογίσθημεν ὡς πρόβατα σφαγῆς 1 We were considered as sheep for the slaughter Here Paul compares to livestock those whom people kill because they are loyal to God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Our lives have no more value to them than the sheep they kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 37 iui3 ὑπερνικῶμεν 1 we are more than conquerors “we have complete victory”
|
||||
ROM 8 37 wcm6 figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς 1 through the one who loved us You can make explicit the kind of love that Jesus showed. Alternate translation: “because of Jesus, who loved us so much he was willing to die for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ ROM 9 intro w6f4 0 # Romans 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<b
|
|||
ROM 9 1 b89f 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells of his personal desire that the people of the nation of Israel will be saved. Then he emphasizes the different ways in which God has prepared them to believe.
|
||||
ROM 9 1 yg93 figs-doublet ἀλήθειαν λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ, οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 I tell the truth in Christ. I do not lie These two expressions mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize that he is telling the truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 9 1 h9mp συνμαρτυρούσης μοι τῆς συνειδήσεώς μου ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 my conscience bears witness with me in the Holy Spirit “the Holy Spirit controls my conscience and confirms what I say”
|
||||
ROM 9 2 jx3a figs-idiom ὅτι λύπη μοί ἐστιν μεγάλη, καὶ ἀδιάλειπτος ὀδύνη τῇ καρδίᾳ μου 1 that for me there is great sorrow and unceasing pain in my heart Here **unceasing pain in my heart** is an idiom that Paul uses to share his emotional distress. Alternate translation: “I tell you that I grieve very greatly and deeply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 9 2 jx3a figs-idiom ὅτι λύπη μοί ἐστιν μεγάλη, καὶ ἀδιάλειπτος ὀδύνη τῇ καρδίᾳ μου 1 that for me there is great sorrow and unceasing pain in my heart Here, **unceasing pain in my heart** is an idiom that Paul uses to share his emotional distress. Alternate translation: “I tell you that I grieve very greatly and deeply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 9 2 jky1 figs-doublet λύπη…μεγάλη, καὶ ἀδιάλειπτος ὀδύνη 1 great sorrow and unceasing pain These two expressions mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize how great his emotions are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 9 3 rh5h figs-activepassive ηὐχόμην γὰρ ἀνάθεμα εἶναι αὐτὸς, ἐγὼ ἀπὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου, τῶν συγγενῶν μου, κατὰ σάρκα 1 For I could wish that I myself would be cursed and set apart from Christ for the sake of my brothers, those of my own race according to the flesh You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “I personally would be willing to let God curse me and, keep me apart from Christ forever if that would help my fellow Israelites, my own people group, to believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 3 eg9b τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
|
|
@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ ROM 9 6 s2ma 0 Connecting Statement: Paul emphasizes that those who are born i
|
|||
ROM 9 6 equ8 οὐχ οἷον δὲ, ὅτι ἐκπέπτωκεν ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 But it is not as though the promises of God have failed “But God has not failed to keep his promises” or “God has kept his promises”
|
||||
ROM 9 6 wy8z οὐ γὰρ πάντες οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ οὗτοι, Ἰσραήλ 1 For it is not everyone in Israel who truly belongs to Israel God did not make his promises to all the physical descendants of Israel (or Jacob), but to his spiritual descendants, that is, those who trust in Jesus.
|
||||
ROM 9 7 s3rj οὐδ’ ὅτι εἰσὶν σπέρμα Ἀβραάμ πάντες τέκνα 1 Neither are all Abraham’s descendants truly his children “Nor are they all children of God just because they are Abraham’s descendants”
|
||||
ROM 9 8 s5xa figs-metonymy οὐ τὰ τέκνα τῆς σαρκὸς, 1 the children of the flesh are not Here **children of the flesh** is a metonym that refers to the physical descendants of Abraham. Alternate translation: “not all of Abraham’s descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 9 8 s5xa figs-metonymy οὐ τὰ τέκνα τῆς σαρκὸς, 1 the children of the flesh are not Here, **children of the flesh** is a metonym that refers to the physical descendants of Abraham. Alternate translation: “not all of Abraham’s descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 9 8 y17u figs-metaphor ταῦτα τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 children of God This is a metaphor that refers to people who are spiritual descendants, those who have faith in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 8 ta8t τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 children of the promise This refers to people who will inherit the promises that God gave to Abraham.
|
||||
ROM 9 9 up57 ἐπαγγελίας…ὁ λόγος οὗτος 1 this is the word of promise “these are the words God used when he made the promise”
|
||||
|
|
@ -655,47 +655,47 @@ ROM 9 22 we86 figs-metaphor σκεύη ὀργῆς 1 containers of wrath Paul s
|
|||
ROM 9 23 ufj7 γνωρίσῃ…αὐτοῦ 1 he…his The words **he** and **his** here refer to God.
|
||||
ROM 9 23 v33r figs-metaphor σκεύη ἐλέους 1 containers of mercy Paul speaks of people as if they were containers. Alternate translation: “people who deserve mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 23 she3 figs-metaphor τὸν πλοῦτον τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ 1 the riches of his glory upon Paul compares God’s wonderful actions here to great **riches**. Alternate translation: “his glory, which is of great value, upon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 23 t41s figs-explicit ἃ προητοίμασεν εἰς δόξαν 1 which he had previously prepared for glory Here **glory** refers to life in heaven with God. Alternate translation: “whom he prepared ahead of time in order that they might live with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 9 23 t41s figs-explicit ἃ προητοίμασεν εἰς δόξαν 1 which he had previously prepared for glory Here, **glory** refers to life in heaven with God. Alternate translation: “whom he prepared ahead of time in order that they might live with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 9 24 y6vp figs-exclusive καὶ…ἡμᾶς 1 also for us The word **us** here refers to Paul and fellow believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 24 t8rn ἐκάλεσεν 1 called Here **called** means God has appointed or chosen people to be his children, to be his servants and proclaimers of his message of salvation through Jesus.
|
||||
ROM 9 24 t8rn ἐκάλεσεν 1 called Here, **called** means God has appointed or chosen people to be his children, to be his servants and proclaimers of his message of salvation through Jesus.
|
||||
ROM 9 25 eqc2 0 Connecting Statement: In this section Paul explains how Israel’s unbelief as a nation was told ahead of time by the prophet Hosea.
|
||||
ROM 9 25 ewb4 figs-explicit ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ Ὡσηὲ λέγει 1 As he says also in Hosea Here **he** refers to God. Alternate translation: “As God says also in the book that Hosea wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 9 25 ewb4 figs-explicit ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ Ὡσηὲ λέγει 1 As he says also in Hosea Here, **he** refers to God. Alternate translation: “As God says also in the book that Hosea wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 9 25 m82v translate-names τῷ Ὡσηὲ 1 Hosea Hosea was a prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ROM 9 25 gi5k καλέσω τὸν οὐ λαόν μου, λαόν μου 1 I will call my people who were not my people “I will choose for my people those who were not my people”
|
||||
ROM 9 25 yy15 figs-activepassive τὴν οὐκ ἠγαπημένην, ἠγαπημένην 1 her beloved who was not beloved Here **her** refers to Hosea’s wife, Gomer, who represents the nation of Israel. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “I will choose her whom I did not love to be one whom I love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 25 yy15 figs-activepassive τὴν οὐκ ἠγαπημένην, ἠγαπημένην 1 her beloved who was not beloved Here, **her** refers to Hosea’s wife, Gomer, who represents the nation of Israel. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “I will choose her whom I did not love to be one whom I love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 26 qe9f υἱοὶ Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 sons of the living God The word **living** may refer to the fact that God is the only true God, and not like the false idols. Alternate translation: “children of the true God”
|
||||
ROM 9 27 zqi1 κράζει 1 cries out “calls out”
|
||||
ROM 9 27 k9j8 figs-simile ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης 1 as the sand of the sea Here Paul compares the number of the people of Israel to the number of grains of **sand** in the **sea**. Alternate translation: “too many to count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
ROM 9 27 wig1 figs-activepassive σωθήσεται 1 will be saved Paul uses The word **saved** in a spiritual sense. If God saves a person, it means that through believing in Jesus’ death on the cross, God has forgiven him and rescued him from being punished for his sin. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 28 cm32 λόγον…ποιήσει Κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 the Lord will carry out his sentence on the earth Here **sentence** refers to how he has decided to punish people. Alternate translation: “the Lord will punish people on the earth according to how he has said”
|
||||
ROM 9 28 cm32 λόγον…ποιήσει Κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 the Lord will carry out his sentence on the earth Here, **sentence** refers to how he has decided to punish people. Alternate translation: “the Lord will punish people on the earth according to how he has said”
|
||||
ROM 9 29 dl9x figs-exclusive ἡμῖν…ν ἐγενήθημεν 1 us…we Here the words **us** and **we** refer to Isaiah and those to whom he spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 29 tk2e figs-explicit ὡς Σόδομα ἂν ἐγενήθημεν, καὶ ὡς Γόμορρα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν 1 we would be like Sodom, and we would have become like Gomorrah God killed all of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah because of their sin. Alternate translation: “we all would have been destroyed like the people of Sodom and Gomorrah” or “God would have destroyed all of us, like he destroyed the cities of Sodom and Gommorah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 9 30 m5l2 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 What will we say then? Paul uses this question to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: “This is what we must say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 9 30 ki4k ὅτι ἔθνη 1 That the Gentiles “We will say that the Gentiles”
|
||||
ROM 9 30 bnl6 τὰ μὴ διώκοντα δικαιοσύνην 1 who were not pursuing righteousness “who were not trying to please God”
|
||||
ROM 9 30 gl4m figs-explicit δικαιοσύνην…τὴν ἐκ πίστεως 1 the righteousness by faith Here **by faith** refers to placing one’s trust in Christ. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “because God made them right with him when they trusted in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 9 30 gl4m figs-explicit δικαιοσύνην…τὴν ἐκ πίστεως 1 the righteousness by faith Here, **by faith** refers to placing one’s trust in Christ. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “because God made them right with him when they trusted in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 9 31 f18n figs-explicit οὐκ ἔφθασεν 1 did not arrive at it This means that the Israelites could not please God by trying to keep the law. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “were not able to please God by keeping the law because they could not keep it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 9 32 y4pf figs-ellipsis διὰ τί 1 Why not? This is an ellipsis. You can include the implied words in your translation. Paul asks this question to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: “Why could they not attain righteousness?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 9 32 j5jp figs-explicit ὡς ἐξ ἔργων 1 by works This refers to things that people do to try to please God. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “by trying to do things that would please God” or “by keeping the Law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 9 33 kx9c figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it has been written You can indicate that Isaiah wrote this. You can also translate it in an active form. Alternate translation: “as Isaiah the prophet wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 33 dy6x figs-metonymy ἐν Σιὼν 1 in Zion Here **Zion** is a metonym that represents Israel. Alternate translation: “in Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 9 33 dy6x figs-metonymy ἐν Σιὼν 1 in Zion Here, **Zion** is a metonym that represents Israel. Alternate translation: “in Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 9 33 u3dj figs-doublet λίθον προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτραν σκανδάλου 1 stone of stumbling and a rock of offense Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing and are metaphors that refer to Jesus and his death on the cross. It was as if the people stumbled over a stone because they were disgusted when they considered Jesus’ death on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 33 tu4i πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 believes in it Because the stone stands for a person, you may need to translate “believes in him.”
|
||||
ROM 10 intro c2li 0 # Romans 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 8.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 18-20 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s righteousness<br><br>Paul teaches here that while many Jews earnestly tried to be righteous, they did not succeed. We cannot earn God’s righteousness. God gives us Jesus’ righteousness when we believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Paul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He does this to convince his readers that God does not save only the Hebrew people, so Christians must be ready to go and share the gospel with the whole world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “I will provoke you to jealousy by what is not a nation”<br><br>Paul uses this prophecy to explain that God will use the church to make the Hebrew people jealous. This is so they will seek God and believe the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 1 pi37 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues stating his desire for Israel to believe but emphasizes that both those who are Jews as well as everyone else can only be saved by faith in Jesus.
|
||||
ROM 10 1 hj4b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
ROM 10 1 tq7k figs-metonymy ἡ μὲν εὐδοκία τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας 1 my heart’s desire Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s emotions or inner being. Alternate translation: “my greatest desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 1 tq7k figs-metonymy ἡ μὲν εὐδοκία τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας 1 my heart’s desire Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s emotions or inner being. Alternate translation: “my greatest desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 1 tmf2 ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 is for them, for their salvation “is that God will save the Jews”
|
||||
ROM 10 2 y7qg μαρτυρῶ…αὐτοῖς 1 I testify about them “I declare truthfully about them”
|
||||
ROM 10 3 bw97 figs-explicit ἀγνοοῦντες γὰρ τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην 1 For they do not know of God’s righteousness Here **righteousness** refers to the way God puts people right with himself. You can make this explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: “For they do not know how God puts people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 3 bw97 figs-explicit ἀγνοοῦντες γὰρ τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην 1 For they do not know of God’s righteousness Here, **righteousness** refers to the way God puts people right with himself. You can make this explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: “For they do not know how God puts people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 3 a6r4 τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐχ ὑπετάγησαν 1 They did not submit to the righteousness of God “They did not accept God’s way of putting people right with himself”
|
||||
ROM 10 4 x1w8 τέλος γὰρ νόμου Χριστὸς 1 For Christ is the fulfillment of the law “For Christ completely fulfilled the law”
|
||||
ROM 10 4 f6pu figs-explicit εἰς δικαιοσύνην παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for righteousness for everyone who believes Here **believes** means “trusts.” Alternate translation: “in order that he may make everyone who trusts in him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 4 f6pu figs-explicit εἰς δικαιοσύνην παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for righteousness for everyone who believes Here, **believes** means “trusts.” Alternate translation: “in order that he may make everyone who trusts in him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 5 qby2 figs-personification τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Paul speaks of “righteousness” as if it were alive and able to move. Alternate translation: “how the law makes a person right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 10 5 wjn6 figs-explicit ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ἄνθρωπος, ζήσεται ἐν αὐτῇ 1 The man who does the righteousness of the law will live by this righteousness In order to be made right with God through the law, a person would have to keep the law perfectly, which is not possible. Alternate translation: “The person who perfectly obeys the law will live because the law will make him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 5 qkz4 ζήσεται 1 will live The words **will live** can refer to (1) eternal life or (2) mortal life in fellowship with God.
|
||||
ROM 10 6 sr9z figs-personification ἡ δὲ ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει 1 But the righteousness that comes from faith says this Here **righteousness** is described as a person who can speak. Alternate translation: “But Moses writes this about how faith makes a person right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 10 6 x7h4 figs-you μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Do not say in your heart Moses was addressing the people as if he were speaking to only one person. Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “Do not say to yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 6 sr9z figs-personification ἡ δὲ ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει 1 But the righteousness that comes from faith says this Here, **righteousness** is described as a person who can speak. Alternate translation: “But Moses writes this about how faith makes a person right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 10 6 x7h4 figs-you μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Do not say in your heart Moses was addressing the people as if he were speaking to only one person. Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “Do not say to yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 6 tf9r figs-rquestion τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν 1 Who will ascend into heaven? Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, “Do not say” requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one is able to go up to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 6 gi7s τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν 1 that is, to bring Christ down “in order that they might have Christ come down to earth”
|
||||
ROM 10 7 w8xe figs-rquestion τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον 1 Who will descend into the abyss Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, “Do not say” requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “No person can go down and enter the place where the spirits of dead persons are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -707,32 +707,32 @@ ROM 10 8 y6mq figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόμα
|
|||
ROM 10 8 zvx4 figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν,…ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is…in your heart The phrase **in your heart** is metonym that refers to what a person thinks and believes. Alternate translation: “You know what…God’s message means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 8 lh5d τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως 1 the word of faith “God’s message that tells us that we must believe in him”
|
||||
ROM 10 9 tz7r ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃς ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, Κύριον Ἰησοῦν 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord “if you confess that Jesus is Lord”
|
||||
ROM 10 9 ie71 figs-metonymy πιστεύσῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 believe in your heart Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner person. Alternate translation: “believe in your mind” or “truly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 9 ie71 figs-metonymy πιστεύσῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 believe in your heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner person. Alternate translation: “believe in your mind” or “truly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 9 zdf5 figs-idiom αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 raised him from the dead **Raised** here is an idiom for “caused to live again.” Alternate translation: “caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 10 9 c3cq figs-activepassive σωθήσῃ 1 you will be saved You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 10 10 g7i1 figs-metonymy καρδίᾳ γὰρ πιστεύεται εἰς δικαιοσύνην, στόματι δὲ ὁμολογεῖται εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 For with the heart one believes unto righteousness, and with the mouth one confesses unto salvation Here **heart** is a metonym that represents the mind or will. Alternate translation: “For it is with the mind that a person trusts and is right before God, and it is with the mouth that a person confesses and God saves him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 10 xs8c figs-synecdoche στόματι 1 with the mouth Here **mouth** is a synecdoche that represents a person’s capacity to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 10 10 g7i1 figs-metonymy καρδίᾳ γὰρ πιστεύεται εἰς δικαιοσύνην, στόματι δὲ ὁμολογεῖται εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 For with the heart one believes unto righteousness, and with the mouth one confesses unto salvation Here, **heart** is a metonym that represents the mind or will. Alternate translation: “For it is with the mind that a person trusts and is right before God, and it is with the mouth that a person confesses and God saves him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 10 xs8c figs-synecdoche στόματι 1 with the mouth Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that represents a person’s capacity to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 10 11 gu99 figs-personification λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφή 1 For scripture says Paul speaks of the Scripture as if it were alive and had a voice. You can make explicit who wrote the Scripture that Paul uses here. Alternate translation: “For Isaiah wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 11 nv71 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται 1 Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame This is equivalent to: “Everyone who does not believe will be shamed.” The negative is used here for emphasis. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will honor everyone who believes in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 10 12 z8p4 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστιν διαστολὴ Ἰουδαίου τε καὶ Ἕλληνος 1 For there is no difference between Jew and Greek Paul implies that God will treat all people the same. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “In this way, God treats the Jews and the non-Jews the same” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 12 p9py figs-explicit πλουτῶν εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους αὐτόν 1 he is rich to all who call upon him Here **he is rich** means that God blesses richly. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “he richly blesses all who trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 12 p9py figs-explicit πλουτῶν εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους αὐτόν 1 he is rich to all who call upon him Here, **he is rich** means that God blesses richly. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “he richly blesses all who trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 13 pe96 figs-metonymy πᾶς γὰρ ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved Here the word **name** is a metonym for Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “The Lord will save everyone who trusts in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 10 14 utr4 figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν 1 How then can they call on him in whom they have not believed? Paul uses a question to emphasize the importance of taking the good news of Christ to those who have not heard. The word **they** refers to those who do not yet belong to God. Alternate translation: “Those who do not believe in God cannot call on him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 14 lx52 figs-rquestion πῶς…πιστεύσωσιν οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 How can they believe in him of whom they have not heard? Paul uses another question for the same reason. Alternate translation: “And they cannot believe in him if they have not heard his message!” or “And they cannot believe in him if they have not heard the message about him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 14 mrl8 πιστεύσωσιν 1 believe in Here this means to acknowledge that what that person has said is true.
|
||||
ROM 10 14 iwc1 figs-rquestion πῶς…ἀκούσωσιν χωρὶς κηρύσσοντος 1 How can they hear without a preacher? Paul uses another question for the same reason. Alternate translation: “And they cannot hear the message if someone does not tell them!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 15 e8rt figs-metonymy ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων τὰ ἀγαθά! 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news Paul uses “feet” to represent those who travel and bring the message to those who have not heard it. Alternate translation: “It is wonderful when messengers come and tell us the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 16 hku8 οὐ πάντες ὑπήκουσαν 1 not all of them obeyed Here **they** refers to the Jews. “not all of the Jews obeyed”
|
||||
ROM 10 16 hku8 οὐ πάντες ὑπήκουσαν 1 not all of them obeyed Here, **they** refers to the Jews. “not all of the Jews obeyed”
|
||||
ROM 10 16 j3se figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 Lord, who has believed our message? Paul is using this question to emphasize that Isaiah prophesied in the Scriptures that many Jews would not believe in Jesus. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Lord, so many of them do not believe our message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 16 z4s9 τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message Here, “our” refers to God and Isaiah.
|
||||
ROM 10 17 wu5a ἡ πίστις ἐξ ἀκοῆς 1 faith comes from hearing Here **faith** refers to “believing in Christ”
|
||||
ROM 10 17 wu5a ἡ πίστις ἐξ ἀκοῆς 1 faith comes from hearing Here, **faith** refers to “believing in Christ”
|
||||
ROM 10 17 nq87 ἡ…ἀκοὴ διὰ ῥήματος Χριστοῦ 1 hearing by the word of Christ “hearing by listening to the message about Christ”
|
||||
ROM 10 18 f6jy figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? μενοῦνγε 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly Paul uses a question for emphasis. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “But, I say the Jews certainly have heard the message about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ROM 10 18 s5zh figs-parallelism εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. Both of these statements mean basically the same thing and Paul uses them for emphasis. The word **their** refers to the sun, moon, and stars. Here they are described as human messengers that tell people about God. This refers to how their existence shows God’s power and glory. You can make explicit that Paul is quoting Scripture here. Alternate translation: “As the Scriptures record, ‘The sun, moon, and the stars are proof of God’s power and glory, and everyone in the world sees them and knows the truth about God.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 19 ib4m figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω 1 Moreover, I say, “Did Israel not know?” Paul uses a question for emphasis. The word **Israel** is a metonym for the people who lived in the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “Again I tell you the people of Israel did know the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 19 jjt3 figs-you πρῶτος Μωϋσῆς λέγει, ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς,…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς. 1 First Moses says, “I will provoke you…I will stir you up This means that Moses wrote down what God said. “I” refers to God, and “you” refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “First Moses says that God will provoke you…God will stir you up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ROM 10 19 ve6t ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει 1 by what is not a nation “by those you do not consider to be a real nation” or “by people who do not belong to any nation”
|
||||
ROM 10 19 s3nz figs-explicit ἐπ’ ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ 1 By means of a nation without understanding Here **without understanding** means that the people do not know God. Alternate translation: “By a nation with people who do not know me or my commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 19 s3nz figs-explicit ἐπ’ ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ 1 By means of a nation without understanding Here, **without understanding** means that the people do not know God. Alternate translation: “By a nation with people who do not know me or my commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 19 g7zt παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 I will stir you up to anger “I will make you angry” or “I will cause you to become angry”
|
||||
ROM 10 19 a7k7 figs-you ὑμᾶς 1 you This refers to the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 10 20 qcx2 0 General Information: Here the words **I**, “me,” and “my” refer to God.
|
||||
|
|
@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ ROM 11 8 ny8w ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν 1 ears so that they should
|
|||
ROM 11 9 kpg8 figs-metonymy γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν εἰς παγίδα, καὶ εἰς θήραν 1 Let their table become a net and a trap **table** here is a metonym that represents feasting, and **net** and **trap** are metaphors that represent punishment. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Please, God, make their feasts like a trap that catches them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 9 ya1g figs-metaphor σκάνδαλον 1 a stumbling block A **stumbling block** is anything that causes a person to trip so that he falls down. Here it represents something that tempts a person to sin. Alternate translation: “something that tempts them to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 9 xex5 ἀνταπόδομα αὐτοῖς 1 a retribution for them “something that allows you to take revenge on them”
|
||||
ROM 11 10 c1nj figs-metonymy τὸν νῶτον αὐτῶν διὰ παντὸς σύνκαμψον 1 bend their backs continually Here **bend their backs** is a metonym for forcing slaves to carry heavy loads on their backs. This is a metaphor for making them suffer. Alternate translation: “make them suffer like people carrying heavy loads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 10 c1nj figs-metonymy τὸν νῶτον αὐτῶν διὰ παντὸς σύνκαμψον 1 bend their backs continually Here, **bend their backs** is a metonym for forcing slaves to carry heavy loads on their backs. This is a metaphor for making them suffer. Alternate translation: “make them suffer like people carrying heavy loads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 11 z8tw 0 Connecting Statement: With Israel as a nation rejecting God, Paul warns the Gentiles to be careful they do not make the same mistake.
|
||||
ROM 11 11 r9hg figs-rquestion μὴ ἔπταισαν ἵνα πέσωσιν 1 Did they stumble so as to fall? Paul uses this question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Has God rejected them forever because they sinned?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 11 11 qbx4 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. See how you translated this in [Romans 9:14](../09/14.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -780,19 +780,19 @@ ROM 11 14 h1qe μου τὴν σάρκα 1 those who are of my own flesh This r
|
|||
ROM 11 14 gp38 figs-explicit καὶ σώσω τινὰς ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 Perhaps I will save some of them God will save those who believe. Alternate translation: “Perhaps some will believe and God will save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 15 es22 εἰ γὰρ ἡ ἀποβολὴ αὐτῶν καταλλαγὴ κόσμου 1 For if their rejection means the reconciliation of the world “For if because God rejected them, he will reconcile the rest of the world to himself”
|
||||
ROM 11 15 ui3i ἡ ἀποβολὴ αὐτῶν 1 their rejection The pronoun “their” refers to Jewish unbelievers.
|
||||
ROM 11 15 m3fs figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 the world Here **the world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 11 15 m3fs figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 the world Here, **the world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 11 15 em8m figs-rquestion τίς ἡ πρόσλημψις εἰ μὴ ζωὴ ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 what will their acceptance be but life from the dead? Paul asks this question to emphasize that when God accepts the Jews, it will be a wonderful thing. You can translate it in an active form. Alternate translation: “how will it be when God accepts them? It will be like they have come back to life from among the dead!” or “then when God accepts them, it will be like they have died and become alive again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 15 jn4l νεκρῶν 1 the dead These words speak of all dead people together in the underworld.
|
||||
ROM 11 16 b2s5 figs-metaphor εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀπαρχὴ ἁγία, καὶ τὸ φύραμα; 1 If the firstfruits are reserved, so is the lump of dough Paul is speaking of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, the Israelites’ ancestors, as if they were the first grain or “firstfruits” to be harvested. He is also speaking of the Israelites who are descendants of those men as if they were a “lump of dough” that they made from the grain. Alternate translation: “If Abraham is counted as the first of what has been offered to God, all of our ancestors who followed should also be counted as God’s possession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 16 dci1 figs-metaphor εἰ ἡ ῥίζα ἁγία, καὶ οἱ κλάδοι 1 If the root is reserved, so are the branches Paul is speaking of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, the Israelites’ ancestors, as if they were the root of a tree, and the Israelites who are descendants of those men, as if they were the tree’s “branches.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 16 d1zi figs-metaphor ἁγία 1 reserved The people always dedicated to God the first crops that they harvested. Here **firstfruits** stands for the first people to believe in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 16 d1zi figs-metaphor ἁγία 1 reserved The people always dedicated to God the first crops that they harvested. Here, **firstfruits** stands for the first people to believe in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 17 qv65 figs-you σὺ δὲ ἀγριέλαιος ὢν 1 if you, a wild olive branch The pronoun **you**, and the phrase **a wild olive branch**, refer to the Gentile people who have accepted salvation through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 17 slf6 figs-metaphor εἰ δέ τινες τῶν κλάδων ἐξεκλάσθησαν 1 But if some of the branches were broken off Here Paul refers to the Jews who rejected Jesus as **broken branches**. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “But if someone broke off some of the branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 17 z6hr figs-metaphor ἐνεκεντρίσθης ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 were grafted in among them Here Paul speaks of the Gentile Christians as if they were **grafted branches**. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God attached you to the tree among the remaining branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 17 s9w3 figs-metaphor τῆς ῥίζης τῆς πιότητος τῆς ἐλαίας ἐγένου 1 the rich root of the olive tree Here **the rich root** is a metaphor that refers to the promises of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 18 gqd6 figs-metaphor μὴ κατακαυχῶ τῶν κλάδων 1 do not boast over the branches Here **the branches** is a metaphor that stands for the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “do not say you are better than the Jewish people God has rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 17 s9w3 figs-metaphor τῆς ῥίζης τῆς πιότητος τῆς ἐλαίας ἐγένου 1 the rich root of the olive tree Here, **the rich root** is a metaphor that refers to the promises of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 18 gqd6 figs-metaphor μὴ κατακαυχῶ τῶν κλάδων 1 do not boast over the branches Here, **the branches** is a metaphor that stands for the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “do not say you are better than the Jewish people God has rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 18 llz1 figs-metaphor οὐ σὺ τὴν ῥίζαν βαστάζεις, ἀλλὰ ἡ ῥίζα σέ 1 it is not you who supports the root, but the root that supports you Again Paul implies that the Gentile believers are branches. God saves them only because of the covenant promises that he made to the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 19 mm6w figs-metaphor ἐξεκλάσθησαν κλάδοι 1 Branches were broken off Here **branches** refers to the Jews who rejected Jesus and whom God has now rejected. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God broke branches off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 19 mm6w figs-metaphor ἐξεκλάσθησαν κλάδοι 1 Branches were broken off Here, **branches** refers to the Jews who rejected Jesus and whom God has now rejected. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God broke branches off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 19 p9ti figs-metaphor ἐγὼ ἐνκεντρισθῶ 1 I might be grafted in Paul uses this phrase to refer to the Gentile believers whom God has accepted. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he might attach me in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 20 puj9 …ἐξεκλάσθησαν 1 their…they The pronouns “their” and “they” refer to the Jewish people who did not believe.
|
||||
ROM 11 20 v2ua figs-metaphor σὺ δὲ τῇ πίστει ἕστηκας 1 but you stand firm because of your faith Paul speaks of the Gentile believers remaining faithful as if they were standing firm and no one could move them. Alternate translation: “but you remain because of your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ ROM 11 22 xdm3 χρηστότητα καὶ ἀποτομίαν Θεοῦ 1 the
|
|||
ROM 11 22 p691 figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ μὲν τοὺς πεσόντας, ἀποτομία; ἐπὶ…σὲ, χρηστότης Θεοῦ 1 severity came on the Jews who fell…God’s kindness comes on you This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “severity” and “kindness.” Alternate translation: “God dealt harshly with the Jews who fell…but God acts kindly toward you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 11 22 scf8 figs-metaphor τοὺς πεσόντας 1 those who fell Doing what is wrong is spoken of as if it is falling down. Alternate translation: “the Jews who have done wrong” or “the Jews who have refused to trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 22 z41m figs-abstractnouns ἐὰν ἐπιμένῃς τῇ χρηστότητι 1 if you continue in his kindness This can be restated to remove the abstract noun “kindness.” Alternate translation: “if you continue doing what is right so that he continues being kind to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 11 22 t4mk figs-metaphor ἐπεὶ καὶ σὺ ἐκκοπήσῃ 1 Otherwise you also will be cut off Paul again uses the metaphor of a branch, which God can **cut off** if he needs to. Here **cut off** is a metaphor for rejecting someone. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Otherwise God will cut you off” or “Otherwise God will reject you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 22 t4mk figs-metaphor ἐπεὶ καὶ σὺ ἐκκοπήσῃ 1 Otherwise you also will be cut off Paul again uses the metaphor of a branch, which God can **cut off** if he needs to. Here, **cut off** is a metaphor for rejecting someone. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Otherwise God will cut you off” or “Otherwise God will reject you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 23 lvk7 figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἐπιμένωσι τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 if they do not continue in their unbelief The phrase **do not continue in their unbelief** is a double negative. You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “if the Jews start believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ROM 11 23 zu7k figs-metaphor ἐνκεντρισθήσονται 1 will be grafted in Paul speaks of the Jews as if they were branches that could be grafted back into a tree if they start to believe in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will graft them back in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 23 yjj6 ἐνκεντρίσαι 1 graft This is a common process where the end of a live branch of one tree is inserted into another tree so that the new branch will continue to grow in that tree.
|
||||
|
|
@ -809,7 +809,7 @@ ROM 11 23 r5kg κἀκεῖνοι…αὐτούς 1 they…them All occurrences
|
|||
ROM 11 24 s1a4 figs-metaphor εἰ γὰρ σὺ ἐκ τῆς κατὰ φύσιν ἐξεκόπης ἀγριελαίου, καὶ παρὰ φύσιν ἐνεκεντρίσθης εἰς καλλιέλαιον, πόσῳ μᾶλλον οὗτοι, οἱ κατὰ φύσιν ἐνκεντρισθήσονται τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐλαίᾳ 1 For if you were cut out of what is by nature a wild olive tree, and contrary to nature were grafted into a good olive tree, how much more will these Jews, who are the natural branches, be grafted back into their own olive tree? Paul continues speaking of the Gentile believers and Jews as if they were branches of a tree. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For if God had cut you out of what is by nature a wild olive tree, and contrary to nature had grafted you into a good olive tree, how much more will he graft these Jews, who are the natural branches, into their own olive tree?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 24 yn21 figs-metaphor οἱ κατὰ φύσιν 1 branches Paul is speaking of the Jews and Gentiles as if they were branches. The “natural branches” represent the Jews, and the “grafted branches” represent the Gentile believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 25 ye5w figs-doublenegatives οὐ…θέλω ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 I do not want you to be uninformed Here Paul uses a double negative. You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I very much want you to be aware” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ROM 11 25 w7lx ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
ROM 11 25 w7lx ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
ROM 11 25 q3i2 θέλω 1 I The pronoun “I” refers to Paul.
|
||||
ROM 11 25 sf4v ὑμᾶς…ἦτε…ἑαυτοῖς 1 you…you…your The pronouns “you” and “your” refer to the Gentile believers.
|
||||
ROM 11 25 me1g figs-explicit ἵνα μὴ ἦτε παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς φρόνιμοι 1 in order that you will not be wise in your own thinking Paul does not want the Gentile believers to think they are wiser than the Jewish unbelievers. Alternate translation: “so that you will not think you are wiser than you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -818,10 +818,10 @@ ROM 11 25 db1x ἄχρι οὗ τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰ
|
|||
ROM 11 26 ds7a 0 Connecting Statement: Paul says that a deliverer will come out of Israel to the glory of God.
|
||||
ROM 11 26 vu7t figs-activepassive καὶ οὕτως πᾶς Ἰσραὴλ σωθήσεται 1 Thus all Israel will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Thus God will save all Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 26 n7yf figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 just as it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “just as the scriptures record” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 26 dm4e figs-metonymy ἐκ Σιὼν 1 Out of Zion Here **Zion** is used as a metonym for the place where God dwells. Alternate translation: “From where God is among the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 11 26 dm4e figs-metonymy ἐκ Σιὼν 1 Out of Zion Here, **Zion** is used as a metonym for the place where God dwells. Alternate translation: “From where God is among the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 11 26 v96c ὁ ῥυόμενος 1 the Deliverer “the one who brings his people to safety”
|
||||
ROM 11 26 at55 figs-metaphor ἀποστρέψει ἀσεβείας 1 He will remove ungodliness Paul speaks of ungodliness as if it were an object that someone could remove, perhaps like someone removes a garment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 26 bkr2 figs-metonymy ἀπὸ Ἰακώβ 1 from Jacob Here **Jacob** is used as a metonym for Israel. Alternate translation: “from the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 11 26 bkr2 figs-metonymy ἀπὸ Ἰακώβ 1 from Jacob Here, **Jacob** is used as a metonym for Israel. Alternate translation: “from the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 11 27 ll39 figs-metaphor ἀφέλωμαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 I will take away their sins Here Paul speaks of sins as if they were objects that someone could take away. Alternate translation: “I will remove the burden of their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 28 ctn9 figs-explicit κατὰ μὲν τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 As far as the gospel is concerned You can make explicit why Paul mentions the gospel. Alternate translation: “Because the Jews rejected the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 28 x6aa figs-explicit ἐχθροὶ δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 they are enemies for your sake You can make explicit whose enemies they are, and how this was for the Gentiles’ sake. Alternate translation: “they are God’s enemies for your sake” or “God has treated them as enemies in order that you also might hear the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -829,19 +829,19 @@ ROM 11 28 dr2q figs-explicit κατὰ…τὴν ἐκλογὴν 1 as far as el
|
|||
ROM 11 28 jas2 figs-explicit ἀγαπητοὶ διὰ τοὺς πατέρας 1 they are beloved because of their forefathers You can make explicit who loves the Jews and why Paul mentions their forefathers. You can also translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God still loves them because of what he promised to do for their ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 29 p2sf figs-metaphor ἀμεταμέλητα γὰρ τὰ χαρίσματα καὶ ἡ κλῆσις τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For the gifts and the call of God are unchangeable Paul speaks of the spiritual and material blessings that God promised to give his people as if they were gifts. The call of God refers to the fact that God called the Jews to be his people. Alternate translation: “For God never changed his mind about what he has promised to give them, and about how he has called them to be his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 30 bj8g ὑμεῖς ποτε ἠπειθήσατε 1 you were formerly disobedient “you did not obey in the past”
|
||||
ROM 11 30 df91 figs-explicit ἠλεήθητε τῇ τούτων ἀπειθείᾳ 1 you have received mercy because of their disobedience Here **mercy** means God’s undeserved blessings. Alternate translation: “because the Jews have rejected Jesus, you have received blessings that you did not deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 30 df91 figs-explicit ἠλεήθητε τῇ τούτων ἀπειθείᾳ 1 you have received mercy because of their disobedience Here, **mercy** means God’s undeserved blessings. Alternate translation: “because the Jews have rejected Jesus, you have received blessings that you did not deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 30 g3cn figs-you ὑμεῖς 1 you This refers to Gentile believers, and is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 11 32 t6cb figs-metaphor συνέκλεισεν…ὁ Θεὸς τοὺς πάντας εἰς ἀπείθειαν 1 God has shut up all into disobedience God has treated people who disobey him like prisoners who are unable to escape from prison. Alternate translation: “God has made prisoners of those who disobey him. Now they cannot stop disobeying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 33 x3kb figs-doublet ὦ βάθος πλούτου, καὶ σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως Θεοῦ 1 Oh, the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and the knowledge of God! Here **wisdom** and **knowledge** mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “How amazing are the many benefits of both God’s wisdom and knowledge!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 11 33 x3kb figs-doublet ὦ βάθος πλούτου, καὶ σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως Θεοῦ 1 Oh, the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and the knowledge of God! Here, **wisdom** and **knowledge** mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “How amazing are the many benefits of both God’s wisdom and knowledge!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 11 33 u322 ὡς ἀνεξεραύνητα τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering “We are completely unable to understand the things that he has decided and find out the ways in which he acts toward us”
|
||||
ROM 11 34 r2wj figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ ἔγνω νοῦν Κυρίου, ἢ τίς σύμβουλος αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο 1 For who has known the mind of the Lord or who has become his advisor? Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one is as wise as the Lord. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one has ever known the mind of the Lord, and no one has become his advisor.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 11 34 yy52 figs-metonymy νοῦν Κυρίου 1 the mind of the Lord Here **mind** is a metonym for knowing things or thinking about things. Alternate translation: “all that the Lord knows” or “what the Lord thinks about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 11 34 yy52 figs-metonymy νοῦν Κυρίου 1 the mind of the Lord Here, **mind** is a metonym for knowing things or thinking about things. Alternate translation: “all that the Lord knows” or “what the Lord thinks about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 11 35 j5cn figs-rquestion ἢ τίς προέδωκεν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀνταποδοθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 Or who has first given anything to God, that God must repay him?” Paul uses this question to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “No one has ever given anything to God that he did not first receive from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 11 36 abc1 writing-pronouns ἐξ αὐτοῦ, καὶ δι’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν, τὰ πάντα. αὐτῷ 1 For from him…through him…to him Here, all occurrences of “him” refers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
ROM 11 36 rpx6 figs-explicit αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 To him be the glory forever This expresses Paul’s desire for all people to honor God. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “May all people honor him forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 12 intro aky9 0 # Romans 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 20, which are from the Old Testament.<br><br>Many scholars believe Paul uses The word **therefore** in [Romans 12:1](../../rom/12/01.md) to refer back to all of Chapters 1-11. Having carefully explained the Christian gospel, Paul now explains how Christians should live in light of these great truths. Chapters 12-16 focus on living out one’s Christian faith. Paul uses many different commands in these chapters to give these practical instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Christian living<br>Under the law of Moses, people were required to offer temple sacrifices of animals or grain. Now Christians are required to live their lives as a type of sacrifice to God. Physical sacrifices are no longer required. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Body of Christ<br>The body of Christ is an important metaphor or image used in Scripture to refer to the church. Each church member plays a unique and important function. Christians need each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/body]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 12 1 rhs3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells what the life of a believer should be and how believers should serve.
|
||||
ROM 12 1 d2y3 figs-explicit παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God Here **brothers** refers to fellow believers, both male and female. Alternate translation: “Fellow believers, because of the great mercy that God has given you I very much want you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 12 1 d2y3 figs-explicit παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God Here, **brothers** refers to fellow believers, both male and female. Alternate translation: “Fellow believers, because of the great mercy that God has given you I very much want you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 12 1 w1mz figs-synecdoche παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 to present your bodies a living sacrifice Here Paul uses the word **bodies** to refer to the whole person. Paul is comparing a believer in Christ who completely obeys God to the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive as if you were a dead sacrifice on a temple altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 12 1 dwr5 figs-doublet ἁγίαν, εὐάρεστον, τῷ Θεῷ 1 holy, acceptable to God Possible meanings are (1) “a sacrifice that you give to God alone and that pleases him” or (2) “acceptable to God because it is morally pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 12 1 tyk7 τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν 1 This is your reasonable service “This is the right way to worship God”
|
||||
|
|
@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ ROM 12 2 clc6 figs-metaphor μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε τῷ αἰῶ
|
|||
ROM 12 2 pyb6 figs-activepassive μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 Do not be conformed Possible meanings are (1) “Do not let the world tell you what to do and think” or (2) “Do not allow yourself to act and do what the world does.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 2 d2qq figs-metonymy τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 this world This refers to unbelievers who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 12 2 na8p figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ μεταμορφοῦσθε τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός 1 but be transformed by the renewal of your mind You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but let God change the way you think and behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 3 nyc2 figs-explicit διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι 1 because of the grace that was given to me Here **grace** refers to God’s choosing Paul to be an apostle and leader of the church. You can make this explicit in your translation. You can also translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “because God freely chose me to be an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 3 nyc2 figs-explicit διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι 1 because of the grace that was given to me Here, **grace** refers to God’s choosing Paul to be an apostle and leader of the church. You can make this explicit in your translation. You can also translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “because God freely chose me to be an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 3 s6yg παντὶ τῷ ὄντι ἐν ὑμῖν, μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think “that no one among you should think they are better than other people”
|
||||
ROM 12 3 me4t ἀλλὰ φρονεῖν εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν 1 Instead, they should think in a wise way “But you should be wise in how you think about yourselves”
|
||||
ROM 12 3 m8z7 figs-explicit ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως 1 just as God has given out to each one a certain amount of faith Paul implies here that believers have different abilities that correspond to their faith in God. Alternate translation: “since God has given each of you different abilities because of your trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -859,7 +859,7 @@ ROM 12 4 v5iy μέλη 1 members These are such things as eyes, stomachs, and h
|
|||
ROM 12 5 dhx8 figs-metaphor τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη 1 are individually members of each other Paul speaks of the believers as if God had physically joined them together like the parts of the human body. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has joined each believer together with all other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 6 hrr1 figs-metaphor ἔχοντες δὲ χαρίσματα κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν διάφορα 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Paul speaks of believers’ different abilities as being free gifts from God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has freely given each of us the ability to do different things for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 12 6 bnk9 κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως 1 let it be done according to the proportion of his faith Possible meanings are (1) “let him speak prophecies that do not go beyond the amount of faith God has given us” or (2) “let him speak prophecies that agree with the teachings of our faith.”
|
||||
ROM 12 8 m2as figs-explicit ὁ μεταδιδοὺς 1 giving Here **giving** refers to giving money and other things to people. You can make this meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “If one has the gift of giving money or other goods to people in need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 12 8 m2as figs-explicit ὁ μεταδιδοὺς 1 giving Here, **giving** refers to giving money and other things to people. You can make this meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “If one has the gift of giving money or other goods to people in need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 12 9 iv5h figs-activepassive ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος 1 Let love be without hypocrisy You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “You must love people sincerely and truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 9 eaw7 ἡ ἀγάπη 1 love The word Paul uses here refers to the kind of love that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
|
||||
ROM 12 9 mr8i ἡ ἀγάπη 1 love This is another word that means brotherly love or love for a friend or family member. This is natural human love between friends or relatives.
|
||||
|
|
@ -878,7 +878,7 @@ ROM 12 16 h469 μὴ γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς
|
|||
ROM 12 17 h2tz μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόντες 1 Repay no one evil for evil “Do not do evil things to someone who has done evil things to you”
|
||||
ROM 12 17 fzh8 προνοούμενοι καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Do good things in the sight of all people “Do things that everyone considers to be good”
|
||||
ROM 12 18 pgt7 τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν, μετὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων εἰρηνεύοντες 1 as far as it depends on you, live at peace with all people “do whatever you can to live in peace with everyone”
|
||||
ROM 12 19 ew6x figs-metonymy δότε τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ 1 give way to his wrath Here **wrath** is a metonym for God’s punishment. Alternate translation: “allow God to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 12 19 ew6x figs-metonymy δότε τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ 1 give way to his wrath Here, **wrath** is a metonym for God’s punishment. Alternate translation: “allow God to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 12 19 ns3b figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ 1 For it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For someone has written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 19 l2i8 figs-parallelism ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that God will avenge his people. Alternate translation: “I will certainly avenge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ROM 12 20 c4ig figs-you ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν;…πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν,…σωρεύσεις 1 your enemy…feed him…give him a drink…if you do this, you will heap All forms of “you” and “your” are addressed as to one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ ROM 12 21 q761 figs-personification μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ
|
|||
ROM 12 21 p7fd figs-you μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα…τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil These verbs are addressed as to one person and so are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 13 intro l4q7 0 # Romans 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In the first part of this chapter, Paul teaches Christians to obey rulers who govern them. At that time, ungodly Roman rulers governed the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ungodly rulers<br>When Paul teaches about obeying rulers, some readers will find this difficult to understand, especially in places where rulers persecute the church. Christians must obey their rulers as well as obey God, unless the rulers do not allow Christians to do something God explicitly commands them to do. There are times when a believer must submit to these rulers and suffer at their hands. Christians understand that this world is temporary and they will ultimately be with God forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
|
||||
ROM 13 1 v5ik 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells believers how to live under their rulers.
|
||||
ROM 13 1 b8nf figs-synecdoche πᾶσα ψυχὴ…ὑποτασσέσθω 1 Let every soul be obedient to Here **soul** is a synecdoche for the whole person. “Every Christian should obey” or “Everyone should obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 13 1 b8nf figs-synecdoche πᾶσα ψυχὴ…ὑποτασσέσθω 1 Let every soul be obedient to Here, **soul** is a synecdoche for the whole person. “Every Christian should obey” or “Everyone should obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 13 1 g1by ἐξουσίαις ὑπερεχούσαις 1 higher authorities “government officials”
|
||||
ROM 13 1 emi2 γὰρ 1 for because
|
||||
ROM 13 1 wii2 οὐ…ἔστιν ἐξουσία, εἰ μὴ ὑπὸ Θεοῦ 1 there is no authority unless it comes from God “all authority comes from God”
|
||||
|
|
@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ ROM 13 3 z4sq figs-rquestion θέλεις δὲ μὴ φοβεῖσθαι τὴ
|
|||
ROM 13 3 ahl9 ἕξεις ἔπαινον ἐξ αὐτῆς 1 you will receive his approval The government will say good things about people who do what is good.
|
||||
ROM 13 4 ink8 figs-litotes οὐ…εἰκῇ τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ 1 he does not carry the sword for no reason You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “he carries the sword for a very good reason” or “he has the power to punish people, and he will punish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ROM 13 4 s3vz figs-metonymy τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ 1 carry the sword Roman governors carried a short sword as a symbol of their authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 13 4 au7j figs-metonymy ἔκδικος εἰς ὀργὴν 1 an avenger for wrath Here **wrath** represents the punishment people receive when they do evil deeds. Alternate translation: “a person who punishes people as an expression of the government’s anger against evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 13 4 au7j figs-metonymy ἔκδικος εἰς ὀργὴν 1 an avenger for wrath Here, **wrath** represents the punishment people receive when they do evil deeds. Alternate translation: “a person who punishes people as an expression of the government’s anger against evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 13 5 q81v οὐ μόνον διὰ τὴν ὀργὴν, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν 1 not only because of the wrath, but also because of conscience “not only so the government will not punish you, but also so you will have a clear conscience before God”
|
||||
ROM 13 6 r1jy διὰ τοῦτο 1 Because of this “Because the government punishes evildoers”
|
||||
ROM 13 6 r4b3 figs-you τελεῖτε 1 you pay Paul is addressing the believers here, so this is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -923,8 +923,8 @@ ROM 13 10 vy62 figs-personification ἡ ἀγάπη τῷ πλησίον κακ
|
|||
ROM 13 11 b6l3 figs-metaphor εἰδότες τὸν καιρόν, ὅτι ὥρα ἤδη ὑμᾶς ἐξ ὕπνου ἐγερθῆναι 1 we know the time, that it is already time for us to awake out of sleep Paul speaks of the need for the Roman believers to change their behavior as if they needed to wake up from being asleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 12 ahn4 figs-metaphor ἡ νὺξ προέκοψεν 1 The night has advanced Paul speaks of the time when people do evil deeds as night. Alternate translation: “The sinful time is almost over” or “It is as though the night is almost finished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 12 p7xp figs-metaphor ἡ…ἡμέρα ἤγγικεν 1 the day has come near Paul speaks of the time when people do what is right as the day. Alternate translation: “the time of righteousness will begin soon” or “it is as though it will soon be day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 12 bb8t figs-metaphor ἀποθώμεθα οὖν τὰ ἔργα τοῦ σκότους 1 Let us therefore put aside the works of darkness Paul speaks of **works of darkness** as if they are clothing that a person puts aside. Here to **put aside** means to stop doing something. Here **darkness** is a metaphor for evil. Alternate translation: “Let us therefore stop doing the evil things that people do in the dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 12 y5n4 figs-metaphor ἐνδυσώμεθα…τὰ ὅπλα τοῦ φωτός 1 let us put on the armor of light Here **light** is a metaphor for what is good and right. Paul speaks of doing what is right as if it were putting on armor to protect one’s self. Alternate translation: “let us start doing what is right. Doing this will protect us from what is evil like armor protects a solider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 12 bb8t figs-metaphor ἀποθώμεθα οὖν τὰ ἔργα τοῦ σκότους 1 Let us therefore put aside the works of darkness Paul speaks of **works of darkness** as if they are clothing that a person puts aside. Here to **put aside** means to stop doing something. Here, **darkness** is a metaphor for evil. Alternate translation: “Let us therefore stop doing the evil things that people do in the dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 12 y5n4 figs-metaphor ἐνδυσώμεθα…τὰ ὅπλα τοῦ φωτός 1 let us put on the armor of light Here, **light** is a metaphor for what is good and right. Paul speaks of doing what is right as if it were putting on armor to protect one’s self. Alternate translation: “let us start doing what is right. Doing this will protect us from what is evil like armor protects a solider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 13 gv4q figs-exclusive περιπατήσωμεν 1 Let us walk Paul includes his readers and other believers with himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 13 13 e6ij figs-metaphor ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ εὐσχημόνως περιπατήσωμεν 1 Let us walk appropriately, as in the day Paul speaks of living as true believers as if one were walking while it is day. Alternate translation: “Let us walk in a visible way knowing that everyone can see us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 13 qes3 figs-doublet κοίταις καὶ ἀσελγείαις 1 in sexual immorality or in uncontrolled lust These concepts mean basically the same thing. You can combine them in your translation. Alternate translation: “sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -937,7 +937,7 @@ ROM 14 intro kt8c 0 # Romans 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<
|
|||
ROM 14 1 abm6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages believers to remember that they are answerable to God.
|
||||
ROM 14 1 jf8v ἀσθενοῦντα τῇ πίστει 1 weak in faith This refers to those who felt guilty over eating and drinking certain things.
|
||||
ROM 14 1 p697 μὴ εἰς διακρίσεις διαλογισμῶν 1 without giving judgment about arguments “and do not condemn them for their opinions”
|
||||
ROM 14 2 ii8g ὃς μὲν πιστεύει φαγεῖν πάντα 1 One person has faith to eat anything Here **faith** refers to doing what a person believes God is telling him to do.
|
||||
ROM 14 2 ii8g ὃς μὲν πιστεύει φαγεῖν πάντα 1 One person has faith to eat anything Here, **faith** refers to doing what a person believes God is telling him to do.
|
||||
ROM 14 2 n2n6 ὁ…ἀσθενῶν λάχανα ἐσθίει 1 another who is weak eats only vegetables This describes a person who believes God does not want him to eat meat.
|
||||
ROM 14 4 q9bx figs-rquestion σὺ τίς εἶ, ὁ κρίνων ἀλλότριον οἰκέτην 1 Who are you, you who judge a servant belonging to someone else? Paul is using a question to scold those who are judging others. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are not God, and you are not allowed to judge one of his servants!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 14 4 xq7r figs-you σὺ…ὁ κρίνων 1 you, who judges The form of **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -945,11 +945,11 @@ ROM 14 4 ba38 figs-metaphor τῷ ἰδίῳ κυρίῳ στήκει ἢ πίπ
|
|||
ROM 14 4 cp9y figs-metaphor σταθήσεται δέ, δυνατεῖ γὰρ ὁ Κύριος στῆσαι αὐτόν 1 But he will be made to stand, for the Lord is able to make him stand Paul speaks of the servant who is acceptable to God as if he were being “made to stand” instead of falling. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “But the Lord will accept him because he is able to make the servant acceptable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 14 5 x7j2 ὃς μὲν κρίνει ἡμέραν παρ’ ἡμέραν; ὃς δὲ κρίνει πᾶσαν ἡμέραν. 1 One person values one day above another. Another values every day equally “One person thinks one day is more important than all the others, but another person thinks that all days are the same”
|
||||
ROM 14 5 m511 figs-explicit ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ νοῒ, πληροφορείσθω 1 Let each person be convinced in his own mind You can make the full meaning explicit. You can also translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Let each person be sure what he is doing is to honor the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 6 pfn6 figs-explicit ὁ φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν, Κυρίῳ φρονεῖ 1 He who observes the day, observes it for the Lord Here **observes** refers to worshiping. Alternate translation: “The person who worships on a certain day does it to honor the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 6 pfn6 figs-explicit ὁ φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν, Κυρίῳ φρονεῖ 1 He who observes the day, observes it for the Lord Here, **observes** refers to worshiping. Alternate translation: “The person who worships on a certain day does it to honor the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 6 esu5 figs-ellipsis ὁ ἐσθίων 1 he who eats The word “everything” is understood from [Romans 14:3](../14/03.md). It can be repeatd here. Alternate translation: “the person who eats every kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 14 6 f9tm Κυρίῳ ἐσθίει 1 eats for the Lord “eats to honor the Lord” or “eats that way in order to honor the Lord”
|
||||
ROM 14 6 jh8j figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ μὴ ἐσθίων 1 He who does not eat The word “everything” is understood from [Romans 14:3](../14/03.md). It can be repeatd here. Alternate translation: “He who does not eat everything” or “The person who does not eat certain kinds of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 14 7 txm3 figs-explicit οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἡμῶν ἑαυτῷ ζῇ 1 For none of us lives for himself Here **lives for himself** means to live only to please oneself. Alternate translation: “None of us should live merely to please ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 7 txm3 figs-explicit οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἡμῶν ἑαυτῷ ζῇ 1 For none of us lives for himself Here, **lives for himself** means to live only to please oneself. Alternate translation: “None of us should live merely to please ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 7 u9ar figs-exclusive οὐδεὶς…ἡμῶν 1 none of us Paul is including his readers, so this is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 14 7 c9ls figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἑαυτῷ ἀποθνῄσκει 1 none dies for himself This means one’s death affects other people. Alternate translation: “none of us should think that when we die, it affects only us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 8 s3lb figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Paul is speaking of both himself and his readers, so all instances of “we” are inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -960,7 +960,7 @@ ROM 14 11 fel6 figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ…ἐγώ 1 For it i
|
|||
ROM 14 11 tf76 figs-explicit ζῶ ἐγώ 1 As I live This phrase is used to start an oath or solemn promise. Alternate translation: “You can be certain that this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 11 sb6q figs-synecdoche ἐμοὶ κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ 1 to me every knee will bend, and every tongue will confess to God Paul uses The word **God** and **tongue** to refer to the whole person. Also, the Lord uses the word **God** to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “every person will bow and give praise to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
ROM 14 12 nsy8 περὶ ἑαυτοῦ, λόγον δώσει τῷ Θεῷ 1 will give an account of himself to God “will have to explain our actions to God”
|
||||
ROM 14 13 ia62 figs-doublet ἀλλὰ τοῦτο κρίνατε μᾶλλον, τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ ἢ σκάνδαλον 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother Here **stumbling block** and **snare** mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “but instead make it your goal not to do or say anything that might cause a fellow believer to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 14 13 ia62 figs-doublet ἀλλὰ τοῦτο κρίνατε μᾶλλον, τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ ἢ σκάνδαλον 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother Here, **stumbling block** and **snare** mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “but instead make it your goal not to do or say anything that might cause a fellow believer to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 14 13 cx4s τῷ ἀδελφῷ 1 brother Here this means a fellow Christian, male or female.
|
||||
ROM 14 14 t7gc figs-doublet οἶδα καὶ πέπεισμαι ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 I know and am persuaded in the Lord Jesus Here the words **know** and **am persuaded** mean basically the same thing; Paul uses them to emphasize his certainty. Alternate translation: “I am certain because of my relationship with the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 14 14 fuk1 figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν κοινὸν δι’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 nothing is unclean by itself You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “everything by itself is clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -972,7 +972,7 @@ ROM 14 15 bj8v figs-metaphor οὐκέτι κατὰ ἀγάπην περιπα
|
|||
ROM 14 16 gl48 μὴ βλασφημείσθω οὖν ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 So do not allow what you consider to be good to be spoken of as evil “If someone thinks that something is evil, do not do it, even if you consider it to be good”
|
||||
ROM 14 17 j92k figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ βρῶσις καὶ πόσις, ἀλλὰ δικαιοσύνη, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ χαρὰ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 For the kingdom of God is not about food and drink, but about righteousness, peace, and joy in the Holy Spirit Paul argues that God set up his kingdom so he could give us a right relationship with himself, and to provide peace and joy. Alternate translation: “For God did not set up his kingdom so that he could rule over what we eat and drink. He set up his kingdom so we could have a right relationship with him, and so he could give us peace and joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 18 am8m figs-activepassive δόκιμος τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 approved by people You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “people will approve of him” or “people will respect him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 14 19 i3rv figs-explicit τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης διώκωμεν, καὶ τὰ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς τῆς εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 let us pursue the things of peace and the things that build up one another Here **build up one another** refers to helping each other grow in faith. Alternate translation: “let us seek to live peacefully together and help one another grow stronger in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 19 i3rv figs-explicit τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης διώκωμεν, καὶ τὰ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς τῆς εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 let us pursue the things of peace and the things that build up one another Here, **build up one another** refers to helping each other grow in faith. Alternate translation: “let us seek to live peacefully together and help one another grow stronger in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 20 p65h figs-explicit μὴ ἕνεκεν βρώματος, κατάλυε τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Do not destroy the work of God because of food You can make explicit the full meaning of this sentence. Alternate translation: “Do not undo what God has done for a fellow believer just because you want to eat a certain kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 20 dk72 figs-explicit ἀλλὰ κακὸν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ διὰ προσκόμματος ἐσθίοντι 1 but it is evil for that person who eats and causes him to stumble Here anything that **causes him to stumble** means it causes a weaker brother to do something that is against his conscience. Alternate translation: “but it would be a sin for someone to eat food, which another brother thinks is wrong to eat, if by eating this causes the weaker brother to do something that is against his conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 21 mrr4 καλὸν τὸ μὴ φαγεῖν κρέα, μηδὲ πιεῖν οἶνον, μηδὲ ἐν ᾧ ὁ ἀδελφός σου προσκόπτει 1 It is good not to eat meat, nor to drink wine, nor anything by which your brother takes offense “It is better not to eat meat or drink wine or do anything else that might cause your brother to sin”
|
||||
|
|
@ -987,43 +987,43 @@ ROM 14 23 tr9i figs-explicit πᾶν δὲ ὃ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως, ἁ
|
|||
ROM 15 intro ae9u 0 # Romans 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 9-11 and 21 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>Some translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 12.<br><br>In [Romans 15:14](../../rom/15/14.md), Paul begins to speak more personally. He shifts from teaching to telling of his personal plans.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Strong/Weak<br>These terms are used to refer to people who are mature and immature in their faith. Paul teaches that those who are strong in faith need to help those who are weak in faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
|
||||
ROM 15 1 cx66 0 Connecting Statement: Paul concludes this section about believers’ living for others with reminding them how Christ lived.
|
||||
ROM 15 1 u19s δὲ 1 Now Translate this using the words your language uses to introduce a new idea into an argument.
|
||||
ROM 15 1 u73x figs-explicit ἡμεῖς, οἱ δυνατοὶ 1 we who are strong Here **strong** refers to the people who are strong in their faith. They believe that God allows them to eat any kind of food. Alternate translation: “we who are strong in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 1 u73x figs-explicit ἡμεῖς, οἱ δυνατοὶ 1 we who are strong Here, **strong** refers to the people who are strong in their faith. They believe that God allows them to eat any kind of food. Alternate translation: “we who are strong in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 1 dx9d figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we This refers to Paul, his readers, and other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 1 cv61 figs-explicit τῶν ἀδυνάτων 1 of the weak Here **the weak** refers to the people who are weak in their faith. They believe that God does not allow them to eat some kinds of food. Alternate translation: “those who are weak in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 1 cv61 figs-explicit τῶν ἀδυνάτων 1 of the weak Here, **the weak** refers to the people who are weak in their faith. They believe that God does not allow them to eat some kinds of food. Alternate translation: “those who are weak in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 2 z2k8 figs-explicit πρὸς οἰκοδομήν 1 in order to build him up By this, Paul means to strengthen someone’s faith. Alternate translation: “to strengthen his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 3 bcz1 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 it was just as it is written Here Paul refers to a scripture where Christ (the Messiah) speaks to God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Messiah said to God in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 3 qni7 οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 The insults of those who insulted you fell on me The insults of those who insulted God fell on Christ.
|
||||
ROM 15 4 txd4 figs-activepassive ὅσα γὰρ προεγράφη, εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν διδασκαλίαν ἐγράφη 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For in times past, the prophets wrote everything in the Scriptures to teach us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 4 m7yy figs-exclusive ἡμετέραν…ἔχωμεν 1 our…we have Paul includes his readers and other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 4 g6r1 figs-explicit ἵνα διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν Γραφῶν, τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχωμεν 1 in order that through patience and through encouragement of the scriptures we would have certain hope Here **have confidence** means that the believers will know that God will fulfill his promises. You can make explicit the full meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “In this way the scriptures will encourage us to expect that God will do for us everything that he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 4 g6r1 figs-explicit ἵνα διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν Γραφῶν, τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχωμεν 1 in order that through patience and through encouragement of the scriptures we would have certain hope Here, **have confidence** means that the believers will know that God will fulfill his promises. You can make explicit the full meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “In this way the scriptures will encourage us to expect that God will do for us everything that he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 5 u2zm 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the believers to remember that both Gentile believers and Jews that believe are made one in Christ.
|
||||
ROM 15 5 g5xm Θεὸς…δῴη 1 may…God…grant “I pray that…God…will grant”
|
||||
ROM 15 5 ws7q figs-metonymy τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν ἐν ἀλλήλοις 1 to be of the same mind with each other Here to be of the **same mind** is a metonym that means to be in agreement with each other. Alternate translation: “to be in agreement with each other” or “to be united” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 15 6 uz1z figs-metonymy ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι, δοξάζητε 1 praise with one mouth This means to be united in praising God. Alternate translation: “praise God together in unity as if only one mouth were speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 15 7 z941 προσλαμβάνεσθε ἀλλήλους 1 receive one another “accept one another””
|
||||
ROM 15 8 gbh8 λέγω γὰρ 1 For I say The word **I** refers to Paul.
|
||||
ROM 15 8 k4my figs-metonymy Χριστὸν διάκονον γεγενῆσθαι περιτομῆς 1 Christ has been made a servant of the circumcision Here **the circumcision** is a metonym that refers to the Jews. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ has become a servant of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 8 k4my figs-metonymy Χριστὸν διάκονον γεγενῆσθαι περιτομῆς 1 Christ has been made a servant of the circumcision Here, **the circumcision** is a metonym that refers to the Jews. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ has become a servant of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 8 me1e εἰς τὸ βεβαιῶσαι τὰς ἐπαγγελίας 1 in order to confirm the promises This is one of the two purposes for which Christ became a servant of the circumcision.
|
||||
ROM 15 8 gu7z figs-explicit τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῶν πατέρων 1 the promises given to the fathers Here **the fathers** refers to the ancestors of the Jewish people. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “the promises that God gave to the ancestors of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 8 gu7z figs-explicit τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῶν πατέρων 1 the promises given to the fathers Here, **the fathers** refers to the ancestors of the Jewish people. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “the promises that God gave to the ancestors of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 9 k5q7 τὰ δὲ ἔθνη, ὑπὲρ ἐλέους δοξάσαι τὸν Θεόν 1 and for the Gentiles to glorify God for his mercy This is the second reason for which Christ became a servant of the circumcision. Alternate translation: “and in order that the Gentiles might glorify God for his mercy”
|
||||
ROM 15 9 xgc4 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “as someone has written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 9 em5q figs-metonymy τῷ ὀνόματί σου ψαλῶ 1 sing praise to your name Here **your name** is a metonym that refers to God. Alternate translation: “sing praise to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 15 9 em5q figs-metonymy τῷ ὀνόματί σου ψαλῶ 1 sing praise to your name Here, **your name** is a metonym that refers to God. Alternate translation: “sing praise to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 15 10 yvy9 καὶ πάλιν λέγει 1 Again it says “Again the scripture says”
|
||||
ROM 15 10 x4kg figs-explicit μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 with his people This refers to God’s people. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “with the people of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 11 xw7t ἐπαινεσάτωσαν αὐτὸν 1 Let praise him “praise the Lord”
|
||||
ROM 15 12 fta5 figs-metonymy ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί 1 root of Jesse Jesse was the physical father of King David. Alternate translation: “descendant of Jesse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 15 12 i4nn figs-explicit ἐπ’ αὐτῷ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν 1 in him the Gentiles will have hope Here **him** refers to the descendant of Jesse, the Messiah. Those who are not Jews will also trust him to fulfill his promises. Alternate translation: “The people who are not Jews can trust him to do what he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 12 i4nn figs-explicit ἐπ’ αὐτῷ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν 1 in him the Gentiles will have hope Here, **him** refers to the descendant of Jesse, the Messiah. Those who are not Jews will also trust him to fulfill his promises. Alternate translation: “The people who are not Jews can trust him to do what he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 13 w7wn figs-hyperbole πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul exaggerates here to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “fill you with great joy and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 15 14 h98x 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers in Rome that God chose him to reach the Gentiles.
|
||||
ROM 15 14 qfs6 figs-explicit πέπεισμαι…ἀδελφοί μου, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ περὶ ὑμῶν 1 I myself am also convinced about you, my brothers Paul is quite sure that the believers in Rome are honoring each other in their behavior. Alternate translation: “I myself am completely sure that you yourselves have acted toward others in a completely good way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 14 d878 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
ROM 15 14 qhv3 figs-hyperbole πεπληρωμένοι πάσης γνώσεως 1 filled with all knowledge Paul exaggerates here to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “filled with sufficient knowledge to follow God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 15 14 ge2l figs-explicit δυνάμενοι καὶ ἀλλήλους νουθετεῖν 1 able to also exhort one another Here **exhort** means to teach. Alternate translation: “also able to teach each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 14 ge2l figs-explicit δυνάμενοι καὶ ἀλλήλους νουθετεῖν 1 able to also exhort one another Here, **exhort** means to teach. Alternate translation: “also able to teach each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 15 n2gr figs-activepassive τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the grace given me by God Paul speaks of grace as if it were a physical gift that God had given him. God had appointed Paul and apostle even though he had persecuted believers before he decided to follow Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the grace that God gave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 16 wiw1 figs-metaphor γένηται ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν εὐπρόσδεκτος 1 the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable Paul speaks of his preaching the gospel as if he, as a priest, were making an offering to God. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles might please God when they obey him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 15 18 by9s εἰς ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν 1 for the obedience of the Gentiles “so that the Gentiles will obey God”
|
||||
ROM 15 18 xds3 figs-activepassive λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ 1 These are things done by word and action This can be translated in active form: Alternative translation: Alternate translation: “These are things that Christ has accomplished through what I have said and done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 19 lu97 figs-doublenegatives ἐν δυνάμει σημείων καὶ τεράτων ἐν δυνάμει Πνεύματος Θεοῦ 1 by the power of signs and wonders, and by the power of the Spirit of God You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Here **these are things** refers to what Christ has accomplished through Paul. Alternate translation: “For the sake of the obedience of the Gentiles, I will only speak of what Christ has accomplished through me in my words and actions and by the power of signs and wonders through the power of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 19 lu97 figs-doublenegatives ἐν δυνάμει σημείων καὶ τεράτων ἐν δυνάμει Πνεύματος Θεοῦ 1 by the power of signs and wonders, and by the power of the Spirit of God You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Here, **these are things** refers to what Christ has accomplished through Paul. Alternate translation: “For the sake of the obedience of the Gentiles, I will only speak of what Christ has accomplished through me in my words and actions and by the power of signs and wonders through the power of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 19 g8bk figs-doublet σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 signs and wonders These two words mean basically the same thing and refer to various kinds of miracles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 15 19 c8ff ὥστε…ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ κύκλῳ μέχρι τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ 1 so that from Jerusalem, and round about as far as Illyricum This is from the city of Jerusalem as far as the province of Illyricum, a region close to Italy.
|
||||
ROM 15 20 x9xm figs-explicit οὕτως δὲ φιλοτιμούμενον εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, οὐχ ὅπου ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel, but not where Christ is known by name Paul only wants to preach to people who have never heard of Christ. Alternate translation: “Because of this, I want to preach the good news in places where people have never heard of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1093,9 +1093,9 @@ ROM 16 17 n59l figs-explicit τὰς διχοστασίας καὶ τὰ σκά
|
|||
ROM 16 17 j9x7 παρὰ τὴν διδαχὴν ἣν ὑμεῖς ἐμάθετε 1 They are going beyond the teaching that you have learned “They teach things that do not agree with the truth you have already learned”
|
||||
ROM 16 17 b318 figs-metaphor ἐκκλίνετε ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 Turn away from them **Turn away** here is an metaphor for “refuse to listen.” Alternate translation: “Do not listen to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 16 18 ea6h figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τῇ ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ 1 but their own stomach The words **they serve** are understood from the previous phrase. This can be expressed as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Rather, they serve their own stomach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 16 18 nxn4 figs-metonymy ἀλλὰ τῇ ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ 1 but their own stomach Here **stomach** is a metonym that refers to physical desires. Serving there stomach represents satisfying their desires. Alternate translation: “but they only want to satisfy their own selfish desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 16 18 nxn4 figs-metonymy ἀλλὰ τῇ ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ 1 but their own stomach Here, **stomach** is a metonym that refers to physical desires. Serving there stomach represents satisfying their desires. Alternate translation: “but they only want to satisfy their own selfish desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 16 18 eif6 figs-doublet καὶ διὰ τῆς χρηστολογίας καὶ εὐλογίας 1 By their smooth and flattering speech The words **smooth** and **flattering** mean basically the same thing. Paul is emphasizing how these people are deceiving believers. Alternate translation: “By saying things that seem to be good and true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 16 18 c2je figs-metonymy ἐξαπατῶσι τὰς καρδίας τῶν ἀκάκων 1 they deceive the hearts of the innocent Here **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “they deceive the innocent believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 16 18 c2je figs-metonymy ἐξαπατῶσι τὰς καρδίας τῶν ἀκάκων 1 they deceive the hearts of the innocent Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “they deceive the innocent believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 16 18 m9h5 ἀκάκων 1 innocent This refers to those who are simple, inexperienced, and naive. Alternate translation: “those who innocently trust them” or “those who do not know these teachers are fooling them”
|
||||
ROM 16 19 imc7 figs-personification ἡ γὰρ ὑμῶν ὑπακοὴ, εἰς πάντας ἀφίκετο 1 For your obedience reaches everyone Here Paul speaks of the Roman believers’ **obedience** as if it were a person who could go to people. Alternate translation: “For everyone has heard how you obey Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 16 19 le5l ἀκεραίους…εἰς τὸ κακόν 1 innocent to that which is evil “not involved in doing evil things”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1113,5 +1113,5 @@ ROM 16 25 pp5k figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς στηρίξαι 1 to strengthen you Pau
|
|||
ROM 16 25 kmw1 κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου, καὶ τὸ κήρυγμα Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 according to my gospel and the preaching of Jesus Christ “by the good news that I have preached about Jesus Christ”
|
||||
ROM 16 25 s5ky figs-metaphor κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν μυστηρίου χρόνοις αἰωνίοις σεσιγημένου 1 according to the revelation of the mystery that had been kept secret for long ages Paul says that God has revealed previously hidden truths to the believers. He speaks of these truths as if they were a secret. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “because God has revealed to us believers the secret that he was keeping for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 16 26 d7r5 figs-doublet φανερωθέντος δὲ νῦν διά τε Γραφῶν προφητικῶν, κατ’ ἐπιταγὴν τοῦ αἰωνίου Θεοῦ…εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη γνωρισθέντος 1 but now has been revealed and made known through the prophetic writings to all nations, by the command of the eternal God The verbs “revealed” and “made known” mean basically the same thing. Paul uses both of them to emphasize his point. You can combine these words and translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but now the eternal God has made it known to all the nations through the prophetic writings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 16 26 lc6d figs-abstractnouns εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 to bring about the obedience of faith Here **obedience** and **faith** are abstract nouns. You can use the verbs “obey” and “trust” in your translation. You may need to make explicit who will obey and trust. Alternate translation: “so that all nations will obey God because they trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 16 27 qmj7 figs-explicit μόνῳ σοφῷ Θεῷ…ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν! 1 To the only wise God…be glory forever. Amen Here **through Jesus Christ** refers to what Jesus did. To give **glory** means to praise God. Alternate translation: “Because of what Jesus Christ has done for us, we will praise forever the one who alone is God and who alone is wise. Amen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 16 26 lc6d figs-abstractnouns εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 to bring about the obedience of faith Here, **obedience** and **faith** are abstract nouns. You can use the verbs “obey” and “trust” in your translation. You may need to make explicit who will obey and trust. Alternate translation: “so that all nations will obey God because they trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 16 27 qmj7 figs-explicit μόνῳ σοφῷ Θεῷ…ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν! 1 To the only wise God…be glory forever. Amen Here, **through Jesus Christ** refers to what Jesus did. To give **glory** means to praise God. Alternate translation: “Because of what Jesus Christ has done for us, we will praise forever the one who alone is God and who alone is wise. Amen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 1 1 e8j3 Παῦλος 1 Paul Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter. Alternate translation: “I, Paul”
|
||||
1CO 1 1 qp1n translate-names Σωσθένης, ὁ ἀδελφὸς 1 Sosthenes our brother This indicates that both Paul and the Corinthians knew Sosthenes. Alternate translation: “Sosthenes the brother you and I know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CO 1 2 r9kg τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ…ἐν Κορίνθῳ 1 to the church of God at Corinth Your language may have a particular way of introducing the intended audience. Alternate translation: “wrote this letter to you in Corinth who believe in God”
|
||||
1CO 1 2 e75p ἡγιασμένοις ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 those who have been sanctified in Christ Jesus Here **sanctified** refers to people whom God has reserved to honor him. Alternate translation: “to those whom Christ Jesus has set apart for God” or “to those whom God has set apart for himself because they belong to Christ Jesus”
|
||||
1CO 1 2 e75p ἡγιασμένοις ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 those who have been sanctified in Christ Jesus Here, **sanctified** refers to people whom God has reserved to honor him. Alternate translation: “to those whom Christ Jesus has set apart for God” or “to those whom God has set apart for himself because they belong to Christ Jesus”
|
||||
1CO 1 2 e8jw figs-activepassive τῇ οὔσῃ…κλητοῖς ἁγίοις 1 who are called to be saints This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God has called to be holy people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 1 2 l21m figs-metonymy τοῖς ἐπικαλουμένοις τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 those who call on the name of our Lord Jesus Christ The word **name** here is a metonym for person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “who call on the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 1 2 l9rq figs-exclusive αὐτῶν καὶ ἡμῶν 1 their Lord and ours The word **ours** includes Paul’s audience. Jesus is the Lord of Paul and the Corinthians and all the churches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -39,14 +39,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 1 14 hhh8 οὐδένα ὑμῶν…εἰ μὴ 1 none of you, except “only”
|
||||
1CO 1 14 vqq6 translate-names Κρίσπον 1 Crispus He was a synagogue ruler who became a Christian. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CO 1 14 lv4y translate-names Γάϊον 1 Gaius He traveled with the Apostle Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CO 1 15 hv3m figs-metonymy ἵνα μή τις εἴπῃ, ὅτι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 This was so that no one would say that you were baptized into my name Here **name** represents “authority.” This means Paul did not baptize others because they may claim that they became Paul’s disciples. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For some of you might have claimed that I baptized you to make you my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 1 15 hv3m figs-metonymy ἵνα μή τις εἴπῃ, ὅτι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 This was so that no one would say that you were baptized into my name Here, **name** represents “authority.” This means Paul did not baptize others because they may claim that they became Paul’s disciples. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For some of you might have claimed that I baptized you to make you my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 1 16 ed59 translate-names τὸν Στεφανᾶ οἶκον 1 the household of Stephanas This refers to the family members and slaves in the house where Stephanas, a man, was the head. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CO 1 17 tg7i οὐ…ἀπέστειλέν με Χριστὸς βαπτίζειν 1 Christ did not send me to baptize This means that baptism was not the primary goal of Paul’s ministry.
|
||||
1CO 1 17 zn1n figs-activepassive σοφίᾳ λόγου…μὴ κενωθῇ ὁ σταυρὸς τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 clever speech…the cross of Christ should not be emptied of its power Paul speaks of “words of human wisdom” as if they were people, the cross as a container, and of power as a physical thing that Jesus can put in that container. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “words of human wisdom…those words of human wisdom should not empty the cross of Christ of its power” or “words of human wisdom…people should not stop believing the message about Jesus and start thinking I am more important than Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 1 18 j7cw 0 Connecting Statement: Paul emphasizes God’s wisdom rather than man’s wisdom.
|
||||
1CO 1 18 fq4x ὁ λόγος…ὁ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 the message about the cross “the preaching about the crucifixion” or “the message of Christ’s dying on the cross”
|
||||
1CO 1 18 p4wb μωρία ἐστίν 1 is foolishness “is senseless” or “is silly”
|
||||
1CO 1 18 lq5z τοῖς μὲν ἀπολλυμένοις 1 to those who are dying Here **dying** refers to the process of spiritual death.
|
||||
1CO 1 18 lq5z τοῖς μὲν ἀπολλυμένοις 1 to those who are dying Here, **dying** refers to the process of spiritual death.
|
||||
1CO 1 18 ji74 δύναμις Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 it is the power of God “it is God working powerfully in us”
|
||||
1CO 1 19 tc6n τὴν σύνεσιν τῶν συνετῶν ἀθετήσω 1 I will frustrate the understanding of the intelligent “I will confuse intelligent people” or “I will make the plans intelligent people make completely fail”
|
||||
1CO 1 20 m6tf figs-rquestion ποῦ σοφός? ποῦ γραμματεύς? ποῦ συνζητητὴς τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου? 1 Where is the wise person? Where is the scholar? Where is the debater of this world? Paul emphasizes that truly wise people are nowhere to be found. Alternate translation: “Compared with the wisdom of the gospel, there are no wise people, no scholars, no debaters!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 4 4 u9jd οὐδὲν…ἐμαυτῷ σύνοιδα 1 I am not aware of any charge being made against me “I have not heard anyone accuse me of doing wrong”
|
||||
1CO 4 4 h3wl οὐκ ἐν τούτῳ δεδικαίωμαι; ὁ δὲ ἀνακρίνων με Κύριός ἐστιν 1 that does not mean I am innocent. It is the Lord who judges me “that lack of accusation does not prove I am innocent. The Lord knows if I am innocent or guilty”
|
||||
1CO 4 5 qi3g ὥστε 1 Therefore “Because what I have just said is true”
|
||||
1CO 4 5 wl3i figs-metaphor ὃς καὶ φωτίσει τὰ κρυπτὰ τοῦ σκότους, καὶ φανερώσει τὰς βουλὰς τῶν καρδιῶν 1 He will bring to light the hidden things of darkness and reveal the purposes of the heart Here **bring to light the hidden things of darkness** is a metaphor for making known to everyone things that were done in secret. Here **heart** is a metonym for people’s thoughts and intentions. Alternate translation: “Like a light that shines on things in darkness, God will show what people have secretly done and what they secretly planned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 4 5 wl3i figs-metaphor ὃς καὶ φωτίσει τὰ κρυπτὰ τοῦ σκότους, καὶ φανερώσει τὰς βουλὰς τῶν καρδιῶν 1 He will bring to light the hidden things of darkness and reveal the purposes of the heart Here, **bring to light the hidden things of darkness** is a metaphor for making known to everyone things that were done in secret. Here, **heart** is a metonym for people’s thoughts and intentions. Alternate translation: “Like a light that shines on things in darkness, God will show what people have secretly done and what they secretly planned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 4 6 ijn5 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
1CO 4 6 ziz9 δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 for your sakes “for your welfare”
|
||||
1CO 4 7 fnu3 figs-you σε…ἔχεις…ἔλαβες…ἔλαβες…καυχᾶσαι…λαβών 1 between you…do you have that you did not…you have freely…do you boast…you had not Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so all instances of **you** here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 7 14 w5y9 figs-activepassive ἡγίασται ἡ γυνὴ ἡ ἄπιστος ἐν τῷ ἀδελφῷ 1 the unbelieving wife is set apart because of the brother Possible meanings are (1) “God has set apart the unbelieving wife for himself because of her husband who believes” or (2) “God treats the unbelieving wife as he would treat a daughter for the sake of her husband who believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 7 14 i1x4 τῷ ἀδελφῷ 1 the brother the believing man or husband
|
||||
1CO 7 14 fmu5 figs-activepassive ἅγιά ἐστιν 1 they are set apart Possible meanings are (1) “God has set them apart for himself” or (2) “God treats them as he would treat his own children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 7 15 jef4 figs-metaphor οὐ δεδούλωται ὁ ἀδελφὸς ἢ ἡ ἀδελφὴ ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις 1 In such cases, the brother or sister is not bound to their vows Here **brother** and **sister** refers to a Christian husband or wife. Here **not bound to their vows** is a metaphor that mean the person is not obligated to do what they vowed to do. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “In such cases, God does not require the believing spouse to continue to obey the marriage vow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 7 15 jef4 figs-metaphor οὐ δεδούλωται ὁ ἀδελφὸς ἢ ἡ ἀδελφὴ ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις 1 In such cases, the brother or sister is not bound to their vows Here, **brother** and **sister** refers to a Christian husband or wife. Here, **not bound to their vows** is a metaphor that mean the person is not obligated to do what they vowed to do. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “In such cases, God does not require the believing spouse to continue to obey the marriage vow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 7 16 l559 figs-you οἶδας, γύναι…τὸν ἄνδρα σώσεις…οἶδας, ἄνερ…τὴν γυναῖκα σώσεις 1 do you know, woman…you will save your husband…do you know, man…you will save your wife Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so all instances of **you** and **your** here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 7 16 h5td figs-rquestion τί…οἶδας, γύναι, εἰ τὸν ἄνδρα σώσεις 1 how do you know, woman, whether you will save your husband? Paul uses a question to cause women to think deeply about what he is saying. Alternate translation: “you cannot know if you will save your unbelieving husband.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 7 16 dbz6 figs-rquestion τί οἶδας, ἄνερ, εἰ τὴν γυναῖκα σώσεις 1 how do you know, man, whether you will save your wife? Paul uses a question to cause men to think deeply about what he is saying. Alternate translation: “you cannot know if you will save your unbelieving wife.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 7 18 unc4 figs-rquestion περιτετμημένος τις ἐκλήθη? 1 Was anyone called when he was circumcised? Paul was addressing the circumcised ones (the Jews). Alternate translation: “To the circumcised ones, when God called you to believe, you had already been circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 7 18 fqv6 figs-rquestion ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ κέκληταί τις? 1 Was anyone called in uncircumcision? Paul was now addressing the uncircumcised ones. Alternate translation: “To the uncircumcised ones, when God called you to believe, you were not circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 7 20 yy8l figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words **us** and **we** refer to all Christians and include Paul’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 7 20 hsz1 ἐν τῇ κλήσει…μενέτω 1 in the calling…he should remain Here **calling** refers to the work or social position in which you were involved. Alternate translation: “live and work as you did”
|
||||
1CO 7 20 hsz1 ἐν τῇ κλήσει…μενέτω 1 in the calling…he should remain Here, **calling** refers to the work or social position in which you were involved. Alternate translation: “live and work as you did”
|
||||
1CO 7 21 ag5a figs-you ἐκλήθης…σοι…δύνασαι 1 Were you…called you? Do not be…you can become Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so all instances of **you** and the command **be** here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 7 21 nli9 figs-rquestion δοῦλος ἐκλήθης? μή σοι μελέτω 1 Were you a slave when God called you? Do not be concerned This can be stated as a statement. Alternate translation: “To those who were slaves when God called you to believe, I say this: do not be concerned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 7 22 l6vq ἀπελεύθερος Κυρίου 1 the Lord’s freeman This freeman is forgiven by God and therefore free from Satan and sin.
|
||||
|
|
@ -351,8 +351,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 7 36 jn8j ἀσχημονεῖν ἐπὶ 1 he is acting improperly toward “not being kind to” or “not honoring”
|
||||
1CO 7 36 crb8 τὴν παρθένον αὐτοῦ 1 his virgin Possible meanings are (1) “the woman whom he promised to marry” or (2) “his virgin daughter.”
|
||||
1CO 7 36 wdj5 γαμείτωσαν 1 let them marry Possible meanings are (1) “He should marry his fiancée” or (2) “He should let his daughter get married.”
|
||||
1CO 7 37 nm99 figs-metaphor ὃς δὲ ἕστηκεν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ ἑδραῖος 1 But if he is standing firm in his heart Here **standing firm** is a metaphor for deciding something with certainty. Here **heart** is metonym for a person’s mind or thoughts. Alternate translation: “But if he has decided firmly in his own mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 7 39 d413 figs-metaphor γυνὴ δέδεται ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς 1 A wife is bound for as long as her husband lives Here **bound** is a metaphor for a close relationship between people in which they support each other emotionally, spiritually, and physically. Here it means the union of marriage. Alternate translation: “A woman is married to her husband” or “A woman is united with her husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 7 37 nm99 figs-metaphor ὃς δὲ ἕστηκεν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ ἑδραῖος 1 But if he is standing firm in his heart Here, **standing firm** is a metaphor for deciding something with certainty. Here, **heart** is metonym for a person’s mind or thoughts. Alternate translation: “But if he has decided firmly in his own mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 7 39 d413 figs-metaphor γυνὴ δέδεται ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς 1 A wife is bound for as long as her husband lives Here, **bound** is a metaphor for a close relationship between people in which they support each other emotionally, spiritually, and physically. Here it means the union of marriage. Alternate translation: “A woman is married to her husband” or “A woman is united with her husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 7 39 ms7z ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ 1 for as long as…lives “until he dies”
|
||||
1CO 7 39 y6rz ᾧ θέλει 1 whomever she wishes “anyone she wants”
|
||||
1CO 7 39 rr2d ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 in the Lord “if the new husband is a believer”
|
||||
|
|
@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 8 1 nzt4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers that though idols have no power, believers must be careful not to affect the weaker believers who might think they care about the idols. He tells believers to be careful with the liberty believers have in Christ.
|
||||
1CO 8 1 cep1 περὶ δὲ 1 Now about Paul uses this phrase to move on to the next question the Corinthians had asked him.
|
||||
1CO 8 1 g5t3 τῶν εἰδωλοθύτων 1 food sacrificed to idols Gentile worshipers would offer grain, fish, fowl, or meat, to their gods. The priest would burn a portion of it on the altar. Paul is speaking of the portion the priest would give back for the worshiper to eat or sell in the market.
|
||||
1CO 8 1 ri3s figs-metaphor ἡ γνῶσις φυσιοῖ 1 Knowledge puffs up “Knowledge puffs people up.” Here **puffs up** is a metaphor for making someone proud. The abstract noun “knowledge” can be expressed with the verb “know.” Alternate translation: “Knowledge makes people proud” or “People who think that they know a lot become proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 8 1 ri3s figs-metaphor ἡ γνῶσις φυσιοῖ 1 Knowledge puffs up “Knowledge puffs people up.” Here, **puffs up** is a metaphor for making someone proud. The abstract noun “knowledge” can be expressed with the verb “know.” Alternate translation: “Knowledge makes people proud” or “People who think that they know a lot become proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 8 1 yw8s figs-abstractnouns ἡ δὲ ἀγάπη οἰκοδομεῖ 1 but love builds up The abstract noun “love” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “but when we love people, we build them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1CO 8 1 an8s figs-metaphor ἀγάπη οἰκοδομεῖ 1 love builds up Building people up represents helping them become mature and strong in their faith. Alternate translation: “love strengthens people” or “when we love people, we strengthen them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 8 2 qbh9 δοκεῖ ἐγνωκέναι τι 1 thinks he knows something “believes he knows everything about something”
|
||||
|
|
@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 9 2 j6qz figs-metonymy ἡ…σφραγίς μου τῆς ἀποστολῆς, ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 you are the proof of my apostleship in the Lord **Proof** here is a metonym for the evidence needed to prove something. Alternate translation: “you are evidence I can use to prove that the Lord has chosen me to be an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 9 3 b17x ἡ ἐμὴ ἀπολογία…ἐμὲ…αὕτη: 1 This is my defense…me: Possible meanings are (1) the words that follow are Paul’s defense or (2) the words in 1 Corinthians 9:1-2 are Paul’s defense. Alternate translation: “This is my defense…me.”
|
||||
1CO 9 4 mr4g figs-rquestion μὴ οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν φαγεῖν καὶ πεῖν 1 Do we not have the right to eat and drink? Paul uses a question to emphasize that he knows the Corinthians agree with what he is saying. Alternate translation: “We have the absolute right to receive food and drink from the churches.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 9 4 p4vq figs-exclusive ἔχομεν 1 we…have Here **we** refers to Paul and Barnabas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 9 4 p4vq figs-exclusive ἔχομεν 1 we…have Here, **we** refers to Paul and Barnabas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 9 5 s9k8 figs-rquestion μὴ οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν ἀδελφὴν, γυναῖκα περιάγειν, ὡς καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ ἀπόστολοι, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τοῦ Κυρίου, καὶ Κηφᾶς? 1 Do we not have the right to take along with us a wife who is a believer, as do the rest of the apostles, and the brothers of the Lord, and Cephas? Paul uses a question to emphasize that he knows the Corinthians agree with what he is saying. Alternate translation: “If we have believing wives, we have a right to take them with us just as the other apostles take them, and the brothers of the Lord, and Cephas.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 9 6 wx1p figs-rquestion ἢ μόνος ἐγὼ καὶ Βαρναβᾶς, οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν μὴ ἐργάζεσθαι? 1 Or is it only Barnabas and I who do not have the right not to work? Paul is shaming the Corinthians. Alternate translation: “You seem to think that the only people you think need to work to earn money are Barnabas and me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 9 7 f3qf figs-rquestion τίς στρατεύεται ἰδίοις ὀψωνίοις ποτέ? 1 Who serves as a soldier at his own expense? Paul uses a question to emphasize that he knows the Corinthians agree with what he is saying. Alternate translation: “We all know that no soldier has to buy his own supplies.” or “We all know that every soldier receives his supplies from the government.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -407,9 +407,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 9 9 h2d3 figs-you οὐ φιμώσεις 1 Do not put a muzzle on Moses was speaking to the Israelites as if they were one person, so this command is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 9 9 sxk2 figs-rquestion μὴ τῶν βοῶν μέλει τῷ Θεῷ? 1 Is it really the oxen that God cares about? Paul asks a question so that the Corinthians will think of what he is saying without him having to say it. Alternate translation: “You should know without me telling you that it is not the oxen that God cares most about.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 9 10 x84t figs-rquestion ἢ δι’ ἡμᾶς πάντως λέγει? 1 Or is he speaking entirely for our sake? Paul asks a question to emphasize the statement he is making. Alternate translation: “Instead, God was certainly speaking about us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 9 10 f8f4 figs-exclusive δι’ ἡμᾶς 1 for our sake Here **us** refers to Paul and Barnabas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 9 10 f8f4 figs-exclusive δι’ ἡμᾶς 1 for our sake Here, **us** refers to Paul and Barnabas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 9 11 g1wh figs-rquestion μέγα εἰ ἡμεῖς ὑμῶν τὰ σαρκικὰ θερίσομεν? 1 is it too much for us to reap material things from you? Paul asks a question so that the Corinthians will think of what he is saying without him having to say it. Alternate translation: “you should know without me telling you that it is not too much for us to receive material support from you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 9 12 lld4 figs-exclusive εἰ ἄλλοι τῆς ὑμῶν ἐξουσίας μετέχουσιν, οὐ μᾶλλον ἡμεῖς? 1 If others exercised this right over you, should we not even more? Paul asks a question so that the Corinthians will think of what he is saying without him having to say it. Here **we** refers to Paul and Barnabas. Alternate translation: “Others exercised…you, so you know without me telling you that we have this right even more.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 9 12 lld4 figs-exclusive εἰ ἄλλοι τῆς ὑμῶν ἐξουσίας μετέχουσιν, οὐ μᾶλλον ἡμεῖς? 1 If others exercised this right over you, should we not even more? Paul asks a question so that the Corinthians will think of what he is saying without him having to say it. Here, **we** refers to Paul and Barnabas. Alternate translation: “Others exercised…you, so you know without me telling you that we have this right even more.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 9 12 v333 εἰ ἄλλοι τῆς…ἐξουσίας μετέχουσιν 1 If others exercised this right Paul and the Corinthians both know that others exercised the right. “Since others exercised this right”
|
||||
1CO 9 12 nr6u ἄλλοι 1 others other workers of the gospel
|
||||
1CO 9 12 q7vj τῆς…ἐξουσίας 1 this right the right to have the believers at Corinth provide for the living expenses of those who told them the good news
|
||||
|
|
@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 9 24 mq1d figs-metaphor τρέχουσιν 1 run Paul compares living the Christian life and working for God to running a race and being an athlete. As in a race, the Christian life and work require strict discipline on the part of the runner, and, as in a race, the Christian has a specific goal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 9 24 mh8z figs-metaphor οὕτως τρέχετε, ἵνα καταλάβητε 1 So run in such a way that you might obtain it Paul is speaking of the reward God will give his faithful people as if it were a prize given for an athletic contest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 9 25 bfe4 figs-metaphor φθαρτὸν στέφανον…ἄφθαρτον 1 a wreath that is perishable…one that is imperishable A wreath is a bunch of leaves twisted together. Wreaths were given as prizes to athletes who won games and races. Paul speaks of eternal life as if it were a wreath that would never dry up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 9 26 k64n figs-metaphor ἐγὼ…οὕτως τρέχω, ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως; οὕτως πυκτεύω, ὡς οὐκ ἀέρα δέρων 1 I do not run without purpose or box by beating the air Here **running** and **boxing** are both metaphors for living the Christian life and serving God. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “I know very well why I am running, and I know what I am doing when I box” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1CO 9 26 k64n figs-metaphor ἐγὼ…οὕτως τρέχω, ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως; οὕτως πυκτεύω, ὡς οὐκ ἀέρα δέρων 1 I do not run without purpose or box by beating the air Here, **running** and **boxing** are both metaphors for living the Christian life and serving God. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “I know very well why I am running, and I know what I am doing when I box” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1CO 9 27 blb7 figs-activepassive μή…αὐτὸς ἀδόκιμος γένωμαι 1 I myself may not be disqualified This passive sentence can be rephrased to an active form. The judge of a race or competition is a metaphor for God. Alternate translation: “the judge will not disqualify me” or “God will not say that I have failed to obey the rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 10 intro abcd 0 # 1 Corinthians 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 8-10 together answer the question: “Is it acceptable to eat meat that has been sacrificed to an idol?”<br><br>In this chapter, Paul uses the exodus to warn people not to sin. Then, he returns to discussing meat offered to idols. He uses the Lord’s Supper as an example. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exodus<br>Paul uses the experiences of Israel leaving Egypt and roaming the desert as a warning to the believers. Although the Israelites all followed Moses, they all died on the way. None of them reached the Promised Land. Some worshiped an idol, some tested God, and some grumbled. Paul warns Christians not to sin. We can resist temptation because God provides a way of escape. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### Eating meat sacrificed to idol<br>Paul discusses meat offered to idols. Christians are allowed to eat, but it may hurt others. So when buying meat or eating with a friend, do not ask if it has been offered to idols. But if someone tells you it has been offered to idols, don’t eat it for the sake of that person. Do not offend anyone. Seek to save them instead. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Paul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to emphasize important points as he teaches the Corinthians. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion)
|
||||
1CO 10 1 r66h 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds them of the example of their ancient Jewish fathers’ experiences with immorality and idolatry.
|
||||
|
|
@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 10 10 nye7 γογγύζετε 1 grumble complaining
|
||||
1CO 10 10 i3q3 figs-activepassive ἀπώλοντο ὑπὸ τοῦ ὀλοθρευτοῦ 1 were destroyed by the destroyer This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “did. As a result, an angel of death destroyed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 10 11 u1mp ταῦτα…συνέβαινεν ἐκείνοις 1 these things happened to them “God punished our ancestors”
|
||||
1CO 10 11 wmp1 figs-exclusive τυπικῶς 1 as examples Here **us** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 10 11 wmp1 figs-exclusive τυπικῶς 1 as examples Here, **us** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 10 11 j3z1 τὰ τέλη τῶν αἰώνων 1 the end of the ages “the last days”
|
||||
1CO 10 12 df2p μὴ πέσῃ 1 does not fall does not sin or reject God
|
||||
1CO 10 13 a8vj figs-doublenegatives πειρασμὸς ὑμᾶς οὐκ εἴληφεν, εἰ μὴ ἀνθρώπινος 1 No temptation has overtaken you that is not common to all humanity This can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: “The temptations that affect you are temptations that all people experience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 12 intro abcf 0 # 1 Corinthians 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Gifts of the Holy Spirit<br><br>This chapter begins a new section. Chapters 12-14 discuss spiritual gifts within the church.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Church, the body of Christ<br><br>This is an important metaphor in Scripture. The Church has many different parts. Each part has different functions. They combine to make one church. All of the different parts are necessary. Each part is to be concerned for all the other parts, even those that seem less important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “No one can say, ‘Jesus is Lord,’ except by the Holy Spirit.”<br>In reading the Old Testament, the Jews would have substituted the word “Lord” for the word “Yahweh.” This sentence probably means that no one can say that Jesus is Yahweh, God in the flesh, without the Holy Spirit’s influence drawing them to accept this truth. If this statement is translated poorly, it can have unintended theological consequences.
|
||||
1CO 12 1 da2e 0 Connecting Statement: Paul lets them know that God has given special gifts to believers. These gifts are to help the body of believers.
|
||||
1CO 12 1 i3k7 figs-doublenegatives οὐ θέλω ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 I do not want you to be uninformed This can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: “I want you to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1CO 12 2 hbt8 figs-metaphor ἦτε, πρὸς τὰ εἴδωλα τὰ ἄφωνα ὡς ἂν ἤγεσθε, ἀπαγόμενοι 1 you were led astray to idols who could not speak, in whatever ways you were led by them Here **led astray** is a metaphor for being persuaded to do something wrong. Being led astray to idols represents being wrongly persuaded to worship idols. The phrases “were led astray” and “you were led by them” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you were persuaded in some way to worship idols who cannot speak” or “you believed lies somehow and so you worshiped idols who cannot speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 12 2 hbt8 figs-metaphor ἦτε, πρὸς τὰ εἴδωλα τὰ ἄφωνα ὡς ἂν ἤγεσθε, ἀπαγόμενοι 1 you were led astray to idols who could not speak, in whatever ways you were led by them Here, **led astray** is a metaphor for being persuaded to do something wrong. Being led astray to idols represents being wrongly persuaded to worship idols. The phrases “were led astray” and “you were led by them” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you were persuaded in some way to worship idols who cannot speak” or “you believed lies somehow and so you worshiped idols who cannot speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 12 3 zg4j οὐδεὶς ἐν Πνεύματι Θεοῦ λαλῶν, λέγει 1 no one who speaks by the Spirit of God can say Possible meanings are (1) “no Christian who has the Spirit of God in him can say” or (2) “no one who is prophesying by the power of the Spirit of God can say.”
|
||||
1CO 12 3 jak6 ἀνάθεμα Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus is accursed “God will punish Jesus” or “God will make Jesus suffer”
|
||||
1CO 12 6 eth3 ὁ ἐνεργῶν τὰ πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν 1 who is working all things in everyone “causes everyone to have them”
|
||||
|
|
@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 12 9 d7qg figs-ellipsis ἄλλῳ…χαρίσματα ἰαμάτων ἐν τῷ ἑνὶ Πνεύματι 1 to another gifts of healing by the one Spirit The words **are given** are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “to another gifts of healing by the one Spirit are given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1CO 12 10 x572 figs-ellipsis ἄλλῳ προφητεία 1 to another prophecy The phrase “is given by the same Spirit” is understood from the previous phrases. Alternate translation: “to another prophecy is given by the same Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1CO 12 10 v7xy figs-ellipsis ἑτέρῳ γένη γλωσσῶν 1 to another various kinds of tongues The phrase “are given by the same Spirit” is understood from the previous phrases. Alternate translation: “to another various kinds of tongues are given by the same Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1CO 12 10 skl8 figs-metonymy γένη γλωσσῶν 1 various kinds of tongues Here **tongues** represents languages. Alternate translation: “the ability to speak different languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 12 10 skl8 figs-metonymy γένη γλωσσῶν 1 various kinds of tongues Here, **tongues** represents languages. Alternate translation: “the ability to speak different languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 12 10 j8qk figs-ellipsis ἄλλῳ…ἑρμηνία γλωσσῶν 1 to another the interpretation of tongues The phrase “is given by the same Spirit” is understood from the previous phrases. Alternate translation: “to another the interpretation of tongues is given by the same Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1CO 12 10 c14y ἑρμηνία γλωσσῶν 1 the interpretation of tongues This is the ability to listen to what someone says in one language and use another language to tell people what that person is saying. Alternate translation: “the ability to interpret what is said in other languages”
|
||||
1CO 12 11 z383 τὸ ἓν καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ Πνεῦμα 1 one and the same Spirit God gives the gifts through the work of the one and only Holy Spirit. See how this is translated in [1 Corinthians 12:8](../12/08.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -660,14 +660,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 14 17 w25k figs-metaphor ὁ ἕτερος οὐκ οἰκοδομεῖται 1 the other person is not built up Building people up represents helping them become mature and strong in their faith. This can be stated in active form. See how you translated “builds up” in [1 Corinthians 8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “the other person is not strengthened” or “what you say does not strengthen any outsider who might hear you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 14 19 cbw8 translate-numbers ἢ μυρίους λόγους ἐν γλώσσῃ 1 than ten thousand words in a tongue Paul was not counting words, but used exaggeration to emphasize that a few understandable words are far more valuable than even a great number of words in a language that people cannot understand. Alternate translation: “10,000 words” or “a great many words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
1CO 14 20 luu4 0 General Information: Paul tells them that speaking in different languages was told ahead of time by the prophet Isaiah many years before this speaking in other languages happened at the start of Christ’s church.
|
||||
1CO 14 20 mh5t figs-metaphor μὴ παιδία γίνεσθε ταῖς φρεσίν 1 do not be children in your thinking Here **children** is a metaphor for being spiritually immature. Alternate translation: “do not think like children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 14 20 mh5t figs-metaphor μὴ παιδία γίνεσθε ταῖς φρεσίν 1 do not be children in your thinking Here, **children** is a metaphor for being spiritually immature. Alternate translation: “do not think like children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 14 21 jx6l figs-activepassive ἐν τῷ νόμῳ γέγραπται 1 In the law it is written, This can be stated in active form: Alternate translation: “The prophet wrote these words in the law:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 14 21 l9xz figs-parallelism ἐν ἑτερογλώσσοις καὶ ἐν χείλεσιν ἑτέρων 1 By men of strange tongues and by the lips of strangers These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are used together for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1CO 14 22 bp4j 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives specific instructions on an orderly way to use gifts in the church.
|
||||
1CO 14 22 qj5f figs-doublenegatives οὐ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἀπίστοις 1 not for unbelievers, but for believers This can be expressed positively and combined with the other positive statement. Alternate translation: “only for believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1CO 14 23 hj3d figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐροῦσιν ὅτι μαίνεσθε? 1 would they not say that you are insane? This can be a statement. Alternate translation: “they would say that you are insane.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 14 24 xxy5 figs-parallelism ἐλέγχεται ὑπὸ πάντων, ἀνακρίνεται ὑπὸ πάντων 1 he would be convicted by all and examined by all Paul says basically the same thing twice for emphasis. Alternate translation: “he would realize that he is guilty of sin because he hears what you are saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1CO 14 25 ma47 figs-metonymy τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς καρδίας αὐτοῦ φανερὰ γίνεται 1 The secrets of his heart would be revealed Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God would reveal to him the secrets of his heart” or “He would recognize his own private inner thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 14 25 ma47 figs-metonymy τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς καρδίας αὐτοῦ φανερὰ γίνεται 1 The secrets of his heart would be revealed Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God would reveal to him the secrets of his heart” or “He would recognize his own private inner thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 14 25 w31w figs-idiom πεσὼν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον, προσκυνήσει τῷ Θεῷ 1 he would fall on his face and worship God **Fall on his face** here is an idiom, meaning to bow down. Alternate translation: “He would bow down and worship God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1CO 14 26 bv9k figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐστιν, ἀδελφοί? 1 What is tp be then, brothers? Paul uses a question to introduce the next part of his message. Alternate translation: “Because everything I have just told you is true, this is what you need to do, my fellow believers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 14 26 xzz2 ἑρμηνίαν 1 interpretation This means a telling of what someone has said in a language to others who do not understand that language. See how “interpret” is translated in [1 Corinthians 2:13](../02/13.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -719,11 +719,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 15 19 d9nq πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 of all people “of everyone, including believers and non-believers”
|
||||
1CO 15 19 ts7u ἐλεεινότεροι πάντων ἀνθρώπων ἐσμέν 1 of all people we are most to be pitied “people should feel sorry for us more than they do for anyone else”
|
||||
1CO 15 20 cxp9 νυνὶ…Χριστὸς 1 now Christ “as it is, Christ” or “this is the truth: Christ”
|
||||
1CO 15 20 zw31 figs-metaphor ἀπαρχὴ 1 the firstfruits Here **firstfruits** is a metaphor, comparing Christ to the first of the harvest, which would be followed by the rest of the harvest. Christ was the first to be raised from the dead. Alternate translation: “who is like the first part of the harvest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 15 20 zw31 figs-metaphor ἀπαρχὴ 1 the firstfruits Here, **firstfruits** is a metaphor, comparing Christ to the first of the harvest, which would be followed by the rest of the harvest. Christ was the first to be raised from the dead. Alternate translation: “who is like the first part of the harvest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 15 20 n6cl figs-activepassive Χριστὸς ἐγήγερται ἐκ νεκρῶν, ἀπαρχὴ τῶν κεκοιμημένων 1 Christ has been raised from the dead, the firstfruit of those who have fallen asleep **Raised** here is an idiom for “caused to live again.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has raised Christ, who is the firstfruits of those who died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1CO 15 21 uca8 figs-abstractnouns δι’ ἀνθρώπου θάνατος 1 death came by a man The abstract noun “death” can be expressed with the verb “die.” Alternate translation. “people die because of what one man did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1CO 15 21 gf8p figs-abstractnouns καὶ δι’ ἀνθρώπου ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν 1 by a man also came the resurrection of the dead The abstract noun “resurrection” can be expressed with the verb “raise.” Alternate translation: “people are raised from the dead because of another man” or “people will become alive again because of what one man did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1CO 15 23 p4g9 figs-metaphor ἀπαρχὴ 1 the firstfruits Here **firstfruits** is a metaphor, comparing Christ to the first of the harvest, which would be followed by the rest of the harvest. Christ was the first to be raised from the dead. Alternate translation: “who is like the first part of the harvest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 15 23 p4g9 figs-metaphor ἀπαρχὴ 1 the firstfruits Here, **firstfruits** is a metaphor, comparing Christ to the first of the harvest, which would be followed by the rest of the harvest. Christ was the first to be raised from the dead. Alternate translation: “who is like the first part of the harvest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 15 24 u298 0 General Information: Here the words **he** and **his** refer to Christ.
|
||||
1CO 15 24 uwh3 καταργήσῃ πᾶσαν ἀρχὴν, καὶ πᾶσαν ἐξουσίαν, καὶ δύναμιν 1 he will abolish all rule and all authority and power “he will stop those people who rule, who have authority, and who have power from doing what they are doing”
|
||||
1CO 15 25 t8mk figs-idiom ἄχρι οὗ θῇ πάντας τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 until he has put all his enemies under his feet Kings who won wars would put their feet on the necks of those whom they had defeated. Alternate translation: “until God has completely destroyed all of Christ’s enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -762,7 +762,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 15 40 d9k2 σώματα ἐπουράνια 1 heavenly bodies Possible meanings are (1) the sun, moon, stars, and other visible lights in the sky or (2) heavenly beings, such as angels and other supernatural beings.
|
||||
1CO 15 40 k9pg σώματα ἐπίγεια 1 earthly bodies This refers to humans.
|
||||
1CO 15 40 qg3p ἑτέρα μὲν ἡ τῶν ἐπουρανίων δόξα, ἑτέρα δὲ ἡ τῶν ἐπιγείων 1 the glory of the heavenly body is one kind and the glory of the earthly is another “the glory that heavenly bodies have is different from the glory of human bodies”
|
||||
1CO 15 40 j1kb δόξα 1 glory Here **glory** refers to the relative brightness to the human eye of objects in the sky.
|
||||
1CO 15 40 j1kb δόξα 1 glory Here, **glory** refers to the relative brightness to the human eye of objects in the sky.
|
||||
1CO 15 42 s12t figs-idiom σπείρεται…ἐγείρεται 1 What is sown…what is raised The writer speaks of a person’s body being buried as if it were a seed that is planted in the ground. And he speaks of a person’s body being raised from the dead as if it were a plant growing from the seed. The passive verbs can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “What goes into the ground…what comes out of the ground” or “What people bury…what God raises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 15 42 ay76 ἐγείρεται 1 is raised “is caused to live again”
|
||||
1CO 15 42 rw3k ἐν φθορᾷ…ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ 1 in decay…in immortality “can rot…cannot rot”
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 1 3 k7dl ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ 1 the God and Father “God, who is the Father”
|
||||
2CO 1 3 pg4a figs-parallelism ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως 1 the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort These two phrases express the same idea in two different ways. Both phrases refer to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2CO 1 3 blv4 ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως 1 the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort Possible meanings are (1) that The words **mercies** and **all comfort** describe the character of **Father** and **God** or (2) that the words **Father** and **God** refer to one who is the source of **mercies** and **all comfort**.
|
||||
2CO 1 4 n2lc figs-exclusive παρακαλῶν ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν 1 comforts us in all our affliction Here **us** and **our** include the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 1 4 n2lc figs-exclusive παρακαλῶν ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν 1 comforts us in all our affliction Here, **us** and **our** include the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 1 5 nn5a figs-metaphor ὅτι καθὼς περισσεύει τὰ παθήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἡμᾶς 1 For just as the sufferings of Christ abound toward us Paul speaks of Christ’s sufferings as if they were objects that could increase in number. Alternate translation: “For just as Christ suffered greatly for our sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 1 5 i254 τὰ παθήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the sufferings of Christ Possible meanings are (1) that this refers to the suffering that Paul and Timothy experience because they preach the message about Christ or (2) that this refers to the suffering that Christ experienced on their behalf.
|
||||
2CO 1 5 tg9w figs-metaphor περισσεύει…ἡ παράκλησις ἡμῶν 1 our comfort abounds Paul speaks of comfort as if it were an object that could increase in size. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 1 12 kqv3 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: In these verses Paul uses The words **we**, **our**, **ourselves**, and **us** to refer to himself and Timothy and possibly others who served with them. These words do not include the people he was writing to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 1 12 r9p8 ἡ γὰρ καύχησις ἡμῶν αὕτη ἐστίν 1 For our proud confidence is this The word **proud** here is used in the positive sense of feeling great satisfaction and joy in something.
|
||||
2CO 1 12 c7mu figs-personification τὸ μαρτύριον τῆς συνειδήσεως ἡμῶν 1 the testimony of our conscience Paul speaks of not being guilty as if his conscience were a person that could speak. Alternate translation: “We know by our conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2CO 1 12 c1bd figs-metonymy οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ σαρκικῇ, ἀλλ’ ἐν χάριτι Θεοῦ 1 not relying on fleshly wisdom but on the grace of God. Here **fleshly** represents human. Alternate translation: “We have not relied on human wisdom but on the grace of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 1 12 c1bd figs-metonymy οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ σαρκικῇ, ἀλλ’ ἐν χάριτι Θεοῦ 1 not relying on fleshly wisdom but on the grace of God. Here, **fleshly** represents human. Alternate translation: “We have not relied on human wisdom but on the grace of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 1 13 h21j figs-doublenegatives οὐ γὰρ ἄλλα γράφομεν ὑμῖν, ἀλλ’ ἢ ἃ ἀναγινώσκετε ἢ καὶ ἐπιγινώσκετε 1 For we write no other things to you, but that which you read or also understand This can be stated in positive terms. Alternate translation: “You can read and understand everything we write to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2CO 1 14 ma5m καύχημα ὑμῶν 1 your reason for boasting The word **boasting** here is used in the positive sense of feeling great satisfaction and joy in something.
|
||||
2CO 1 15 nhq8 0 General Information: Paul wrote at least 3 letters to the Corinthians. Only 2 letters to Corinth are recorded in the Bible.
|
||||
|
|
@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 2 17 x86y εἰλικρινείας 1 sincerity “pure motives”
|
||||
2CO 2 17 u2zb ἐν Χριστῷ λαλοῦμεν 1 we speak in Christ “we speak as people who are joined to Christ” or “we speak with the authority of Christ”
|
||||
2CO 2 17 q4dc figs-ellipsis κατέναντι Θεοῦ 1 before God Paul and his coworkers preach the gospel with the awareness that God is watching them. Alternate translation: “we speak in the presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 3 intro f7rh 0 # 2 Corinthians 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul continues his defense. Paul views the Corinthian Christians as the proof of his work.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Law of Moses<br>Paul alludes to God giving the Ten Commandments on stone tablets. This represents the law of Moses. The law was good because it came from God. But God punished the Israelites because they disobeyed it. This chapter may be difficult for translators to understand if the Old Testament has not yet been translated. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>Paul uses many metaphors used in this chapter to explain complex spiritual truths. It is unclear whether this makes Paul’s teachings easier or more difficult to understand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “This is a covenant not of the letter but of the Spirit.”<br>Paul contrasts the old and new covenants. The new covenant is not a system of rules and regulations. Here **Spirit** probably refers to the Holy Spirit. It may also refer to the new covenant being “spiritual” in nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])
|
||||
2CO 3 intro f7rh 0 # 2 Corinthians 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul continues his defense. Paul views the Corinthian Christians as the proof of his work.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Law of Moses<br>Paul alludes to God giving the Ten Commandments on stone tablets. This represents the law of Moses. The law was good because it came from God. But God punished the Israelites because they disobeyed it. This chapter may be difficult for translators to understand if the Old Testament has not yet been translated. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>Paul uses many metaphors used in this chapter to explain complex spiritual truths. It is unclear whether this makes Paul’s teachings easier or more difficult to understand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “This is a covenant not of the letter but of the Spirit.”<br>Paul contrasts the old and new covenants. The new covenant is not a system of rules and regulations. Here, **Spirit** probably refers to the Holy Spirit. It may also refer to the new covenant being “spiritual” in nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])
|
||||
2CO 3 1 m1k8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds them that he is not boasting as he tells them about what he has done through Christ.
|
||||
2CO 3 1 um8x figs-rquestion ἀρχόμεθα πάλιν ἑαυτοὺς συνιστάνειν? 1 Are we beginning to praise ourselves again? Paul uses this question to emphasize that they are not bragging about themselves. Alternate translation: “We are not beginning to praise ourselves again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 3 1 y8yc figs-rquestion ἢ μὴ χρῄζομεν, ὥς τινες, συστατικῶν ἐπιστολῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἢ ἐξ ὑμῶν? 1 We do not need letters of recommendation to you or from you, like some people, do we? Paul says this to express that the Corinthians already know about Paul and Timothy’s good reputation. The question prompts a negative answer. Alternate translation: “We certainly do not need letters of recommendation to you or from you, like some people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 3 15 rjh5 ἀλλ’ ἕως σήμερον 1 But even today This phrase refer to the time at which Paul was writing to the Corinthians.
|
||||
2CO 3 15 t3dl figs-metonymy ἡνίκα ἂν ἀναγινώσκηται Μωϋσῆς 1 whenever Moses is read Here the word **Moses** refers to the Old Testament law. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whenever someone reads the Mosaic law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 15 gwp9 figs-metonymy κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν αὐτῶν κεῖται 1 a veil lies over their heart Here the word **hearts** represents what people think, and the people being unable to understand the old covenant is spoken of as if they have a veil that covers their hearts the way a physical veil would cover their eyes. Alternate translation: “they are unable to understand what they are hearing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 3 16 k2dr figs-metaphor ἡνίκα…ἐὰν ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς Κύριον 1 whenever a person turns to the Lord Here **turns to** is a metaphor that means to become loyal to someone. Alternate translation: “when a person starts to worship the Lord” or “when a person starts to trust in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 3 16 k2dr figs-metaphor ἡνίκα…ἐὰν ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς Κύριον 1 whenever a person turns to the Lord Here, **turns to** is a metaphor that means to become loyal to someone. Alternate translation: “when a person starts to worship the Lord” or “when a person starts to trust in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 3 16 w1y2 figs-activepassive περιαιρεῖται τὸ κάλυμμα 1 the veil is taken away God gives them the ability to understand. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God lifts the veil away” or “God gives them the ability to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 18 r6rx figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς δὲ πάντες 1 Now we all Here the word **us** refers to all believers, including Paul and the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 18 l3xw figs-metaphor ἀνακεκαλυμμένῳ προσώπῳ, τὴν δόξαν Κυρίου κατοπτριζόμενοι 1 with unveiled faces, see as a reflection the glory of the Lord Unlike the Israelites who could not see God’s glory reflected on Moses’ face because he had covered it with a veil, there is nothing to prevent believers from seeing and understanding God’s glory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -209,15 +209,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 5 1 p7b7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues by contrasting believers’ earthly bodies to the heavenly ones God will give.
|
||||
2CO 5 1 z4vs figs-metaphor ἐὰν ἡ ἐπίγειος ἡμῶν οἰκία τοῦ σκήνους καταλυθῇ, οἰκοδομὴν ἐκ Θεοῦ ἔχομεν 1 if the earthly dwelling that we live in is destroyed, we have a building from God Here a temporary **earthly dwelling** is a metaphor for a person’s physical body. Here a permanent “building from God” is a metaphor for the new body that God will give believers after they die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 1 zy2k figs-activepassive ἐὰν ἡ ἐπίγειος ἡμῶν οἰκία τοῦ σκήνους καταλυθῇ 1 if the earthly dwelling that we live in is destroyed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if people destroy the earthly dwelling that we live in” or “if people kill our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 1 bqi5 figs-activepassive οἰκίαν ἀχειροποίητον 1 It is a house not made by human hands Here **house** means the same thing as “building from God.” Here **hands** is a synecdoche that represents the human as a whole. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “It is a house that humans did not make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CO 5 2 tc2j ἐν τούτῳ στενάζομεν 1 in this tent we groan Here **this tent** means the same thing as “the earthly dwelling that we live in.” The word groan is a sound that a person makes when they eagerly desire to have something that is good.
|
||||
2CO 5 1 bqi5 figs-activepassive οἰκίαν ἀχειροποίητον 1 It is a house not made by human hands Here, **house** means the same thing as “building from God.” Here, **hands** is a synecdoche that represents the human as a whole. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “It is a house that humans did not make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CO 5 2 tc2j ἐν τούτῳ στενάζομεν 1 in this tent we groan Here, **this tent** means the same thing as “the earthly dwelling that we live in.” The word groan is a sound that a person makes when they eagerly desire to have something that is good.
|
||||
2CO 5 2 ss6g figs-metaphor τὸ οἰκητήριον ἡμῶν τὸ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐπενδύσασθαι ἐπιποθοῦντες 1 longing to be clothed with our heavenly dwelling The words **our heavenly dwelling** means the same thing as **building from God**. Paul speaks of the new body that believers receive after they die as if it were both a building and a piece of clothing that a person can put on. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 3 i4es ἐνδυσάμενοι 1 we have put it on “by putting on our heavenly dwelling”
|
||||
2CO 5 3 ap7v figs-activepassive οὐ γυμνοὶ εὑρεθησόμεθα 1 we will not be found to be naked This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we will not be naked” or “God will not find us naked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 4 bz6k figs-metaphor οἱ ὄντες ἐν τῷ σκήνει 1 while we are in this tent Paul speaks of the physical body as if it were a “tent.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 4 e34b ἐν τῷ σκήνει, στενάζομεν 1 in this tent, we groan The word **tent** refers to “the earthly dwelling that we live in.” The word groan is a sound that a person makes when they eagerly desire to have something that is good. See how you translated this in [2 Corinthians 5:2](../05/02.md).
|
||||
2CO 5 4 cjt4 figs-metaphor βαρούμενοι 1 being burdened Paul refers to the difficulties that the physical body experiences as if they were heavy objects that are difficult to carry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 4 f8rb figs-metaphor οὐ θέλομεν ἐκδύσασθαι…ἐπενδύσασθαι 1 We do not want to be unclothed…we want to be clothed Paul speaks of the body as if it were clothing. Here **to be unclothed** refers to the death of the physical body; “to be clothed” refers to having the resurrection body that God will give. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 4 f8rb figs-metaphor οὐ θέλομεν ἐκδύσασθαι…ἐπενδύσασθαι 1 We do not want to be unclothed…we want to be clothed Paul speaks of the body as if it were clothing. Here, **to be unclothed** refers to the death of the physical body; “to be clothed” refers to having the resurrection body that God will give. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 4 n78p ἐκδύσασθαι 1 to be unclothed “to be without clothes” or “to be naked”
|
||||
2CO 5 4 de2b figs-metaphor ἵνα καταποθῇ τὸ θνητὸν ὑπὸ τῆς ζωῆς 1 so that what is mortal may be swallowed up by life Paul speaks of life as if it were an animal that eats “what is mortal.” The physical body that will die will be replaced by a resurrection body that will live forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 4 e5zi figs-activepassive ἵνα καταποθῇ τὸ θνητὸν ὑπὸ τῆς ζωῆς 1 so that what is mortal may be swallowed up by life This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that life may swallow up what is mortal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 5 6 clh5 0 Connecting Statement: Because believers will have a new body and have the Holy Spirit as a pledge, Paul reminds them to live by faith that they may please the Lord. He continues by reminding them to persuade others because (1) believers will appear at the judgment seat of Christ and (2) because of love for Christ who died for believers.
|
||||
2CO 5 6 xv3m figs-metaphor ἐνδημοῦντες ἐν τῷ σώματι 1 being at home in the body Paul speaks of the physical body as if it were a place where a person dwells. Alternate translation: “while we are living in this earthly body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 6 ebl4 ἐκδημοῦμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 we are away from the Lord “we are not at home with the Lord” or “we are not in heaven with the Lord”
|
||||
2CO 5 7 rfn4 figs-metaphor διὰ πίστεως…περιπατοῦμεν, οὐ διὰ εἴδους 1 we walk by faith, not by sight Here **walk** is a metaphor for “live” or “behave.” Alternate translation: “we live according to faith, not according to what we see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 7 rfn4 figs-metaphor διὰ πίστεως…περιπατοῦμεν, οὐ διὰ εἴδους 1 we walk by faith, not by sight Here, **walk** is a metaphor for “live” or “behave.” Alternate translation: “we live according to faith, not according to what we see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 8 a6au εὐδοκοῦμεν, μᾶλλον ἐκδημῆσαι ἐκ τοῦ σώματος 1 we would rather be away from the body Here the word **body** refers to the physical body.
|
||||
2CO 5 8 i3m3 ἐνδημῆσαι πρὸς τὸν Κύριον 1 at home with the Lord “at home with the Lord in heaven”
|
||||
2CO 5 9 ml5j figs-ellipsis εἴτε ἐνδημοῦντες εἴτε ἐκδημοῦντες 1 whether we are at home or away The word “the Lord” may be supplied from the previous verses. Alternate translation: “whether we are at home with the Lord or away from the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 5 16 f2ww 0 Connecting Statement: Because of Christ’s love and death, we are not to judge by human standards. We are appointed to teach others how to be united with and have peace with God through Christ’s death and receive God’s righteousness through Christ.
|
||||
2CO 5 16 ic21 ὥστε 1 For this reason This refers to what Paul has just said about living for Christ instead of living for self.
|
||||
2CO 5 17 tl3h figs-metaphor καινὴ κτίσις 1 he is a new creation Paul speaks of the person who believes in Christ as if God had created a new person. Alternate translation: “he is a new person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 17 ue8f τὰ ἀρχαῖα παρῆλθεν 1 The old things have passed away Here **the old things** refers to the things that characterized a person before they trusted in Christ.
|
||||
2CO 5 17 ue8f τὰ ἀρχαῖα παρῆλθεν 1 The old things have passed away Here, **the old things** refers to the things that characterized a person before they trusted in Christ.
|
||||
2CO 5 17 vpe3 ἰδοὺ 1 See The word **See** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
2CO 5 18 jyf7 τὰ…πάντα 1 All these things “God has done all these things.” This refers to what Paul has just said in the previous verse about new things replacing old things.
|
||||
2CO 5 18 lj2h figs-abstractnouns τὴν διακονίαν τῆς καταλλαγῆς 1 the ministry of reconciliation This can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “the ministry of reconciling people to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -290,8 +290,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 6 9 r1d9 figs-activepassive ὡς παιδευόμενοι καὶ μὴ θανατούμενοι 1 as being punished, and yet not being killed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “We work as if people are punishing us for our actions but not as if they have condemned us to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 6 11 vh9v 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the believers at Corinth to be separated from idols and live clean lives for God.
|
||||
2CO 6 11 v74j τὸ στόμα ἡμῶν ἀνέῳγεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 Our mouth has been opened to you “spoken honestly to you”
|
||||
2CO 6 11 mv85 figs-metaphor ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν πεπλάτυνται 1 our heart is opened wide Paul speaks of his great affection for the Corinthians as having a heart that is open. Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s emotions. Alternate translation: “we love you very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 6 12 xv9t figs-metaphor οὐ στενοχωρεῖσθε ἐν ἡμῖν, στενοχωρεῖσθε δὲ ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν 1 You are not restrained by us, but you are restrained in your affections Paul speaks of the Corinthians lack of love for him as if their hearts were squeezed into a tight space. Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 6 11 mv85 figs-metaphor ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν πεπλάτυνται 1 our heart is opened wide Paul speaks of his great affection for the Corinthians as having a heart that is open. Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s emotions. Alternate translation: “we love you very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 6 12 xv9t figs-metaphor οὐ στενοχωρεῖσθε ἐν ἡμῖν, στενοχωρεῖσθε δὲ ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν 1 You are not restrained by us, but you are restrained in your affections Paul speaks of the Corinthians lack of love for him as if their hearts were squeezed into a tight space. Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 6 12 u4fz figs-activepassive οὐ στενοχωρεῖσθε ἐν ἡμῖν 1 You are not restrained by us This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “We have not restrained you” or “We have not given you any reason to stop loving us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 6 12 ecn4 figs-activepassive στενοχωρεῖσθε…ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν 1 you are restrained in your affections This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “your own hearts are restraining you” or “you have stopped loving us for your own reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 6 13 c6vp figs-metaphor πλατύνθητε καὶ ὑμεῖς 1 open yourselves wide also Paul urges the Corinthians to love him as he has loved them. Alternate translation: “love us back” or “love us much as we have loved you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 7 4 mx9b figs-metaphor ὑπερπερισσεύομαι τῇ χαρᾷ 1 I overflow with joy Paul speaks of joy as if it is a liquid that fills him until he overflows. Alternate translation: “I am extremely joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 7 4 mr75 ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν 1 even in all our afflictions “despite all our hardships”
|
||||
2CO 7 5 f3c5 figs-exclusive ἐλθόντων ἡμῶν εἰς Μακεδονίαν 1 When we came to Macedonia Here the word **we** refers to Paul and Timothy but not to the Corinthians or Titus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 5 c8ju figs-synecdoche οὐδεμίαν ἔσχηκεν ἄνεσιν ἡ σὰρξ ἡμῶν 1 our flesh had no rest Here **bodies** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “we had no rest” or “we were very tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CO 7 5 c8ju figs-synecdoche οὐδεμίαν ἔσχηκεν ἄνεσιν ἡ σὰρξ ἡμῶν 1 our flesh had no rest Here, **bodies** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “we had no rest” or “we were very tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CO 7 5 h3cv figs-activepassive ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμενοι 1 we were troubled in every way This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we experienced trouble in every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 5 i4wr figs-explicit ἔξωθεν μάχαι, ἔσωθεν φόβοι 1 by conflicts on the outside and fears on the inside Possible meanings for “outside” are (1) “outside of our bodies” or (2) “outside of the church.” The word **inside** refers to their inward emotions. Alternate translation: “by conflicts with other people and by fears within ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 7 7 w7td figs-explicit ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει ᾗ παρεκλήθη ἐφ’ ὑμῖν 1 by the comfort that Titus had received from you Paul received comfort from knowing that the Corinthians had comforted Titus. Alternate translation: “by learning about the comfort that Titus had received from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 7 14 m22c οὐ κατῃσχύνθην 1 I was not embarrassed “you did not disappoint me”
|
||||
2CO 7 14 q5hg ἡ καύχησις ἡμῶν ἡ ἐπὶ Τίτου ἀλήθεια ἐγενήθη 1 our boasting about you to Titus proved to be true “you proved that our boasting about you to Titus was true”
|
||||
2CO 7 15 d87j figs-abstractnouns τὴν πάντων ὑμῶν ὑπακοήν 1 the obedience of all of you This noun “obedience” can be stated with a verb, “obey.” Alternate translation: “how all of you obeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 7 15 g9bz figs-doublet μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου ἐδέξασθε αὐτόν 1 you welcomed him with fear and trembling Here **fear** and **trembling** share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of fear. Alternate translation: “you welcomed him with great reverence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2CO 7 15 g9bz figs-doublet μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου ἐδέξασθε αὐτόν 1 you welcomed him with fear and trembling Here, **fear** and **trembling** share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of fear. Alternate translation: “you welcomed him with great reverence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2CO 7 15 q47h μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου 1 with fear and trembling Possible meanings are (1) “with great reverence for God” or (2) “with great reverence for Titus.”
|
||||
2CO 8 intro kl7m 0 # 2 Corinthians 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 8 and 9 begin a new section. Paul writes about how churches in Greece helped needy believers in Jerusalem.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 15.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Gift to the church in Jerusalem<br><br>The church in Corinth started preparing to give money to the poor believers in Jerusalem. The churches in Macedonia also had given generously. Paul sends Titus and two other believers to Corinth to encourage the Corinthians to give generously. Paul and the others will carry the money to Jerusalem. They want people to know it is being done honestly.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### We<br><br>Paul likely uses the pronoun “we” to represent at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A “paradox” is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. These words in verse 2 are a paradox: “the abundance of their joy and the extremity of their poverty have produced great riches of generosity.” In verse 3 Paul explains how their poverty produced riches. Paul also uses riches and poverty in other paradoxes. ([2 Corinthians 8:2](./02.md))
|
||||
2CO 8 1 mm8g 0 Connecting Statement: Having explained his changed plans and his ministry direction, Paul talks about giving.
|
||||
|
|
@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 10 1 gq7j figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς πραΰτητος καὶ ἐπιεικείας τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 by the meekness and gentleness of Christ The word **humility** and **gentleness** are abstract nouns, and can be expressed in another way. Alternate translation: “I am humble and gentle as I do so, because Christ has made me that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 10 2 i6hh τοὺς λογιζομένους 1 those who regard “who think that”
|
||||
2CO 10 2 ik1p figs-metonymy ὡς κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας 1 as walking according to the flesh The word **flesh** is a metonym for sinful human nature. “we are acting from human motives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 10 3 cvd6 figs-metonymy ἐν σαρκὶ…περιπατοῦντες 1 we walk in the flesh Here **walk** is an metaphor for “live” and “flesh” is a metonym for physical life. Alternate translation: “we live our lives in physical bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 10 3 cvd6 figs-metonymy ἐν σαρκὶ…περιπατοῦντες 1 we walk in the flesh Here, **walk** is an metaphor for “live” and “flesh” is a metonym for physical life. Alternate translation: “we live our lives in physical bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 10 3 k7h8 figs-metaphor οὐ…στρατευόμεθα 1 we do not wage war Paul speaks of his trying to persuade the Corinthians to believe him and not the false teachers as if he were fighting a physical war. These words should be translated literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 10 3 gpd3 figs-metonymy κατὰ σάρκα στρατευόμεθα 1 wage war according to the flesh Possible meanings are (1) The word **flesh** is a metonym for physical life. Alternate translation: “fight against our enemies using physical weapons” or (2) The word **flesh** is a metonym for sinful human nature. Alternate translation: “wage war in sinful ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 10 4 uf5s figs-metaphor τὰ…ὅπλα τῆς στρατείας ἡμῶν…λογισμοὺς καθαιροῦντες 1 the weapons we fight with…for pulling down arguments Paul speaks of godly wisdom showing human wisdom to be false as if it were a weapon with which he was destroying an enemy stronghold. Alternate translation: “the weapons we fight with…show people that what our enemies say is completely wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 11 13 y896 μετασχηματιζόμενοι εἰς ἀποστόλους 1 disguising themselves as apostles “are not apostles, but they try to make themselves look like apostles”
|
||||
2CO 11 14 v9z4 figs-litotes οὐ θαῦμα 1 no wonder By stating this in a negative form Paul is emphasizing that the Corinthians should expect to meet many “false apostles” ([2 Corinthians 11:13](../11/13.md)). Alternate translation: “we should expect this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
2CO 11 14 ss7s ὁ Σατανᾶς μετασχηματίζεται εἰς ἄγγελον φωτός 1 Satan disguises himself as an angel of light “Satan is not an angel of light, but he tries to make himself look like an angel of light”
|
||||
2CO 11 14 mld4 figs-metaphor ἄγγελον φωτός 1 an angel of light Here **light** is a metaphor for righteousness. Alternate translation: “an angel of righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 11 14 mld4 figs-metaphor ἄγγελον φωτός 1 an angel of light Here, **light** is a metaphor for righteousness. Alternate translation: “an angel of righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 11 15 fvx7 figs-litotes οὐ μέγα 1 it is no great thing By stating this in a negative form Paul is emphasizing that the Corinthians should expect to meet many “false apostles” ([2 Corinthians 11:13](../11/13.md)). Alternate translation: “We should certainly expect that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
2CO 11 15 sb58 καὶ οἱ διάκονοι αὐτοῦ μετασχηματίζονται ὡς διάκονοι δικαιοσύνης 1 his servants also disguise themselves as servants of righteousness “his servants are not servants of righteousness, but they try to make themselves look like servants of righteousness”
|
||||
2CO 11 16 s962 ὡς ἄφρονα δέξασθέ με, ἵνα κἀγὼ μικρόν τι καυχήσωμαι 1 receive me as a fool so I may boast a little “receive me as you would receive a fool: let me talk, and consider my boasting the words of a fool”
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -5,12 +5,12 @@ GAL 1 1 m4ss figs-you 0 General Information: Paul, an apostle, writes this lett
|
|||
GAL 1 1 d1kd τοῦ ἐγείραντος αὐτὸν 1 the one who raised him “the one who caused him to live again”
|
||||
GAL 1 2 d737 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women, since all believers in Christ are members of one spiritual family, with God as their heavenly Father. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
GAL 1 4 yk9g figs-metonymy περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 for our sins Here, **sins** is a metonym the punishment for sin. Alternate translation: “to take the punishment we deserved because of our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 1 4 f6d5 figs-metonymy ὅπως ἐξέληται ἡμᾶς ἐκ τοῦ αἰῶνος τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος πονηροῦ 1 so that he might deliver us from this present evil age Here ** this present evil age** represents the powers at work in the age. Alternate translation: “so that he might bring us to a place of safety from the evil powers at work in the world today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 1 4 f6d5 figs-metonymy ὅπως ἐξέληται ἡμᾶς ἐκ τοῦ αἰῶνος τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος πονηροῦ 1 so that he might deliver us from this present evil age Here, ** this present evil age** represents the powers at work in the age. Alternate translation: “so that he might bring us to a place of safety from the evil powers at work in the world today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 1 4 lbb2 τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 of our God and Father This refers to God our Father. He is our God and our Father.
|
||||
GAL 1 6 lf1w 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives his reason for writing this letter: he reminds them to continue to understand the gospel.
|
||||
GAL 1 6 f74p θαυμάζω 1 I am amazed “I am surprised” or “I am shocked.” Paul was disappointed that they were doing this.
|
||||
GAL 1 6 v438 figs-metaphor οὕτως ταχέως, μετατίθεσθε ἀπὸ τοῦ καλέσαντος…εἰς ἕτερον εὐαγγέλιον 1 you are turning away so quickly to a different gospel from the one who called Here **turning away …from the one** is a metaphor for started to doubt or no longer trust God. Alternate translation: “you are so quickly believing a different gospel and starting to doubt the one who called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 1 6 n1rd figs-metaphor οὕτως ταχέως, μετατίθεσθε ἀπὸ…εἰς ἕτερον εὐαγγέλιον 1 you are turning away so quickly to a different gospel from Here **turning to** is a metaphor that means to start to believe something. Alternate translation: “you are starting to believe a different gospel and leaving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 1 6 v438 figs-metaphor οὕτως ταχέως, μετατίθεσθε ἀπὸ τοῦ καλέσαντος…εἰς ἕτερον εὐαγγέλιον 1 you are turning away so quickly to a different gospel from the one who called Here, **turning away …from the one** is a metaphor for started to doubt or no longer trust God. Alternate translation: “you are so quickly believing a different gospel and starting to doubt the one who called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 1 6 n1rd figs-metaphor οὕτως ταχέως, μετατίθεσθε ἀπὸ…εἰς ἕτερον εὐαγγέλιον 1 you are turning away so quickly to a different gospel from Here, **turning to** is a metaphor that means to start to believe something. Alternate translation: “you are starting to believe a different gospel and leaving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 1 6 x7we τοῦ καλέσαντος ὑμᾶς 1 the one who called you “God, who called you”
|
||||
GAL 1 6 fd7a τοῦ καλέσαντος 1 the one who called Here this means God has appointed or chosen people to be his children, to serve him, and to proclaim his message of salvation through Jesus.
|
||||
GAL 1 6 cfr2 ἐν χάριτι Χριστοῦ 1 by the grace of Christ “because of Christ’s grace” or “because of Christ’s gracious sacrifice”
|
||||
|
|
@ -160,9 +160,9 @@ GAL 4 1 n5yb οὐδὲν διαφέρει 1 he is no different from “he is t
|
|||
GAL 4 2 bd5a ἐπιτρόπους 1 guardians people with legal responsibility for children
|
||||
GAL 4 2 v5g9 οἰκονόμους 1 stewards people whom others trust to keep valuable items safe
|
||||
GAL 4 3 d6v9 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word **we** here refers to all Christians, including Paul’s readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
GAL 4 3 n21q figs-metaphor ὅτε ἦμεν νήπιοι 1 when we were children Here **children** is a metaphor for being spiritually immature. Alternate translation: “when we were like children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 3 n21q figs-metaphor ὅτε ἦμεν νήπιοι 1 when we were children Here, **children** is a metaphor for being spiritually immature. Alternate translation: “when we were like children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 3 cd2w figs-activepassive ἡμεῖς…ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου ἤμεθα δεδουλωμένοι 1 we were enslaved to the elemental principles of the world This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the elemental principles of the world controlled us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 4 3 gl4w figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς…ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου ἤμεθα δεδουλωμένοι 1 we were enslaved by the elemental principles of the world Here **enslaved** is a metaphor being unable to stop one’s self from doing something. Alternate translation: “we had to obey the elemental principles of the world as if we were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 3 gl4w figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς…ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου ἤμεθα δεδουλωμένοι 1 we were enslaved by the elemental principles of the world Here, **enslaved** is a metaphor being unable to stop one’s self from doing something. Alternate translation: “we had to obey the elemental principles of the world as if we were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 3 u462 τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου 1 the elemental principles of the world Possible meanings are (1) this refers to the laws or moral principles of the world, or (2) this refers to spiritual powers, which some people thought control what happens on earth.
|
||||
GAL 4 4 l5tf guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
GAL 4 5 v5cb figs-metaphor ἐξαγοράσῃ 1 redeem Paul uses the metaphor of a person buying back lost property or buying the freedom of a slave as a picture of Jesus paying for his people’s sins by dying on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ GAL 4 8 s4ic 0 General Information: He continues to rebuke the Galatians by as
|
|||
GAL 4 8 ukf5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers that they are again trying to live under God’s laws rather than living by faith.
|
||||
GAL 4 8 cj5i τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are, by nature, not gods “those things that are not really gods” or “those spirits who are no the same as gods”
|
||||
GAL 4 9 ghx1 figs-activepassive γνωσθέντες ὑπὸ Θεοῦ 1 having come to be known by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “since God knows you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor πῶς ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν ἐπὶ τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 how are you turning again to the weak and worthless elemental principles Here **turning back to** is a metaphor for starting to pay attention to something again. Alternate translation: “why are you paying attention to the weak and worthless elemental principles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor πῶς ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν ἐπὶ τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 how are you turning again to the weak and worthless elemental principles Here, **turning back to** is a metaphor for starting to pay attention to something again. Alternate translation: “why are you paying attention to the weak and worthless elemental principles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 9 vska figs-rquestion πῶς ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν ἐπὶ τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα, οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε? 1 how are you turning again to the weak and worthless elemental principles, to which once more you want to be enslaved again? This is a rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “you should not start paying attention to the weak and worthless elemental principles because you do not want to be enslaved by them again.” or “you should not be concerned with the weak and worthless elemental principles or allow them to take you captive again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 the weak and worthless elemental principles See how you translated this phrase in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md).
|
||||
GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 to which once more you want to be enslaved again Here being **enslaved** is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules or customs. Alternate translation: “Do you want to have to obey rules again like a slave has to obey his master?” or “It seems that you want to be controlled all over again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ GAL 4 24 sxtj figs-metaphor εἰς δουλείαν γεννῶσα 1 giving bi
|
|||
GAL 4 25 u1cc συνστοιχεῖ 1 corresponding to “she is a picture of” or “she represents”
|
||||
GAL 4 25 ck7v figs-metaphor δουλεύει…μετὰ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 she is in slavery with her children Hagar is a slave and her children are slaves with her. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem, like Hagar, is a slave, and her children are slaves with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 26 wa1u ἐλευθέρα ἐστίν 1 is free “is not bound” or “is not a slave”
|
||||
GAL 4 27 ih2f figs-you στεῖρα…ἡ οὐκ ὠδίνουσα 1 you barren one … you who are not suffering the pains of childbirth Here **you** refers to the barren woman and is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 4 27 ih2f figs-you στεῖρα…ἡ οὐκ ὠδίνουσα 1 you barren one … you who are not suffering the pains of childbirth Here, **you** refers to the barren woman and is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 4 28 ad75 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
GAL 4 28 ct63 ἐπαγγελίας τέκνα 1 children of promise Possible meanings are that the Galatians have become God’s **children** (1) by believing God’s promise or (2) because God worked miracles to fulfill his promises to Abraham, first by giving Abraham a son and then by making the Galatians children of Abraham and thus sons of God.
|
||||
GAL 4 29 c9lf figs-metaphor κατὰ σάρκα 1 according to the flesh This refers to Abraham’s becoming Ishmael’s father by taking Hagar as a wife. Alternate translation: “by means of human action” or “because of what people did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ GAL 4 31 y3c2 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τῆς ἐλευθέρας 1 but of the
|
|||
GAL 5 intro bcg3 0 # Galatians 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul continues writing about the law of Moses as something that traps or enslaves a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fruit of the Spirit<br>The phrase “the fruit of the Spirit” is not plural, even though it begins a list of several things. Translators should keep the singular form if possible. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Illustrations<br>Paul uses several metaphors in this chapter to illustrate his points and help explain complicated issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “You are cut off from Christ, you who would be justified by the law; you no longer experience grace.”<br>Some scholars think Paul teaches that being circumcised causes a person to lose their salvation. Other scholars think Paul means that obeying the law to try to get right with God will keep a person from being saved by grace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])
|
||||
GAL 5 1 up16 0 Connecting Statement: Paul applies the allegory by reminding the believers to use their liberty in Christ because all the law is fulfilled in loving neighbors as ourselves.
|
||||
GAL 5 1 kuu9 figs-explicit τῇ ἐλευθερίᾳ, ἡμᾶς Χριστὸς ἠλευθέρωσεν 1 For freedom Christ has set us free “It is so that we can be free that Christ has set us free.” It is implied that **Christ** sets believers **free** from the old covenant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 5 1 xd2m figs-metaphor τῇ ἐλευθερίᾳ, ἡμᾶς Χριστὸς ἠλευθέρωσεν 1 For freedom Christ has set us free Here **freedom** from the old covenant is a metaphor for not being obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: “Christ has set us free from the old covenant so that we might be free” or “Christ has set us free so that we might live as free people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 1 xd2m figs-metaphor τῇ ἐλευθερίᾳ, ἡμᾶς Χριστὸς ἠλευθέρωσεν 1 For freedom Christ has set us free Here, **freedom** from the old covenant is a metaphor for not being obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: “Christ has set us free from the old covenant so that we might be free” or “Christ has set us free so that we might live as free people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 1 j679 figs-metaphor στήκετε 1 Stand firm To **stand firm** here represents being determined not to change. Alternate translation: “Do not give in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 1 qhdv figs-explicit στήκετε 1 Stand firm How they are not to change can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Do not give in to the arguments of people who teach something else” or “Be determined to stay free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 5 1 usl9 figs-metaphor μὴ πάλιν ζυγῷ δουλείας ἐνέχεσθε 1 do not again be subjected to a yoke of slavery Here being under control of a yoke of slavery represents being obligated to obey the law. Alternate translation: “do not live like one who is under the control of a yoke of slavery to the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ GAL 5 2 bg6b figs-metonymy ἐὰν περιτέμνησθε 1 if you let yourse
|
|||
GAL 5 3 h4q5 μαρτύρομαι 1 I testify “I declare” or “I serve as a witness”
|
||||
GAL 5 3 s1af figs-metonymy παντὶ ἀνθρώπῳ περιτεμνομένῳ 1 to every man who lets himself be circumcised Paul is using circumcision as a metonym for being Jewish. Alternate translation: “to every person who has become a Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 5 3 j88p ὀφειλέτης ἐστὶν…ποιῆσαι 1 he is obligated to do “he must obey”
|
||||
GAL 5 4 h4yu figs-metaphor κατηργήθητε ἀπὸ Χριστοῦ 1 You were cut off from Christ Here **cut off** is a metaphor for separation from Christ. Alternate translation: “You have ended your relationship with Christ” or “You are no longer united with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 4 h4yu figs-metaphor κατηργήθητε ἀπὸ Χριστοῦ 1 You were cut off from Christ Here, **cut off** is a metaphor for separation from Christ. Alternate translation: “You have ended your relationship with Christ” or “You are no longer united with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 4 ipf7 figs-irony οἵτινες ἐν νόμῳ δικαιοῦσθε 1 whoever is being justified by the law Paul is speaking ironically here. He actually teaches that no one can be **justified** by trying to do the deeds required by the **law**. Alternate translation: “all you who think you can be justified by doing the deeds required by the law” or “you who want to be justified by the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
GAL 5 4 k6xe figs-explicit τῆς χάριτος ἐξεπέσατε 1 you have fallen from grace Who that **grace** comes from can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “God will not be gracious to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 5 5 pdm1 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word **we** refers to Paul and those who oppose the circumcision of Christians. He is probably including the Galatians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ GAL 5 12 sfl2 figs-metaphor καὶ ἀποκόψονται 1 would even castrat
|
|||
GAL 5 13 y1g7 γὰρ 1 For Paul is giving the reason for his words in [Galatians 5:12](../05/12.md).
|
||||
GAL 5 13 v6vs figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς…ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἐκλήθητε 1 you have been called to freedom This can be expressed in an active form. Alternate translation: “Christ has called you to freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 5 13 ekb2 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς…ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἐκλήθητε 1 you have been called to freedom It is implied that Christ has set believers free from the old covenant. Alternate translation: “You were called to freedom from the old covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 5 13 xwg8 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς…ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἐκλήθητε 1 you have been called to freedom Here **freedom** from the old covenant is a metaphor for not being obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: “Christ has chosen you to not be obligated to the old covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 13 xwg8 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς…ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἐκλήθητε 1 you have been called to freedom Here, **freedom** from the old covenant is a metaphor for not being obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: “Christ has chosen you to not be obligated to the old covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 13 yp6r ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
GAL 5 13 viv6 figs-explicit ἀφορμὴν τῇ σαρκί 1 an opportunity for the flesh The relationship between the opportunity and the sinful nature can be stated more clearly. Alternate translation: “an opportunity for you to behave according to your sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 5 14 ct8i ὁ…πᾶς νόμος ἐν ἑνὶ λόγῳ πεπλήρωται 1 all the law has been fulfilled in one command Possible meanings are (1) “you can state the whole law in just one commandment, which is this” or (2) “by obeying one commandment, you obey all the commandments, and that one commandment is this.”
|
||||
|
|
@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ GAL 5 18 san8 οὐκ…ὑπὸ νόμον 1 not under the law “not obligate
|
|||
GAL 5 19 yf2a τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός 1 the works of the flesh The abstract noun **works** can be translated with the verb “does.” Alternate translation: “what the sinful nature does”
|
||||
GAL 5 19 u2pu figs-personification τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός 1 the works of the flesh The **flesh** is spoken of as if it were a person who does things. Alternate translation: “what people do because of their sinful nature” or “the things people do because they are sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
GAL 5 21 rs9b figs-metaphor κληρονομήσουσιν 1 will inherit Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 22 hez3 figs-metaphor ὁ…καρπὸς τοῦ Πνεύματός ἐστιν 1 the fruit of the Spirit is Here **fruit** is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “what the Spirit produces is” or “the Spirit produces in God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 22 hez3 figs-metaphor ὁ…καρπὸς τοῦ Πνεύματός ἐστιν 1 the fruit of the Spirit is Here, **fruit** is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “what the Spirit produces is” or “the Spirit produces in God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 23 ss5k πραΰτης, ἐνκράτεια 1 gentleness, and self-control The list of “the fruit of the Spirit” that begins with the words “love, joy, peace” ends here.
|
||||
GAL 5 24 l6ux figs-metaphor τὴν σάρκα ἐσταύρωσαν σὺν τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 have crucified the flesh with the passions and the desires Paul speaks of Christians who refuse to live according to their **flesh** as if they have killed it on a cross. Alternate translation: “refuse to live according the sinful nature with its passions and desires, as if they killed it on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 24 zv86 figs-personification τὴν σάρκα ἐσταύρωσαν σὺν τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 have crucified the flesh with the passions and the desires Paul speaks of the **flesh** as if it were a person who has been killed on a cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ EPH 6 5 cd6z figs-explicit ὡς τῷ Χριστῷ 1 as to Christ To make this
|
|||
EPH 6 6 abej grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 but The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast relationship. Obeying our masters as men-pleasers is in contrast to obeying them because we are slaves of Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
EPH 6 6 l9ve ὡς δοῦλοι Χριστοῦ 1 as slaves of Christ “as though your earthly master were Christ himself”
|
||||
EPH 6 6 u5fn figs-metonymy ἐκ ψυχῆς 1 from the soul Here, **soul** is a metonym for “attitudes” or “intentions.” Alternate translation: “wholeheartedly” or “enthusiastically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 6 9 i85s figs-explicit τὰ αὐτὰ ποιεῖτε πρὸς αὐτούς 1 do the same to them Here **the same** refers back to “if he does something good” from ([Ephesians 6:8](../06/08.md)). Alternate translation: “you also must treat your slaves well” or “just as slaves must do good to their masters, you also must do good to your slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EPH 6 9 i85s figs-explicit τὰ αὐτὰ ποιεῖτε πρὸς αὐτούς 1 do the same to them Here, **the same** refers back to “if he does something good” from ([Ephesians 6:8](../06/08.md)). Alternate translation: “you also must treat your slaves well” or “just as slaves must do good to their masters, you also must do good to your slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EPH 6 9 wii4 εἰδότες ὅτι καὶ αὐτῶν καὶ ὑμῶν ὁ Κύριός ἐστιν ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 You know that the Master, both theirs and yours, is in heaven “You know that Christ is the Master of both slaves and their masters, and that he is in heaven”
|
||||
EPH 6 9 r9ue προσωπολημψία οὐκ ἔστιν παρ’ αὐτῷ 1 there is no favoritism with him “he judges everyone the same way”
|
||||
EPH 6 10 t5th 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives instructions to make believers strong in this battle we are in for God.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -8,19 +8,19 @@ PHP 1 1 kze2 Παῦλος καὶ Τιμόθεος 1 Paul and Timothy If your
|
|||
PHP 1 1 kx8h Παῦλος καὶ Τιμόθεος, δοῦλοι Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul and Timothy, servants of Christ Jesus “Timothy, who are servants of Christ Jesus”
|
||||
PHP 1 1 na5j πᾶσιν τοῖς ἁγίοις ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 to all the saints in Christ Jesus This refers to those whom God chose to belong to him by being united to Christ. Alternate translation: “all God’s people in Christ Jesus” or “all those who belong to God because they are united with Christ”
|
||||
PHP 1 1 im6v ἐπισκόποις καὶ διακόνοις 1 the overseers and deacons “the leaders of the church”
|
||||
PHP 1 3 ntp5 ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν 1 in all my remembrance of you Here **remembrance of you** means when Paul thinks about the Philippians while he is praying. Alternate translation: “every time I think of you”
|
||||
PHP 1 3 ntp5 ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν 1 in all my remembrance of you Here, **remembrance of you** means when Paul thinks about the Philippians while he is praying. Alternate translation: “every time I think of you”
|
||||
PHP 1 5 yi9l figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῇ κοινωνίᾳ ὑμῶν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 because of your fellowship in the gospel Paul is expressing thanks to God that the Philippians have joined him in teaching people the gospel. He may have been referring to them praying for him and sending money so that he could travel and tell others. Alternate translation: “because you are helping me proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 1 6 s1l8 πεποιθὼς 1 I have been persuaded “I am sure”
|
||||
PHP 1 6 jf4x ὁ ἐναρξάμενος 1 the one who began “God, who began”
|
||||
PHP 1 7 v7yu ἐστιν δίκαιον ἐμοὶ 1 it is right for me “it is proper for me” or “it is good for me”
|
||||
PHP 1 7 fmc6 figs-metonymy τὸ ἔχειν με ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμᾶς 1 I have you in my heart Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 1 7 fmc6 figs-metonymy τὸ ἔχειν με ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμᾶς 1 I have you in my heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 1 7 sowf figs-idiom τὸ ἔχειν με ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμᾶς 1 I have you in my heart This idiom expresses strong affection. Alternate translation: “I love you very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
PHP 1 7 jn2s συνκοινωνούς μου τῆς χάριτος…ὄντας 1 being partakers with me of grace “being partakers of grace with me” or “sharing in grace with me”
|
||||
PHP 1 8 sf3a μάρτυς…μου ὁ Θεός 1 God is my witness “God knows” or “God understands”
|
||||
PHP 1 8 xun1 figs-idiom ἐν σπλάγχνοις Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 in the bowels of Christ Jesus Here, “in the bowels” is an idiom that represents strong emotion. Alternate translation: “very intensely in Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
PHP 1 9 v2rw 0 Connecting Statement: Paul prays for the believers in Philippi and talks about the joy there is in suffering for the Lord.
|
||||
PHP 1 9 l2jl figs-metaphor περισσεύῃ 1 would abound Paul speaks of love as if it were objects that people could obtain more of. Alternate translation: “may increase” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 1 9 l1cy figs-explicit ἐν ἐπιγνώσει καὶ πάσῃ αἰσθήσει 1 in knowledge and all understanding Here **understanding** refers to understanding about God. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “as you learn and understand more about what pleases God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 1 9 l1cy figs-explicit ἐν ἐπιγνώσει καὶ πάσῃ αἰσθήσει 1 in knowledge and all understanding Here, **understanding** refers to understanding about God. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “as you learn and understand more about what pleases God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 1 10 e17g δοκιμάζειν 1 may approve This refers to examining things and taking only those that are good. Alternate translation: “may test and choose”
|
||||
PHP 1 10 s4ec τὰ διαφέροντα 1 what excels “what is most pleasing to God”
|
||||
PHP 1 10 siv8 figs-doublet εἰλικρινεῖς καὶ ἀπρόσκοποι 1 pure and blameless The words **pure** and **blameless** mean basically the same thing. Paul combines them to emphasize moral purity. Alternate translation: “completely blameless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -94,12 +94,12 @@ PHP 2 7 yu25 figs-metaphor ἑαυτὸν ἐκένωσεν 1 he emptied himself
|
|||
PHP 2 7 tc8n ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἀνθρώπων 1 in the likeness of men “a human being”
|
||||
PHP 2 8 t8a6 figs-metaphor γενόμενος ὑπήκοος μέχρι θανάτου 1 having become obedient to the point of death Paul speaks of death here in a figurative way. The translator can understand **to the point of death** either as a metaphor of location (Christ went all the way to death) or as a metaphor of time (Christ was obedient even until the time that he died). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 8 hi57 θανάτου δὲ σταυροῦ 1 even death on a cross “even to dying on a cross”
|
||||
PHP 2 9 mvb7 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα τὸ ὑπὲρ πᾶν ὄνομα 1 the name that is above every name Here **name** is a metonym that refers to rank or honor. Alternate translation: “the rank that is above any other rank” or “the honor that is above any other honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 2 9 mvb7 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα τὸ ὑπὲρ πᾶν ὄνομα 1 the name that is above every name Here, **name** is a metonym that refers to rank or honor. Alternate translation: “the rank that is above any other rank” or “the honor that is above any other honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 2 9 qsy9 figs-metaphor ὑπὲρ πᾶν ὄνομα 1 above every name The name is more important, more to be praised than any other name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 10 tk45 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ, πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ 1 at the name of Jesus every knee would bend Here **knee** is a synecdoche for the whole person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
PHP 2 10 tk45 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ, πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ 1 at the name of Jesus every knee would bend Here, **knee** is a synecdoche for the whole person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
PHP 2 10 xz1u figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ, πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ 1 at the name of Jesus every knee would bend Here bending the knee to kneel on the ground is a metonym for worship. **In the name of** here is a metonym for the person, telling who it is they will worship. Alternate translation: “every person will worship Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 2 10 kfb4 καταχθονίων 1 under the earth Possible meanings are (1) the place where people go when they die or (2) the place where demons dwell.
|
||||
PHP 2 11 xy4f figs-synecdoche πᾶσα γλῶσσα 1 every tongue Here **tongue** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “every person” or “every being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
PHP 2 11 xy4f figs-synecdoche πᾶσα γλῶσσα 1 every tongue Here, **tongue** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “every person” or “every being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
PHP 2 11 mr2i figs-metaphor εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 to the glory of God the Father Here the word **to** expresses result: “with the result that they will praise God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 12 jnp3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the Philippian believers and shows them how to live the Christian life before others and reminds them of his example.
|
||||
PHP 2 12 e359 ἀγαπητοί μου 1 my beloved “my dear fellow believers”
|
||||
|
|
@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ PHP 2 19 gml9 ἐλπίζω δὲ ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 But I hope i
|
|||
PHP 2 20 d9mw οὐδένα γὰρ ἔχω ἰσόψυχον 1 For I have no one like-minded “For no one else here loves you as much as he does”
|
||||
PHP 2 21 b922 οἱ πάντες γὰρ 1 For they all Here the word **they** refers to a group of people Paul does not feel he can trust to send to Philippi. Paul is also expressing his displeasure with the group, who should have been able to go, but Paul does not trust them to fulfill their mission.
|
||||
PHP 2 22 gm8i figs-simile ὡς πατρὶ τέκνον, σὺν ἐμοὶ ἐδούλευσεν 1 as a child with his father, he served with me Fathers and sons love each other and work together. Timothy was not really Paul’s **child**, but he worked with Paul as a son works **with his father**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
PHP 2 22 xdn5 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 in the gospel Here **the gospel** stands for the activity of telling people about Jesus. Alternate translation: “in telling people about the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 2 22 xdn5 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 in the gospel Here, **the gospel** stands for the activity of telling people about Jesus. Alternate translation: “in telling people about the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 2 24 yn62 πέποιθα…ἐν Κυρίῳ, ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ταχέως ἐλεύσομαι 1 I am confident in the Lord that I myself will also come soon “I am sure, if it is the Lord’s will, that I will also come soon”
|
||||
PHP 2 25 k4wz translate-names Ἐπαφρόδιτον 1 Epaphroditus This is the name of a man sent by the Philippian church to minister to Paul in prison. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHP 2 25 c3ce figs-metaphor συνεργὸν καὶ συνστρατιώτην 1 fellow worker and fellow soldier Here Paul is speaking of Epaphroditus as if he were a **soldier**. He means that Epaphroditus is trained and is dedicated to serving God, no matter how great the hardship he must suffer. Alternate translation: “fellow believer who works and struggles along with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -195,11 +195,11 @@ PHP 3 18 kr19 figs-metaphor πολλοὶ…περιπατοῦσιν 1 many are
|
|||
PHP 3 18 x2lu οὓς πολλάκις ἔλεγον ὑμῖν, νῦν δὲ καὶ κλαίων, λέγω 1 about whom I have often told you, but now even weeping, I say Paul interrupts his main thought with these words that describe the “many.” You can move them to the beginning or end of the verse if you need to.
|
||||
PHP 3 18 zwp3 πολλάκις ἔλεγον ὑμῖν 1 I have often told you “I have told you many times”
|
||||
PHP 3 18 h6pc κλαίων, λέγω 1 weeping, I say “telling you with great sadness”
|
||||
PHP 3 18 n8q2 figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐχθροὺς τοῦ σταυροῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 as enemies of the cross of Christ Here **the cross of Christ** refers to Christ’s suffering and death. The **enemies** are those who say they believe in Jesus but are not willing to suffer or die like Jesus did. Alternate translation: “in a way that shows they are actually against Jesus, who was willing to suffer and die on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 3 18 n8q2 figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐχθροὺς τοῦ σταυροῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 as enemies of the cross of Christ Here, **the cross of Christ** refers to Christ’s suffering and death. The **enemies** are those who say they believe in Jesus but are not willing to suffer or die like Jesus did. Alternate translation: “in a way that shows they are actually against Jesus, who was willing to suffer and die on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 3 19 v8gv ὧν τὸ τέλος ἀπώλεια 1 whose end is destruction “but someday God will destroy them.” The last thing that happens to them is that God will destroy them.
|
||||
PHP 3 19 hn9i figs-metaphor ὧν ὁ Θεὸς ἡ κοιλία 1 whose god is their belly Here **belly** refers to a person’s desires for physical pleasure. Calling it their **god** means that they want these pleasures more than they want to obey God. Alternate translation: “they desire food and other physical pleasures more than they desire to obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 19 u9cl figs-metonymy ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν 1 their glory is in their shame Here **shame** stands for the actions that the people should be ashamed about but are not. Alternate translation: “they are proud of the things that should cause them shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 3 19 sv5z figs-metonymy οἱ τὰ ἐπίγεια φρονοῦντες 1 who are thinking about earthly things Here **earthly** refers to everything that gives physical pleasure and does not honor God. Alternate translation: “All they think about is what will please themselves rather than what will please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 3 19 hn9i figs-metaphor ὧν ὁ Θεὸς ἡ κοιλία 1 whose god is their belly Here, **belly** refers to a person’s desires for physical pleasure. Calling it their **god** means that they want these pleasures more than they want to obey God. Alternate translation: “they desire food and other physical pleasures more than they desire to obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 19 u9cl figs-metonymy ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν 1 their glory is in their shame Here, **shame** stands for the actions that the people should be ashamed about but are not. Alternate translation: “they are proud of the things that should cause them shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 3 19 sv5z figs-metonymy οἱ τὰ ἐπίγεια φρονοῦντες 1 who are thinking about earthly things Here, **earthly** refers to everything that gives physical pleasure and does not honor God. Alternate translation: “All they think about is what will please themselves rather than what will please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 3 20 q1cc figs-exclusive 0 General Information: By Paul’s use of “our” and “we” here, he includes himself and the believers in Philippi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
PHP 3 20 n2lh ἡμῶν…τὸ πολίτευμα ἐν οὐρανοῖς ὑπάρχει 1 our citizenship is in heaven Possible meanings are (1) “we are citizens of heaven” or (2) “our homeland is heaven” or (3) “our true home is heaven.”
|
||||
PHP 3 21 eye2 ὃς μετασχηματίσει τὸ σῶμα τῆς ταπεινώσεως ἡμῶν 1 who will transform our lowly body “who will change our weak, earthly body”
|
||||
|
|
@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ PHP 4 1 wx5w figs-metonymy χαρὰ καὶ στέφανός μου 1 my joy an
|
|||
PHP 4 1 dz44 οὕτως στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ, ἀγαπητοί 1 in this way stand firm in the Lord, beloved “so continue living for the Lord in the way that I have taught you, dear friends”
|
||||
PHP 4 2 x5qf translate-names Εὐοδίαν παρακαλῶ, καὶ Συντύχην παρακαλῶ 1 I urge Euodia, and I urge Syntyche These are women who were believers and helped Paul in the church at Philippi. Alternate translation: “I beg Euodia, and I beg Syntyche” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHP 4 2 iyq7 figs-metonymy τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 to think the same in the Lord The phrase **to think the same** means to have the same attitude or opinion. Alternate translation: “to agree with each other because you both believe in the same Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 4 3 yb3f figs-you ἐρωτῶ καὶ σέ 1 I also ask you Here **you** refers to the “true fellow worker” and is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
PHP 4 3 yb3f figs-you ἐρωτῶ καὶ σέ 1 I also ask you Here, **you** refers to the “true fellow worker” and is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
PHP 4 3 hdz7 figs-metaphor γνήσιε σύνζυγε 1 true companion This metaphor is from farming, where two animals would be bound to the same yoke, and so they work together. Alternate translation: “fellow worker” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 4 3 cm3u translate-names μετὰ καὶ Κλήμεντος 1 with also Clement **Clement** was a man who was a believer and worker in the church at Philippi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHP 4 3 s9h9 ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα ἐν βίβλῳ ζωῆς 1 whose names are in the Book of Life “whose names God has written in the Book of Life”
|
||||
|
|
@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ PHP 4 6 h63g ἐν παντὶ, τῇ προσευχῇ καὶ τῇ δεήσ
|
|||
PHP 4 7 u1sz ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the peace of God “the peace that God gives”
|
||||
PHP 4 7 zr4x ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα νοῦν 1 which surpasses all understanding “which is more than we can understand”
|
||||
PHP 4 7 sb6s figs-personification φρουρήσει τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν καὶ τὰ νοήματα ὑμῶν ἐν Χριστῷ 1 will guard your hearts and your minds in Christ This presents God’s peace as a soldier who protects our **hearts** and **minds** from worrying. Alternate translation: “will be like a soldier and guard your hearts and minds in Christ”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
PHP 4 7 tsz6 figs-metonymy φρουρήσει τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν καὶ τὰ νοήματα ὑμῶν ἐν Χριστῷ 1 will guard your hearts and your minds in Christ Here **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s emotions. Alternate translation: “will guard your emotions and thoughts in Christ” or “will protect you in Christ and will keep you from worrying about the troubles of this life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 4 7 tsz6 figs-metonymy φρουρήσει τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν καὶ τὰ νοήματα ὑμῶν ἐν Χριστῷ 1 will guard your hearts and your minds in Christ Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s emotions. Alternate translation: “will guard your emotions and thoughts in Christ” or “will protect you in Christ and will keep you from worrying about the troubles of this life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 4 8 b8ig τὸ λοιπόν 1 As to the rest As Paul ends his letter, he gives a summary of how believers should live to have peace with God.
|
||||
PHP 4 8 fxn5 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md).
|
||||
PHP 4 8 r275 ὅσα προσφιλῆ 1 as many as are lovely “whatever things are pleasing”
|
||||
|
|
@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ PHP 4 14 fe2z figs-metaphor μου τῇ θλίψει 1 in my affliction Paul sp
|
|||
PHP 4 15 w23w figs-metonymy ἀρχῇ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 the beginning of the gospel Paul refers to the **gospel** here as meaning his preaching of the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 4 15 dyf8 figs-doublenegatives οὐδεμία μοι ἐκκλησία ἐκοινώνησεν εἰς λόγον δόσεως καὶ λήμψεως, εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς μόνοι 1 no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone This can be stated in the positive. Alternate translation: “you were the only church that sent me money or helped me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
PHP 4 17 e9g9 οὐχ ὅτι ἐπιζητῶ τὸ δόμα 1 Not that I seek the gift Paul is explaining that his reason for writing about gifts is not that he hopes that they will give him more gifts. Alternate Translation: “My reason for writing this is not that I want you to give me more”
|
||||
PHP 4 17 bh3t figs-metaphor ἐπιζητῶ τὸν καρπὸν τὸν πλεονάζοντα εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν 1 I seek the fruit that increases to your account Paul explains his reason for writing about gifts. Here **fruit that increases to your account** is a metaphor for either (1) more good deeds that can be recorded for the Philippians. Alternate translation: “Rather I want God to recognize the increasing good deeds that you do” or (2) more blessings for the good things that the Philippians do. Alternate translation: “Rather I want God to bless you more because of the good deeds that you do”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 4 17 bh3t figs-metaphor ἐπιζητῶ τὸν καρπὸν τὸν πλεονάζοντα εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν 1 I seek the fruit that increases to your account Paul explains his reason for writing about gifts. Here, **fruit that increases to your account** is a metaphor for either (1) more good deeds that can be recorded for the Philippians. Alternate translation: “Rather I want God to recognize the increasing good deeds that you do” or (2) more blessings for the good things that the Philippians do. Alternate translation: “Rather I want God to bless you more because of the good deeds that you do”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 4 18 p6y1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes thanking the Philippians for their gift (see [Philippians 3:11](../03/11.md)) and assures them that God will take care of them.
|
||||
PHP 4 18 fs44 ἀπέχω…πάντα 1 I have everything in full Possible meanings are (1) Paul has received **everything** that the Philippians sent or (2) Paul is using humor to continue the business metaphor from [Philippians 3:8](../03/08.md) and saying that this part of the letter is a receipt for commercial goods that Epaphroditus delivered.
|
||||
PHP 4 18 en6t figs-explicit περισσεύω 1 I abound Paul means that he has plenty of the things that he needs for himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -7,14 +7,14 @@ COL 1 1 bqvt figs-you 0 General Information: The words “you,” “your,” a
|
|||
COL 1 1 fny3 ἀπόστολος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ διὰ θελήματος Θεοῦ 1 an apostle of Christ Jesus through the will of God “whom God chose to be an apostle of Christ Jesus”
|
||||
COL 1 3 q1su figs-exclusive εὐχαριστοῦμεν…τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 We give thanks … of our Lord These words do not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 1 4 z6eb τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 your faith in Christ Jesus “your belief in Christ Jesus”
|
||||
COL 1 5 n1qz figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν ἐλπίδα τὴν ἀποκειμένην ὑμῖν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 because of the hope that is reserved for you in the heavens Here **hope** stands for what the believer can confidently expect, that is, the things that God has promised to do for all believers. These things are spoken of as if they were physical objects that God was keeping in the **heavens** for the believers to possess later. Alternate translation: “because you are certain that God, who is in heaven, will do the many good things that he has promised you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 1 5 n1qz figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν ἐλπίδα τὴν ἀποκειμένην ὑμῖν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 because of the hope that is reserved for you in the heavens Here, **hope** stands for what the believer can confidently expect, that is, the things that God has promised to do for all believers. These things are spoken of as if they were physical objects that God was keeping in the **heavens** for the believers to possess later. Alternate translation: “because you are certain that God, who is in heaven, will do the many good things that he has promised you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 1 5 xn8s τῷ λόγῳ τῆς ἀληθείας, τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 the word of truth, the gospel Possible meanings are (1) “the message about the truth, the gospel” or (2) “the true message, the gospel.”
|
||||
COL 1 6 wk21 figs-metaphor ἐστὶν καρποφορούμενον καὶ αὐξανόμενον 1 it is … bearing fruit and is growing Here, **fruit** is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “it is … having good results, more and more” or “this gospel is … having increasing results” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 6 z3g5 figs-hyperbole ἐν παντὶ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in all the world This is a generalization referring to the part of the **world** that they knew about. Alternate translation: “throughout the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
COL 1 6 ait7 τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 the grace of God in truth “the true grace of God”
|
||||
COL 1 7 f8t1 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 our … our The word **our** does not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 1 7 mjv5 ἐμάθετε ἀπὸ Ἐπαφρᾶ, τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ συνδούλου ἡμῶν, ὅς 1 gospel as you learned it from Epaphras, our beloved fellow servant, who “you learned from Epaphras, who is our beloved fellow servant and who” or “Epaphras, our beloved fellow servant, taught you. He”
|
||||
COL 1 7 q8gt Ἐπαφρᾶ, τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ συνδούλου ἡμῶν, ὅς ἐστιν πιστὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν διάκονος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Epaphras, our beloved fellow servant, who is a faithful servant of Christ on our behalf Here **on our behalf** means that Epaphras was doing work for Christ that Paul himself would have done if he were not in prison.
|
||||
COL 1 7 q8gt Ἐπαφρᾶ, τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ συνδούλου ἡμῶν, ὅς ἐστιν πιστὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν διάκονος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Epaphras, our beloved fellow servant, who is a faithful servant of Christ on our behalf Here, **on our behalf** means that Epaphras was doing work for Christ that Paul himself would have done if he were not in prison.
|
||||
COL 1 7 pz3h translate-names Ἐπαφρᾶ 1 Epaphras This is the man who preached the gospel to the people in Colossae. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
COL 1 8 k2k9 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 to us The word **us** does not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 1 8 e7ez figs-metaphor τὴν ὑμῶν ἀγάπην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 your love in the Spirit Paul speaks of the Holy Spirit as if he were a place in which the believers were located. Alternate translation: “how the Holy Spirit has enabled you to love believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ COL 1 13 dw5k figs-metaphor τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους 1 t
|
|||
COL 1 13 zav6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ 1 of his beloved Son “Son” is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
COL 1 14 wh6q figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ 1 in whom Paul often speaks as if the believers were **in** Jesus Christ or “in” God. This can be translated as the beginning of a new sentence. Alternate translation: “by means of whom” or “by means of his Son” or “because of his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 14 v5d8 figs-abstractnouns ἔχομεν τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν, τὴν ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 we have redemption, the forgiveness of sins The nouns **redemption** and **forgiveness** can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: “we are redeemed; our sins are forgiven” or “God redeems us; he forgives our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 15 j5u9 figs-metaphor ὅς ἐστιν εἰκὼν τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου 1 He is the image of the invisible God “His Son is the image of the invisible God.” Here **image** does not mean a representation of something that is visible. Instead, **image** here means that by knowing the Son, we learn what God the Father is like. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 15 j5u9 figs-metaphor ὅς ἐστιν εἰκὼν τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου 1 He is the image of the invisible God “His Son is the image of the invisible God.” Here, **image** does not mean a representation of something that is visible. Instead, **image** here means that by knowing the Son, we learn what God the Father is like. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 15 h945 figs-metaphor πρωτότοκος πάσης κτίσεως 1 the firstborn of all creation The word **firstborn** does not refer to when Jesus was born. Instead, it refers to his position as the eternal Son of God the Father. In this sense, **firstborn** is a metaphor meaning “most important.” Jesus is the most important and the unique Son of God. Alternate Translation: “God’s Son, the most important one over all creation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 15 af6b figs-abstractnouns πάσης κτίσεως 1 of all creation The noun **creation** can be translated with a verb. Alternate Translation: “of all that God created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 16 kru3 figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα 1 For in him all things were created This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For through him God created all things” or “God caused the Son to create all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ COL 1 18 q8i3 figs-metaphor αὐτός ἐστιν ἡ κεφαλὴ τοῦ σ
|
|||
COL 1 18 j6uq ἡ ἀρχή 1 the beginning “the originating authority.” He is the first chief or founder.
|
||||
COL 1 18 s12x πρωτότοκος ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 the firstborn from among the dead Jesus is the first person to die and come back to life, never to die again.
|
||||
COL 1 20 as3p διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ σταυροῦ αὐτοῦ 1 through the blood of his cross “by means of the blood Jesus shed on the cross”
|
||||
COL 1 20 x5av figs-metonymy τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ σταυροῦ αὐτοῦ 1 the blood of his cross Here **blood** stands for the death of Christ on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 1 20 x5av figs-metonymy τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ σταυροῦ αὐτοῦ 1 the blood of his cross Here, **blood** stands for the death of Christ on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 1 21 kv5u 0 Connecting Statement: Paul makes it clear that God has now revealed that Christ exchanges the sin of Gentile believers for his holiness.
|
||||
COL 1 21 imq1 καὶ ὑμᾶς ποτε 1 At one time, you also “There was a time when you Colossian believers also”
|
||||
COL 1 21 wp3t ἀπηλλοτριωμένους 1 alienated “like people whom God did not know”
|
||||
|
|
@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ COL 2 intro p3uc 0 # Colossians 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in th
|
|||
COL 2 1 tt6v 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to encourage the believers in Colossae and Laodicea to understand that Christ is God and that he lives in believers, so they should live in the same way they received him.
|
||||
COL 2 1 dqg5 ἡλίκον ἀγῶνα ἔχω ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν 1 how great a struggle I have for you Paul has exerted much effort in developing their purity and understanding of the gospel.
|
||||
COL 2 1 fn4z τῶν ἐν Λαοδικίᾳ 1 those at Laodicea This was a city very close to Colossae where there was also a church for which Paul was praying.
|
||||
COL 2 1 rj7d figs-synecdoche ὅσοι οὐχ ἑόρακαν τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἐν σαρκί 1 as many as have not seen my face in the flesh Here **face in the flesh** represents the person as a whole. Alternate translation: “all those who have never seen me personally” or “all those whom I have never met face to face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
COL 2 1 rj7d figs-synecdoche ὅσοι οὐχ ἑόρακαν τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἐν σαρκί 1 as many as have not seen my face in the flesh Here, **face in the flesh** represents the person as a whole. Alternate translation: “all those who have never seen me personally” or “all those whom I have never met face to face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
COL 2 2 ge1w figs-pronouns ἵνα…αἱ καρδίαι αὐτῶν 1 so that their hearts Paul includes the Galatians even though he uses a different pronoun. Alternate translation: “so that their hearts and yours” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 2 a4px συμβιβασθέντες 1 having been brought together This means brought together in a close relationship.
|
||||
COL 2 2 kdg8 figs-metaphor πᾶν πλοῦτος τῆς πληροφορίας τῆς συνέσεως 1 all the riches of the full assurance of understanding Paul speaks of a person who is completely sure that the good news is true as though that person were rich in physical things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ COL 2 13 wh4z νεκροὺς…ἐν τοῖς παραπτώμασιν κα
|
|||
COL 2 13 k2hw χαρισάμενος ἡμῖν πάντα τὰ παραπτώματα 1 having forgiven us all of our trespasses “for he forgave us, both us Jews and you Gentiles, of all our trespasses”
|
||||
COL 2 14 w22z figs-metaphor ἐξαλείψας τὸ καθ’ ἡμῶν χειρόγραφον τοῖς δόγμασιν, ὃ ἦν ὑπεναντίον ἡμῖν 1 having canceled the written record of the decrees against us, which were opposed to us Paul speaks of the way God forgives our sins as if it were the way a person, to whom many people owe money or goods, destroys the **record** of that debt so they do not have to pay him back. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 15 gh24 figs-metaphor ἐδειγμάτισεν ἐν παρρησίᾳ 1 he made a public spectacle of them In Roman times, it was common practice for the Roman armies to have a victory parade when they returned home, displaying all the prisoners they had captured and goods they had obtained. God was victorious over the evil powers and authorities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 15 cg37 figs-metonymy ἐν αὐτῷ 1 in the cross Here **the cross** stands for Christ’s death on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 2 15 cg37 figs-metonymy ἐν αὐτῷ 1 in the cross Here, **the cross** stands for Christ’s death on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 2 16 cii9 ἐν βρώσει, καὶ ἐν πόσει 1 in food or in drink The law of Moses included what one can eat and drink. “for what you eat or what you drink”
|
||||
COL 2 16 b4kd ἐν μέρει ἑορτῆς, ἢ νουμηνίας, ἢ Σαββάτων 1 in regard to a festival, or a new moon, or Sabbath days The law of Moses specified the days to celebrate, to worship, and to offer sacrifice. “for the way you celebrate feast days or new moons or the Sabbath”
|
||||
COL 2 17 ip3a figs-metaphor ἅ ἐστιν σκιὰ τῶν μελλόντων, τὸ δὲ σῶμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 which are a shadow of the things that are coming, but the body is of Christ A **shadow** shows the shape of an object, but it is not the object itself. In a similar way, the festivals, celebrations, and Sabbath show us something about how God would save people, but those things do not save people. The savior is **Christ**. Alternate translation: “which are like a shadow of what would happen, but the reality is Christ” or “which are like a shadow of the savior who would come, but the savior is Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ COL 3 7 s824 figs-metaphor ὅτε ἐζῆτε ἐν τούτοις 1 when you
|
|||
COL 3 8 d3wr κακίαν 1 evil desire “desire to do wicked deeds”
|
||||
COL 3 8 lgz1 βλασφημίαν 1 slander speech used to hurt others
|
||||
COL 3 8 f59z αἰσχρολογίαν 1 and obscene speech words that do not belong in polite conversation
|
||||
COL 3 8 n23c figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ὑμῶν 1 from your mouth Here **mouth** is a metonym for talk. Alternate translation: “in your talk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 8 n23c figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ὑμῶν 1 from your mouth Here, **mouth** is a metonym for talk. Alternate translation: “in your talk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 9 c6tk 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to tell the believers how to live and reminds them that Christians should treat everyone according to the same standard.
|
||||
COL 3 9 vsd8 figs-metaphor ἀπεκδυσάμενοι τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον σὺν ταῖς πράξεσιν αὐτοῦ 1 having taken off the old man with its practices Here Paul is speaking of a Christian’s rejecting his old sinful life as if it were an old garment that he takes off in order to put on a new garment. It was very common for Israelites such as Paul to speak of moral qualities as if they were pieces of clothing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 10 brx6 figs-metaphor καὶ ἐνδυσάμενοι τὸν νέον 1 and having put on the new man Here Paul is speaking of a Christian’s rejecting his old sinful life as if it were an old garment that he takes off (verse 9) in order to put on a new garment. It was very common for Israelites such as Paul to speak of moral qualities as if they were pieces of clothing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -176,14 +176,14 @@ COL 3 12 d217 figs-metaphor ἐνδύσασθε…σπλάγχνα οἰκτιρ
|
|||
COL 3 13 r8iy ἀνεχόμενοι ἀλλήλων 1 bearing with one another “being patient with one another” or “accepting each other even when you disappoint each other”
|
||||
COL 3 13 rts1 χαριζόμενοι ἑαυτοῖς 1 being gracious to each other “treating each other better than they deserve for you to treat them”
|
||||
COL 3 13 p474 figs-abstractnouns πρός…ἔχῃ μομφήν 1 hay have a complaint against The abstract noun **complaint** can be stated as “complain.” Alternate translation: “might have a reason to complain against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 14 x5g8 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην, ὅ ἐστιν σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος 1 put on love, which is the bond of perfection Here **bond of perfection** is a metaphor for something that causes perfect unity among people. Alternate translation: “love one another because it will unite you perfectly together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 14 x5g8 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην, ὅ ἐστιν σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος 1 put on love, which is the bond of perfection Here, **bond of perfection** is a metaphor for something that causes perfect unity among people. Alternate translation: “love one another because it will unite you perfectly together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 15 hdg5 figs-metonymy ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ Χριστοῦ βραβευέτω ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 let the peace of Christ rule in your hearts Paul speaks of the **peace** that **Christ** gives as if it were a ruler. Possible meanings are (1) “Do everything so that you can have peaceful relationships with each other” or (2) “Allow God to give you peace in your heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 15 i9hg figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 in your hearts Here **hearts** is a metonym for a people’s minds or inner being. Alternate translation: “in your minds” or “inside of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 15 i9hg figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 in your hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a people’s minds or inner being. Alternate translation: “in your minds” or “inside of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 16 w9dv figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐνοικείτω ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Let the word of Christ dwell in you Paul speaks of the **word of Christ** as if it were a person capable of living inside other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 16 g0h5 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐνοικείτω ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Let the word of Christ dwell in you Here the **word of Christ** here is a metonym for the teachings of Christ. Alternate translation: “Be obedient to the instructions of Christ” or “Always trust Christ’s promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 16 h5k9 νουθετοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς 1 admonishing one another “cautioning and encouraging one another”
|
||||
COL 3 16 ubi5 ψαλμοῖς, ὕμνοις, ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς 1 with psalms, hymns, and spiritual songs “with all sorts of songs to praise God”
|
||||
COL 3 16 cnj1 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ χάριτι, ᾄδοντες ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 singing with thankfulness in your hearts Here **hearts** is a metonym for people’s minds or inner being. Alternate translation: “singing with thankfulness in your minds” or “singing and being thankful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 16 cnj1 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ χάριτι, ᾄδοντες ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 singing with thankfulness in your hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for people’s minds or inner being. Alternate translation: “singing with thankfulness in your minds” or “singing and being thankful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 17 g8p8 ἐν λόγῳ ἢ ἐν ἔργῳ 1 in word or in deed “in speaking or in acting”
|
||||
COL 3 17 uix9 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 in the name of the Lord Jesus Acting in the **name** of a person here is a metonym for acting to help other people think well of that person. Alternate translation: “to honor the Lord Jesus” or “so that others will know you belong to the Lord Jesus and think well of him” or “as if the Lord Jesus himself were doing it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 17 bv84 figs-metaphor δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 through him Possible meanings are (1) because he has done great deeds or (2) because he has made it possible for people to speak to God and so give him thanks. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -211,10 +211,10 @@ COL 4 2 pp1c τῇ προσευχῇ προσκαρτερεῖτε 1 Continue s
|
|||
COL 4 3 ub1i figs-metaphor ὁ Θεὸς ἀνοίξῃ…θύραν 1 God may open a door To **open a door** for someone is a metaphor for giving that person the opportunity to do something. Alternate translation: “God would provide opportunities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 4 3 lj4f ἀνοίξῃ ἡμῖν θύραν τοῦ λόγου 1 may open a door to us for the word “may make an opportunity for us tp preach his message”
|
||||
COL 4 3 ce37 τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the mystery of Christ This refers to the gospel of Jesus Christ, which was not understood before Christ came.
|
||||
COL 4 3 q4jx figs-metonymy δι’ ὃ καὶ δέδεμαι 1 on account of which also I have been bound Here **bound** is a metonym for being in prison. Alternate translation: “It is for proclaiming the message of Jesus Christ that I am now in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 4 3 q4jx figs-metonymy δι’ ὃ καὶ δέδεμαι 1 on account of which also I have been bound Here, **bound** is a metonym for being in prison. Alternate translation: “It is for proclaiming the message of Jesus Christ that I am now in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 4 4 hm5w ἵνα φανερώσω αὐτὸ 1 in order that I may make it clear “that I might be able to speak the message of Jesus Christ clearly”
|
||||
COL 4 5 z3ax figs-metaphor ἐν σοφίᾳ περιπατεῖτε πρὸς τοὺς ἔξω 1 Walk in wisdom toward those outside The idea of walking is often used for the idea of conducting one’s life. Alternate translation: “Live in such a way that those who are not believers will see that you are wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 4 5 b525 figs-metaphor τὸν καιρὸν ἐξαγοραζόμενοι 1 redeeming the time To redeem something means to restore it to its rightful owner. Here **time** is spoken of as something that can be restored and used to serve God. Alternate translation: “doing the best things you can with your time” or “putting the time to its best use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 4 5 b525 figs-metaphor τὸν καιρὸν ἐξαγοραζόμενοι 1 redeeming the time To redeem something means to restore it to its rightful owner. Here, **time** is spoken of as something that can be restored and used to serve God. Alternate translation: “doing the best things you can with your time” or “putting the time to its best use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 4 6 fuv5 figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν πάντοτε ἐν χάριτι, ἅλατι ἠρτυμένος 1 your words always with grace, seasoned with salt Food with **salt** is a metaphor for words that teach others and that others enjoy hearing. Alternate translation: “your conversation always gracious and attractive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 4 6 c1w4 εἰδέναι πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς…ἀποκρίνεσθαι 1 to know how it is necessary for you to answer “so that you may know how to answer questions from anyone about Jesus Christ” or “so that you may be able to treat every person well”
|
||||
COL 4 7 vtb1 0 General Information: Onesimus was a slave of Philemon in Colossae. He had stolen money from Philemon and run away to Rome where he became a Christian through the ministry of Paul. Now Tychicus and Onesimus are the ones bringing Paul’s letter to Colossae.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 1 1 nn67 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 to you The word **you** refers to the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1TH 1 2 y98w figs-exclusive 0 General Information: In this letter The words **we** and **us** refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 1 2 x3u1 figs-you 0 General Information: The word **you** is plural and refers to the believers at the church of Thessalonica. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1TH 1 2 xud4 εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῷ Θεῷ πάντοτε 1 We always give thanks to God Here **always** suggests that when Paul prays to God, he consistently presents the Thessalonians to God in his prayers.
|
||||
1TH 1 2 xud4 εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῷ Θεῷ πάντοτε 1 We always give thanks to God Here, **always** suggests that when Paul prays to God, he consistently presents the Thessalonians to God in his prayers.
|
||||
1TH 1 2 r3yd μνείαν ποιούμενοι ἐπὶ τῶν προσευχῶν ἡμῶν, ἀδιαλείπτως 1 continually making mention of you in our prayers “and we continually pray for you”
|
||||
1TH 1 3 bl7l τοῦ ἔργου τῆς πίστεως 1 work of faith acts done because of trust in God
|
||||
1TH 1 4 xky4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to give thanks for the believers at Thessalonica and praises them for their faith in God.
|
||||
|
|
@ -23,9 +23,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 1 8 qyk6 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord Here, **word** here is a metonym for “message.” Alternate translation: “the Lord’s teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 1 8 sht4 figs-metaphor ἐξήχηται 1 has been sounded out Here Paul speaks of the Christian witness produced by the Thessalonian believers as if it were a bell that was rung or a musical instrument that was being played. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 1 9 rd2b αὐτοὶ…ἀπαγγέλλουσιν 1 they themselves report Paul is referring to the churches that already existed in the surrounding regions, who have heard about the Thessalonian believers.
|
||||
1TH 1 9 amc1 figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ 1 themselves Here **themselves** is used to emphasize those people who had heard about the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
1TH 1 9 amc1 figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ 1 themselves Here, **themselves** is used to emphasize those people who had heard about the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
1TH 1 9 v145 figs-metonymy ὁποίαν εἴσοδον ἔσχομεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 what kind of reception we had with you The abstract noun **reception** can be expressed as the verb “receive” or “welcome.” Alternate translation: “how warmly you received us” or “how warmly you welcomed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 1 9 u1um figs-metaphor ἐπεστρέψατε πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων, δουλεύειν Θεῷ ζῶντι καὶ ἀληθινῷ 1 you turned to God from the idols to serve the living and true God Here **turned to … from** is a metaphor that means to start being loyal to one person and stop being loyal to someone else. Alternate translation: “you stopped worshiping idols and started serving the living and true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 1 9 u1um figs-metaphor ἐπεστρέψατε πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων, δουλεύειν Θεῷ ζῶντι καὶ ἀληθινῷ 1 you turned to God from the idols to serve the living and true God Here, **turned to … from** is a metaphor that means to start being loyal to one person and stop being loyal to someone else. Alternate translation: “you stopped worshiping idols and started serving the living and true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 1 10 dg6a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his Son This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1TH 1 10 pmi8 ὃν ἤγειρεν 1 whom he raised “whom God caused to live again”
|
||||
1TH 1 10 wba8 ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead “so that he was no longer dead.” This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
|
|
@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 2 16 n2ue figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ ἀναπληρῶσαι αὐτῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας πάντοτε 1 to always fill up their own sins Paul speaks as though someone can **fill** a container with **their own sins** as with liquid. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 2 16 fq9m ἔφθασεν…ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς ἡ ὀργὴ εἰς τέλος 1 wrath has come upon them in the end This refers to God finally judging and punishing people for their sins.
|
||||
1TH 2 17 edb1 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers This means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
1TH 2 17 vr7v figs-metonymy προσώπῳ οὐ καρδίᾳ 1 by face, not in heart Here **heart** represents thoughts and emotions. Though Paul and those traveling with him were not present physically in Thessalonica, they continued to care and think about the believers there. Alternate translation: “in person, but we continued to think about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 17 t5d5 figs-synecdoche τὸ πρόσωπον ὑμῶν ἰδεῖν 1 to see your faces Here **your faces** means the entire person. Alternate translation: “to see you” or “to be with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1TH 2 17 vr7v figs-metonymy προσώπῳ οὐ καρδίᾳ 1 by face, not in heart Here, **heart** represents thoughts and emotions. Though Paul and those traveling with him were not present physically in Thessalonica, they continued to care and think about the believers there. Alternate translation: “in person, but we continued to think about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 17 t5d5 figs-synecdoche τὸ πρόσωπον ὑμῶν ἰδεῖν 1 to see your faces Here, **your faces** means the entire person. Alternate translation: “to see you” or “to be with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1TH 2 19 j7j5 figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ ἡμῶν ἐλπὶς ἢ χαρὰ ἢ στέφανος καυχήσεως? ἢ οὐχὶ καὶ ὑμεῖς, ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ, ἐν τῇ αὐτοῦ παρουσίᾳ? 1 For what is our hope, or joy, or crown of boasting? Is it not even you before our Lord Jesus at his coming? Paul uses these questions to emphasize the reasons he wants to come see the Thessalonian believers. Alternate translation: “For you are our confidence for the future, and joy, and crown of pride in front of our Lord Jesus at his coming.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1TH 2 19 mj9n figs-metonymy ἡμῶν ἐλπὶς…ἢ οὐχὶ καὶ ὑμεῖς 1 our hope … Is it not even you By **hope** Paul means the assurance he has that God will reward him for his work. The Thessalonian Christians are the reason for his hope. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 19 ty78 figs-metonymy ἢ χαρὰ 1 or joy The Thessalonians are the reason for his joy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 19 e7tl figs-metonymy στέφανος καυχήσεως 1 crown of boasting Here **crown** refers to a laurel wreath awarded to victorious athletes. The expression **crown of boasting** means a reward for victory, or having done well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 19 e7tl figs-metonymy στέφανος καυχήσεως 1 crown of boasting Here, **crown** refers to a laurel wreath awarded to victorious athletes. The expression **crown of boasting** means a reward for victory, or having done well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 3 intro j379 0 # 1 Thessalonians 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Standing<br>In this chapter, Paul uses “stand firm” to illustrate being steadfast. This is a common way to describe being steadfast or faithful. Paul uses “be shaken” as the opposite of being steadfast. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
|
||||
1TH 3 1 nal1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the believers he has sent Timothy to strengthen their faith.
|
||||
1TH 3 1 fqe3 μηκέτι στέγοντες 1 enduring it no longer “when we could no longer endure worrying about you”
|
||||
|
|
@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 3 6 tu8d figs-explicit τὴν πίστιν…ὑμῶν 1 of your faith It is understood that this refers to faith in Christ. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “of your faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 3 6 e6kx ἔχετε μνείαν…ἀγαθὴν πάντοτε 1 you always have good memories When they think of Paul, they always have good thoughts about him.
|
||||
1TH 3 6 tx4h ἐπιποθοῦντες ἡμᾶς ἰδεῖν 1 longing to see us “desiring to see us”
|
||||
1TH 3 7 mqy5 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here **brothers** means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 3 7 mqy5 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 3 7 k54j figs-explicit διὰ τῆς ὑμῶν πίστεως 1 because of your faith This refers to **faith** in Christ. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “because of your faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 3 7 csz7 figs-doublet ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ καὶ θλίψει ἡμῶν 1 in all our distress and affliction The word **affliction** explains why they are in **distress**. Alternate translation: “in all our distress caused by our afflictions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 3 8 x5xt figs-idiom ζῶμεν 1 we live This is an idiom that expresses living a satisfied life. Alternate translation: “we are very encouraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -108,13 +108,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 3 11 mc2m ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ ἡμῶν…κατευθύναι 1 may our God and Father … direct “we pray that our God and Father … will direct”
|
||||
1TH 3 11 um1c figs-metaphor κατευθύναι τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 may … direct our way to you Paul speaks as if he wants God to show him and his companions the route to take to visit the Thessalonian Christians. He means that he wants God to make it possible for them to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 3 11 efl5 figs-exclusive τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 our way to you The word **our** refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy but not the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 3 11 mp6s figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς…Πατὴρ 1 Father himself Here **himself** refers back to “Father” for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
1TH 3 11 mp6s figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς…Πατὴρ 1 Father himself Here, **himself** refers back to “Father” for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
1TH 3 12 f5z3 figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς…ὁ Κύριος πλεονάσαι καὶ περισσεύσαι τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 may the Lord make you increase and abound in love Paul speaks of **love** as an object that one could obtain more of. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 3 13 ly21 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, ἀμέμπτους 1 to strengthen your hearts, blameless Here **heart** is a metonym for one’s beliefs and convictions. Alternate translation: “to strengthen you, so that you will be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 3 13 ly21 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, ἀμέμπτους 1 to strengthen your hearts, blameless Here, **heart** is a metonym for one’s beliefs and convictions. Alternate translation: “to strengthen you, so that you will be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 3 13 xsd3 ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus “when Jesus comes back to earth”
|
||||
1TH 3 13 jlc5 μετὰ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων αὐτοῦ 1 with all his saints “with all those who belong to him”
|
||||
1TH 4 intro b1z5 0 # 1 Thessalonians 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sexual immorality<br>Different cultures have different standards of sexual morality. These different cultural standards may make translating this passage difficult. Translators must also be aware of cultural taboos. These are topics considered improper to discuss.<br><br>### Dying before the return of Christ<br>In the early church, people apparently wondered what would happen if a believer died before Christ returned. They may have worried whether those dying before Christ returned would be part of the kingdom of God. Paul answers that concern.<br><br>### “Caught up in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air”<br>This passage refers to a time when Jesus calls to himself those who have believed in him. Scholars differ on whether or not this refers to Christ’s final glorious return. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
|
||||
1TH 4 1 wk39 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here **brothers** means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 4 1 wk39 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 4 1 u2lw figs-doublet ἐρωτῶμεν ὑμᾶς καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν 1 we beg and exhort you Paul uses **beg** and **exhort** to emphasize how strongly they encourage the believers. Alternate translation: “we strongly encourage you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 4 1 iij6 figs-activepassive παρελάβετε παρ’ ἡμῶν 1 you received from us This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TH 4 1 p4db figs-metaphor δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 it is necessary for you to walk Here, **walk** is an expression for the way one is to live. Alternate translation: “you ought to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -131,22 +131,22 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 4 8 su51 ἀθετῶν, οὐκ ἄνθρωπον ἀθετεῖ, ἀλλὰ τὸν Θεὸν 1 rejecting this rejects not man, but God Paul stresses that this teaching is not from **man**, but from **God**.
|
||||
1TH 4 9 uxn8 τῆς φιλαδελφίας 1 brotherly love “love for fellow believers”
|
||||
1TH 4 10 dec9 ποιεῖτε αὐτὸ εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, τοὺς ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ 1 you do this to all the brothers who are in all Macedonia “you show love to all the believers throughout Macedonia”
|
||||
1TH 4 10 jcg3 ἀδελφοὺς 1 brothers Here **brothers** means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 4 10 jcg3 ἀδελφοὺς 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 4 11 d2fg φιλοτιμεῖσθαι 1 to strive “to try”
|
||||
1TH 4 11 j4c7 figs-metaphor ἡσυχάζειν 1 to live quietly Paul uses The word **quietly** as a metaphor to describe living at peace in one’s community and not causing strife. Alternate translation: “live in a calm and orderly way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 4 11 jmt9 figs-explicit πράσσειν τὰ ἴδια 1 to perform your own things “to do your own work” or “to take care of the things that your are responsible to do.” This may also imply that we should not gossip and interfere in other people’s concerns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 4 11 bz8s figs-metaphor ἐργάζεσθαι ταῖς ἰδίαις χερσὶν ὑμῶν 1 to work with your own hands This is a metaphor for living a productive life. Alternate translation: “to work at your own jobs to earn what you need to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 4 12 hp6g figs-metaphor περιπατῆτε εὐσχημόνως 1 you may walk properly Here **walk** is a metaphor for “live” or “behave.” Alternate translation: “you may behave properly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 4 12 hp6g figs-metaphor περιπατῆτε εὐσχημόνως 1 you may walk properly Here, **walk** is a metaphor for “live” or “behave.” Alternate translation: “you may behave properly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 4 12 yl36 εὐσχημόνως 1 properly in a way that shows respect to others and earns their respect
|
||||
1TH 4 12 k59r figs-metaphor πρὸς τοὺς ἔξω 1 before those outside Paul speaks of those who do not believer in Christ as if they are outside of a place away from the believers. Alternate translation: “in the sight of those who do not believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 4 13 j68e 0 General Information: Paul talks about believers who have died, who are still alive, and those who will be alive when Christ returns.
|
||||
1TH 4 13 d9g4 οὐ θέλομεν…ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 we do not want you to be uninformed This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “we want you to be informed” or “we want you to know”
|
||||
1TH 4 13 wt7l ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here **brothers** means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 4 13 wt7l ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 4 13 zqz6 figs-euphemism τῶν κοιμωμένων 1 those who have fallen asleep Here to be **asleep** is a euphemism for being dead. Alternate translation: “those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1TH 4 13 r9f8 ἵνα μὴ λυπῆσθε, καθὼς καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ 1 so that you may not grieve just as also the rest “because we do not want you grieve like the rest”
|
||||
1TH 4 13 qt5b μὴ λυπῆσθε 1 you may not grieve to mourn, be sad about something
|
||||
1TH 4 13 rl73 figs-explicit καθὼς καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ, οἱ μὴ ἔχοντες ἐλπίδα 1 just as also the rest who have no hope “like people who do not confidence in the future promise.” It can be stated clearly what those people do not have confidence about. Alternate translation: “like the people who are not sure that they will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 4 14 ybz6 figs-exclusive εἰ…πιστεύομεν 1 if we believe Here **we** refers to Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 4 14 ybz6 figs-exclusive εἰ…πιστεύομεν 1 if we believe Here, **we** refers to Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 4 14 kmk2 ἀνέστη 1 rose again “rose to live again”
|
||||
1TH 4 14 bi9w figs-euphemism τοὺς κοιμηθέντας 1 those who have fallen asleep Here, **fallen asleep** is a polite way to refer to having died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1TH 4 15 ni3m figs-metonymy ἐν λόγῳ Κυρίου 1 by the word of the Lord Here, **word** is a metonym for “message.” Alternate translation: “by means of understanding the teachings of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 4 16 ah7p αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος…καταβήσεται 1 the Lord himself … will descend “the Lord himself … will come down”
|
||||
1TH 4 16 z9ka ἀρχαγγέλου 1 of the archangel “of the chief angel”
|
||||
1TH 4 16 dr89 figs-explicit οἱ νεκροὶ ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστήσονται πρῶτον 1 the dead in Christ will rise first The **dead in Christ** are those believers who have passed away. Alternate translation: “those who believe in Jesus Christ, but who have already died, will rise first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 4 17 l5l1 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες 1 we who are alive Here **we** refers to all believers who have not died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 4 17 l5l1 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες 1 we who are alive Here, **we** refers to all believers who have not died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 4 17 wvi8 σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 with them The word **them** refers to the dead believers who were made alive again.
|
||||
1TH 4 17 se1y ἁρπαγησόμεθα ἐν νεφέλαις εἰς ἀπάντησιν τοῦ Κυρίου εἰς ἀέρα 1 will be caught up … in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air “will be pulled up … to meet the Lord Jesus in the sky”
|
||||
1TH 5 intro ay3d 0 # 1 Thessalonians 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul concludes his letter in a way that was typical of letters in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Day of the Lord<br>The exact time of the coming day of the Lord will be a surprise to the world. This is what the simile “like a thief in the night” means. Because of this, Christians are to live prepared for the coming of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Quench the Spirit<br>This means to ignore or work against the Holy Spirit’s guidance and work.
|
||||
|
|
@ -162,13 +162,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 5 1 caue figs-you 0 General Information: The word **you** is plural and refers to the believers at the church of Thessalonica. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1TH 5 1 z1s6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues talking about the day Jesus will come back.
|
||||
1TH 5 1 h84m τῶν χρόνων καὶ τῶν καιρῶν 1 the times and the seasons This refers to the events preceding the Lord Jesus’ return.
|
||||
1TH 5 1 uq3n ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here **brothers** means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 5 1 uq3n ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 5 2 mcq9 ἀκριβῶς 1 perfectly well “very well” or “accurately”
|
||||
1TH 5 2 tmj3 figs-simile ὡς κλέπτης ἐν νυκτὶ οὕτως 1 in this manner—like a thief in the night Just as one does not know which night a **thief** may come, we do not know when the day of the Lord will come. Alternate translation: “unexpectedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1TH 5 3 p1wi ὅταν λέγωσιν 1 When they may say “When the people may say”
|
||||
1TH 5 3 ne9n τότε αἰφνίδιος…ὄλεθρος 1 then sudden destruction “then unexpected destruction”
|
||||
1TH 5 3 f1xr figs-simile ὥσπερ ἡ ὠδὶν τῇ ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσῃ 1 like having birth pains in the womb Just as a pregnant woman’s **birth pains** come suddenly and do not stop until the birth is complete, the destruction will come, and people will not escape. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1TH 5 4 rr9j ὑμεῖς…ἀδελφοί 1 you, brothers Here **brothers** means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 5 4 rr9j ὑμεῖς…ἀδελφοί 1 you, brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 5 4 b6lv figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐστὲ ἐν σκότει 1 are not in darkness Paul speaks of evil and ignorance about God as if they were **darkness**. Alternate translation: “you are not unknowing, like people who live in the dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 4 elp9 figs-simile ἵνα ἡ ἡμέρα ὑμᾶς ὡς κλέπτας καταλάβῃ 1 so that the day might overtake you like a thief The **day** when the Lord comes should not be a surprise to believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1TH 5 5 zp3z figs-metaphor πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε, καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας 1 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day Paul speaks of the truth as if it were **light** and **day**. Alternate translation: “For you know the truth, like people who live in the light, like people during the day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -184,9 +184,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 5 8 ev6i figs-metaphor ἐνδυσάμενοι θώρακα πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης 1 having put on the breastplate of faith and of love As a soldier would **put on** a **breastplate** to protect his body, a believer who lives by **faith** and **love** will find protection. Alternate translation: “protect ourselves with faith and love” or “protect ourselves by trusting Christ and loving him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 8 fk6r figs-metaphor περικεφαλαίαν, ἐλπίδα σωτηρίας 1 the helmet—the hope of salvation As a **helmet** protects a soldier’s head, assurance of **salvation** protects the believer. Alternate translation: “protect ourselves by being certain that Christ will save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 10 w59c figs-euphemism εἴτε γρηγορῶμεν εἴτε καθεύδωμεν 1 whether we might be awake or asleep These are polite ways of saying alive or dead. Alternate translation: “whether we are alive or dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1TH 5 11 r921 figs-metaphor οἰκοδομεῖτε εἷς τὸν ἕνα 1 build up one the other Here **build up** is a metaphor that means “encourage.” Alternate translation: “encourage each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 11 r921 figs-metaphor οἰκοδομεῖτε εἷς τὸν ἕνα 1 build up one the other Here, **build up** is a metaphor that means “encourage.” Alternate translation: “encourage each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 12 pd47 0 General Information: Paul begins to give his final instructions to the church in Thessalonica.
|
||||
1TH 5 12 rka4 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here **brothers** means fellow believers.
|
||||
1TH 5 12 rka4 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow believers.
|
||||
1TH 5 12 ksp2 εἰδέναι τοὺς κοπιῶντας 1 to acknowledge those who are laboring “to esteem and appreciate those who are involved in leading”
|
||||
1TH 5 12 fqh3 προϊσταμένους ὑμῶν ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 leading you in the Lord This refers to people God appointed to serve as leaders of the local group of believers.
|
||||
1TH 5 13 c966 ἡγεῖσθαι αὐτοὺς ὑπέρἐκπερισσοῦ ἐν ἀγάπῃ, διὰ τὸ ἔργον αὐτῶν 1 to regard them highly in love because of their work Paul exhorts the believers to **love** and esteem their church leaders.
|
||||
|
|
@ -204,5 +204,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 5 24 mq2u πιστὸς ὁ καλῶν ὑμᾶς 1 Faithful is he who calls you “He is faithful who calls you” or “God who calls you is faithful”
|
||||
1TH 5 24 c3jg ὃς καὶ ποιήσει 1 who will also do it “and he will be helping you”
|
||||
1TH 5 25 q8ki 0 General Information: Paul gives his closing statements.
|
||||
1TH 5 26 qa1c ἀδελφοὺς 1 brothers Here **brothers** means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 5 26 qa1c ἀδελφοὺς 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 5 27 n5cn figs-activepassive ἐνορκίζω ὑμᾶς τὸν Κύριον, ἀναγνωσθῆναι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν 1 I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I urge you, as if the Lord were speaking to you, to have people read this letter” or “With the authority of the Lord I direct you to read this letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -8,24 +8,24 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TH 1 2 g6rb χάρις ὑμῖν 1 Grace to you Paul commonly uses this greeting in his letters.
|
||||
2TH 1 3 m6z5 0 General Information: Paul gives thanks for the believers in Thessalonica.
|
||||
2TH 1 3 ea59 figs-hyperbole εὐχαριστεῖν ὀφείλομεν τῷ Θεῷ πάντοτε 1 We ought always to give thanks to God Paul uses **always** as a generalization meaning “often” or “regularly.” The sentence emphasizes the greatness of what God is doing in the lives of the Thessalonian believers. Alternate translation: “We should often give thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2TH 1 3 h6t9 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 1 3 h6t9 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 1 3 u3m8 καθὼς ἄξιόν ἐστιν 1 as is worthy “for it is the right thing to do”
|
||||
2TH 1 3 xy7k πλεονάζει ἡ ἀγάπη ἑνὸς ἑκάστου, πάντων ὑμῶν, εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 the love of each one of you all for one another is increasing “you sincerely love one another more and more”
|
||||
2TH 1 3 bmn6 ἀλλήλους 1 one another Here, **one another** means fellow Christians.
|
||||
2TH 1 4 kx1n figs-rpronouns αὐτοὺς ἡμᾶς 1 we ourselves Here **ourselves** is used to emphasize Paul’s boasting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
2TH 1 4 kx1n figs-rpronouns αὐτοὺς ἡμᾶς 1 we ourselves Here, **ourselves** is used to emphasize Paul’s boasting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
2TH 1 5 dad9 figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ καταξιωθῆναι ὑμᾶς τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for you to be considered worthy of the kingdom of God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that God will consider you worthy to be part of his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 6 wrg2 0 Connecting Statement: As Paul continues, he talks about God being just.
|
||||
2TH 1 6 cxx1 εἴπερ δίκαιον παρὰ Θεῷ 1 if indeed it is righteous for God “for God is certainly right” or “because God is just”
|
||||
2TH 1 6 id3i figs-metaphor παρὰ Θεῷ, ἀνταποδοῦναι τοῖς θλίβουσιν ὑμᾶς θλῖψιν 1 for God to return affliction to those who are afflicting you Here **to return** is a metaphor that means to cause someone to experience the same thing they did to someone else. Alternate translation: “for God to afflict those who are afflicting you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 1 6 id3i figs-metaphor παρὰ Θεῷ, ἀνταποδοῦναι τοῖς θλίβουσιν ὑμᾶς θλῖψιν 1 for God to return affliction to those who are afflicting you Here, **to return** is a metaphor that means to cause someone to experience the same thing they did to someone else. Alternate translation: “for God to afflict those who are afflicting you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 1 7 hxy2 figs-metaphor καὶ ὑμῖν…ἄνεσιν 1 and relief to you These words continue the description of what God is right “to return” to people (verse 6). This is a metaphor that means to cause someone to experience the same thing they did to someone else. Alternate translation: “and to relieve you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 1 7 lu43 figs-ellipsis ὑμῖν…ἄνεσιν 1 relief to you You can make it explicit that God is the one who provides relief. Alternate translation: “for God to provide relief to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2TH 1 7 yix7 ἀγγέλων δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ 1 his mighty angels “his powerful angels”
|
||||
2TH 1 8 y3uv ἐν πυρὶ φλογός διδόντος ἐκδίκησιν τοῖς μὴ εἰδόσι Θεὸν 1 in flaming fire taking vengeance on those who have not known God “he will punish with blazing fire those who do not know God” or “then with blazing fire he will punish those who do not know God”
|
||||
2TH 1 9 plw5 figs-activepassive οἵτινες δίκην τίσουσιν ὄλεθρον αἰώνιον 1 who will pay the penalty—eternal destruction Here **who** refers to the people who do not obey the gospel. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord will punish them with eternal destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 10 ugk9 ὅταν ἔλθῃ…ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 when he comes on that day Here **that day** is the day when Jesus will return to the world.
|
||||
2TH 1 9 plw5 figs-activepassive οἵτινες δίκην τίσουσιν ὄλεθρον αἰώνιον 1 who will pay the penalty—eternal destruction Here, **who** refers to the people who do not obey the gospel. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord will punish them with eternal destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 10 ugk9 ὅταν ἔλθῃ…ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 when he comes on that day Here, **that day** is the day when Jesus will return to the world.
|
||||
2TH 1 10 bi2u figs-activepassive ἐνδοξασθῆναι ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ θαυμασθῆναι ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς πιστεύσασιν 1 to be glorified by his saints and to be marveled at by all those who have believed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when his people will glorify him and all those who believed will stand in awe of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 11 ik19 figs-hyperbole καὶ προσευχόμεθα πάντοτε περὶ ὑμῶν 1 we also pray always for you Paul is using **always** as an exaggeration in order to emphasize how often he prays for them. Alternate translation: “we also pray regularly for you” or “we continue to pray for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2TH 1 11 hiv9 τῆς κλήσεως 1 of your calling Here **calling** refers to God appointing or choosing people to be his children and servants, and to proclaim his message of salvation through Jesus.
|
||||
2TH 1 11 hiv9 τῆς κλήσεως 1 of your calling Here, **calling** refers to God appointing or choosing people to be his children and servants, and to proclaim his message of salvation through Jesus.
|
||||
2TH 1 11 r8gk πληρώσῃ πᾶσαν εὐδοκίαν ἀγαθωσύνης 1 he may fulfill every desire of goodness “he would make you able to do good in every way that you desire”
|
||||
2TH 1 12 q994 figs-activepassive ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ, ἐν ὑμῖν 1 so that the name of our Lord Jesus may be glorified in you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that you may glorify the name of our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 12 pg2i figs-activepassive καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν αὐτῷ 1 and you in him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and Jesus will glorify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TH 2 intro jq9r 0 # 2 Thessalonians 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Being gathered together to be with him”<br><br>This passage refers to a time when Jesus calls to himself those who have believed in him. Scholars differ on whether or not this refers to Christ’s final glorious return. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>### Man of lawlessness<br>This is the same as “son of destruction” and “lawless one” in this chapter. Paul associates him with Satan actively working in the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]])<br><br>### Sits in the temple of God<br>Paul could be referring to the Jerusalem temple that the Romans destroyed several years after he wrote this letter. Or he could be referring to a future physical temple, or to the church as the spiritual temple of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TH 2 1 r36t 0 General Information: Paul exhorts believers not to be deceived about the day Jesus will come back.
|
||||
2TH 2 1 q1uq δὲ 1 Now The word **Now** marks a change of topic in Paul’s instructions.
|
||||
2TH 2 1 cvg5 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 2 1 cvg5 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 2 2 b8b2 εἰς τὸ μὴ ταχέως σαλευθῆναι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ νοὸς, μηδὲ θροεῖσθαι 1 for you not to be quickly shaken in your mind nor to be troubled “so that you do not easily let yourselves be disturbed in your thinking”
|
||||
2TH 2 2 d334 διὰ πνεύματος, μήτε διὰ λόγου, μήτε δι’ ἐπιστολῆς, ὡς δι’ ἡμῶν 1 by a spirit, nor by a word, nor by a letter as if from us “by a spirit or a spoken word or by written letter that pretends to be coming from us”
|
||||
2TH 2 2 k4dk ὡς ὅτι 1 as if that “saying that”
|
||||
|
|
@ -51,12 +51,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TH 2 7 si9i μυστήριον…τῆς ἀνομίας 1 mystery of lawlessness This refers to a sacred secret that only God knows.
|
||||
2TH 2 7 fcu7 ὁ κατέχων 1 the one who restrains him To restrain someone is to hold them back or to keep them from doing what they want to do.
|
||||
2TH 2 8 hn67 figs-activepassive καὶ τότε ἀποκαλυφθήσεται ὁ ἄνομος 1 and then the lawless one will be revealed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and then God will allow the lawless one to show himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 8 vay9 figs-metonymy τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 with the breath of his mouth Here **breath** represents the power of God. Alternate translation: “by the power of his spoken word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TH 2 8 vay9 figs-metonymy τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 with the breath of his mouth Here, **breath** represents the power of God. Alternate translation: “by the power of his spoken word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TH 2 8 hy3y καὶ καταργήσει τῇ ἐπιφανείᾳ τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ 1 and will bring to nothing by the revelation of his coming When Jesus returns to earth and shows himself, he will defeat the lawless one.
|
||||
2TH 2 9 bd5m ἐν πάσῃ δυνάμει, καὶ σημείοις, καὶ τέρασιν ψεύδους 1 with all power, and signs, and false wonders “with all kinds of power, and signs, and false wonders”
|
||||
2TH 2 10 tf75 ἐν πάσῃ ἀπάτῃ ἀδικίας 1 with all deceit of unrighteousness This person will use every sort of evil to deceive people to believe in him instead of God.
|
||||
2TH 2 10 v366 τοῖς ἀπολλυμένοις 1 to those who are perishing This man who is given power by Satan will deceive everyone who did not believe in Jesus.
|
||||
2TH 2 10 pf48 ἀπολλυμένοις 1 who are perishing Here **perishing** has the concept of everlasting or eternal destruction.
|
||||
2TH 2 10 pf48 ἀπολλυμένοις 1 who are perishing Here, **perishing** has the concept of everlasting or eternal destruction.
|
||||
2TH 2 11 sj1v διὰ τοῦτο 1 because of this “because the people do not love the truth”
|
||||
2TH 2 11 en8e figs-metaphor πέμπει αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς ἐνέργειαν πλάνης, εἰς τὸ πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς τῷ ψεύδει 1 God is sending them a working of error for them to believe the lie Paul is speaking of **God** allowing something to happen to people as if he is **sending them** something. Alternate translation: “God is allowing the man of lawlessness to deceive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 2 12 d63e figs-activepassive κριθῶσιν πάντες 1 they might all be judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will judge all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -65,26 +65,26 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TH 2 13 bcd5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul now changes topics.
|
||||
2TH 2 13 b3hh δὲ 1 Now Paul uses this word here to mark a change in topic.
|
||||
2TH 2 13 dze5 figs-hyperbole ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν εὐχαριστεῖν…πάντοτε 1 we ought always to give thanks The word **always** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “we should continually give thanks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2TH 2 13 m418 ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν 1 we ought Here **we** refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy.
|
||||
2TH 2 13 m418 ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν 1 we ought Here, **we** refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy.
|
||||
2TH 2 13 ia4x figs-activepassive ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ Κυρίου 1 brothers loved by the Lord This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for the Lord loves you, brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 13 v15j figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Here **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 2 13 v15j figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 2 13 l7a8 figs-metaphor ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας 1 as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth Being among the first people to be saved is spoken of as if the Thessalonian believers are **firstfruits**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 2 13 bpqn figs-abstractnouns ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας 1 as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth This can also be stated to remove the abstract nouns **salvation**, **sanctification**, **belief**, and **truth**. Alternate translation: “to be among the first people who believe what is true, and whom God has saved and set apart for himself by his Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 15 u9ss ἄρα οὖν, ἀδελφοί, στήκετε 1 So then, brothers, stand firm Paul exhorts the believers to hold fast to their faith in Jesus.
|
||||
2TH 2 15 l4vr figs-metaphor κρατεῖτε τὰς παραδόσεις 1 hold tight to the traditions Here **traditions** refers to the truths of Christ that Paul and the other apostles taught. Paul speaks of them as if his readers could hold on to them with their hands. Alternate translation: “remember the traditions” or “believe the truths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 2 15 l4vr figs-metaphor κρατεῖτε τὰς παραδόσεις 1 hold tight to the traditions Here, **traditions** refers to the truths of Christ that Paul and the other apostles taught. Paul speaks of them as if his readers could hold on to them with their hands. Alternate translation: “remember the traditions” or “believe the truths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 2 15 whp8 figs-activepassive ἐδιδάχθητε 1 you were taught This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 15 z2vs figs-synecdoche εἴτε διὰ λόγου, εἴτε δι’ ἐπιστολῆς ἡμῶν 1 whether by word or by our letter Here, **by word** is a synecdoche for “by instructions” or “by teachings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2TH 2 15 jrg4 figs-explicit εἴτε διὰ λόγου, εἴτε δι’ ἐπιστολῆς ἡμῶν 1 whether by word or by our letter You can make clear the implicit information. Alternate translation: “whether by what we taught you in person or by what we wrote to you in a letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TH 2 16 njk1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul ends with a blessing from God.
|
||||
2TH 2 16 g8m1 δὲ 1 Now Paul uses this word here to mark a change in topic.
|
||||
2TH 2 16 yge9 figs-exclusive ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν…ὁ ἀγαπήσας ἡμᾶς καὶ δοὺς 1 our Lord…who loved us and gave us The words **our** and **us** refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 16 cm54 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς…Κύριος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς 1 our Lord Jesus Christ himself Here **himself** gives additional emphasis to the phrase **Lord Jesus Christ.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 17 x3rr figs-metonymy παρακαλέσαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, καὶ στηρίξαι 1 may he comfort and strengthen your hearts Here **hearts** represents the seat of emotions. Alternate translation: “may he comfort you and strengthen you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TH 2 16 cm54 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς…Κύριος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς 1 our Lord Jesus Christ himself Here, **himself** gives additional emphasis to the phrase **Lord Jesus Christ.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 17 x3rr figs-metonymy παρακαλέσαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, καὶ στηρίξαι 1 may he comfort and strengthen your hearts Here, **hearts** represents the seat of emotions. Alternate translation: “may he comfort you and strengthen you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TH 2 17 yw5f παντὶ ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ ἀγαθῷ 1 every good work and word “every good thing you do and say”
|
||||
2TH 3 intro b8hk 0 # 2 Thessalonians 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Idle and lazy persons<br>In Thessalonica, there apparently was a problem with people in the church who were able to work but refused to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### What should you do if your brother sins?<br><br>In this chapter, Paul teaches that Christians need to live in a way that honors God. Christians should also encourage one another and hold each other accountable for what they do. The church is also responsible for encouraging believers to repent if they sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
|
||||
2TH 3 1 k33i 0 General Information: Paul asks the believers to pray for him and his companions.
|
||||
2TH 3 1 jy75 τὸ λοιπὸν 1 Finally Paul uses The word **Finally** to mark a change in topic.
|
||||
2TH 3 1 m1s5 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 3 1 m1s5 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 3 1 r54v figs-metaphor ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου τρέχῃ καὶ δοξάζηται, καθὼς καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 so that the word of the Lord may run and may be glorified, just as also with you Paul speaks of God’s **word** spreading as if it were running from place to place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 3 1 yvkm figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου τρέχῃ καὶ δοξάζηται, καθὼς καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 so that the word of the Lord may run and may be glorified, just as also with you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that more and more people will soon hear our message about our Lord Jesus and honor it, as happened with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 3 2 xg2h figs-activepassive ῥυσθῶμεν 1 we may be delivered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God may save us” or “God may rescue us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -92,30 +92,30 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TH 3 3 yx9g ὃς στηρίξει 1 who will strengthen “who will strengthen”
|
||||
2TH 3 3 p91k τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 the evil one “Satan”
|
||||
2TH 3 4 xk85 πεποίθαμεν 1 we are confident “we have faith” or “we trust”
|
||||
2TH 3 5 giz4 figs-metonymy ὁ…Κύριος κατευθύναι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 may the Lord direct your hearts Here **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or mind. Alternate translation: “may the Lord cause you to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TH 3 5 giz4 figs-metonymy ὁ…Κύριος κατευθύναι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 may the Lord direct your hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or mind. Alternate translation: “may the Lord cause you to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TH 3 5 wre3 figs-metaphor εἰς τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ εἰς τὴν ὑπομονὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 to the love of God and to the endurance of Christ Paul speaks of God’s **love** and Christ’s **endurance** as if they were destinations on a path. Alternate translation: “to know how much God loves you and how much Christ has endured for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 3 6 mst3 0 General Information: Paul gives the believers some final instructions about working and not being idle.
|
||||
2TH 3 6 v33v δὲ 1 Now Paul uses this word to mark a change in topic.
|
||||
2TH 3 6 x9l8 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 3 6 x9l8 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 3 6 y4a9 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ Here, **name** is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “as if our Lord Jesus Christ himself were speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TH 3 6 jvw1 figs-exclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 of our Lord Here **our** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2TH 3 6 jvw1 figs-exclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 of our Lord Here, **our** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2TH 3 7 h222 μιμεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς 1 to imitate us “to act the way that my fellow workers and I act”
|
||||
2TH 3 7 b1i1 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἠτακτήσαμεν ἐν ὑμῖν 1 we did not behave disorderly among you Paul uses a double negative to emphasize the positive. This can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: “we lived among you as those who had much discipline” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2TH 3 8 d9h1 figs-merism νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι 1 working night and day “working during the night and during the day.” Here **night and day** are a merism and they mean “all the time.” Alternate translation: “working all the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
2TH 3 8 d9h1 figs-merism νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι 1 working night and day “working during the night and during the day.” Here, **night and day** are a merism and they mean “all the time.” Alternate translation: “working all the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
2TH 3 8 w8fq figs-doublet ἐν κόπῳ καὶ μόχθῳ 1 in toil and hardship Paul emphasizes how hard his circumstances were. The word **toil** implies work that requires great effort. The word **hardship** implies they endured pain and suffering. Alternate translation: “in very difficult circumstances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2TH 3 9 sn3k figs-doublenegatives οὐχ ὅτι οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν, ἀλλ’ 1 not because we do not have authority, but Paul uses a double negative to emphasize the positive. This can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: “and we certainly have the right to receive food from you, but instead we worked for our food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2TH 3 10 c652 figs-doublenegatives εἴ τις οὐ θέλει ἐργάζεσθαι, μηδὲ ἐσθιέτω 1 If anyone is not willing to work, do not let him eat This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “If a person wants to eat, he must work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2TH 3 11 ey6c figs-metaphor τινας περιπατοῦντας…ἀτάκτως 1 some walking idly Here **walking** stands for behavior in life. Alternate translation: “some living idle lives” or “some being lazy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 3 11 ey6c figs-metaphor τινας περιπατοῦντας…ἀτάκτως 1 some walking idly Here, **walking** stands for behavior in life. Alternate translation: “some living idle lives” or “some being lazy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 3 11 iv1z ἀλλὰ περιεργαζομένους 1 but meddling Meddlers are people who interfere in the affairs of others without being asked to help.
|
||||
2TH 3 12 bm6z μετὰ ἡσυχίας 1 with quietness “in a quiet, peaceful, and mild manner.” Paul exhorts the meddlers to stop getting involved in other people’s affairs.
|
||||
2TH 3 13 jx8t δέ 1 But Paul uses this word to contrast the lazy believers with the hardworking believers.
|
||||
2TH 3 13 e59v figs-you ὑμεῖς 1 you The word **you** refers to all the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
2TH 3 13 usu9 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 3 13 usu9 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 3 14 mzs4 εἰ…τις οὐχ ὑπακούει τῷ λόγῳ ἡμῶν 1 if anyone does not obey our word “if anyone does not obey our instructions”
|
||||
2TH 3 14 nv3v figs-idiom τοῦτον σημειοῦσθε 1 note this one Notice who he is. Alternate translation: “publicly identify that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2TH 3 14 y552 ἵνα ἐντραπῇ 1 so that he may be put to shame Paul instructs believers to shun lazy believers as a disciplinary action.
|
||||
2TH 3 16 nef4 0 General Information: Paul makes closing remarks to the believers at Thessalonica.
|
||||
2TH 3 16 whb9 figs-explicit αὐτὸς…ὁ Κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης, δῴη ὑμῖν 1 may the Lord of peace himself give you You can make explicit that this is Paul’s prayer for the Thessalonians. Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord of peace himself gives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TH 3 16 zl1s figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς…ὁ Κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης 1 the Lord of peace himself Here **himself** emphasizes that the Lord will personally give peace to believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
2TH 3 16 zl1s figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς…ὁ Κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης 1 the Lord of peace himself Here, **himself** emphasizes that the Lord will personally give peace to believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
2TH 3 17 c2cb ὁ ἀσπασμὸς τῇ ἐμῇ χειρὶ, Παύλου, ὅ ἐστιν σημεῖον ἐν πάσῃ ἐπιστολῇ, οὕτως γράφω 1 This greeting is with my own hand—Paul—which is a sign in every letter. In this manner I write “I, Paul, write this greeting with my own hand, which I do in every letter, as a sign that this letter is truly from me”
|
||||
2TH 3 17 wg3f οὕτως γράφω 1 In this manner I write Paul makes it clear that this letter is from him and is not a forgery.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
TIT front intro m2jl 0 # Introduction to Titus<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Titus<br><br>1. Paul instructs Titus to appoint godly leaders. (1:1-16)<br>2. Paul instructs Titus to train people to live godly lives. (2:1-3:11)<br>3. Paul ends by sharing some of his plans and sending greetings to various believers. (3:12-15)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Titus?<br><br>Paul wrote the Book of Titus. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>### What is the Book of Titus about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to Titus, his fellow worker, who was leading the churches on the island of Crete. Paul instructed him about selecting church leaders. Paul also described how the believers should behave towards each other. He also encouraged them all to live in a way that pleases God.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Titus.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to Titus” or “A Letter to Titus”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### In what roles can people serve within the church?<br><br>There are some teachings in the Book of Titus about whether a woman or divorced man can serve in positions of leadership within the church. Scholars disagree about the meaning of these teachings. Further study on these issues may be necessary before translating this book.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural **you**<br><br>In this book, the word **I** refers to Paul. Also, the word **you** is almost always singular and refers to Titus. The exception to this is 3:15. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What is the meaning of **God our Savior**?<br><br>This is a common phrase in this letter. Paul meant to make the readers think about how God forgave them in Christ for sinning against him, and by forgiving them he saved them from being punished when he judges all people. A similar phrase in this letter is **our great God and Savior Jesus Christ**.
|
||||
TIT 1 intro c7me 0 # Titus 01 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul formally introduces this letter in verses 1-4. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>In verses 6-9, Paul lists several qualities that a man must have if he is to be an elder in the church. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns) Paul gives a similar list in 1 Timothy 3.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Elders<br><br>The church has used different titles for church leaders. Some titles include overseer, elder, pastor, and bishop.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Should, may, must<br><br>The ULT uses different words that indicate requirements or obligations. These verbs have different levels of force associated with them. The subtle differences may be difficult to translate. The UST translates these verbs in a more general way.
|
||||
TIT 1 1 rtc9 figs-abstractnouns κατὰ πίστιν 1 for the faith **Faith** is an abstract noun. Here it refers to believing or trusting in Jesus. If it is more clear in your language, you can translate it with a verb such as these, as in the UST. Alternate Translation: “to strengthen the faith” or “to help [God’s chosen people] to trust him more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
TIT 1 1 xyz8 figs-abstractnouns ἐπίγνωσιν 1 the knowledge Here **knowledge** is an abstract noun. If it is clearer in your language, you can use a verb such as “to know,” as in the UST. Paul wants people to know the true message about God and Christ so that they can live in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
TIT 1 1 xyz8 figs-abstractnouns ἐπίγνωσιν 1 the knowledge Here, **knowledge** is an abstract noun. If it is clearer in your language, you can use a verb such as “to know,” as in the UST. Paul wants people to know the true message about God and Christ so that they can live in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
TIT 1 1 abc8 figs-abstractnouns ἀληθείας 1 of the truth Here, **truth** is an abstract noun. If it is clearer in your language, you can use an adjective phrase such as “what is true” or “the true message.” Paul wants people to know the true message about God and Christ so that they can live in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
TIT 1 1 fyf8 figs-abstractnouns τῆς κατ’ εὐσέβειαν 1 that agrees with godliness Here, **godliness** is an abstract noun that refers to living in a way that pleases God. Alternate Translation: “that is suitable for honoring God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
TIT 1 2 xyz9 ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ζωῆς αἰωνίου 1 with the certain hope of everlasting life “that gives us the certain hope of everlasting life” or “based on our certain hope for everlasting life”
|
||||
|
|
@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ TIT 1 9 xy10 κατὰ τὴν διδαχὴν 1 that is in accordance with the
|
|||
TIT 1 9 abcj grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that The connecting words **so that** introduce a goal or purpose relationship. The purpose for the elder to hold tightly to the trustworthy message is for him to be able to encourage others and rebuke those who oppose him. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
TIT 1 9 pzi1 τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ 1 sound teaching The Greek word rendered at **sound** normally refers to physical health. Paul speaks of this teaching as if it would cause those who believe it to be spiritually healthy, rather than spiritually sick.
|
||||
TIT 1 10 xsq9 0 Connecting Statement: Because of those that would oppose God’s word, Paul gives Titus reasons to preach God’s word and warns him about false teachers.
|
||||
TIT 1 10 w9kk figs-metaphor ἀνυπότακτοι, ματαιολόγοι 1 rebellious, empty talkers These are rebellious people who do not obey the gospel message. Here **empty** is a metaphor for useless, and **empty talkers** are people who say useless or foolish things. Alternate translation: “who refuse to obey and who say useless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 10 w9kk figs-metaphor ἀνυπότακτοι, ματαιολόγοι 1 rebellious, empty talkers These are rebellious people who do not obey the gospel message. Here, **empty** is a metaphor for useless, and **empty talkers** are people who say useless or foolish things. Alternate translation: “who refuse to obey and who say useless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 10 ga6n φρεναπάται 1 deceivers This phrase describes people who are actively trying to convince people to believe in something other than the true gospel that Paul preaches. Alternate translation: “people who persuade others to believe things that are not true”
|
||||
TIT 1 10 abcd figs-hendiadys ματαιολόγοι, καὶ φρεναπάται 1 empty talkers and deceivers Both **empty talkers** and **deceivers** refer to the same people. They taught false, worthless things and wanted people to believe them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
TIT 1 10 pu74 figs-metonymy οἱ ἐκ τῆς περιτομῆς 1 those from the circumcision This refers to the Jewish Christians who taught that men must be circumcised in order to follow Christ. This teaching is false. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ PHM front intro sz2w 0 # Introduction to Philemon<br><br>## Part 1: General I
|
|||
PHM 1 1 sg4f figs-you 0 General Information: Three times Paul identifies himself as the author of this letter. Evidently Timothy was with him and probably wrote the words down as Paul said them. Paul greets others who meet for church at Philemon’s house. All instances of “I,” “me,” and “my” refer to Paul. Philemon is the main person to whom this letter is written. All instances of “you” and “your” refer to him and are singular unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
PHM 1 1 niq3 figs-exclusive Παῦλος, δέσμιος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ Τιμόθεος, ὁ ἀδελφὸς; Φιλήμονι 1 Paul, a prisoner of Christ Jesus, and the brother Timothy to Philemon Your language may have a particular way of introducing the authors of a letter. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, a prisoner of Christ Jesus, and Timothy, our brother, are writing this letter to Philemon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
PHM 1 1 cgs4 δέσμιος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 a prisoner of Christ Jesus “a prisoner for the sake of Christ Jesus.” People who opposed Paul’s preaching had punished him by putting him into prison.
|
||||
PHM 1 1 sv3p ὁ ἀδελφὸς 1 our brother Here **brother** means a fellow Christian.
|
||||
PHM 1 1 sv3p ὁ ἀδελφὸς 1 our brother Here, **brother** means a fellow Christian.
|
||||
PHM 1 1 r3l9 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our The word **our** here refers to Paul and those with him but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
PHM 1 1 ww3l καὶ συνεργῷ ἡμῶν 1 and our fellow worker “who, like us, works to spread the gospel”
|
||||
PHM 1 2 e8su figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our The word **our** here refers to Paul and those with him but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
PHM 1 2 zh5c translate-names Ἀπφίᾳ, τῇ ἀδελφῇ 1 to Apphia our sister Here **sister** means she was a believer, and not a relative. Alternate translation: “to Apphia our fellow believer” or “to Apphia our spiritual sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHM 1 2 zh5c translate-names Ἀπφίᾳ, τῇ ἀδελφῇ 1 to Apphia our sister Here, **sister** means she was a believer, and not a relative. Alternate translation: “to Apphia our fellow believer” or “to Apphia our spiritual sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHM 1 2 sq44 translate-names Ἀρχίππῳ 1 Archippus This is the name of a man in the church with Philemon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHM 1 2 mnn5 figs-metaphor τῷ συνστρατιώτῃ ἡμῶν 1 our fellow soldier Paul speaks here of Archippus as if they were both soldiers in an army. He means that Archippus works hard, as Paul himself works hard, to spread the gospel. Alternate translation: “our fellow spiritual warrior” or “who also fights the spiritual battle with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHM 1 3 r4nq χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Grace to you and peace from God our Father and our Lord Jesus Christ “May God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ give you grace and peace.” This is a blessing.
|
||||
|
|
@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ PHM 1 6 t54l ἡ κοινωνία τῆς πίστεώς σου 1 the fellowshi
|
|||
PHM 1 6 pxw1 ἐνεργὴς γένηται ἐν ἐπιγνώσει παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ 1 may be effective for the knowledge of everything good “may result in knowing what is good”
|
||||
PHM 1 6 n25e εἰς Χριστόν 1 in Christ “because of Christ”
|
||||
PHM 1 7 shpv figs-activepassive τὰ σπλάγχνα τῶν ἁγίων ἀναπέπαυται διὰ σοῦ 1 the inward parts of the saints are being refreshed by you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you have encouraged believers” or “you have helped the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHM 1 7 aq4g figs-metonymy τὰ σπλάγχνα τῶν ἁγίων 1 the inward parts of the saints Here ****inward parts**** is a metonym for a person’s emotions or inner being. Alternate translation: “the thoughts and feelings of the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHM 1 7 aq4g figs-metonymy τὰ σπλάγχνα τῶν ἁγίων 1 the inward parts of the saints Here, ****inward parts**** is a metonym for a person’s emotions or inner being. Alternate translation: “the thoughts and feelings of the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHM 1 7 m5ip σοῦ, ἀδελφέ 1 you, brother “you, dear brother” or “you, dear friend.” Paul called Philemon **brother** because they were both believers and he emphasizing their friendship.
|
||||
PHM 1 8 ayy1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins his plea and the reason for his letter.
|
||||
PHM 1 8 fd84 πολλὴν ἐν Χριστῷ παρρησίαν 1 all boldness in Christ Possible meanings are (1) “all authority because of Christ” or (2) “all courage because of Christ.” Alternate translation: “all courage because Christ has given me authority”
|
||||
|
|
@ -26,11 +26,11 @@ PHM 1 9 l9fh διὰ τὴν ἀγάπην 1 because of love Possible meanings:
|
|||
PHM 1 10 lsr6 0 General Information: Onesimus is the name of a man. He was apparently Philemon’s slave and had stolen something and ran away.
|
||||
PHM 1 10 m6fw figs-metaphor τοῦ ἐμοῦ τέκνου…Ὀνήσιμον 1 my child Onesimus Paul speaks of the way he is friends with **Onesimus** as if it were the way a father and his son love each other. Onesimus was not Paul’s actual son, but he received spiritual life when Paul taught him about Jesus, and Paul loved him. Alternate translation: “my spiritual son Onesimus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHM 1 10 dj9h translate-names Ὀνήσιμον 1 Onesimus The name **Onesimus** means “profitable” or “useful.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHM 1 10 mui3 figs-metaphor ὃν ἐγέννησα ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς 1 whom I have fathered in my chains Here **fathered** is a metaphor that means Paul converted Onesimus to Christ. Alternate translation: “who became my spiritual son when I taught him about Christ and he received new life while I was in my chains” or “who became like a son to me while I was in my chains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHM 1 10 mui3 figs-metaphor ὃν ἐγέννησα ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς 1 whom I have fathered in my chains Here, **fathered** is a metaphor that means Paul converted Onesimus to Christ. Alternate translation: “who became my spiritual son when I taught him about Christ and he received new life while I was in my chains” or “who became like a son to me while I was in my chains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHM 1 10 nx1p figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς 1 in my chains Prisoners were often bound in **chains**. Paul was in prison when he taught Onesimus and was still in prison when he wrote this letter. Alternate translation: “while I was in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHM 1 12 t1kp ὃν ἀνέπεμψά σοι 1 I sent him back to you Paul was probably sending Onesimus with another believer who carried this letter.
|
||||
PHM 1 12 h9qv figs-metaphor τοῦτ’ ἔστιν τὰ ἐμὰ σπλάγχνα 1 he who is my inward parts The phrase **who is my inward parts** is a metaphor for deep feelings about someone. Paul was saying this about Onesimus. Alternate translation: “whom I love dearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHM 1 12 fdwn figs-metonymy τὰ ἐμὰ σπλάγχνα 1 my inward parts Here ** inward parts** is a metonym for a person’s emotions.Alternate translation: “good thoughts and feelings to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHM 1 12 fdwn figs-metonymy τὰ ἐμὰ σπλάγχνα 1 my inward parts Here, ** inward parts** is a metonym for a person’s emotions.Alternate translation: “good thoughts and feelings to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHM 1 13 t4xl ἵνα ὑπὲρ σοῦ μοι διακονῇ 1 so that he might serve me on behalf of you “so that, since you cannot be here, he might help me” or “so that he could help me in your place”
|
||||
PHM 1 13 bb3t figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς 1 in the chains Prisoners were often bound in **chains**. Paul was in prison when he taught Onesimus and was still in prison when he wrote this letter. Alternate translation: “while I am in prison because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHM 1 13 iwa8 figs-explicit τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 for the sake of the gospel Paul was in prison because he preached **the gospel** publicly. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “because I preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ PHM 1 19 wb53 ἐγὼ Παῦλος ἔγραψα τῇ ἐμῇ χειρί 1
|
|||
PHM 1 19 gn6c figs-irony ἵνα μὴ λέγω σοι 1 in order not to say to you “I do not need to remind you” or “You already know.” Paul says he does not need to tell Philemon this, but then continues to tell him anyway. This emphasizes the truth of what Paul is telling him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
PHM 1 19 st7e figs-explicit καὶ σεαυτόν μοι προσοφείλεις 1 you also owe me your own self “you even owe me your own life.” Paul was implying that Philemon should not say that Onesimus or Paul owed him anything because Philemon owed Paul even more. The reason Philemon owed Paul his life can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “you owe me much because I saved your life” or “you owe me your own life because what I told you saved your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHM 1 20 xp0b figs-explicit ἀνάπαυσόν μου τὰ σπλάγχνα ἐν Χριστῷ 1 refresh my inward parts in Christ How Paul wanted Philemon refresh him can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “refresh my inward parts in Christ by accepting Onesimus kindly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHM 1 20 j8lh figs-metaphor ἀνάπαυσόν μου τὰ σπλάγχνα 1 refresh my inward parts Here **refresh** is a metaphor for comfort or encourage. Alternate translation: “encourage me” or “comfort me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHM 1 20 j8lh figs-metaphor ἀνάπαυσόν μου τὰ σπλάγχνα 1 refresh my inward parts Here, **refresh** is a metaphor for comfort or encourage. Alternate translation: “encourage me” or “comfort me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHM 1 20 kmpp figs-metonymy ἀνάπαυσόν μου τὰ σπλάγχνα 1 refresh my inward parts Here “inward parts” is a metonym for a person’s feelings, thoughts, or inner being. Alternate translation: “encourage me” or “comfort me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHM 1 21 am1e figs-you 0 General Information: Here the words “your” and “you” are plural and refer to Philemon and the believers that met at his house. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
PHM 1 21 xpn6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul closes his letter and gives a blessing on Philemon and the believers that met for church in Philemon’s house.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
192
en_tn_59-HEB.tsv
192
en_tn_59-HEB.tsv
|
|
@ -9,14 +9,14 @@ HEB 1 2 i93z figs-metaphor ἔθηκεν κληρονόμον πάντων 1 to
|
|||
HEB 1 2 gqj8 δι’ οὗ καὶ ἐποίησεν τοὺς αἰῶνας; 1 It is through him that God also made the universe “It is through the Son that God also made all things”
|
||||
HEB 1 3 hn4q ἀπαύγασμα τῆς δόξης 1 the brightness of God’s glory “the light of his glory.” God’s glory is associated with a very bright light. The author is saying that the Son embodies that light and fully represents God’s glory.
|
||||
HEB 1 3 b7jc τῆς δόξης καὶ χαρακτὴρ τῆς ὑποστάσεως αὐτοῦ 1 glory, the exact representation of his being “glory, the image of God’s being.” The “the exact representation of his being” is similar in meaning to “the brightness of God’s glory.” The Son embodies the character and essence of God and fully represents everything that God is. Alternate translation: “glory and is just like God” or “glory, and what is true about God is true about the Son”
|
||||
HEB 1 3 ms8z figs-metonymy τῷ ῥήματι τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ 1 the word of his power “his powerful word.” Here **word** refers to a message or command. Alternate translation: “his powerful command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 1 3 ms8z figs-metonymy τῷ ῥήματι τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ 1 the word of his power “his powerful word.” Here, **word** refers to a message or command. Alternate translation: “his powerful command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 1 3 l1pg figs-abstractnouns καθαρισμὸν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ποιησάμενος 1 After he had made cleansing for sins The abstract noun “cleansing” can be expressed as a verb: “making clean.” Alternate translation: “After he had finished making us clean from sins” or “After he had finished purifying us from our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 1 3 f729 figs-metaphor καθαρισμὸν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ποιησάμενος 1 he had made cleansing for sins The author speaks of forgiving sins as if it were making a person clean. Alternate translation: “he had made it possible for God to forgive our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 3 xij7 translate-symaction ἐκάθισεν ἐν δεξιᾷ τῆς Μεγαλωσύνης ἐν ὑψηλοῖς 1 he sat down at the right hand of the Majesty on high To sit at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “he sat down at the place of honor and authority beside the Majesty on high” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
HEB 1 3 ir7x figs-metonymy δεξιᾷ τῆς Μεγαλωσύνης ἐν ὑψηλοῖς 1 the Majesty on high Here **Majesty** refers to God. Alternate translation: “God Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 1 3 ir7x figs-metonymy δεξιᾷ τῆς Μεγαλωσύνης ἐν ὑψηλοῖς 1 the Majesty on high Here, **Majesty** refers to God. Alternate translation: “God Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 1 4 mn1p 0 General Information: The first prophetic quotation (You are my son) comes from the Psalms. The prophet Samuel wrote the second one (I will be a father to him). All occurrences of “he” refer to Jesus, the Son. The word **You** refers to Jesus, and the words **I** and **me** refer to God the Father.
|
||||
HEB 1 4 x4bh γενόμενος 1 He has become “The Son has become”
|
||||
HEB 1 4 fzg3 figs-metonymy ὅσῳ διαφορώτερον παρ’ αὐτοὺς, κεκληρονόμηκεν ὄνομα 1 as the name he has inherited is more excellent than their name Here **name** refers to honor and authority. Alternate translation: “as the honor and authority he has inherited is superior to their honor and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 1 4 fzg3 figs-metonymy ὅσῳ διαφορώτερον παρ’ αὐτοὺς, κεκληρονόμηκεν ὄνομα 1 as the name he has inherited is more excellent than their name Here, **name** refers to honor and authority. Alternate translation: “as the honor and authority he has inherited is superior to their honor and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 1 4 qt7q figs-metaphor κεκληρονόμηκεν 1 he has inherited The author speaks of receiving honor and authority as if he were inheriting wealth and property from his father. Alternate translation: “he has received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 5 ww5h figs-rquestion τίνι γὰρ εἶπέν ποτε τῶν ἀγγέλων, Υἱός μου εἶ σύ…μοι εἰς Υἱόν? 1 For to which of the angels did God ever say, “You are my son…a son to me”? This question emphasizes that God does not call any angel his son. Alternate translation: “For God never said to any of the angels ‘You are my son…a son to me.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 1 5 t48e figs-parallelism Υἱός μου εἶ σύ…ἐγὼ…γεγέννηκά σε 1 You are my son…I have become your father These two phrases mean essentially the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ HEB 1 8 vl1n 0 General Information: This scriptual quotation comes from the Ps
|
|||
HEB 1 8 p1xx πρὸς δὲ τὸν Υἱόν 1 But to the Son he says “But God says this to the Son”
|
||||
HEB 1 8 b155 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱόν 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
HEB 1 8 ewm4 figs-metonymy ὁ θρόνος σου, ὁ Θεὸς, εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 Your throne, God, is forever and ever The Son’s throne represents his rule. Alternate translation: “You are God, and your reign will last forever and ever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 1 8 k4cf figs-metonymy ἡ ῥάβδος τῆς εὐθύτητος ῥάβδος τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ 1 The scepter of your kingdom is the scepter of justice Here **scepter** refers to the Son’s rule. Alternate translation: “And you will rule over the people of your kingdom with justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 1 9 t9yw figs-metaphor ἔχρισέν σε…ἔλαιον ἀγαλλιάσεως παρὰ τοὺς μετόχους σου 1 has anointed you with the oil of joy more than your companions Here **oil of joy** refers to the joy that the Son felt when God honored him. Alternate translation: “has honored you and made you more joyful than anyone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 8 k4cf figs-metonymy ἡ ῥάβδος τῆς εὐθύτητος ῥάβδος τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ 1 The scepter of your kingdom is the scepter of justice Here, **scepter** refers to the Son’s rule. Alternate translation: “And you will rule over the people of your kingdom with justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 1 9 t9yw figs-metaphor ἔχρισέν σε…ἔλαιον ἀγαλλιάσεως παρὰ τοὺς μετόχους σου 1 has anointed you with the oil of joy more than your companions Here, **oil of joy** refers to the joy that the Son felt when God honored him. Alternate translation: “has honored you and made you more joyful than anyone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 10 nsd4 0 General Information: This quotation comes from another Psalm.
|
||||
HEB 1 10 zp5r 0 Connecting Statement: The author continues explaining that Jesus is superior to the angels.
|
||||
HEB 1 10 tmu5 κατ’ ἀρχάς 1 In the beginning “Before anything existed”
|
||||
HEB 1 10 j64k figs-metaphor τὴν γῆν ἐθεμελίωσας 1 you laid the earth’s foundation The author speaks of God creating the earth as if he built a building on a foundation. Alternate translation: “you created the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 10 r19v figs-metonymy ἔργα τῶν χειρῶν σού εἰσιν οἱ οὐρανοί 1 The heavens are the work of your hands Here **hands** refer to God’s power and action. Alternate translation: “You made the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 1 10 r19v figs-metonymy ἔργα τῶν χειρῶν σού εἰσιν οἱ οὐρανοί 1 The heavens are the work of your hands Here, **hands** refer to God’s power and action. Alternate translation: “You made the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 1 11 a6le αὐτοὶ ἀπολοῦνται 1 They will perish “The heavens and earth will disappear” or “The heavens and earth will no longer exist”
|
||||
HEB 1 11 qy4e figs-simile ὡς ἱμάτιον παλαιωθήσονται 1 wear out like a piece of clothing The author speaks of the heavens and earth as if they were a piece of clothing that will get old and eventually become useless. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
HEB 1 12 n4hl figs-simile ὡσεὶ περιβόλαιον ἑλίξεις αὐτούς 1 roll them up like a cloak The author speaks of the heavens and earth as if they were a robe or another kind of outer garment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -49,11 +49,11 @@ HEB 1 14 fk5v figs-rquestion οὐχὶ πάντες εἰσὶν λειτουρ
|
|||
HEB 1 14 v541 figs-metaphor διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν 1 for those who will inherit salvation Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “for those whom God will save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 intro s2gd 0 # Hebrews 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is about how Jesus is better than Moses, the greatest Israelite.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:6-8, 12-13, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Brothers<br><br>The author probably uses the term “brothers” to refer to Christians who grew up as Jews.
|
||||
HEB 2 1 x7px 0 Connecting Statement: This is the first of five urgent warnings the author gives.
|
||||
HEB 2 1 c72f figs-exclusive δεῖ…ἡμᾶς 1 we must Here **we** refers to the author and includes his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 2 1 c72f figs-exclusive δεῖ…ἡμᾶς 1 we must Here, **we** refers to the author and includes his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 2 1 ayd1 figs-metaphor μήποτε παραρυῶμεν 1 so that we do not drift away from it Possible meanings for this metaphor are (1) people who stop believing in God’s word are spoken of as if they were drifting away, like a boat drifts from its position in the water. Alternate translation: “so that we do not stop believing it” or (2) people who stop obeying God’s words are spoken of as if they were drifting away, like a boat drifts from its position in the water. Alternate translation: “so that we do not stop obeying it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 2 j4fa figs-explicit εἰ γὰρ ὁ δι’ ἀγγέλων λαληθεὶς λόγος 1 For if the message that was spoken through the angels The Jews believed that God spoke his law to Moses through angels. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For if the message that God spoke through the angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 2 2 k5kb εἰ γὰρ ὁ…λόγος 1 For if the message The author is certain that these things are true. Alternate translation: “Because the message”
|
||||
HEB 2 2 u52i figs-metonymy πᾶσα παράβασις καὶ παρακοὴ ἔλαβεν ἔνδικον μισθαποδοσίαν 1 every trespass and disobedience receives just punishment Here **trespass** and **disobedience** stand for the people who are guilty of these sins. Alternate translation: “every person who sins and disobeys will receive just punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 2 2 u52i figs-metonymy πᾶσα παράβασις καὶ παρακοὴ ἔλαβεν ἔνδικον μισθαποδοσίαν 1 every trespass and disobedience receives just punishment Here, **trespass** and **disobedience** stand for the people who are guilty of these sins. Alternate translation: “every person who sins and disobeys will receive just punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 2 2 y2y7 figs-doublet παράβασις καὶ παρακοὴ 1 trespass and disobedience These two words mean basically the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
HEB 2 3 fv4q figs-rquestion πῶς ἡμεῖς ἐκφευξόμεθα τηλικαύτης ἀμελήσαντες σωτηρίας? 1 how then can we escape if we ignore so great a salvation? The author uses a question to emphasize that the people will certainly receive punishment if they refuse God’s salvation through Christ. Alternate translation: “then God will certainly punish us if we do not pay attention to his message about how God will save us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 2 3 i2zv ἀμελήσαντες 1 ignore “pay no attention to” or “consider unimportant”
|
||||
|
|
@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ HEB 2 4 m2p8 κατὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ θέλησιν 1 according to his w
|
|||
HEB 2 5 jh56 0 General Information: The quotation here is from the book of Psalms in the Old Testament. It continues on through the next section.
|
||||
HEB 2 5 v7qf 0 Connecting Statement: The writer reminds these Hebrew believers that the earth will one day be under the rule of the Lord Jesus.
|
||||
HEB 2 5 i3bh οὐ γὰρ ἀγγέλοις ὑπέταξεν 1 For it was not to the angels that God subjected “For God did not make the angels rulers over”
|
||||
HEB 2 5 rqr9 figs-metonymy τὴν οἰκουμένην τὴν μέλλουσαν 1 the world to come Here **world** refers to the people who live there. And “to come” means that this is the world in the next age after Christ returns. Alternate translation: “the people who will live in the new world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 2 5 rqr9 figs-metonymy τὴν οἰκουμένην τὴν μέλλουσαν 1 the world to come Here, **world** refers to the people who live there. And “to come” means that this is the world in the next age after Christ returns. Alternate translation: “the people who will live in the new world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 2 6 df5a figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος, ὅτι μιμνῄσκῃ αὐτοῦ 1 What is man, that you are mindful of him? This rhetorical question emphasizes the insignificance of humans and expresses surprise that God would pay attention to them. Alternate translation: “Humans are insignificant, and yet you are mindful of them!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 2 6 wkd9 figs-idiom ἢ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου, ὅτι ἐπισκέπτῃ αὐτόν? 1 Or a son of man, that you care for him? The idiom “son of man” refers to human beings. This rhetorical question means basically the same thing as the first question. It expresses surprise that God would care for humans, who are insignificant. Alternate translation: “Human beings are of little importance, and yet you care for them!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 2 6 e47v figs-ellipsis ἢ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου 1 Or a son of man The verb may be supplied from the previous question. Alternate translation: “Or what is a son of man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ HEB 2 11 bj7i figs-explicit ἐξ ἑνὸς 1 have one source Who that source i
|
|||
HEB 2 11 ul23 οὐκ ἐπαισχύνεται 1 he is not ashamed “Jesus is not ashamed”
|
||||
HEB 2 11 k1q5 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἐπαισχύνεται ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοὺς καλεῖν 1 is not ashamed to call them brothers This double negative means that he will claim them as his brothers. Alternate translation: “is pleased to call them his brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 2 11 a8h9 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὺς 1 brothers Here this refers to all who have believed in Jesus, including both men and women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 2 12 e88p figs-metonymy ἀπαγγελῶ τὸ ὄνομά σου τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου 1 I will proclaim your name to my brothers Here **name** refers to the person’s reputation and what they have done. Alternate translation: “I will proclaim to my brothers the great things you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 2 12 e88p figs-metonymy ἀπαγγελῶ τὸ ὄνομά σου τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου 1 I will proclaim your name to my brothers Here, **name** refers to the person’s reputation and what they have done. Alternate translation: “I will proclaim to my brothers the great things you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 2 12 tn8n ἐν μέσῳ ἐκκλησίας 1 from inside the assembly “when believers come together to worship God”
|
||||
HEB 2 13 dx1q 0 General Information: The prophet Isaiah wrote these quotations.
|
||||
HEB 2 13 s1fp καὶ πάλιν, 1 And again, “And a prophet wrote in another scripture passage what Christ said about God:”
|
||||
|
|
@ -97,19 +97,19 @@ HEB 2 13 xap9 figs-metaphor τὰ παιδία 1 the children This speaks about
|
|||
HEB 2 14 qj3d figs-metaphor τὰ παιδία 1 the children This speaks about those who believe in Christ as if they were children. Alternate translation: “those who are like my children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 14 ndv2 figs-idiom κεκοινώνηκεν αἵματος καὶ σαρκός 1 share in flesh and blood The phrase **flesh and blood** refers to people’s human nature. Alternate translation: “are all human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
HEB 2 14 fy7a αὐτὸς παραπλησίως μετέσχεν τῶν αὐτῶν 1 he likewise shared in the same “Jesus in the same way shared in flesh and blood” or “Jesus became human in the same way they did”
|
||||
HEB 2 14 p878 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τοῦ θανάτου 1 through death Here **death** can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “by dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 2 14 ij54 figs-abstractnouns τὸ κράτος ἔχοντα τοῦ θανάτου 1 has the power of death Here **death** can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “has the power to cause people to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 2 14 p878 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τοῦ θανάτου 1 through death Here, **death** can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “by dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 2 14 ij54 figs-abstractnouns τὸ κράτος ἔχοντα τοῦ θανάτου 1 has the power of death Here, **death** can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “has the power to cause people to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 2 15 w3cr figs-metaphor ἀπαλλάξῃ τούτους, ὅσοι φόβῳ θανάτου, διὰ παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν, ἔνοχοι ἦσαν δουλείας 1 This was so that he would free all those who through fear of death lived all their lives in slavery The fear of death is spoken of as if it were slavery. Taking away someone’s fear is spoken of as it were freeing that person from slavery. Alternate translation: “This was so he might free all people. For we lived like slaves because we were afraid of dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 16 d4cc figs-metaphor σπέρματος Ἀβραὰμ 1 the seed of Abraham Descendants of Abraham are spoken of as if they were his seed. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 17 agw2 ὤφειλεν 1 it was necessary for him “it was necessary for Jesus”
|
||||
HEB 2 17 v3pw τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ὁμοιωθῆναι 1 like his brothers Here **brothers** refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “like human beings”
|
||||
HEB 2 17 v3pw τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ὁμοιωθῆναι 1 like his brothers Here, **brothers** refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “like human beings”
|
||||
HEB 2 17 u6ch εἰς τὸ ἱλάσκεσθαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας τοῦ λαοῦ 1 he would bring about the pardon of the people’s sins Christ’s death on the cross means that God can forgive sins. Alternate translation: “he would make it possible for God to forgive people’s sins”
|
||||
HEB 2 18 xde4 figs-activepassive πειρασθείς 1 was tempted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Satan tempted him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 2 18 a3a6 figs-activepassive πειραζομένοις 1 who are tempted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom Satan is tempting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 3 intro mu26 0 # Hebrews 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:7-11,15, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Brothers<br><br>The author probably uses the term “brothers” to refer to Christians who grew up as Jews.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Harden your hearts<br><br>A person who hardens his heart is a person who will not listen to or obey God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>The author uses rhetorical questions as a way of warning his readers. Both he and the readers know the answers to the questions, and the writer knows that as the readers think about the answers to the questions, they will realize that they need to listen to God and obey him.
|
||||
HEB 3 1 m1cv 0 Connecting Statement: This second warning is longer and more detailed and includes chapters 3 and 4. The writer begins by showing that Christ is better than his servant Moses.
|
||||
HEB 3 1 tp7e figs-metaphor ἀδελφοὶ ἅγιοι 1 holy brothers Here **brothers** refer to fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “holy brothers and sisters” or “my holy fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 3 1 af15 figs-metonymy κλήσεως ἐπουρανίου, μέτοχοι 1 you share in a heavenly calling Here **heavenly** represents God. Alternate translation: “God has called us together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 3 1 tp7e figs-metaphor ἀδελφοὶ ἅγιοι 1 holy brothers Here, **brothers** refer to fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “holy brothers and sisters” or “my holy fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 3 1 af15 figs-metonymy κλήσεως ἐπουρανίου, μέτοχοι 1 you share in a heavenly calling Here, **heavenly** represents God. Alternate translation: “God has called us together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 3 1 zma3 τὸν ἀπόστολον καὶ ἀρχιερέα τῆς 1 the apostle and high priest Here the word **apostle** means someone who has been sent. In this passage, it does not refer to any of the twelve apostles. Alternate translation: “the one whom God sent and is the high priest”
|
||||
HEB 3 1 mnd4 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ὁμολογίας ἡμῶν 1 of our confession This can be reworded so that the abstract noun “confession” is expressed as the verb “confess.” Alternate translation: “whom we confess” or “in whom we believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 3 2 eqp7 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ 1 in God’s house The Hebrew people to whom God revealed himself are spoken of as if they were a literal house. Alternate translation: “to all of God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -122,34 +122,34 @@ HEB 3 5 gt8c figs-activepassive λαληθησομένων 1 were to be spoken o
|
|||
HEB 3 6 dgt5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
HEB 3 6 djm7 figs-metaphor ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ 1 in charge of God’s house This speaks about God’s people as if they were a literal house. Alternate translation: “who rules over God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 6 ly4x figs-metaphor οὗ οἶκός ἐσμεν ἡμεῖς 1 We are his house This speaks of God’s people as if they are a literal house. Alternate translation: “We are God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 6 kp9y figs-abstractnouns ἐὰν τὴν παρρησίαν καὶ τὸ καύχημα τῆς ἐλπίδος κατάσχωμεν 1 if we hold fast to our courage and the hope of which we boast Here **courage** and **hope** are abstract and can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: “if we continue to be courageous and joyfully expect God to do what he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 3 6 kp9y figs-abstractnouns ἐὰν τὴν παρρησίαν καὶ τὸ καύχημα τῆς ἐλπίδος κατάσχωμεν 1 if we hold fast to our courage and the hope of which we boast Here, **courage** and **hope** are abstract and can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: “if we continue to be courageous and joyfully expect God to do what he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 3 7 c4sl 0 General Information: This quotation comes from the Old Testament in the book of Psalms.
|
||||
HEB 3 7 z2uk 0 Connecting Statement: The warning here is a reminder that the Israelites’ unbelief kept almost all of them from entering into the land that God had promised them.
|
||||
HEB 3 7 u66q figs-metonymy ἐὰν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούσητε 1 if you hear his voice God’s “voice” represents him speaking. Alternate translation: “when you hear God speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 3 8 gl2k figs-metonymy μὴ σκληρύνητε τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν 1 do not harden your hearts Here **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind. The phrase **harden your hearts** is a metaphor for being stubborn. Alternate translation: “do not be stubborn” or “do not refuse to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 3 8 lik3 figs-abstractnouns ὡς ἐν τῷ παραπικρασμῷ, κατὰ τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ πειρασμοῦ, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 as in the rebellion, in the time of testing in the wilderness Here **rebellion** and **testing** can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: “as when your ancestors rebelled against God and tested him in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 3 8 gl2k figs-metonymy μὴ σκληρύνητε τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν 1 do not harden your hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind. The phrase **harden your hearts** is a metaphor for being stubborn. Alternate translation: “do not be stubborn” or “do not refuse to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 3 8 lik3 figs-abstractnouns ὡς ἐν τῷ παραπικρασμῷ, κατὰ τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ πειρασμοῦ, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 as in the rebellion, in the time of testing in the wilderness Here, **rebellion** and **testing** can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: “as when your ancestors rebelled against God and tested him in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 3 9 e6n7 0 General Information: This quotation is from the Psalms.
|
||||
HEB 3 9 i3wb figs-you οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν 1 your ancestors Here **your** is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
HEB 3 9 q7c2 ἐν δοκιμασίᾳ 1 by testing me Here **me** refers to God.
|
||||
HEB 3 9 i3wb figs-you οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν 1 your ancestors Here, **your** is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
HEB 3 9 q7c2 ἐν δοκιμασίᾳ 1 by testing me Here, **me** refers to God.
|
||||
HEB 3 10 we42 translate-numbers τεσσεράκοντα ἔτη 1 forty years “40 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
HEB 3 10 upb8 προσώχθισα 1 I was displeased “I was angry” or “I was greatly unhappy”
|
||||
HEB 3 10 kh4v figs-metaphor ἀεὶ πλανῶνται τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 They have always gone astray in their hearts Here **gone astray in their hearts** is a metaphor for not being loyal to God. Here **hearts** is a metonym for minds or desires. Alternate translation: “They have always rejected me” or “They have always refused to obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 3 10 kh4v figs-metaphor ἀεὶ πλανῶνται τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 They have always gone astray in their hearts Here, **gone astray in their hearts** is a metaphor for not being loyal to God. Here, **hearts** is a metonym for minds or desires. Alternate translation: “They have always rejected me” or “They have always refused to obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 3 10 l5t7 figs-metaphor οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὰς ὁδούς μου 1 They have not known my ways This speaks of a manner of conducting one’s life as if it were a way or a path. Alternate translation: “They have not understood how I want them to conduct their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 11 tz3l figs-metaphor εἰ εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσίν μου 1 They will never enter my rest The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they were rest that he can give, and as if they were a place to which people could go. Alternate translation: “They will never enter the place of rest” or “I will never allow them to experience my blessings of rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 12 gv84 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this refers to fellow Christians including males and females. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 3 12 lma5 figs-metonymy μήποτε ἔσται ἔν τινι ὑμῶν καρδία πονηρὰ ἀπιστίας, ἐν τῷ ἀποστῆναι ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 there will not be anyone with an evil heart of unbelief, a heart that turns away from the living God Here **heart** is a metonym that represents a person’s mind or will. Refusing to believe and obey God is spoken of as if the heart did not believe and it physically turned away from God. Alternate translation: “there will not be any of you who refuse to believe the truth and who stop obeying the living God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 12 lma5 figs-metonymy μήποτε ἔσται ἔν τινι ὑμῶν καρδία πονηρὰ ἀπιστίας, ἐν τῷ ἀποστῆναι ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 there will not be anyone with an evil heart of unbelief, a heart that turns away from the living God Here, **heart** is a metonym that represents a person’s mind or will. Refusing to believe and obey God is spoken of as if the heart did not believe and it physically turned away from God. Alternate translation: “there will not be any of you who refuse to believe the truth and who stop obeying the living God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 12 kjm7 Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 the living God “the true God who is really alive”
|
||||
HEB 3 13 d3k2 ἄχρις οὗ, τὸ σήμερον, καλεῖται 1 as long as it is called “today,” “while there is still opportunity,”
|
||||
HEB 3 13 m1e7 figs-activepassive μὴ σκληρυνθῇ τις ἐξ ὑμῶν ἀπάτῃ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 no one among you will be hardened by the deceitfulness of sin This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the deceitfulness of sin will not harden any of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 3 13 b198 figs-abstractnouns μὴ σκληρυνθῇ τις ἐξ ὑμῶν ἀπάτῃ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 no one among you will be hardened by the deceitfulness of sin Being stubborn is spoken of as being hard or having a hard heart. The hardness is a result of being deceived by sin. This can be reworded so that the abstract noun “deceitfulness” is expressed as the verb “deceive.” Alternate translation: “no one among you will be deceived by sin and become stubborn” or “you do not sin, deceiving yourselves so that you become stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 14 znu5 0 General Information: This continues the quotation from the same psalm that was also quoted in [Hebrews 3:7](../03/07.md).
|
||||
HEB 3 14 f52j figs-exclusive γὰρ…γεγόναμεν 1 For we have become Here **we** refers to both the writer and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 3 14 f52j figs-exclusive γὰρ…γεγόναμεν 1 For we have become Here, **we** refers to both the writer and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 3 14 e753 ἐάνπερ…τῆς ὑποστάσεως…βεβαίαν κατάσχωμεν 1 if we firmly hold to our confidence in him “if we continue to confidently trust in him”
|
||||
HEB 3 14 j3aq τὴν ἀρχὴν 1 from the beginning “from when we first begin to believe in him”
|
||||
HEB 3 14 l9en figs-euphemism μέχρι τέλους 1 to the end This is a polite way of referring to when a person dies. Alternate translation: “until we die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
HEB 3 15 bym1 figs-activepassive λέγεσθαι 1 it has been said This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the writer wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 3 15 wa11 figs-metonymy ἐὰν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούσητε 1 if you hear his voice God’s “voice” represents him speaking. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 3:7](../03/07.md). Alternate translation: “when you hear God speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 3 15 j8dh figs-abstractnouns ὡς ἐν τῷ παραπικρασμῷ 1 as in the rebellion Here **rebellion** can be stated as a verb. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 3:8](../03/08.md). Alternate translation: “as when your ancestors rebelled against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 3 15 j8dh figs-abstractnouns ὡς ἐν τῷ παραπικρασμῷ 1 as in the rebellion Here, **rebellion** can be stated as a verb. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 3:8](../03/08.md). Alternate translation: “as when your ancestors rebelled against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 3 16 b4jy figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word **they** refers to the disobedient Israelites, and “we” refers to the author and readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 3 16 pwl2 figs-rquestion τίνες γὰρ ἀκούσαντες παρεπίκραναν? ἀλλ’ οὐ πάντες οἱ ἐξελθόντες ἐξ Αἰγύπτου διὰ Μωϋσέως? 1 Who was it who heard God and rebelled? Was it not all those who came out of Egypt through Moses? The author uses questions to teach his readers. These two questions can be joined as one statement, if needed. Alternate translation: “All those who came out of Egypt with Moses heard God, yet they still rebelled.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 3 17 swy4 figs-rquestion τίσιν δὲ προσώχθισεν τεσσεράκοντα ἔτη? οὐχὶ τοῖς ἁμαρτήσασιν, ὧν τὰ κῶλα ἔπεσεν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ? 1 With whom was he angry for forty years? Was it not with those who sinned, whose dead bodies fell in the wilderness? The author uses questions to teach his readers. These two questions can be joined as one statement, if needed. Alternate translation: “For forty years, God was angry with those who sinned, and he let them die in the wilderness.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ HEB 4 1 ay25 οὖν 1 Therefore “Because what I have just said is true” or
|
|||
HEB 4 1 zta2 figs-metaphor μήποτε καταλειπομένης ἐπαγγελίας εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσιν αὐτοῦ, δοκῇ τις ἐξ ὑμῶν ὑστερηκέναι 1 none of you might seem to have failed to reach the promise left behind for you to enter God’s rest God’s promise is spoken of as if it were a gift that God left behind when he visited the people. Alternate translation: “none of you fail to enter into God’s rest, which he promised to us” or “God will allow you all to enter into his rest as he promised us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 1 ev85 figs-metaphor εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσιν αὐτοῦ 1 to enter God’s rest The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they were rest that he can give, and as if they were a place to which people could go. Alternate translation: “to enter the place of rest” or “to experience God’s blessings of rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 2 m74h figs-activepassive γάρ ἐσμεν εὐηγγελισμένοι καθάπερ κἀκεῖνοι 1 For we were told the good news just as they were This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For we heard the good news just as they did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 4 2 znk9 καθάπερ κἀκεῖνοι 1 as they were Here **they** refers to the Hebrews’ ancestors who were alive during the time of Moses.
|
||||
HEB 4 2 znk9 καθάπερ κἀκεῖνοι 1 as they were Here, **they** refers to the Hebrews’ ancestors who were alive during the time of Moses.
|
||||
HEB 4 2 zza4 figs-doublenegatives ἀλλ’ οὐκ ὠφέλησεν ὁ λόγος τῆς ἀκοῆς ἐκείνους, μὴ συνκεκερασμένους τῇ πίστει τοῖς ἀκούσασιν 1 But that message did not benefit those who did not unite in faith with those who obeyed “But that message did not benefit those who did not join with the people who believed and obeyed.” The author is talking about two groups of people, those who received God’s covenant with faith, and those who heard it but did not believe. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “But that message benefited only those who believed and obeyed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 4 3 v4q4 0 General Information: Here the first quotation, **As I swore…rest**, is from a psalm. The second quotation, “God rested on…deeds,” is from Moses’ writings. The third quotation, “They will never enter…rest,” is again from the same psalm.
|
||||
HEB 4 3 u5yh οἱ πιστεύσαντες 1 we who have believed “we who believe”
|
||||
|
|
@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ HEB 4 4 hbm5 translate-ordinal τῆς ἑβδόμης 1 the seventh day This is
|
|||
HEB 4 6 zq16 figs-activepassive ἀπολείπεται τινὰς εἰσελθεῖν εἰς αὐτήν 1 it still remains that some will enter his rest The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they were rest that he can give, and as if they were a place to which people could go. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God still allows some people to enter his place of rest” or “God still allows some people to experience his blessings of rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 7 y2tm 0 General Information: Here we find out that this quotation from the Psalms was written by David ([Hebrews 3:7-8](../03/07.md)).
|
||||
HEB 4 7 bp6u figs-metaphor ἐὰν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούσητε 1 if you hear his voice God’s commands to Israel are spoken of as if he had given them in an audible voice. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 3:7](../03/07.md). Alternate translation: “if you hear God speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 7 lsp6 figs-metonymy μὴ σκληρύνητε τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν 1 do not harden your hearts Here **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind. The phrase **harden your hearts** is a metaphor for being stubborn. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 3:8](../03/08.md). Alternate translation: “do not be stubborn” or “do not refuse to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 4 7 lsp6 figs-metonymy μὴ σκληρύνητε τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν 1 do not harden your hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind. The phrase **harden your hearts** is a metaphor for being stubborn. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 3:8](../03/08.md). Alternate translation: “do not be stubborn” or “do not refuse to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 4 8 r56z 0 Connecting Statement: Here the writer warns believers not to disobey but to enter into the rest God offers. He reminds them that God’s word will convict them and that they can come in prayer with the confidence that God will help them.
|
||||
HEB 4 8 mdq9 figs-metaphor εἰ…αὐτοὺς Ἰησοῦς κατέπαυσεν 1 if Joshua had given them rest The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they were rest that Joshua could give. Alternate translation: “if Joshua had brought the Israelites to the place where God would give them rest” or “if the Israelites during the time of Joshua had experienced God’s blessings of rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 9 vhx9 figs-activepassive ἀπολείπεται σαββατισμὸς τῷ λαῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 there is still a Sabbath rest reserved for God’s people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “there is still a Sabbath rest that God has reserved for his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ HEB 4 9 qe6x figs-metaphor σαββατισμὸς 1 a Sabbath rest Eternal peac
|
|||
HEB 4 10 ej9y figs-metaphor ὁ…εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσιν αὐτοῦ 1 he who enters into God’s rest The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they are a place to enter. Alternate translation: “the person who enters into God’s place of rest” or “the person who experiences God’s blessings of rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 11 bmg5 figs-metaphor σπουδάσωμεν…εἰσελθεῖν εἰς ἐκείνην τὴν κατάπαυσιν 1 let us be eager to enter that rest The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they were a place to enter. Alternate translation: “we should also do everything we can to rest with God where he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 11 rtj7 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ τις ὑποδείγματι πέσῃ τῆς ἀπειθείας 1 will fall into the kind of disobedience that they did Disobedience is spoken of as if it were a hole that a person could physically fall into by accident. This passage can be reworded so that the abstract noun “disobedience” is expressed as the verb “disobey.” Alternate translation: “will disobey in the same way as they did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 4 12 h5d2 ζῶν…ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God is living Here **word of God** refers to anything that God has communicated to humanity, whether through speech or through written messages. Alternate translation: “the words of God are living”
|
||||
HEB 4 12 h5d2 ζῶν…ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God is living Here, **word of God** refers to anything that God has communicated to humanity, whether through speech or through written messages. Alternate translation: “the words of God are living”
|
||||
HEB 4 12 j9qy figs-personification ζῶν…καὶ ἐνεργὴς 1 living and active This speaks about God’s word as if it were alive. It means when God speaks, it is powerful and effective. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 4 12 g4tc figs-metaphor τομώτερος, ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν μάχαιραν δίστομον 1 sharper than any two-edged sword A two-edged sword can easily cut through a person’s flesh. God’s word is very effective in showing what is in a person’s heart and thoughts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 12 lv6y μάχαιραν δίστομον 1 two-edged sword a sword with a blade that is sharp on both edges
|
||||
|
|
@ -204,8 +204,8 @@ HEB 4 14 vt4v figs-metaphor κρατῶμεν τῆς ὁμολογίας 1 let
|
|||
HEB 4 15 i2fw figs-doublenegatives οὐ…ἔχομεν ἀρχιερέα μὴ δυνάμενον συνπαθῆσαι…δὲ 1 we do not have a high priest who cannot feel sympathy…Instead, we have This double negative means that, in fact, Jesus does feel sympathy with people. Alternate translation: “we have a high priest who can feel sympathy…Indeed, we have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 4 15 d26h figs-activepassive πεπειρασμένον…κατὰ πάντα καθ’ ὁμοιότητ 1 who has in all ways been tempted as we are This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who has endured temptation in every way that we have” or “whom the devil has tempted in every way that he tempts us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 4 15 fve3 χωρὶς ἁμαρτίας 1 he is without sin “he did not sin”
|
||||
HEB 4 16 aj1p figs-metonymy τῷ θρόνῳ τῆς χάριτος 1 to the throne of grace “to God’s throne, where there is grace.” Here **throne** refers to God ruling as king. Alternate translation: “to where our gracious God is sitting on his throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 4 16 py6d figs-metaphor λάβωμεν ἔλεος, καὶ χάριν εὕρωμεν, εἰς εὔκαιρον βοήθειαν 1 we may receive mercy and find grace to help in time of need Here **mercy** and **grace** are spoken of as if they were objects that can be given or can be found. Alternate translation: “God may be merciful and gracious and help us in time of need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 16 aj1p figs-metonymy τῷ θρόνῳ τῆς χάριτος 1 to the throne of grace “to God’s throne, where there is grace.” Here, **throne** refers to God ruling as king. Alternate translation: “to where our gracious God is sitting on his throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 4 16 py6d figs-metaphor λάβωμεν ἔλεος, καὶ χάριν εὕρωμεν, εἰς εὔκαιρον βοήθειαν 1 we may receive mercy and find grace to help in time of need Here, **mercy** and **grace** are spoken of as if they were objects that can be given or can be found. Alternate translation: “God may be merciful and gracious and help us in time of need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 5 intro b67j 0 # Hebrews 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a continuation of the teaching of the previous chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 5:5-6.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### High priest<br><br>Only a high priest could offer sacrifices so that God could forgive sins, so Jesus had to be a high priest. The law of Moses commanded that the high priest be from the tribe of Levi, but Jesus was from the tribe of Judah. God made him a priest like the priest Melchizedek, who lived at the time of Abraham, before there was a tribe of Levi.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Milk and solid food<br><br>The writer speaks of Christians who are only able to understand simple things about Jesus as if they were babies, who drink only milk and cannot eat solid food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 5 1 dn18 0 Connecting Statement: The writer describes the sinfulness of the Old Testament priests, then he shows that Christ has a better kind of priesthood, not based on Aaron’s priesthood but on the priesthood of Melchizedek.
|
||||
HEB 5 1 whq1 figs-activepassive ἐξ ἀνθρώπων λαμβανόμενος 1 chosen from among people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God chooses from among the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ HEB 5 6 bce6 0 General Information: This prophecy is from a Psalm of David.
|
|||
HEB 5 6 ds6v figs-ellipsis καὶ…λέγει 1 he also says To whom God is speaking can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “he also says to Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
HEB 5 6 k5uw ἐν ἑτέρῳ 1 in another place “in another place in the scriptures”
|
||||
HEB 5 6 ede5 κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ 1 after the manner of Melchizedek This means that Christ as a priest has things in common with Melchizedek as a priest. Alternate translation: “in the same way that Melchizedek was a priest”
|
||||
HEB 5 7 mv2c figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ 1 During the days of his flesh Here **the days** stands for a period of time. And, “flesh” stand for Jesus’s earthly life. Alternate translation: “While he lived on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 5 7 mv2c figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ 1 During the days of his flesh Here, **the days** stands for a period of time. And, “flesh” stand for Jesus’s earthly life. Alternate translation: “While he lived on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 5 7 iel9 figs-doublet δεήσεις…καὶ ἱκετηρίας 1 prayers and requests Both of these words mean basically the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
HEB 5 7 p6zm τὸν δυνάμενον σῴζειν αὐτὸν ἐκ θανάτου 1 the one able to save him from death Possible meanings are (1) God was able to save Christ so that he would not die. Alternate translation: ‘to save him from dying” or (2) God was able to save Christ after Christ’s death by making him alive again. If possible, translate this in a way that allows both interpretations.
|
||||
HEB 5 7 e75a figs-activepassive εἰσακουσθεὶς 1 he was heard This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God heard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -240,10 +240,10 @@ HEB 5 10 b9su figs-activepassive προσαγορευθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ
|
|||
HEB 5 10 hd47 κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ 1 after the manner of Melchizedek This means that Christ as a priest has things in common with Melchizedek as a priest. Alternate translation: “to be the sort of high priest that Melchizedek was”
|
||||
HEB 5 11 cm78 figs-pronouns πολὺς ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος 1 We have much to say Even though the author uses the plural pronoun “we,” he is most likely referring only to himself. Alternate translation: “I have much to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
HEB 5 11 r2u2 figs-metaphor νωθροὶ γεγόνατε ταῖς ἀκοαῖς 1 you have become dull in hearing The ability to understand and obey is spoken of as if it were the ability to listen. And the ability to listen is spoken of as if it were a metal tool that becomes dull with use. Alternate translation: “you have trouble understanding it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 5 12 lw1a στοιχεῖα τῆς ἀρχῆς 1 basic principles Here **principles** means a guideline or standard for making decisions. Alternate translation: “basic truths”
|
||||
HEB 5 12 lw1a στοιχεῖα τῆς ἀρχῆς 1 basic principles Here, **principles** means a guideline or standard for making decisions. Alternate translation: “basic truths”
|
||||
HEB 5 12 wy2h figs-metaphor γεγόνατε χρείαν ἔχοντες γάλακτος 1 You need milk Teaching about God that is easy to understand is spoken of as if it were milk, the only food that infants can take. Alternate translation: “You have become like babies and can drink only milk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 5 12 yk1q figs-metaphor γάλακτος, οὐ στερεᾶς τροφῆς 1 milk, not solid food Teaching about God that is difficult to understand is spoken of as if it were solid food, suitable for adults. Alternate translation: “milk instead of solid food that adults can eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 5 13 nhx3 figs-metonymy μετέχων γάλακτος 1 takes milk Here **takes** stands for “drinks.” Alternate translation: “drinks milk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 5 13 nhx3 figs-metonymy μετέχων γάλακτος 1 takes milk Here, **takes** stands for “drinks.” Alternate translation: “drinks milk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 5 13 vl7k figs-metaphor νήπιος γάρ ἐστιν 1 because he is still a little child Spiritual maturity is compared with the kind of food that a growing child eats. Solid food is not for a tiny baby, and that is a figure describing a young Christian who only learns simple truths; but later, more solid food is given to the little child, just as when a person matures he can learn about matters that are more difficult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 5 14 e3yh figs-metonymy τῶν διὰ τὴν ἕξιν τὰ αἰσθητήρια γεγυμνασμένα, ἐχόντων πρὸς διάκρισιν, καλοῦ τε καὶ κακοῦ 1 who because of their maturity have their understanding trained for distinguishing good from evil People trained to understand something are spoken of as if their ability to understand had been trained. Alternate translation: “who are mature and can distinguish between good and evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 6 intro nz5i 0 # Hebrews 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Abrahamic Covenant<br><br>In the covenant that God made with Abraham, God promised to make Abraham’s descendants into a great nation. He also promised to protect Abraham’s descendants and to give them land of their own. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ HEB 6 6 y47b guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ
|
|||
HEB 6 7 p4tf figs-personification γῆ…ἡ πιοῦσα τὸν…ὑετόν 1 the land that drinks in the rain Farmland that benefits from much rain is spoken of as if it were a person who drinks in the rainwater. Alternate translation: “the land that absorbs the rain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 6 7 r32n figs-personification τίκτουσα βοτάνην 1 that gives birth to the plants Farmland that produces crops is spoken of as if it gives birth to them. Alternate translation: “that produces plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 6 7 da68 figs-personification μεταλαμβάνει εὐλογίας ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the land that receives a blessing from God Rain and crops are seen as proof that God has helped the farmland. The farmland is spoken of as if it were a person who could receive God’s blessing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 6 7 qq1x εὐλογίας ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 a blessing from God Here **blessing** means help from God, not spoken words.
|
||||
HEB 6 7 qq1x εὐλογίας ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 a blessing from God Here, **blessing** means help from God, not spoken words.
|
||||
HEB 6 8 pp48 figs-metaphor κατάρας ἐγγύς 1 is near to a curse This speaks of “curse” as if it were a place to which a person could draw near. Alternate translation: “is in danger of God cursing it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 8 a2bk ἧς τὸ τέλος εἰς καῦσιν 1 Its end is in burning The farmer will burn everything in the field.
|
||||
HEB 6 9 sb4a figs-pronouns πεπείσμεθα 1 we are convinced Even though the author uses the plural pronoun “we,” he is most likely referring only to himself. Alternate translation: “I am convinced” or “I am certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ HEB 6 11 i2yc πρὸς τὴν πληροφορίαν τῆς ἐλπίδος
|
|||
HEB 6 12 yrh2 μιμηταὶ 1 imitators An “imitator” is someone who copies the behavior of someone else.
|
||||
HEB 6 12 q8ry figs-metaphor κληρονομούντων τὰς ἐπαγγελίας 1 inherit the promises Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “receive what God promised them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 14 ymh2 λέγων 1 He said God said
|
||||
HEB 6 14 n47a figs-metonymy πληθύνων, πληθυνῶ σε 1 I will greatly increase you Here **increase** stands for give descendants. Alternate translation: “I will give you many descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 6 14 n47a figs-metonymy πληθύνων, πληθυνῶ σε 1 I will greatly increase you Here, **increase** stands for give descendants. Alternate translation: “I will give you many descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 6 15 x5zs figs-activepassive τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 what was promised This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what God promised him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 6 17 rpv9 figs-metaphor τοῖς κληρονόμοις τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 to the heirs of the promise The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “to those who would receive what he promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 17 ug6j τὸ ἀμετάθετον τῆς βουλῆς αὐτοῦ 1 the unchangeable quality of his purpose “that his purpose would never change” or “that he would always do what he said he would do”
|
||||
|
|
@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ HEB 7 4 h2bg 0 Connecting Statement: The writer states that the priesthood of
|
|||
HEB 7 4 w2gg οὗτος 1 this man was “Melchizedek was”
|
||||
HEB 7 5 l9zq figs-distinguish τῶν υἱῶν Λευεὶ τὴν ἱερατείαν λαμβάνοντες 1 The sons of Levi who receive the priesthood The author says this because not all of Levi’s sons became priests. Alternate translation: “The descendants of Levi who became priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
HEB 7 5 hn3k τὸν λαὸν 1 from the people “from the people of Israel”
|
||||
HEB 7 5 ri2y τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτῶν 1 from their brothers Here **brothers** means they are all related to each other through Abraham. Alternate translation: “from their relatives”
|
||||
HEB 7 5 ri2y τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτῶν 1 from their brothers Here, **brothers** means they are all related to each other through Abraham. Alternate translation: “from their relatives”
|
||||
HEB 7 5 x4za figs-metaphor ἐξεληλυθότας ἐκ τῆς ὀσφύος Ἀβραάμ 1 they, too, have come from Abraham’s body This is a way of saying that they were descendants of Abraham. Alternate translation: “they, too, are descendants of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 7 6 r2rs ὁ…μὴ γενεαλογούμενος ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 whose descent was not traced from them “who was not a descendant of Levi”
|
||||
HEB 7 6 d2hq figs-metaphor τὸν ἔχοντα τὰς ἐπαγγελίας 1 the one who had the promises The things that God promised to do for Abraham are spoken of as if they were objects that he could possess. Alternate translation: the one to whom God had spoken his promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -324,14 +324,14 @@ HEB 7 14 t3dm γὰρ 1 Now This does not mean “at this moment,” but is use
|
|||
HEB 7 14 qsk5 ἐξ Ἰούδα ἀνατέταλκεν ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν 1 it is from Judah that our Lord was born The words **our Lord** refer to Jesus.
|
||||
HEB 7 14 ln94 ἐξ Ἰούδα 1 from Judah “from the tribe of Judah”
|
||||
HEB 7 15 i17g 0 General Information: This quote comes from a psalm of King David.
|
||||
HEB 7 15 jn1p figs-exclusive περισσότερον ἔτι κατάδηλόν ἐστιν 1 What we say is clearer yet “We can understand even more clearly.” Here **we** refers to the author and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 7 15 jn1p figs-exclusive περισσότερον ἔτι κατάδηλόν ἐστιν 1 What we say is clearer yet “We can understand even more clearly.” Here, **we** refers to the author and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 7 15 md9i εἰ…ἀνίσταται ἱερεὺς ἕτερος 1 if another priest arises “if another priest comes”
|
||||
HEB 7 15 z1yl κατὰ τὴν ὁμοιότητα Μελχισέδεκ 1 in the likeness of Melchizedek This means that Christ as a priest has things in common with Melchizedek as a priest. Alternate translation: “in the same way that Melchizedek was a priest”
|
||||
HEB 7 16 fr4a ὃς οὐ κατὰ νόμον 1 It was not based on the law “His becoming priest was not based on the law”
|
||||
HEB 7 16 erq7 figs-metonymy νόμον ἐντολῆς σαρκίνης 1 the law of fleshly descent The idea of human descent is spoken of as if it had only to do with the flesh of one’s body. Alternate translation: “the law of human descent” or “the law about priests’ descendants becoming priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 7 17 xmj8 figs-personification μαρτυρεῖται γὰρ 1 For scripture witnesses about him This speaks about scripture as if it were a person who could witness about something. Alternate translation: “For God witnesses about him through the scriptures” or “For this is what was written about him in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 7 17 g6zd κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ 1 according to the order of Melchizedek There were two groups of priests. One was made up of the descendants of Levi. The other was made up of Melchizedek and Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “according to the line of Melchizedek” or “according to the priesthood of Melchizedek”
|
||||
HEB 7 18 d6vn figs-metaphor ἀθέτησις μὲν…γίνεται προαγούσης ἐντολῆς 1 the former regulation is set aside Here **set aside** is a metaphor for making something invalid. This can be stated in active form. AT “God made the commandment invalid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 7 18 d6vn figs-metaphor ἀθέτησις μὲν…γίνεται προαγούσης ἐντολῆς 1 the former regulation is set aside Here, **set aside** is a metaphor for making something invalid. This can be stated in active form. AT “God made the commandment invalid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 7 19 ia8j figs-personification οὐδὲν…ἐτελείωσεν ὁ νόμος 1 the law made nothing perfect The law is spoken of as if it were a person who could act. Alternate translation: “no one could become perfect by obeying the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 7 19 stc2 figs-activepassive ἐπεισαγωγὴ…κρείττονος ἐλπίδος 1 a better hope is introduced This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has introduced a better hope” or “God has given us reason for a more confident hope (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 7 19 c9tz figs-metaphor δι’ ἧς ἐγγίζομεν τῷ Θεῷ 1 through which we come near to God Worshiping God and having his favor are spoken of coming near to him. Alternate translation: “and because of this hope we approach God” or “and because of this hope we worship God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ HEB 7 25 a4gg figs-explicit ὅθεν…δύναται 1 Therefore he You can ma
|
|||
HEB 7 25 b182 τοὺς προσερχομένους δι’ αὐτοῦ τῷ Θεῷ 1 those who approach God through him “those who come to God because of what Jesus has done”
|
||||
HEB 7 26 cmq1 figs-metaphor ὑψηλότερος τῶν οὐρανῶν γενόμενος 1 has become higher than the heavens “God has raised him up to the highest heavens.” The author speaks of possessing more honor and power than anyone else as if it were position that is up above all things. Alternate translation: “God has given him more honor and power than anyone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 7 27 b6nv 0 General Information: Here the words **He**, **his**, and **himself** refer to Christ.
|
||||
HEB 7 28 n693 figs-metonymy ὁ νόμος…ἀνθρώπους καθίστησιν ἀρχιερεῖς ἔχοντας ἀσθένειαν 1 the law appoints as high priests men who have weaknesses Here **the law** is a metonym for the men who appointed the high priests according to the law of Moses. The focus is not on the men who did this, but on the fact that they did this according to the law. Alternate translation: “according to the law, men appoint as high priests men who have weaknesses” or “for according to the law, men who have weaknesses are appointed as high priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 7 28 n693 figs-metonymy ὁ νόμος…ἀνθρώπους καθίστησιν ἀρχιερεῖς ἔχοντας ἀσθένειαν 1 the law appoints as high priests men who have weaknesses Here, **the law** is a metonym for the men who appointed the high priests according to the law of Moses. The focus is not on the men who did this, but on the fact that they did this according to the law. Alternate translation: “according to the law, men appoint as high priests men who have weaknesses” or “for according to the law, men who have weaknesses are appointed as high priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 7 28 u5ny ἀνθρώπους…ἔχοντας ἀσθένειαν 1 men who have weaknesses “men who are spiritually weak” or “men who are weak against sin”
|
||||
HEB 7 28 yez2 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος…τῆς ὁρκωμοσίας, τῆς μετὰ τὸν νόμον, Υἱόν 1 the word of the oath, which came after the law, appointed a Son The “word of the oath” represents God who made the oath. Alternate translation: “God appointed a Son by his oath, which he made after he gave the law” or “after he had given the law, God swore an oath and appointed his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 7 28 msa4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱόν 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ HEB 8 1 tw7l δὲ 1 Now This does not mean “at this moment,” but is used t
|
|||
HEB 8 1 z4dh figs-exclusive λεγομένοις 1 we are saying Even though the author uses the plural pronoun **we**, he is most likely referring only to himself. Because the writer does not include his readers here, The word **we** is exclusive. Alternate translation: “I am saying” or “I am writing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
HEB 8 1 m2b4 figs-exclusive ἔχομεν ἀρχιερέα 1 We have a high priest The author is including the readers here, so The word **we** is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 8 1 b8qy translate-symaction ἐκάθισεν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ θρόνου τῆς Μεγαλωσύνης 1 sat down at the right hand of the throne of the Majesty To sit at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Hebrews 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “sat down at the place of honor and authority beside the throne of the Majesty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
HEB 8 2 lrb7 τῆς σκηνῆς τῆς ἀληθινῆς, ἣν ἔπηξεν ὁ Κύριος, οὐκ ἄνθρωπος 1 the true tabernacle that the Lord, not a man, set up People built the earthly tabernacle out of animal skins fastened to a wooden framework, and they set it up in the manner of a tent. Here **true tabernacle** means the heavenly tabernacle that God created.
|
||||
HEB 8 2 lrb7 τῆς σκηνῆς τῆς ἀληθινῆς, ἣν ἔπηξεν ὁ Κύριος, οὐκ ἄνθρωπος 1 the true tabernacle that the Lord, not a man, set up People built the earthly tabernacle out of animal skins fastened to a wooden framework, and they set it up in the manner of a tent. Here, **true tabernacle** means the heavenly tabernacle that God created.
|
||||
HEB 8 3 su9j figs-activepassive πᾶς γὰρ ἀρχιερεὺς…καθίσταται 1 For every high priest is appointed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For God appoints every priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 8 4 p2v6 οὖν 1 Now This does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
HEB 8 4 gfz1 κατὰ νόμον 1 according to the law “as God requires in the law”
|
||||
|
|
@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ HEB 8 10 fh1c 0 General Information: This is a quotation from the prophet Jere
|
|||
HEB 8 10 k2ew figs-metaphor τῷ οἴκῳ Ἰσραὴλ 1 the house of Israel The people of Israel are spoken of as if they were a house. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 8 10 q78u μετὰ τὰς ἡμέρας ἐκείνας 1 after those days “after that time”
|
||||
HEB 8 10 gbw3 figs-metaphor διδοὺς νόμους μου εἰς τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτῶν 1 I will put my laws into their minds God’s requirements are spoken of as if they were objects that could be placed somewhere. People’s ability to think is spoken of as if it were a place. Alternate translation: “I will enable them to understand my laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 8 10 e45g figs-metonymy ἐπὶ καρδίας αὐτῶν ἐπιγράψω αὐτούς 1 I will also write them on their hearts Here **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. The phrase **write them on their hearts** is a metaphor for enabling people to obey the law. Alternate translation: “I will also put them in their hearts” or “I will enable them to obey my law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 8 10 e45g figs-metonymy ἐπὶ καρδίας αὐτῶν ἐπιγράψω αὐτούς 1 I will also write them on their hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. The phrase **write them on their hearts** is a metaphor for enabling people to obey the law. Alternate translation: “I will also put them in their hearts” or “I will enable them to obey my law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 8 10 hs53 ἔσομαι αὐτοῖς εἰς Θεόν 1 I will be their God “I will be the God they worship”
|
||||
HEB 8 10 xgm3 αὐτοὶ ἔσονταί μοι εἰς λαόν 1 they will be my people “they will be the people for whom I care”
|
||||
HEB 8 11 lsq6 0 General Information: This continues the quotation from the prophet Jeremiah.
|
||||
|
|
@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ HEB 8 11 jl1h figs-quotations οὐ μὴ διδάξωσιν ἕκαστος τ
|
|||
HEB 8 11 wne2 figs-doublet τὸν πολίτην…τὸν ἀδελφὸν 1 neighbor…brother Both of these refer to fellow Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
HEB 8 11 q5ki figs-metonymy γνῶθι τὸν Κύριον…πάντες εἰδήσουσίν με 1 Know the Lord…will all know me **Know** here stands for acknowledge. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 8 12 cu1b figs-metonymy ταῖς ἀδικίαις αὐτῶν 1 toward their evil deeds This stands for the people who committed these evil deeds. Alternate translation: “to those who did evil deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 8 12 a1xr figs-metonymy τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν οὐ μὴ μνησθῶ ἔτι 1 their sins I will not remember any longer Here **remember** stands for “think about.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 8 12 a1xr figs-metonymy τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν οὐ μὴ μνησθῶ ἔτι 1 their sins I will not remember any longer Here, **remember** stands for “think about.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 intro p8vy 0 # Hebrews 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter describes how Jesus is better than the temple and all its laws and rules. This chapter will be difficult to understand if the first five books of the Old Testament have not yet been translated.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Will<br><br>A will is a legal document that describes what will happen to a person’s property after he dies.<br><br>### Blood<br><br>In the Old Testament, God had commanded the Israelites to offer sacrifices so that he would forgive their sins. Before they could offer these sacrifices, they had to kill animals and then offer not only the animal’s body but also its blood. Shedding blood is a metaphor for killing an animal or person. Jesus offered his life, his blood, as a sacrifice when he allowed men to kill him. The writer of the Book of Hebrews is saying in this chapter that this sacrifice is better than the sacrifices of the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### Return of Christ<br><br>Jesus will return to finish the work that he began when he died so that God would forgive his people’s sins. He will finish saving those people who are waiting for him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### First covenant<br><br>This refers to the covenant that God made with Moses. However, before he made this covenant, God had made a covenant with Abraham. But this was the first covenant that God had made with the people of Israel. You may decide to translate “the first covenant” as “the earlier covenant.”
|
||||
HEB 9 1 af6x 0 Connecting Statement: The writer makes clear to these Jewish believers that the laws and the tabernacle of the old covenant were only pictures of the better, new covenant.
|
||||
HEB 9 1 av9i οὖν 1 Now This word marks a new part of the teaching.
|
||||
|
|
@ -404,9 +404,9 @@ HEB 9 3 ssr9 translate-ordinal δεύτερον 1 second This is the ordinal wor
|
|||
HEB 9 4 kt3u ἐν 1 Inside it “Inside the ark of the covenant”
|
||||
HEB 9 4 jj9y figs-explicit ἡ ῥάβδος Ἀαρὼν ἡ βλαστήσασα 1 Aaron’s rod that budded This was the rod Aaron had when God proved to the people of Israel that he had chosen Aaron as his priest by making Aaron’s rod bud. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 9 4 md1f ἡ βλαστήσασα 1 that budded “from which leaves and flowers had grown”
|
||||
HEB 9 4 q9w3 αἱ πλάκες τῆς διαθήκης 1 tablets of the covenant Here **tablets** are flat pieces of stone that had writing on them. This refers to the stone tablets on which the ten commandments were written.
|
||||
HEB 9 4 q9w3 αἱ πλάκες τῆς διαθήκης 1 tablets of the covenant Here, **tablets** are flat pieces of stone that had writing on them. This refers to the stone tablets on which the ten commandments were written.
|
||||
HEB 9 5 ue5q Χερουβεὶν δόξης κατασκιάζοντα τὸ ἱλαστήριον 1 glorious cherubim overshadowed the atonement lid When the Israelites were making the ark of the covenant, God commanded them to carve two cherubim facing each other, with their wings touching, over the atonement lid of the ark of the covenant. Here they are spoken of as providing shade for the ark of the covenant. Alternate translation: “glorious cherubim covered the atonement lid with their wings”
|
||||
HEB 9 5 fh6g figs-metonymy Χερουβεὶν 1 cherubim Here **cherubim** means figures of two cherubim. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 5 fh6g figs-metonymy Χερουβεὶν 1 cherubim Here, **cherubim** means figures of two cherubim. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 5 f1je figs-pronouns περὶ ὧν οὐκ ἔστιν 1 which we cannot Even though the author uses the plural pronoun “we,” he is most likely referring only to himself. Alternate translation: “which I cannot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
HEB 9 6 mra7 figs-activepassive τούτων…οὕτως κατεσκευασμένων 1 After these things were prepared This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “After the priests prepared these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 9 7 xs9l figs-doublenegatives οὐ χωρὶς αἵματος 1 not without blood This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “he always brought blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -424,15 +424,15 @@ HEB 9 11 bnc6 0 Connecting Statement: Having described the service of the tabe
|
|||
HEB 9 11 da2i ἀγαθῶν 1 good things This does not refer to material things. It means the good things that God promised in his new covenant.
|
||||
HEB 9 11 czx6 τῆς μείζονος καὶ τελειοτέρας σκηνῆς 1 the greater and more perfect tabernacle This refers to the heavenly tent or tabernacle, which is more important and more perfect than the earthly tabernacle.
|
||||
HEB 9 11 lxw8 figs-activepassive οὐ χειροποιήτου 1 that was not made by human hands This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that humans hands did not make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 9 11 mtj9 figs-synecdoche χειροποιήτου 1 human hands Here **hands** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
HEB 9 11 mtj9 figs-synecdoche χειροποιήτου 1 human hands Here, **hands** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
HEB 9 12 wp9n figs-metaphor ἅγια 1 most holy place God’s presence in heaven is spoken of as if it were the most holy place, the innermost room in the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 9 13 ch3c σποδὸς δαμάλεως, ῥαντίζουσα τοὺς κεκοινωμένους 1 sprinkling of a heifer’s ashes on those who have become unclean The priest would drop small amounts of the ashes on the unclean people.
|
||||
HEB 9 13 seb3 figs-metonymy πρὸς τὴν τῆς σαρκὸς καθαρότητα 1 for the cleansing of their flesh Here **flesh** refers to the entire body. Alternate translation: “for the cleansing of their bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 13 seb3 figs-metonymy πρὸς τὴν τῆς σαρκὸς καθαρότητα 1 for the cleansing of their flesh Here, **flesh** refers to the entire body. Alternate translation: “for the cleansing of their bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 14 t58w figs-rquestion πόσῳ μᾶλλον τὸ αἷμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ὃς διὰ Πνεύματος αἰωνίου, ἑαυτὸν προσήνεγκεν ἄμωμον τῷ Θεῷ, καθαριεῖ τὴν συνείδησιν ὑμῶν ἀπὸ νεκρῶν ἔργων, εἰς τὸ λατρεύειν Θεῷ ζῶντι! 1 how much more will the blood of Christ, who through the eternal Spirit offered himself without blemish to God, cleanse our conscience from dead works to serve the living God? The author uses this question to emphasize that Christ’s sacrifice was the most powerful. Alternate translation: “then certainly Christ’s blood will cleanse our conscience even more from dead works to serve the living God! Because, through the eternal Spirit, he offered himself without blemish to God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 9 14 r22p figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the blood of Christ The “blood” of Christ stands for his death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 14 xj6g figs-metaphor ἄμωμον 1 without blemish This is a small sin or moral fault spoken of here as if it were a small, unusual spot or defect on Christ’s body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 9 14 rkh4 figs-metonymy καθαριεῖ τὴν συνείδησιν ὑμῶν 1 cleanse our conscience Here **conscience** refers to a person’s feeling of guilt. Believers no longer have to feel guilty for the sins they have committed because Jesus sacrificed himself and has forgiven them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 14 suu7 figs-metaphor καθαριεῖ 1 cleanse Here **cleanse** stands for the action of relieving our consciences from guilt for the sins we have committed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 9 14 rkh4 figs-metonymy καθαριεῖ τὴν συνείδησιν ὑμῶν 1 cleanse our conscience Here, **conscience** refers to a person’s feeling of guilt. Believers no longer have to feel guilty for the sins they have committed because Jesus sacrificed himself and has forgiven them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 14 suu7 figs-metaphor καθαριεῖ 1 cleanse Here, **cleanse** stands for the action of relieving our consciences from guilt for the sins we have committed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 9 14 zbj1 figs-metaphor νεκρῶν ἔργων 1 dead works Sinful deeds are spoken of as if they belonged to the world of the dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 9 15 x3xr διὰ τοῦτο 1 For this reason “As a result” or “Because of this”
|
||||
HEB 9 15 p2kg διαθήκης καινῆς μεσίτης ἐστίν 1 he is the mediator of a new covenant This means Christ caused the new covenant between God and humans to exist.
|
||||
|
|
@ -447,19 +447,19 @@ HEB 9 18 kq87 πρώτη 1 first covenant See how you translated this in [Hebre
|
|||
HEB 9 18 v838 figs-metonymy αἵματος 1 blood The death of animals sacrificed to God is spoken of as if it were nothing but blood. Alternate translation: “the death of animals sacrificed to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 19 zl2n translate-symaction λαβὼν τὸ αἷμα…μετὰ ὕδατος…τὸ βιβλίον…πάντα τὸν λαὸν, ἐράντισεν 1 took the blood…with water…and sprinkled…the scroll…and all the people The priest dipped the hyssop in the blood and the water and then shook the hyssop so drops of blood and water would fall on the scroll and on the people. Sprinkling was a symbolic action done by the priests by which they applied the benefits of the covenant to people and to objects. Here the scroll and the people’s acceptability to God are renewed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
HEB 9 19 tgc2 ὑσσώπου 1 hyssop a woody shrub with flowers in summer, used in ceremonial sprinkling
|
||||
HEB 9 20 j7en figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης 1 the blood of the covenant Here **blood** refers to the death of the animals sacrificed to carry out the covenant’s requirements. Alternate translation: “the blood that brings into effect the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 20 j7en figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης 1 the blood of the covenant Here, **blood** refers to the death of the animals sacrificed to carry out the covenant’s requirements. Alternate translation: “the blood that brings into effect the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 21 k6dm ἐράντισεν 1 he sprinkled “Moses sprinkled”
|
||||
HEB 9 21 l27v translate-symaction ἐράντισεν 1 sprinkled Sprinkling was a symbolic action done by the priests by which they applied the benefits of the covenant to people and to objects. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 9:19](../09/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
HEB 9 21 xa9q πάντα τὰ σκεύη τῆς λειτουργίας 1 all the containers used in the service A container is an object that can hold things. Here it may refer to any kind of utensil or tool. Alternate translation: “all the utensils used in the service”
|
||||
HEB 9 21 ec4h figs-activepassive τῆς λειτουργίας 1 used in the service This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the priests used in their work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 9 21 cl3v figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι 1 blood Here the animal **blood** is talking about the animal’s death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 22 g3ef figs-metaphor σχεδὸν ἐν αἵματι πάντα καθαρίζεται 1 almost everything is cleansed with blood Making something acceptable to God is spoken of as if it were cleansing that thing. This idea can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the priests use blood to cleanse almost everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 9 22 v8bj figs-metonymy χωρὶς αἱματεκχυσίας, οὐ γίνεται ἄφεσις 1 Without the shedding of blood there is no forgiveness Here **shedding of blood** refers to something dying as a sacrifice to God. This double negative can mean that all forgiveness comes through the shedding of blood. Alternate translation: “Forgiveness only comes when something dies as a sacrifice” or “God only forgives when something dies as a sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 9 22 v8bj figs-metonymy χωρὶς αἱματεκχυσίας, οὐ γίνεται ἄφεσις 1 Without the shedding of blood there is no forgiveness Here, **shedding of blood** refers to something dying as a sacrifice to God. This double negative can mean that all forgiveness comes through the shedding of blood. Alternate translation: “Forgiveness only comes when something dies as a sacrifice” or “God only forgives when something dies as a sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 9 22 v1tr figs-explicit ἄφεσις 1 forgiveness You can state explicitly the implied meaning. Alternate translation: “forgiveness of the sins of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 9 23 nh15 0 Connecting Statement: The writer emphasizes that Christ (now in heaven interceding for us) had to die only once for sins and that he will return to earth a second time.
|
||||
HEB 9 23 q79n figs-activepassive τὰ μὲν ὑποδείγματα τῶν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς τούτοις καθαρίζεσθαι 1 the copies of the things in heaven should be cleansed with these animal sacrifices This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the priests should use these animal sacrifices to cleanse what are copies of things that are in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 9 23 y9b7 figs-activepassive αὐτὰ δὲ τὰ ἐπουράνια κρείττοσι θυσίαις παρὰ ταύτας 1 the heavenly things themselves had to be cleansed with much better sacrifices That is, better than the sacrifices used to cleanse the earthly copies. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “as for the heavenly things themselves, God had to cleanse them with much better sacrifices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 9 24 cy2x figs-synecdoche χειροποίητα…ἅγια 1 the most holy place made with hands, which Here **with hands** means “by humans.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the most holy place, which humans made, and which” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 9 24 cy2x figs-synecdoche χειροποίητα…ἅγια 1 the most holy place made with hands, which Here, **with hands** means “by humans.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the most holy place, which humans made, and which” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 9 24 g5lp τῶν ἀληθινῶν 1 of the true one “of the true most holy place”
|
||||
HEB 9 25 f17a οὐδ’ 1 He did not go there “He did not enter heaven”
|
||||
HEB 9 25 rnh3 κατ’ ἐνιαυτὸν 1 year by year “every year” or “each year”
|
||||
|
|
@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ HEB 9 26 lhi3 ἐπεὶ 1 If that had been the case “If he had to offer hims
|
|||
HEB 9 26 dq7m figs-metaphor εἰς ἀθέτησιν ἁμαρτίας διὰ τῆς θυσίας αὐτοῦ 1 to do away with sin by the sacrifice of himself Doing away with sin represents having God forgive it. Alternate translation: “to cause God to forgive sins by sacrificing himself” or “to sacrifice himself so that God can forgive sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 9 28 p8b6 figs-activepassive ὁ Χριστός ἅπαξ προσενεχθεὶς 1 Christ was offered once This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Christ offered himself once” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 9 28 hv2t figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ…ἀνενεγκεῖν ἁμαρτίας 1 to take away the sins The act of making us innocent rather than guilty for our sins is spoken of as if our sins were physical objects that Christ could carry away from us. Alternate translation: “so that God would forgive the sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 9 28 p6th figs-metonymy τὸ…ἁμαρτίας 1 the sins Here **sins** mean the guilt that people have before God because of the sins they committed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 28 p6th figs-metonymy τὸ…ἁμαρτίας 1 the sins Here, **sins** mean the guilt that people have before God because of the sins they committed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 intro nev1 0 # Hebrews 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, the writer finishes describing how Jesus’ sacrifice was better than the sacrifices offered in the Temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 10:5-7, 15-17, 37-38, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s judgment and reward<br><br>Holy living is important for Christians. God will hold people accountable for how they lived their Christian life. Even though there will not be eternal condemnation for Christians, ungodly actions do and will have consequences. In addition, faithful living will be rewarded. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “For it is impossible for the blood of bulls and goats to take away sins”<br>The sacrifices themselves had no redeeming power. They were effective because they were a display of faith, which was credited to the person offering the sacrifice. It was ultimately the sacrifice of Jesus which then makes these sacrifices “take away sins.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### “The covenant that I will make”<br>It is unclear whether this prophecy was being fulfilled as the author was writing or whether it was to occur later. The translator should try to avoid making a claim about the time this covenant begins. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
|
||||
HEB 10 1 kwq1 0 Connecting Statement: The writer shows the weakness of the law and its sacrifices, why God gave the law, and the perfection of the new priesthood and Christ’s sacrifice.
|
||||
HEB 10 1 kj83 figs-metaphor σκιὰν…ἔχων ὁ νόμος τῶν μελλόντων ἀγαθῶν 1 the law is only a shadow of the good things to come This speaks about the law as if it were a shadow. The author means the law is not the good things that God had promised. It only hints at the good things that God is going to do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -479,11 +479,11 @@ HEB 10 2 zc3d ἐπαύσαντο 1 ceased “stopped being”
|
|||
HEB 10 2 mu42 figs-metaphor τοὺς λατρεύοντας…κεκαθαρισμένους 1 the worshipers would have been cleansed Here being cleansed represents no longer being guilty of sin. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the sacrifices would have taken away their sin” or “God would have made them no longer guilty of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 2 m9tj τὸ μηδεμίαν ἔχειν ἔτι συνείδησιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 would no longer have any consciousness of sin “would no longer think that they are guilty of sin” or “would know that they are no longer guilty of sin”
|
||||
HEB 10 4 di8i figs-metaphor ἀδύνατον γὰρ αἷμα ταύρων καὶ τράγων ἀφαιρεῖν ἁμαρτίας 1 For it is impossible for the blood of bulls and goats to take away sins Sins are spoken of as if they were objects that animal blood could sweep away as it flowed. Alternate translation: “For it is impossible for the blood of bulls and goats to cause God to forgive sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 4 bvu5 figs-metonymy αἷμα ταύρων καὶ τράγων 1 the blood of bulls and goats Here **blood** refers to these animals dying as sacrifices to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 4 bvu5 figs-metonymy αἷμα ταύρων καὶ τράγων 1 the blood of bulls and goats Here, **blood** refers to these animals dying as sacrifices to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 5 q4ye 0 General Information: Christ’s words when he was on earth were foretold in this quotation from a psalm of David.
|
||||
HEB 10 5 ml8e figs-you οὐκ ἠθέλησας 1 you did not desire Here **you** is singular and refers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
HEB 10 5 ml8e figs-you οὐκ ἠθέλησας 1 you did not desire Here, **you** is singular and refers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
HEB 10 5 cu51 σῶμα…κατηρτίσω 1 a body you have prepared “you have made a body ready”
|
||||
HEB 10 7 zn6c τότε εἶπον 1 Then I said Here **I** refers to Christ.
|
||||
HEB 10 7 zn6c τότε εἶπον 1 Then I said Here, **I** refers to Christ.
|
||||
HEB 10 8 c8eb 0 General Information: Though changing the wording slightly, the author repeats these quotations from a psalm of David for emphasis.
|
||||
HEB 10 8 rlv8 θυσίας…προσφορὰς 1 sacrifices…offerings See how you translated these words in [Hebrews 10:5](./05.md).
|
||||
HEB 10 8 n7kc ὁλοκαυτώματα…περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 whole burnt offerings…sacrifices for sin See how you translated similar words in [Hebrews 10:6](./06.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ HEB 10 14 dz9n figs-activepassive τοὺς ἁγιαζομένους 1 those wh
|
|||
HEB 10 15 qk8j 0 General Information: This is a quotation from the prophet Jeremiah in the Old Testament.
|
||||
HEB 10 16 czh3 πρὸς αὐτοὺς 1 with them “with my people”
|
||||
HEB 10 16 s783 μετὰ τὰς ἡμέρας ἐκείνας 1 after those days “when the time of the first covenant with my people has finished”
|
||||
HEB 10 16 xx53 figs-metonymy διδοὺς νόμους μου ἐπὶ καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 I will put my laws in their hearts Here **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. The phrase **put them in their hearts** is a metaphor for enabling people to obey the law. Alternate translation: “I will enable them to obey my laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 16 xx53 figs-metonymy διδοὺς νόμους μου ἐπὶ καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 I will put my laws in their hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. The phrase **put them in their hearts** is a metaphor for enabling people to obey the law. Alternate translation: “I will enable them to obey my laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 17 vkw4 0 General Information: This continues the quotation from the prophet Jeremiah in the Old Testament.
|
||||
HEB 10 17 qn7w figs-explicit τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν, καὶ τῶν ἀνομιῶν αὐτῶν, οὐ μὴ μνησθήσομαι ἔτι 1 Their sins and lawless deeds I will remember no longer.” “I will no longer remember their sins and lawless deeds.’” or “I will no longer think about their sins and lawless deeds.’” This is the second part of the Holy Spirit’s testimony ([Hebrews 10:15-16](./15.md)). You can make this explicit in the translation by ending the quotation at the end of verse 16 and starting a new quotation here. Alternate translation: “Then next he said, ‘Their sins and lawless deeds I will remember no longer.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 10 17 pql9 figs-doublet τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν, καὶ τῶν ἀνομιῶν αὐτῶν 1 Their sins and lawless deeds The words **sins** and **lawless deeds** mean basically the same thing. Together they emphasize how bad the sin is. Alternate translation: “The things they did that were forbidden and how they broke the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -511,31 +511,31 @@ HEB 10 18 z351 figs-abstractnouns οὐκέτι προσφορὰ περὶ ἁ
|
|||
HEB 10 19 ih5u 0 Connecting Statement: Having made it clear that there is only one sacrifice for sin, the writer continues with the picture of the most holy place in the temple, where only the high priest could enter each year with the blood of the sacrifice for sins. He reminds the believers that they now worship God in his presence as if they were standing in the most holy place.
|
||||
HEB 10 19 f6g3 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means all believers in Christ whether male or female. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 10 19 fii7 figs-metaphor τῶν ἁγίων 1 the most holy place This means the presence of God, not the most holy place in the old tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 19 zl87 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αἵματι Ἰησοῦ 1 by the blood of Jesus Here **blood of Jesus** refers to the death of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 19 zl87 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αἵματι Ἰησοῦ 1 by the blood of Jesus Here, **blood of Jesus** refers to the death of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 20 l7wh ὁδὸν…ζῶσαν 1 living way Possible meanings are (1) this new way to God that Jesus has provided results in believers living forever or (2) Jesus is alive, and he is the way believers enter into the presence of God.
|
||||
HEB 10 20 c3ve figs-metaphor διὰ τοῦ καταπετάσματος 1 through the curtain The curtain in the earthly temple represents the separation between people and God’s true presence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 20 ega9 figs-metonymy τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ 1 his flesh Here **flesh** stands for the body of Jesus, and his body stands for his sacrificial death. Alternate translation: “by means of his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 20 ega9 figs-metonymy τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ 1 his flesh Here, **flesh** stands for the body of Jesus, and his body stands for his sacrificial death. Alternate translation: “by means of his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 21 uh6i καὶ ἱερέα μέγαν ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 we have a great priest over the house of God This must be translated in such a way as to make it clear that Jesus is this “great priest.”
|
||||
HEB 10 21 bmh1 ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον 1 over the house “in charge of the house”
|
||||
HEB 10 21 d1u1 figs-metaphor τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the house of God This speaks about God’s people as if they were a literal house. Alternate translation: “all the people of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 l4ik figs-metonymy προσερχώμεθα 1 let us approach Here **approach** stands for worshiping God, as a priest would go up to God’s altar to sacrifice animals to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 wez1 figs-metonymy μετὰ ἀληθινῆς καρδίας 1 with true hearts “with faithful hearts” or “with honest hearts.” Here **hearts** stands for the genuine will and motivation of the believers. Alternate translation: “with sincerity” or “sincerely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 l4ik figs-metonymy προσερχώμεθα 1 let us approach Here, **approach** stands for worshiping God, as a priest would go up to God’s altar to sacrifice animals to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 wez1 figs-metonymy μετὰ ἀληθινῆς καρδίας 1 with true hearts “with faithful hearts” or “with honest hearts.” Here, **hearts** stands for the genuine will and motivation of the believers. Alternate translation: “with sincerity” or “sincerely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 i7ti ἐν πληροφορίᾳ πίστεως 1 in the full assurance of faith “and with a confident faith” or “and trusting completely in Jesus”
|
||||
HEB 10 22 zkg5 figs-activepassive ῥεραντισμένοι τὰς καρδίας 1 having our hearts sprinkled clean This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “as if had he made our hearts clean with his blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 w775 figs-metonymy ῥεραντισμένοι τὰς καρδίας 1 hearts sprinkled clean Here **hearts** is a metonym for the conscience, the awareness of right and wrong. Being made clean is a metaphor for being forgiven and being given the status of righteousness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 w775 figs-metonymy ῥεραντισμένοι τὰς καρδίας 1 hearts sprinkled clean Here, **hearts** is a metonym for the conscience, the awareness of right and wrong. Being made clean is a metaphor for being forgiven and being given the status of righteousness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 pc1a translate-symaction ῥεραντισμένοι 1 sprinkled Sprinkling was a symbolic action done by the priests by which they applied the benefits of the covenant to people and to objects. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 9:19](../09/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 p2sk figs-activepassive λελουμένοι τὸ σῶμα ὕδατι καθαρῷ 1 having our bodies washed with pure water This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “as if he had washed our bodies in pure water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 tk9p figs-metonymy λελουμένοι τὸ σῶμα ὕδατι καθαρῷ 1 our bodies washed with pure water If the translator understands this phrase as referring to Christian baptism, then **water** is literal, not figurative. But if water is taken as literal, then “pure” is figurative, standing for the spiritual purity that baptism is said here to accomplish. The **washing** stands for the believer being made acceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 23 k5ui figs-metaphor κατέχωμεν τὴν ὁμολογίαν τῆς ἐλπίδος 1 Let us also hold tightly to the confession of our hope Here **hold tightly** is a metaphor that refers to a person determining to do something and refusing to stop. The abstract nouns “confession” and “expectation” can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: “Let us be determined to continue confessing the things that we confidently expect from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 10 23 k5ui figs-metaphor κατέχωμεν τὴν ὁμολογίαν τῆς ἐλπίδος 1 Let us also hold tightly to the confession of our hope Here, **hold tightly** is a metaphor that refers to a person determining to do something and refusing to stop. The abstract nouns “confession” and “expectation” can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: “Let us be determined to continue confessing the things that we confidently expect from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 10 23 jy4t figs-metaphor ἀκλινῆ 1 without wavering Being uncertain about something is spoken of as if he were wavering or leaning from side to side. Alternate translation: “without being unsure” or “without doubting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 25 v4fa figs-explicit μὴ ἐγκαταλείποντες τὴν ἐπισυναγωγὴν ἑαυτῶν 1 Let us not stop meeting together You can make explicit that the people met to worship. Alternate translation: “Let us not stop coming together to worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 10 25 k9c7 figs-metaphor ὅσῳ βλέπετε ἐγγίζουσαν τὴν ἡμέραν 1 as you see the day coming closer A future time is spoken of as if it were an object coming closer to the speaker. Here **the day** refers to when Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “as you know that Christ will return soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 25 k9c7 figs-metaphor ὅσῳ βλέπετε ἐγγίζουσαν τὴν ἡμέραν 1 as you see the day coming closer A future time is spoken of as if it were an object coming closer to the speaker. Here, **the day** refers to when Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “as you know that Christ will return soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 26 gm7l 0 Connecting Statement: The writer now gives his fourth warning.
|
||||
HEB 10 26 byv6 ἑκουσίως…ἁμαρτανόντων ἡμῶν 1 we deliberately go on sinning “we know we are sinning but we do it again and again”
|
||||
HEB 10 26 hj5s figs-metaphor μετὰ τὸ λαβεῖν τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τῆς ἀληθείας 1 after we have received the knowledge of the truth Knowledge of the truth is spoken of as if it were an object that could be given by one person to another. Alternate translation: “after we have learned the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 26 b1r7 figs-explicit τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the truth The truth about God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 10 26 l7sv figs-explicit οὐκέτι περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν ἀπολείπεται θυσία 1 a sacrifice for sins no longer exists No one is able to give a new sacrifice because Christ’s sacrifice is the only one that works. Alternate translation: “no one can offer a sacrifice for which God will forgive our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 10 26 sil4 περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν…θυσία 1 a sacrifice for sins Here **sacrifice for sins** stands for “an effective way to sacrifice animals to take away sins”
|
||||
HEB 10 26 sil4 περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν…θυσία 1 a sacrifice for sins Here, **sacrifice for sins** stands for “an effective way to sacrifice animals to take away sins”
|
||||
HEB 10 27 fza4 figs-explicit κρίσεως 1 of judgment Of God’s judgment, that is, that God will judge. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 10 27 t6da figs-metaphor πυρὸς ζῆλος ἐσθίειν μέλλοντος τοὺς ὑπεναντίους 1 a fury of fire that will consume God’s enemies God’s fury is spoken of as if it were fire that would burn up his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 28 c1aj figs-explicit δυσὶν ἢ τρισὶν μάρτυσιν 1 two or three witnesses It is implied that this means “of at least two or three witness.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -543,13 +543,13 @@ HEB 10 29 gv5z figs-rquestion πόσῳ δοκεῖτε χείρονος, ἀξ
|
|||
HEB 10 29 jd69 figs-metaphor τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταπατήσας 1 has trampled underfoot the Son of God Disregarding Christ and scorning him are spoken of as if someone had walked on him. Alternate translation: “has rejected the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 29 d2z9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
HEB 10 29 m7lw τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης κοινὸν ἡγησάμενος 1 who treated the blood of the covenant as unholy This shows how the person has trampled the Son of God. Alternate translation: “by treating the blood of the covenant as unholy”
|
||||
HEB 10 29 el74 figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης 1 the blood of the covenant Here **blood** stands for Christ’s death, by which God established the new covenant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 29 el74 figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης 1 the blood of the covenant Here, **blood** stands for Christ’s death, by which God established the new covenant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 29 wj2p figs-activepassive τὸ αἷμα…ἐν ᾧ ἡγιάσθη 1 the blood by which he was sanctified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the blood by which God sanctified him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 29 qr6c τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς χάριτος 1 the Spirit of grace “the Spirit of God, who provides grace”
|
||||
HEB 10 30 ynr1 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word **we** here refers to the writer and all believers. These two quotations come from the law that Moses gave in the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 30 v8ad figs-metaphor ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις 1 Vengeance belongs to me Vengeance is spoken of as if it were an object that belongs to God, who has the right to do as he wishes with what he owns. God has the right to take vengeance on his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 30 pdw9 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω 1 I will pay back God taking vengeance is spoken of as if he were paying back the harmful things that someone has done to others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 31 hhu7 figs-metaphor τὸ ἐμπεσεῖν εἰς χεῖρας 1 to fall into the hands Receiving God’s full punishment is spoken of as if the person falls into God’s hands. Here **hands** refers to God’s power to judge. Alternate translation: “to receive God’s full punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 31 hhu7 figs-metaphor τὸ ἐμπεσεῖν εἰς χεῖρας 1 to fall into the hands Receiving God’s full punishment is spoken of as if the person falls into God’s hands. Here, **hands** refers to God’s power to judge. Alternate translation: “to receive God’s full punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 32 tlh3 τὰς πρότερον ἡμέρας 1 the former days “the time in the past”
|
||||
HEB 10 32 p3q3 figs-metaphor φωτισθέντες 1 after you were enlightened Learning the truth is spoken of as if God shined a light on the person. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “after you learned the truth about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 32 v25j πολλὴν ἄθλησιν ὑπεμείνατε παθημάτων 1 how you endured a great struggle in suffering “how much suffering you had to endure”
|
||||
|
|
@ -562,10 +562,10 @@ HEB 10 37 st8v figs-explicit ἔτι γὰρ μικρὸν ὅσον, ὅσον
|
|||
HEB 10 37 cna2 ἔτι…μικρὸν ὅσον, ὅσον 1 in a very little while “very soon”
|
||||
HEB 10 38 j2ck 0 General Information: In 10:38 the author quotes from the prophet Habakkuk, which directly follows the quotation from the prophet Isaiah in 10:37.
|
||||
HEB 10 38 j6d1 figs-genericnoun ὁ…δίκαιός μου…ἐὰν ὑποστείληται…ἐν αὐτῷ 1 My righteous one…If he shrinks…with him These refer to any of God’s people in general. Alternate translation: “My faithful people…If any one of them shrinks…with that person” or “My faithful people…If they shrink…with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
HEB 10 38 r8mh ὁ…δίκαιός μου…εὐδοκεῖ 1 My righteous…I will Here **My** and **I** refer to God.
|
||||
HEB 10 38 r8mh ὁ…δίκαιός μου…εὐδοκεῖ 1 My righteous…I will Here, **My** and **I** refer to God.
|
||||
HEB 10 38 h5bw ὑποστείληται 1 shrinks back stops doing the good thing he is doing
|
||||
HEB 10 39 i9zh figs-metaphor ὑποστολῆς εἰς ἀπώλειαν 1 who turn back to destruction A person who loses courage and faith are spoken of as if he were stepping back in fear from something. And “destruction” is spoken of as if it were a destination. Alternate translation: “who stop trusting God, which will cause him to destroy us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 39 dv8y figs-metaphor εἰς περιποίησιν ψυχῆς 1 for keeping our soul Living eternally with God is spoken of as if it were keeping one’s soul. Here **soul** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “, which will result in us living with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
HEB 10 39 dv8y figs-metaphor εἰς περιποίησιν ψυχῆς 1 for keeping our soul Living eternally with God is spoken of as if it were keeping one’s soul. Here, **soul** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “, which will result in us living with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
HEB 11 intro g4cc 0 # Hebrews 11 General Notes<br>## Structure<br><br>The writer begins this chapter by telling what faith is. Then he gives many examples of people who had faith and how they lived.<br><br>## Important concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Faith<br><br>In both the old and new covenants, God required faith. Some people with faith performed miracles and were very powerful. Other people with faith suffered greatly.
|
||||
HEB 11 1 a371 0 Connecting Statement: The author tells three things about faith in this brief introduction.
|
||||
HEB 11 1 d95i δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main teaching. Here the author starts to explain the meaning of “faith.”
|
||||
|
|
@ -584,14 +584,14 @@ HEB 11 5 r3yl figs-activepassive πίστει Ἑνὼχ μετετέθη, το
|
|||
HEB 11 5 ki2t figs-metaphor ἰδεῖν θάνατον 1 see death This speaks of death as if it were an object that people can see. It means to experience death. Alternate translation: “die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 11 5 kb5l figs-activepassive πρὸ…τῆς μεταθέσεως 1 before he was taken up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “before God took him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 5 jbx2 figs-activepassive μεμαρτύρηται εὐηρεστηκέναι τῷ Θεῷ 1 it was testified that he had pleased God This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are (1) “God said that Enoch had pleased him” or (2) “people said that Enoch pleased God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 6 hd94 χωρὶς δὲ πίστεως 1 Now without faith Here **Now** does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
HEB 11 6 hd94 χωρὶς δὲ πίστεως 1 Now without faith Here, **Now** does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
HEB 11 6 r9nb figs-doublenegatives χωρὶς…πίστεως, ἀδύνατον εὐαρεστῆσαι 1 without faith it is impossible to please him This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “a person can please God only if he has faith in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 11 6 b438 figs-metaphor τὸν προσερχόμενον τῷ Θεῷ 1 that anyone coming to God Wanting to worship God and belong to his people is spoken of as if the person is literally coming to God. Alternate translation: “that anyone who wants to belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 11 6 xl5v τοῖς ἐκζητοῦσιν…μισθαποδότης γίνεται 1 he is a rewarder of those “he rewards those”
|
||||
HEB 11 6 i8e9 figs-metaphor τοῖς ἐκζητοῦσιν αὐτὸν 1 those who seek him Those who learn about God and make an effort to obey him are spoken of as if they were seeking to find him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 11 7 r67b figs-activepassive χρηματισθεὶς 1 having been given a divine message This can be stated in active form and in other terms. Alternate translation: “because God told him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 7 p3pn figs-activepassive περὶ τῶν μηδέπω βλεπομένων 1 about things not yet seen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “about things no one had ever seen before” or “about events that had not happened yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 7 pf7b figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world Here **world** refers to the world’s human population. Alternate translation: “the people living in the world at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 11 7 pf7b figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world Here, **world** refers to the world’s human population. Alternate translation: “the people living in the world at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 11 7 c9yc figs-metaphor τῆς…δικαιοσύνης, ἐγένετο κληρονόμος 1 became an heir of the righteousness Noah is spoken of as if he were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “received from God the righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 11 7 et9l κατὰ πίστιν 1 that is according to faith “that God gives to those who have faith in him”
|
||||
HEB 11 8 a7c2 figs-activepassive καλούμενος 1 when he was called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when God called him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -613,20 +613,20 @@ HEB 11 12 mu4e ὡς ἡ ἄμμος, ἡ παρὰ τὸ χεῖλος τῆς
|
|||
HEB 11 13 yin6 figs-metaphor μὴ λαβόντες τὰς ἐπαγγελίας 1 without receiving the promises This speaks of promises as if they are objects that a person receives. Alternate translation: “without receiving what God had promised them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 11 13 g5ut figs-metaphor πόρρωθεν αὐτὰς ἰδόντες καὶ ἀσπασάμενοι 1 after seeing and greeting them from far off Future promised events are spoken of as if they were travelers arriving from far away. Alternate translation: “after learning what God will do in the future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 11 13 n71b ὁμολογήσαντες 1 they admitted “they acknowledged” or “they accepted”
|
||||
HEB 11 13 q1nq figs-doublet ξένοι καὶ παρεπίδημοί εἰσιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 they were foreigners and exiles on earth Here **foreigners** and **exiles** mean basically the same thing. This emphasizes that this earth was not their true home. They were waiting for their true home that God would make for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
HEB 11 13 q1nq figs-doublet ξένοι καὶ παρεπίδημοί εἰσιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 they were foreigners and exiles on earth Here, **foreigners** and **exiles** mean basically the same thing. This emphasizes that this earth was not their true home. They were waiting for their true home that God would make for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
HEB 11 14 xwa4 πατρίδα 1 a homeland “a country for them to belong to”
|
||||
HEB 11 16 ea1a ἐπουρανίου 1 heavenly one “heavenly country” or “country in heaven”
|
||||
HEB 11 16 cvh1 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐπαισχύνεται αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς, Θεὸς ἐπικαλεῖσθαι αὐτῶν 1 God is not ashamed to be called their God This can be expressed in active and positive form. Alternate translation: “God is happy to have them call him their God” or “God is proud to have them say that he is their God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
HEB 11 17 bk7a figs-activepassive πειραζόμενος 1 when he was tested This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when God tested him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 18 wy2j figs-activepassive πρὸς ὃν ἐλαλήθη 1 to whom it had been said This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to whom God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 18 c23z figs-activepassive κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα 1 your descendants will be named Here **named** means assigned or designated. This sentence can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that I will designate your descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 11 18 c23z figs-activepassive κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα 1 your descendants will be named Here, **named** means assigned or designated. This sentence can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that I will designate your descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 11 19 p43u ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγείρειν δυνατὸς ὁ Θεός 1 God was able to raise up Isaac from the dead “God was able to cause Isaac to live again”
|
||||
HEB 11 19 sar1 ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγείρειν 1 to raise up…from the dead In this verse, “to raise up” is to make alive again. The words **from the dead** speak of all dead people together in the underworld.
|
||||
HEB 11 19 aea3 ἐν παραβολῇ 1 figuratively speaking “in a manner of speaking.” This means that what the author says next is not to be understood literally. God did not bring Isaac back from death literally. But because Abraham was about to sacrifice Isaac when God stopped him, it was as if God brought him back from the dead.
|
||||
HEB 11 19 k7u3 ὅθεν αὐτὸν 1 from there “it was from the dead”
|
||||
HEB 11 19 g19x αὐτὸν…ἐκομίσατο 1 he received him back “Abraham received Isaac back”
|
||||
HEB 11 21 sg26 Ἰακὼβ…προσεκύνησεν 1 Jacob worshiped “Jacob worshiped God”
|
||||
HEB 11 22 lkp6 figs-euphemism τελευτῶν 1 when his end was near Here **his end** is a polite way of referring to death. Alternate translation: “when he was about to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
HEB 11 22 lkp6 figs-euphemism τελευτῶν 1 when his end was near Here, **his end** is a polite way of referring to death. Alternate translation: “when he was about to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
HEB 11 22 hhs3 περὶ τῆς ἐξόδου τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἐμνημόνευσεν 1 spoke of the departure of the children of Israel from Egypt “spoke of when the children of Israel would leave Egypt”
|
||||
HEB 11 22 t6i5 τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ 1 the sons of Israel “the Israelites” or “the descendants of Israel”
|
||||
HEB 11 22 nl1i figs-explicit περὶ τῶν ὀστέων αὐτοῦ ἐνετείλατο 1 instructed them about his bones Joseph died while in Egypt. He wanted his people to take his bones with them when they left Egypt so they could bury his bones in the land that God promised them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ HEB 11 27 rc43 figs-simile τὸν…ἀόρατον ὡς ὁρῶν, ἐκαρ
|
|||
HEB 11 27 cc8w τὸν…ἀόρατον 1 the one who is invisible “the one no one can see”
|
||||
HEB 11 28 tz7k πεποίηκεν τὸ Πάσχα καὶ τὴν πρόσχυσιν τοῦ αἵματος 1 he kept the Passover and the sprinkling of the blood This was the first Passover. Moses kept it by obeying God’s commands concerning the Passover and by commanding the people to obey them every year. Alternate translation: “he commanded the people to obey God’s commands concerning the Passover and to sprinkle blood on their doors” or “he established the Passover and the sprinkling of blood”
|
||||
HEB 11 28 bef7 figs-explicit τὴν πρόσχυσιν τοῦ αἵματος 1 the sprinkling of the blood This refers to God’s command to the Israelites to kill a lamb and spread its blood on the doorposts of every house where Israelites lived. This would prevent the destroyer from harming their firstborn sons. This was one of the Passover commands. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 11 28 bm2f figs-metonymy μὴ…θίγῃ 1 should not touch Here **touch** refers to harming or to killing someone. Alternate translation: “would not harm” or “would not kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 11 28 bm2f figs-metonymy μὴ…θίγῃ 1 should not touch Here, **touch** refers to harming or to killing someone. Alternate translation: “would not harm” or “would not kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 11 29 z2yj 0 General Information: Here the first word **they** refers to the Israelites, the second “they” refers to the Egyptians, the third “they” refers to the walls of Jericho.
|
||||
HEB 11 29 a67h διέβησαν τὴν Ἐρυθρὰν Θάλασσαν 1 they passed through the Sea of Reeds “the Israelites passed through the Sea of Reeds”
|
||||
HEB 11 29 hq2y figs-activepassive κατεπόθησαν 1 they were swallowed up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the water swallowed up the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -652,8 +652,8 @@ HEB 11 32 f7ip 0 Connecting Statement: The writer continues to speak of what G
|
|||
HEB 11 32 rh6y figs-rquestion τί ἔτι λέγω? 1 What more can I say? The author uses a question to emphasize that there are many examples that he could have quoted. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “And there are many more examples.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 11 32 bs7h ἐπιλείψει…με…ὁ χρόνος 1 the time will fail me “I will not have enough time”
|
||||
HEB 11 32 ni55 translate-names Βαράκ 1 Barak This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
HEB 11 33 f3jx οἳ διὰ πίστεως 1 It was through faith Here **they** does not mean that each person listed in 11:32 did all the things the author is about to mention. The author means in general these are the kinds of things that those with faith were able to do. Alternate translation: “It was through faith that men like these”
|
||||
HEB 11 33 v5w8 οἳ…κατηγωνίσαντο βασιλείας 1 they conquered kingdoms Here **kingdoms** refers to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “they defeated the people of foreign kingdoms”
|
||||
HEB 11 33 f3jx οἳ διὰ πίστεως 1 It was through faith Here, **they** does not mean that each person listed in 11:32 did all the things the author is about to mention. The author means in general these are the kinds of things that those with faith were able to do. Alternate translation: “It was through faith that men like these”
|
||||
HEB 11 33 v5w8 οἳ…κατηγωνίσαντο βασιλείας 1 they conquered kingdoms Here, **kingdoms** refers to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “they defeated the people of foreign kingdoms”
|
||||
HEB 11 33 u2su figs-metaphor ἔφραξαν στόματα λεόντων 1 They stopped the mouths of lions These words begin a list of some of the ways God saved believers from death. Alternate translation: “They kept lions from eating them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 11 34 j6sv figs-metaphor ἔσβεσαν δύναμιν πυρός, ἔφυγον στόματα μαχαίρης 1 extinguished the power of fire, escaped the edge of the sword These are some of the ways God saved believers from death. Alternate translation: “they kept fire from burning them, they kept their enemies from killing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 11 34 iri4 figs-activepassive ἐδυναμώθησαν ἀπὸ ἀσθενείας 1 were healed of illnesses This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “received healing from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ HEB 11 37 fg8c figs-activepassive ἐλιθάσθησαν, ἐπρίσθησαν
|
|||
HEB 11 37 r3gx περιῆλθον 1 went about “went from place to place” or “lived all the time”
|
||||
HEB 11 37 qf89 ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγίοις δέρμασιν 1 in sheepskins and goatskins “wearing only the skins of sheep and goats”
|
||||
HEB 11 37 x2jf ὑστερούμενοι 1 destitute “They had nothing” or “They were very poor”
|
||||
HEB 11 38 a721 figs-metonymy οὐκ ἦν ἄξιος ὁ κόσμος 1 The world was not worthy Here **world** refers to the people. Alternate translation: “The people of this world were not worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 11 38 a721 figs-metonymy οὐκ ἦν ἄξιος ὁ κόσμος 1 The world was not worthy Here, **world** refers to the people. Alternate translation: “The people of this world were not worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 11 38 j9lp πλανώμενοι 1 They wandered about This was because they had no place to live.
|
||||
HEB 11 38 li8j σπηλαίοις, καὶ ταῖς ὀπαῖς τῆς γῆς 1 caves and holes in the ground “caves, and some lived in holes in the ground”
|
||||
HEB 11 39 l5wd figs-activepassive οὗτοι πάντες μαρτυρηθέντες διὰ τῆς πίστεως, οὐκ ἐκομίσαντο τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 Although all these people were approved by God because of their faith, they did not receive the promise This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God honored all these because of their faith, but they did not themselves receive what God had promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -678,8 +678,8 @@ HEB 12 intro h1qb 0 # Hebrews 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting
|
|||
HEB 12 1 jg6w figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The words **we** and **us** refer to the author and his readers. The word **you** is plural and here refers to the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
HEB 12 1 k8mr 0 Connecting Statement: Because of this great number of Old Testament believers, the author talks of the life of faith that believers should live with Jesus as their example.
|
||||
HEB 12 1 f6u9 figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς, τοσοῦτον ἔχοντες περικείμενον ἡμῖν νέφος μαρτύρων 1 we are surrounded by such a large cloud of witnesses The writer speaks about the Old Testament believers as if they were a cloud that surrounded the present-day believers. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “such a large cloud of witnesses surrounds us” or “there are so many examples of faithful people about whom we learn in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 1 hf97 μαρτύρων 1 witnesses Here **witnesses** refers to the Old Testament believers in chapter 11 who lived before the race of faith that believers now run.
|
||||
HEB 12 1 yw1t figs-metaphor ὄγκον ἀποθέμενοι πάντα καὶ τὴν εὐπερίστατον ἁμαρτίαν 1 let us lay aside every weight and easily entangling sin Here **weight** and **easily entangling sin** are spoken of as if a person could take them off himself and put them down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 1 hf97 μαρτύρων 1 witnesses Here, **witnesses** refers to the Old Testament believers in chapter 11 who lived before the race of faith that believers now run.
|
||||
HEB 12 1 yw1t figs-metaphor ὄγκον ἀποθέμενοι πάντα καὶ τὴν εὐπερίστατον ἁμαρτίαν 1 let us lay aside every weight and easily entangling sin Here, **weight** and **easily entangling sin** are spoken of as if a person could take them off himself and put them down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 1 zln7 figs-metaphor ὄγκον…πάντα 1 every weight Attitudes or habits that keep believers from trusting and obeying God are spoken of as if they were loads that would make it difficult for a person to carry while running. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 1 t6wu figs-metaphor τὴν εὐπερίστατον ἁμαρτίαν 1 easily entangling sin Sin is spoken of as if it were a net or something else that can trip people up and make them fall. Alternate translation: “sin that makes obeying God difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 1 g5dn figs-metaphor τρέχωμεν τὸν προκείμενον ἡμῖν ἀγῶνα 1 Let us patiently run the race that is placed before us Following Jesus is spoken of as if it were running a race. Alternate translation: “Let us continue obeying what God has commanded us, just like a runner keeps going until the race is over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -687,11 +687,11 @@ HEB 12 2 a946 τὸν τῆς πίστεως ἀρχηγὸν καὶ τελε
|
|||
HEB 12 2 za14 figs-metaphor ἀντὶ τῆς προκειμένης αὐτῷ χαρᾶς 1 For the joy that was placed before him The joy that Jesus would experience is spoken of as if God the Father had placed it before him as a goal to reach. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 2 y7me αἰσχύνης καταφρονήσας 1 despised its shame This means he was not concerned about the shame of dying on a cross.
|
||||
HEB 12 2 vm9b translate-symaction ἐν δεξιᾷ τε τοῦ θρόνου τοῦ Θεοῦ κεκάθικεν 1 sat down at the right hand of the throne of God To sit at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Hebrews 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “sat down at the place of honor and authority beside the throne of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
HEB 12 3 i1xl figs-metonymy κάμητε, ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 weary in your hearts Here **hearts** represents a person’s thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “discouraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 12 3 i1xl figs-metonymy κάμητε, ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 weary in your hearts Here, **hearts** represents a person’s thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “discouraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 12 4 q1w8 0 Connecting Statement: The author of Hebrews has been comparing the Christian life to a race.
|
||||
HEB 12 4 b9b7 figs-personification οὔπω…ἀντικατέστητε, πρὸς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀνταγωνιζόμενοι 1 You have not yet resisted or struggled against sin Here **sin** is spoken of as if it were a person whom someone fights in a battle. Alternate translation: “You have not yet had to endure attacks of sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 12 4 b9b7 figs-personification οὔπω…ἀντικατέστητε, πρὸς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀνταγωνιζόμενοι 1 You have not yet resisted or struggled against sin Here, **sin** is spoken of as if it were a person whom someone fights in a battle. Alternate translation: “You have not yet had to endure attacks of sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 12 4 i4ip figs-metaphor μέχρις αἵματος 1 to the point of blood Resisting opposition so much that one dies for it is spoken of as if one reached a certain place where he would die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 4 uwg6 figs-metonymy αἵματος 1 of blood Here **blood** refers to death. Alternate translation: “of death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 12 4 uwg6 figs-metonymy αἵματος 1 of blood Here, **blood** refers to death. Alternate translation: “of death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 12 5 y6cv figs-personification τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἥτις ὑμῖν…διαλέγεται 1 the encouragement that instructs you Old Testament scripture is spoken of as if it were a person who could encourage others. Alternate translation: “what God has instructed you in the scriptures to encourage you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 12 5 e6a9 figs-gendernotations ὡς υἱοῖς…υἱέ μου 1 as sons…My son The word translated “sons” and “son” is specifically the word for a male child. In that culture the family line continued through the sons, not normally through the daughters. However, as stated by the UST and some English versions, the author is directing his words to both males and females. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 12 5 a7vf υἱέ μου…ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 My son…corrected by him Here the author is quoting from the book of Proverbs in the Old Testament, which was the words of Solomon to his male children.
|
||||
|
|
@ -725,13 +725,13 @@ HEB 12 15 at8j μή τις ὑστερῶν ἀπὸ τῆς χάριτος τ
|
|||
HEB 12 15 nh7g figs-metaphor μή τις ῥίζα πικρίας ἄνω φύουσα ἐνοχλῇ, καὶ δι’ αὐτῆς μιανθῶσιν πολλοί 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it Hateful or resentful attitudes are spoken of as if they were a plant bitter to the taste. Alternate translation: “that no one becomes like a bitter root, which when it grows causes trouble and harms many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 17 j6x8 figs-activepassive ἀπεδοκιμάσθη 1 he was rejected This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “his father, Isaac, refused to bless him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 17 d6he figs-abstractnouns μετανοίας γὰρ τόπον οὐχ εὗρεν 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance The abstract noun “repentance” can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “because it was not possible for him to repent” or “because it was not possible for him to change his decision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 12 17 b7k3 καίπερ μετὰ δακρύων ἐκζητήσας αὐτήν 1 even though he sought it with tears Here **he** refers to Esau.
|
||||
HEB 12 17 b7k3 καίπερ μετὰ δακρύων ἐκζητήσας αὐτήν 1 even though he sought it with tears Here, **he** refers to Esau.
|
||||
HEB 12 18 y1ed 0 General Information: The two instances of **you** refer to the Hebrew believers to whom the author wrote. The word **they** refers to people of Israel after Moses led them out of Egypt. The first quotation comes from the writings of Moses. God reveals in this passage in Hebrews that Moses said he shook at seeing the mountain.
|
||||
HEB 12 18 xti4 0 Connecting Statement: The author gives a contrast between what believers in Moses’ time had while living under the law and what present day believers have after coming to Jesus under the new covenant. He illustrates the experience of the Israelites by describing how God appeared to them at Mount Sinai.
|
||||
HEB 12 18 a43l figs-explicit οὐ γὰρ προσεληλύθατε, ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 For you have not come to a mountain that can be touched The implicit information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “For you have not come, as the people of Israel came, to a mountain that can be touched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 12 18 w6j6 figs-activepassive προσεληλύθατε 1 that can be touched This means that believers in Christ have not come to a physical mountain like Mount Sinai that a person can touch or see. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that a person can touch” or “that people can perceive with their senses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 19 s3x2 σάλπιγγος ἤχῳ 1 You have not come to a trumpet blast “You have not come to a place where there is the loud sound of a trumpet”
|
||||
HEB 12 19 x2qk figs-metonymy καὶ φωνῇ ῥημάτων, ἧς οἱ ἀκούσαντες παρῃτήσαντο, μὴ προστεθῆναι αὐτοῖς λόγον 1 nor to a voice that speaks words whose hearers begged that not another word be spoken to them Here **voice** refers to someone speaking. The phrase **be spoken** can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “or where God was speaking in such a way that those who heard him begged him not to speak another word to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 19 x2qk figs-metonymy καὶ φωνῇ ῥημάτων, ἧς οἱ ἀκούσαντες παρῃτήσαντο, μὴ προστεθῆναι αὐτοῖς λόγον 1 nor to a voice that speaks words whose hearers begged that not another word be spoken to them Here, **voice** refers to someone speaking. The phrase **be spoken** can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “or where God was speaking in such a way that those who heard him begged him not to speak another word to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 20 p7qu figs-activepassive τὸ διαστελλόμενον 1 what was commanded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what God commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 20 x31x figs-activepassive λιθοβοληθήσεται 1 it must be stoned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must stone it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 22 w9jj 0 General Information: The man Abel was the son of the first man and woman, Adam and Eve. Cain, also their son, murdered Abel.
|
||||
|
|
@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ HEB 12 23 km4a figs-activepassive ἀπογεγραμμένων ἐν οὐρα
|
|||
HEB 12 23 i7qb figs-activepassive τετελειωμένων 1 who have been made perfect This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God has made perfect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 24 kq1v διαθήκης νέας μεσίτῃ 1 the mediator of a new covenant This means Jesus caused the new covenant between God and humans to exist. See how you translated this phrase in [Hebrews 9:15](../09/15.md).
|
||||
HEB 12 24 nz8l figs-personification αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ, κρεῖττον λαλοῦντι παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 the sprinkled blood that speaks better than Abel’s blood The blood of Jesus and the blood of Abel are spoken of as if they were people calling out. Alternate translation: “the sprinkled blood of Jesus that says better things than the blood of Abel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 12 24 z7uq figs-metonymy αἵματι 1 blood Here **blood** stands for Jesus’ death, as Abel’s blood stands for his death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 12 24 z7uq figs-metonymy αἵματι 1 blood Here, **blood** stands for Jesus’ death, as Abel’s blood stands for his death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 12 25 pnn5 figs-you 0 General Information: This quotation is from the prophet Haggai in the Old Testament. The word **you** continues to refer to believers. The word **we** continues to refer to the writer and the readers who are believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 25 c9cn 0 Connecting Statement: Having contrasted the Israelites’ experience at Mount Sinai with the believers’ experience after Christ died, the writer reminds believers that they have the same God who warns them today. This is the fifth main warning given to believers.
|
||||
HEB 12 25 nnk9 figs-doublenegatives μὴ παραιτήσησθε τὸν λαλοῦντα 1 you do not refuse the one who is speaking This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “you pay attention to the one who is speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -771,22 +771,22 @@ HEB 13 3 d3ze figs-activepassive τῶν κακουχουμένων 1 who are mi
|
|||
HEB 13 3 g4ap figs-activepassive ὡς καὶ αὐτοὶ ὄντες ἐν σώματι 1 as if you also were them in the body This phrase encourages believers to think about other people’s suffering as they would think about their own suffering. Alternate translation: “as if you were the one suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 4 ix27 figs-activepassive τίμιος ὁ γάμος ἐν πᾶσιν 1 Let marriage be respected by everyone This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Men and women who are married to each other must respect each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 4 ix79 figs-euphemism ἡ κοίτη ἀμίαντος 1 Let the marriage bed be pure This refers to the act of sexual union as if it were only the bed of a married couple. Alternate translation: “Let husbands and wives honor their marriage relationship to one another and not sleep with other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 5 sz35 ἀφιλάργυρος ὁ τρόπος 1 Let your conduct be free from the love of money Here **conduct** refers to a person’s character or the way he lives, and “free from the love of money” refers to not greatly desiring to have more money. A person who loves money is not content with the amount of money he has. Alternate translation: “Let your conduct not be affected by the love of money” or “Do not greatly wish to have more money”
|
||||
HEB 13 5 sz35 ἀφιλάργυρος ὁ τρόπος 1 Let your conduct be free from the love of money Here, **conduct** refers to a person’s character or the way he lives, and “free from the love of money” refers to not greatly desiring to have more money. A person who loves money is not content with the amount of money he has. Alternate translation: “Let your conduct not be affected by the love of money” or “Do not greatly wish to have more money”
|
||||
HEB 13 5 n19c ἀρκούμενοι 1 Be content “Be satisfied”
|
||||
HEB 13 6 c8w6 figs-explicit Κύριος ἐμοὶ βοηθός…ποιήσει μοι ἄνθρωπος 1 The Lord is my helper…do to me This is a quotation from the book of Psalms in the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 13 6 q8ie figs-rquestion οὐ φοβηθήσομαι; τί ποιήσει μοι ἄνθρωπος? 1 I will not be afraid. What can a man do to me? The author uses a question to emphasize that he does not fear people because God is helping him. Here **man** means any person in general. Alternate translation: “I will not fear what any person can do to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 13 6 q8ie figs-rquestion οὐ φοβηθήσομαι; τί ποιήσει μοι ἄνθρωπος? 1 I will not be afraid. What can a man do to me? The author uses a question to emphasize that he does not fear people because God is helping him. Here, **man** means any person in general. Alternate translation: “I will not fear what any person can do to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 13 7 e6b5 τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 God’s word “what God has said”
|
||||
HEB 13 7 ym9m τὴν ἔκβασιν τῆς ἀναστροφῆς 1 the result of their conduct “the outcome of the way they behave”
|
||||
HEB 13 7 tvu6 figs-metonymy μιμεῖσθε τὴν πίστιν 1 Imitate their faith Here the trust in God and the way of life led by these leaders are spoken of as **their faith**. Alternate translation: “Trust and obey God in the same way they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 8 dv5g figs-metonymy ἐχθὲς καὶ σήμερον, ὁ αὐτός, καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 is the same yesterday, today, and forever Here **yesterday** means all times in the past. Alternate translation: “is the same in the past, the present, and in the future forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 8 dv5g figs-metonymy ἐχθὲς καὶ σήμερον, ὁ αὐτός, καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 is the same yesterday, today, and forever Here, **yesterday** means all times in the past. Alternate translation: “is the same in the past, the present, and in the future forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 9 y92c 0 General Information: This section refers to animal sacrifices made by believers in God in Old Testament times, which covered their sins temporarily until the death of Christ came about.
|
||||
HEB 13 9 dp5w figs-metaphor διδαχαῖς ποικίλαις καὶ ξέναις, μὴ παραφέρεσθε 1 Do not be carried away by various strange teachings Being persuaded by various teachings is spoken of as if a person were being carried away by a force. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Do not let others persuade you to believe their various strange teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 9 fe6i διδαχαῖς ποικίλαις καὶ ξέναις 1 various strange teachings “many, different teachings that are not the good news we told you”
|
||||
HEB 13 9 tmt1 figs-metaphor καλὸν…χάριτι βεβαιοῦσθαι τὴν καρδίαν, οὐ βρώμασιν, ἐν οἷς οὐκ ὠφελήθησαν οἱ περιπατοῦντες 1 it is good that the heart should be strengthened by grace, not by foods that do not help those who walk by them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we become stronger when we think of how God has been kind to us, but we do not become stronger by obeying rules about food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 9 t28u figs-metonymy βεβαιοῦσθαι τὴν καρδίαν 1 the heart should be strengthened Here **heart** is a metonym for the “inner being.” Alternate translation: “we should be strengthened inwardly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 9 ar93 figs-metonymy βρώμασιν 1 foods Here **foods** stands for rules about food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 9 t28u figs-metonymy βεβαιοῦσθαι τὴν καρδίαν 1 the heart should be strengthened Here, **heart** is a metonym for the “inner being.” Alternate translation: “we should be strengthened inwardly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 9 ar93 figs-metonymy βρώμασιν 1 foods Here, **foods** stands for rules about food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 9 kf3b figs-metaphor οἱ περιπατοῦντες 1 those who walk by them Living is spoken of as if it were walking. Alternate translation: “those who live by them” or “those who regulate their lives by them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 10 jjy3 figs-metonymy ἔχομεν θυσιαστήριον 1 We have an altar Here **altar** stands for “place of worship.” It also stands for the animals that the priests in the old covenant sacrificed, from which they took meat for themselves and their families. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 10 jjy3 figs-metonymy ἔχομεν θυσιαστήριον 1 We have an altar Here, **altar** stands for “place of worship.” It also stands for the animals that the priests in the old covenant sacrificed, from which they took meat for themselves and their families. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 11 luf7 figs-activepassive ὧν…εἰσφέρεται ζῴων τὸ αἷμα περὶ ἁμαρτίας εἰς τὰ ἅγια διὰ τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 the blood of the animals killed for sins is brought by the high priest into the holy place This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the high priest brings into the holy place the blood of the animals that the priests killed for sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 11 iv19 figs-activepassive τούτων τὰ σώματα κατακαίεται 1 while their bodies are burned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “while the priests burn the animals’ bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 11 f7nb ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς 1 outside the camp “away from where the people lived”
|
||||
|
|
@ -798,28 +798,28 @@ HEB 13 13 h3j4 figs-metaphor τὸν ὀνειδισμὸν αὐτοῦ φέρ
|
|||
HEB 13 14 u2wn ἐπιζητοῦμεν 1 looking for “waiting for”
|
||||
HEB 13 15 zfy9 figs-metaphor θυσίαν αἰνέσεως 1 a sacrifice of praise Praise is spoken of as if it were a sacrifice of animals or incense. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 15 b4p1 figs-metaphor αἰνέσεως…τοῦτ’ ἔστιν καρπὸν χειλέων 1 praise that is the fruit of lips that acknowledge his name Praise is spoken of as if it were fruit produced by the lips of people. Alternate translation: “praise that is produced by the lips of those who acknowledge his name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 15 zr2d figs-synecdoche χειλέων ὁμολογούντων τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 lips that acknowledge his name Here **lips** represents people who speak. Alternate translation: “the lips of those who acknowledge his name” or “those who acknowledge his name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
HEB 13 15 zr2d figs-synecdoche χειλέων ὁμολογούντων τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 lips that acknowledge his name Here, **lips** represents people who speak. Alternate translation: “the lips of those who acknowledge his name” or “those who acknowledge his name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
HEB 13 15 v52x figs-metonymy τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 his name A person’s name represents that person. Alternate translation: “him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 16 ma8c figs-litotes τῆς…εὐποιΐας καὶ κοινωνίας μὴ ἐπιλανθάνεσθε 1 Let us not forget doing good and helping one another This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Let us always remember to do good and help others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
HEB 13 16 kp76 figs-metaphor τοιαύταις…θυσίαις 1 with such sacrifices Doing good and helping others is spoken of as if they were sacrifices on an altar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 17 n5e8 figs-metaphor ἀγρυπνοῦσιν ὑπὲρ τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 keep watch over your souls The believers’ souls, that is, the believers’ spiritual well-being, are spoken of as if they were objects or animals that guards could keep watch over. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 17 z2yp figs-metonymy μὴ στενάζοντες 1 not with groaning Here **groaning** stands for sadness or grief. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 17 z2yp figs-metonymy μὴ στενάζοντες 1 not with groaning Here, **groaning** stands for sadness or grief. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 18 d5hf 0 Connecting Statement: The author closes with a blessing and greetings.
|
||||
HEB 13 18 xmh1 figs-exclusive προσεύχεσθε περὶ ἡμῶν 1 Pray for us Here **us** refers to the author and his companions, but not to the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 18 n6gb figs-metaphor πειθόμεθα…ὅτι καλὴν συνείδησιν ἔχομεν 1 we are persuaded that we have a clean conscience Here **clean** stands for being free from guilt. Alternate translation: “we are certain that we have no guilt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 18 xmh1 figs-exclusive προσεύχεσθε περὶ ἡμῶν 1 Pray for us Here, **us** refers to the author and his companions, but not to the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 18 n6gb figs-metaphor πειθόμεθα…ὅτι καλὴν συνείδησιν ἔχομεν 1 we are persuaded that we have a clean conscience Here, **clean** stands for being free from guilt. Alternate translation: “we are certain that we have no guilt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 19 cg4l figs-activepassive ἵνα τάχειον ἀποκατασταθῶ ὑμῖν 1 that I will be returned to you sooner This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that God will quickly remove the things that stop my coming to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 20 n66e δὲ 1 Now This marks a new section of the letter. Here the author praises God and gives a final prayer for his readers.
|
||||
HEB 13 20 d8yq ὁ ἀναγαγὼν ἐκ νεκρῶν τὸν Ποιμένα τῶν προβάτων τὸν μέγαν…τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ 1 brought back from the dead the great shepherd of the sheep, our Lord Jesus “raised the great shepherd of the sheep, our Lord Jesus, to life”
|
||||
HEB 13 20 k6n6 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To raise someone from among them speaks of causing that person to become alive again.
|
||||
HEB 13 20 gn9w figs-metaphor τὸν Ποιμένα τῶν προβάτων τὸν μέγαν 1 the great shepherd of the sheep Christ in his role of leader and protector of those who believe in him is spoken of as if he were a shepherd of sheep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 20 qxb8 figs-metonymy ἐν αἵματι διαθήκης αἰωνίου 1 by the blood of the eternal covenant Here **blood** stands for the death of Jesus, which is the basis for the covenant that will last forever between God and all believers in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 20 qxb8 figs-metonymy ἐν αἵματι διαθήκης αἰωνίου 1 by the blood of the eternal covenant Here, **blood** stands for the death of Jesus, which is the basis for the covenant that will last forever between God and all believers in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 21 qj79 καταρτίσαι ὑμᾶς ἐν παντὶ ἀγαθῷ, εἰς τὸ ποιῆσαι τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ 1 equip you with everything good to do his will “give you every good thing you need in order to do his will “make you capable of doing every good thing according to his will”
|
||||
HEB 13 21 r3mi figs-exclusive ποιῶν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 working in us The word **us** refers to the author and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 21 u6iq ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 to whom be the glory forever “whom all people will praise forever”
|
||||
HEB 13 22 wa9r δὲ 1 Now This marks a new section of the letter. Here the author gives his final comments to his audience.
|
||||
HEB 13 22 b27j figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers This refers to all the believers to whom he is writing whether male or female. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 13 22 d5e6 ἀνέχεσθε τοῦ λόγου τῆς παρακλήσεως 1 bear with the word of encouragement “patiently consider what I have just written to encourage you”
|
||||
HEB 13 22 l8b3 figs-metonymy τοῦ λόγου τῆς παρακλήσεως 1 the word of encouragement Here **word** stands for a message. Alternate translation: “the encouraging message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 22 l8b3 figs-metonymy τοῦ λόγου τῆς παρακλήσεως 1 the word of encouragement Here, **word** stands for a message. Alternate translation: “the encouraging message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 23 w3m2 figs-activepassive ἀπολελυμένον 1 has been set free This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “is no longer in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 24 r7kn ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας 1 Those from Italy greet you Possible meanings are (1) the author is not in Italy, but there is a group of believers with him who have come from Italy or (2) the author is in Italy while writing this letter.
|
||||
HEB 13 24 kk9c translate-names τῆς Ἰταλίας 1 Italy This is the name of a region at that time. Rome was the then-capital city of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -17,8 +17,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 1 4 vr9s figs-metaphor ἄφθαρτον, καὶ ἀμίαντον, καὶ ἀμάραντον 1 imperishable and undefiled and unfading Peter uses three similar phrases to describe the inheritance as something that is perfect and eternal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 4 z6w4 figs-activepassive τετηρημένην ἐν οὐρανοῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 reserved in heaven for you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which God is reserving in heaven for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 r4es figs-activepassive τοὺς ἐν δυνάμει Θεοῦ φρουρουμένους 1 who are protected by the power of God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and God is protecting you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 fw3p figs-abstractnouns ἐν δυνάμει Θεοῦ 1 by the power of God Here **power** is a way of saying that God is strong and able to protect believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 a4ab figs-abstractnouns διὰ πίστεως 1 through faith Here **faith** refers to the fact that the believers trust in Christ. Alternate translation: “because of your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 fw3p figs-abstractnouns ἐν δυνάμει Θεοῦ 1 by the power of God Here, **power** is a way of saying that God is strong and able to protect believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 a4ab figs-abstractnouns διὰ πίστεως 1 through faith Here, **faith** refers to the fact that the believers trust in Christ. Alternate translation: “because of your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 g4rb figs-activepassive ἑτοίμην ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 that is ready to be revealed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that God is ready to reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 6 hy8d ἐν ᾧ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε 1 In this you greatly rejoice The word **this** refers to all the blessings that Peter mentions in the previous verses.
|
||||
1PE 1 7 vvp1 figs-metaphor ἵνα τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως 1 so that the proof of your faith In the same way in which fire refines gold, hardships test how well believers trust in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 1 16 s8kz ἅγιοι ἔσεσθε, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἅγιος 1 You will be holy, because I am holy Here the word **I** refers to God.
|
||||
1PE 1 17 s6gv figs-metaphor ἐν φόβῳ τὸν τῆς παροικίας ὑμῶν χρόνον ἀναστράφητε 1 conduct yourselves in fear during the time of your journey Peter speaks of his readers as if they were people living in a foreign land away from their home. Alternate translation: “be careful how you use the time you are living away from your true home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 18 q4pc figs-activepassive ἐλυτρώθητε 1 you have been redeemed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has redeemed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 19 s4jd figs-metonymy τιμίῳ αἵματι…Χριστοῦ 1 with the precious blood of Christ Here **blood** stands for Christ’s death on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 1 19 s4jd figs-metonymy τιμίῳ αἵματι…Χριστοῦ 1 with the precious blood of Christ Here, **blood** stands for Christ’s death on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 1 19 gk6a figs-simile ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου 1 as an unblemished and spotless lamb Jesus died as a sacrifice so that God would forgive people’s sins. Alternate translation: “like the lambs without blemish or spot that the Jewish priests sacrificed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1PE 1 19 smu8 figs-doublet ἀμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου 1 unblemished and spotless Peter expresses the same idea in two different ways to emphasize Christ’s purity. Alternate translation: “with no imperfections” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 1 20 msw5 figs-activepassive προεγνωσμένου 1 He has been chosen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God chose Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 1 22 hj14 figs-metaphor ἡγνικότες 1 Having purified Here the idea of cleanliness refers to being acceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 22 qyt5 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ὑπακοῇ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 by obedience to the truth You can translate this using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “by obeying the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 22 j777 φιλαδελφίαν 1 brotherly love This refers to love between fellow believers.
|
||||
1PE 1 22 e9wr figs-metonymy ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας, ἀλλήλους ἀγαπήσατε ἐκτενῶς 1 love one another earnestly from a pure heart Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or emotions. To love someone “from the heart” means to love some one completely with total commitment. Alternate translation: “love one another earnestly and completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 1 22 e9wr figs-metonymy ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας, ἀλλήλους ἀγαπήσατε ἐκτενῶς 1 love one another earnestly from a pure heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or emotions. To love someone “from the heart” means to love some one completely with total commitment. Alternate translation: “love one another earnestly and completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 1 23 w4v3 figs-metaphor ἀναγεγεννημένοι, οὐκ ἐκ σπορᾶς φθαρτῆς, ἀλλὰ ἀφθάρτου 1 having been born again, not from perishable seed, but from imperishable Possible meanings are that Peter speaks of the word of God either (1) as the seed of a plant that grows and produces new life in believers or (2) as the tiny cells inside a man or woman that combine to cause a baby to grow inside the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 23 nh9r ἀφθάρτου 1 from imperishable seed that will not rot or dry up or die
|
||||
1PE 1 23 tjq9 figs-metonymy διὰ λόγου ζῶντος Θεοῦ, καὶ μένοντος 1 through the living and enduring word of God Peter speaks of the **word of God** as if it were alive forever. In reality, it is God who lives forever, and whose instructions and promises last eternally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -100,14 +100,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 2 7 i4jl figs-activepassive λίθος ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες 1 The stone that was rejected by the builders This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The stone that the builders rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 7 ql12 κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 the head of the corner This refers to the most important stone in a building and means basically the same thing as “cornerstone” in [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md).
|
||||
1PE 2 8 ptx5 figs-parallelism λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου 1 A stone of stumbling and a rock of offense These two phrases share similar meanings. Together they emphasize that people will take **offense** at this “stone,” which refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “a stone or a rock over which people will stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1PE 2 8 h7ta προσκόπτουσιν τῷ λόγῳ ἀπειθοῦντες 1 stumble because they disobey the word Here **the word** refers to the gospel message. To **disobey** means that they do not believe. Alternate translation: “stumble because they are not believing the message about Jesus”
|
||||
1PE 2 8 h7ta προσκόπτουσιν τῷ λόγῳ ἀπειθοῦντες 1 stumble because they disobey the word Here, **the word** refers to the gospel message. To **disobey** means that they do not believe. Alternate translation: “stumble because they are not believing the message about Jesus”
|
||||
1PE 2 8 sm6s figs-activepassive εἰς ὃ καὶ ἐτέθησαν 1 to which also they were appointed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for which God also appointed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 9 dc8m 0 General Information: In verse 10 Peter quotes a verse from the prophet Hosea. Some modern versions do not format this as a quote, which is also acceptable.
|
||||
1PE 2 9 zla9 figs-activepassive γένος ἐκλεκτόν 1 a chosen people You can clarify that God is the one who has **chosen** them. Alternate translation: “a people whom God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 9 g39z βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα 1 a royal priesthood Possible meanings are (1) “a group of kings and a group of priests” or (2) “a group of priests who serve the king.”
|
||||
1PE 2 9 qk7f λαὸς εἰς περιποίησιν 1 a people for possession “a people who belong to God”
|
||||
1PE 2 9 ra7z ἐκ…ὑμᾶς καλέσαντος 1 who called you from “who called you to come out of”
|
||||
1PE 2 9 nvf5 figs-metaphor ἐκ σκότους…εἰς τὸ θαυμαστὸν αὐτοῦ φῶς 1 from darkness into his marvelous light Here **darkness** refers to their condition as sinful people who did not know God, and **light** refers to their condition as people who do know God and practice righteousness. Alternate translation: “from a life of sin and ignorance of God to a life of knowing and pleasing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 9 nvf5 figs-metaphor ἐκ σκότους…εἰς τὸ θαυμαστὸν αὐτοῦ φῶς 1 from darkness into his marvelous light Here, **darkness** refers to their condition as sinful people who did not know God, and **light** refers to their condition as people who do know God and practice righteousness. Alternate translation: “from a life of sin and ignorance of God to a life of knowing and pleasing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 11 jnr9 0 General Information: Peter begins to talk about how to live Christian lives.
|
||||
1PE 2 11 ve9u figs-doublet παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδήμους 1 foreigners and exiles These two words mean basically the same thing.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 2 11 hjuk figs-metaphor παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδήμους 1 foreigners and exiles Peter speaks of his readers as people who are living in foreign lands away from their home. See how you translated “foreigners” in [1 Peter 1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -136,12 +136,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 2 21 xit1 figs-activepassive εἰς τοῦτο…ἐκλήθητε 1 to this you were called Here the word **this** refers to believers enduring while suffering for doing good, as Peter has just described. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has called you to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 21 si3l figs-metaphor ὑμῖν…ἵνα ἐπακολουθήσητε τοῖς ἴχνεσιν αὐτοῦ 1 for you so that you might follow in his footsteps Peter speaks of following Jesus’ example in the way that they suffer as if one were walking on the same path that Jesus had taken. Alternate translation: “so that you would imitate his behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 22 tyz4 figs-activepassive οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ 1 neither was deceit found in his mouth This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “neither did anyone find deceit in his mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 22 lw1u figs-metonymy οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ 1 neither was deceit found in his mouth Here **deceit** refers to words that a person speaks that are intended to deceive other people. Alternate translation: “neither did he speak any lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 2 22 lw1u figs-metonymy οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ 1 neither was deceit found in his mouth Here, **deceit** refers to words that a person speaks that are intended to deceive other people. Alternate translation: “neither did he speak any lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 2 23 lj4a figs-activepassive ὃς λοιδορούμενος, οὐκ ἀντελοιδόρει 1 He, being reviled, did not revile back To **revile** someone is to speak abusively to another person. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When people insulted him, he did not insult them back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 23 gqb5 παρεδίδου…τῷ κρίνοντι δικαίως 1 he comitted himself to the one who judges justly “he entrusted himself to the one who judges justly.” This means that he trusted God to take away his shame, which had been put on him by those who treated him harshly.
|
||||
1PE 2 24 k5fm 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues talking about Jesus Christ. He is still speaking to people who are servants.
|
||||
1PE 2 24 k632 figs-rpronouns ὃς…αὐτὸς 1 He himself This refers to Jesus, with emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 24 w49m figs-metonymy τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν…ἀνήνεγκεν ἐν τῷ σώματι αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ ξύλον 1 carried our sins in his body to the tree Here **carried our sins** means he suffered the punishment for our sins. Alternate translation: “suffered the punishment for our sins in his body on the tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 2 24 w49m figs-metonymy τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν…ἀνήνεγκεν ἐν τῷ σώματι αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ ξύλον 1 carried our sins in his body to the tree Here, **carried our sins** means he suffered the punishment for our sins. Alternate translation: “suffered the punishment for our sins in his body on the tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 2 24 zl8e figs-metonymy τὸ ξύλον 1 the tree This is a reference to the cross on which Jesus died, which was made of wood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 2 24 ep4s figs-activepassive οὗ τῷ μώλωπι ἰάθητε 1 of whose wounds you were healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has healed you because people bruised him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 25 sgt9 figs-simile ἦτε…ὡς πρόβατα πλανώμενοι 1 you as sheep are being led astray Peter speaks about his readers before they believed in Christ as if they had been similar to lost sheep wandering around aimlessly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -149,10 +149,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 3:10-12.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Outward ornaments”<br><br>Most people want to look good so other people will like them and think they are good people. Women are especially careful to look good by wearing nice clothes and jewels. Peter is saying that what a woman thinks and says and does are more important to God than how she looks.<br><br>### Unity<br><br>Peter wanted his readers to agree with each other. More importantly, he wanted them to love each other and be patient with each other.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Peter quotes a psalm that describes God as if he were a person with eyes, ears, and a face. However, God is a spirit, so he does not have physical eyes or ears or a physical face. But he does know what people do, and he does act against wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 1 p454 0 General Information: Peter begins to speak specifically to women who are wives.
|
||||
1PE 3 1 cj7z ὁμοίως, γυναῖκες, ὑποτασσόμεναι τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν 1 In the same way, wives, submit to your own husbands Just as believers are to “obey every human authority” ([1 Peter 2:13](../02/13.md)) and servants are to “be subject” to their masters ([1 Peter 2:18](../02/18.md)), wives are to **submit** to their **husbands**. The words “obey,” “be subject,” and “submit” translate the same word.
|
||||
1PE 3 1 wp5p figs-metonymy τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ 1 some are disobedient to the word Here **the word** refers to the gospel message. To disobey means that they do not believe. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Peter 2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “some men do not believe the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 1 wp5p figs-metonymy τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ 1 some are disobedient to the word Here, **the word** refers to the gospel message. To disobey means that they do not believe. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Peter 2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “some men do not believe the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 1 bs56 figs-idiom κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won This means that the unbelieving husbands will become believers. Alternate translation: “they will be persuaded to believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1PE 3 1 kbis figs-activepassive κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they will become believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 1 qp4q figs-ellipsis ἄνευ λόγου 1 without a word “without the wife saying a word.” Here **a word** refers to anything the wife might speak about Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1PE 3 1 qp4q figs-ellipsis ἄνευ λόγου 1 without a word “without the wife saying a word.” Here, **a word** refers to anything the wife might speak about Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1PE 3 2 zft4 figs-abstractnouns ἐποπτεύσαντες τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 having seen your pure behavior with respect The abstract noun **behavior** can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “having seen that you behave sincerely and respectfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 2 ng3s τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 1 your pure behavior with respect Possible meanings are (1) “your sincere behavior toward them and the way that you honor them” or (2) “your pure behavior toward them and the way that you honor God.”
|
||||
1PE 3 3 p1bg 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues speaking to women who are wives.
|
||||
|
|
@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 3 10 t5en figs-metonymy ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 good days The word **days** refers to one’s lifetime. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 10 wq2b figs-parallelism παυσάτω τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον 1 Let…stop his tongue from evil and his lips from speaking deceit These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the command not to lie. Alternate translation: “stop saying evil and deceitful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1PE 3 10 rqa9 figs-synecdoche τὴν γλῶσσαν…χείλη 1 his tongue…his lips The words **tongue** and **lips** refer to the person who is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1PE 3 11 n5sr figs-metaphor ἐκκλινάτω…ἀπὸ κακοῦ 1 let him turn away from evil Here **turn away** is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: “let him stop doing what is bad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 11 n5sr figs-metaphor ἐκκλινάτω…ἀπὸ κακοῦ 1 let him turn away from evil Here, **turn away** is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: “let him stop doing what is bad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 12 yn5l figs-synecdoche ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους 1 the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous The word **eyes** refers to the Lord’s ability to know things. Alternate translation: “The Lord knows the righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1PE 3 12 m2a0 figs-metaphor ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους 1 the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous The Lord’s approval of the righteous is spoken of as his seeing them. Alternate translation: “The Lord approves of the righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 12 r5xf figs-synecdoche ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν 1 his ears are upon their requests The word “ears” refers to the Lord’s awareness of what people say. Alternate translation: “he hears their requests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -198,10 +198,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 3 14 yz6y τὸν…φόβον αὐτῶν 1 their fear Here the word **their** refers to anyone who might try to harm those to whom Peter is writing.
|
||||
1PE 3 15 ju58 δὲ…ἁγιάσατε 1 Instead, sanctify “Instead of being troubled, set apart”
|
||||
1PE 3 15 vgv7 figs-metaphor Κύριον…τὸν Χριστὸν ἁγιάσατε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 sanctify the Lord Christ in your hearts The phrase “sanctify the Lord Christ” is a metaphor for acknowledging Christ’s holiness. Alternate translation: “acknowledge in your hearts that the Lord Christ is holy” or “honor the Lord Christ as holy within yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 15 qjg3 figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 in your hearts Here **hearts** is a metonym for the “inner person.” Alternate translation: “within yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 15 qjg3 figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 in your hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for the “inner person.” Alternate translation: “within yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 18 me4u 0 Connecting Statement: Peter explains how Christ suffered and what Christ accomplished by suffering.
|
||||
1PE 3 18 g1xd figs-metaphor ἵνα ὑμᾶς προσαγάγῃ τῷ Θεῷ 1 so that he might bring us to God Peter probably means here that Christ died in order to create a close relationship between us and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 18 j5lh figs-metaphor θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ 1 having been put to death in the flesh Here **flesh** refers to Christ’s body; Christ was physically put to death. Alternate translation: “having been killed physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 18 j5lh figs-metaphor θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ 1 having been put to death in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to Christ’s body; Christ was physically put to death. Alternate translation: “having been killed physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 18 q9fa figs-activepassive θανατωθεὶς…σαρκὶ 1 having been put to death in the flesh This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “since people put Christ to death physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 18 h6v4 figs-activepassive ζῳοποιηθεὶς…πνεύματι 1 having been made alive in the spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God made him alive spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 18 n7nh πνεύματι 1 in the spirit Possible meanings are (1) in a spiritual existence or (2) by the Holy Spirit’s power.
|
||||
|
|
@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 5 12 an6q διὰ Σιλουανοῦ, ὑμῖν…δι’ ὀλίγων ἔγραψα 1 Through Silvanus…I wrote to you briefly Silvanus wrote the words that Peter told him to write in the letter.
|
||||
1PE 5 12 g1t6 figs-metonymy ταύτην εἶναι ἀληθῆ χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 this is the true grace of God This refers back to what Paul has written. Here the word **grace** refers to the gospel message, which tells of the kind things that God has done for believers. Alternate translation: “I have written about the true grace of God” or “the gospel message I have written is God's grace to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 5 12 nm72 figs-metaphor εἰς ἣν στῆτε 1 Stand in it The word **it** refers to “the true grace of God.” Being strongly committed to this grace is spoken of as standing firmly in one place, refusing to move. Alternate translation: “Remain strongly committed to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 13 muq7 writing-symlanguage ἡ ἐν Βαβυλῶνι 1 She who is in Babylon Here **she** probably refers to the group of believers who live in **Babylon**. Possible meanings for **Babylon** are (1) it is a symbol for the city of Rome, (2) it is a symbol for anywhere that Christians are suffering, or (3) it refers literally to the city of Babylon. It most likely refers to the city of Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
1PE 5 13 muq7 writing-symlanguage ἡ ἐν Βαβυλῶνι 1 She who is in Babylon Here, **she** probably refers to the group of believers who live in **Babylon**. Possible meanings for **Babylon** are (1) it is a symbol for the city of Rome, (2) it is a symbol for anywhere that Christians are suffering, or (3) it refers literally to the city of Babylon. It most likely refers to the city of Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
1PE 5 13 rpf5 figs-activepassive συνεκλεκτὴ 1 chosen together with you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God has chosen as he has chosen you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 5 13 ws2x figs-metaphor ὁ υἱός μου 1 my son Peter speaks of Mark as if he is his spiritual **son**. Alternate translation: “my spiritual son” or “who is like a son to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 14 fc7b φιλήματι ἀγάπης 1 a kiss of love “a loving kiss” or “a kiss to show your love for each other”
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -10,9 +10,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 1 2 n59n figs-metaphor χάρις…καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 May grace and peace be multiplied Peter speaks of **grace and peace** as if they were objects that could increase in size or numbers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 2 vq19 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 in the knowledge of God and of Jesus our Lord You can translate **knowledge** using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “through your knowing God and Jesus our Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 3 ywj9 0 General Information: Peter begins to teach the believers about living godly lives.
|
||||
2PE 1 3 epx9 figs-hendiadys πρὸς ζωὴν καὶ εὐσέβειαν 1 for life and godliness Here **godliness** describes the word **life**. Alternate translation: “for a godly life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
2PE 1 3 epx9 figs-hendiadys πρὸς ζωὴν καὶ εὐσέβειαν 1 for life and godliness Here, **godliness** describes the word **life**. Alternate translation: “for a godly life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
2PE 1 3 an3z figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us Here the word **us** refers to Peter and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 4 m91m δι’ ὧν 1 through which Here **which** refers back to “his glory and excellence” in the previous verse.
|
||||
2PE 1 4 m91m δι’ ὧν 1 through which Here, **which** refers back to “his glory and excellence” in the previous verse.
|
||||
2PE 1 4 f42f γένησθε…κοινωνοὶ 1 you might be sharers “you might share”
|
||||
2PE 1 4 yk7g θείας…φύσεως 1 of the divine nature of what God is like
|
||||
2PE 1 4 p2yj figs-metaphor ἀποφυγόντες τῆς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ φθορᾶς 1 having escaped the corruption in the world by lust Peter speaks of people not suffering from the **corruption** that wicked desires cause as if they had **escaped** from that corruption. Alternate translation: “and so that the wicked desires in this world will no longer corrupt you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 1 16 v4kd figs-exclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 of our Lord Jesus Christ Here the word **our** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 m33h figs-activepassive φωνῆς ἐνεχθείσης αὐτῷ τοιᾶσδε ὑπὸ τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης 1 when such a voice was brought to him by the Majestic Glory This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when he heard that voice come from the Majestic Glory” or “when he heard the voice of the Majestic Glory speak to him” or “when the Majestic Glory spoke to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 yd8g figs-metonymy τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης 1 the Majestic Glory Peter refers to God in terms of his **Glory**. This is a euphemism that avoids using God’s name, out of reverence for him. Alternate translation: “God, the Supreme Glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 wz1c figs-euphemism τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης 1 the Majestic Glory Here **Glory** is a euphemism that avoids using God’s name, out of reverence for him. Alternate translation: “God, the Supreme Glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 wz1c figs-euphemism τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης 1 the Majestic Glory Here, **Glory** is a euphemism that avoids using God’s name, out of reverence for him. Alternate translation: “God, the Supreme Glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2PE 1 18 ezn2 figs-exclusive ταύτην τὴν φωνὴν ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐνεχθεῖσαν 1 we ourselves heard this voice having been brought from heaven With the words **we ourselves**, Peter is referring to himself and to the disciples James and John, who heard the voice of God. Alternate translation: “we ourselves heard this voice that came from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 18 chy4 ταύτην τὴν φωνὴν ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐνεχθεῖσαν 1 we ourselves heard this voice having been brought from heaven “we ourselves heard the voice of the one who spoke from heaven”
|
||||
2PE 1 18 mlm9 σὺν αὐτῷ, ὄντες 1 when we were with him “when we were with Jesus”
|
||||
|
|
@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 1 19 sjd3 ᾧ καλῶς ποιεῖτε προσέχοντες 1 to which you do well to pay attention Peter instructs the believers to pay close attention to the prophetic message.
|
||||
2PE 1 19 xt8i figs-simile ὡς λύχνῳ φαίνοντι ἐν αὐχμηρῷ τόπῳ, ἕως οὗ ἡμέρα διαυγάσῃ 1 as to a lamp shining in a dark place, until the day may dawn Peter compares the prophetic word to a lamp that gives light in the dark until light comes in the morning. The coming of morning is a reference to Christ’s coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 kc3l figs-metaphor φωσφόρος ἀνατείλῃ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 the morning star may rise in your hearts Peter speaks of Christ as the **morning star**, which indicates that daybreak and the end of darkness is near. Christ will bring light into the hearts of believers, ending all doubt and bringing full understanding of who he is. Alternate translation: “Christ shines his light into your hearts like the morning star shines its light into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 v0ju figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 in your hearts Here **hearts** is a metonym for people’s minds. Alternate translation: “in your minds” or “to help you understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 v0ju figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 in your hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for people’s minds. Alternate translation: “in your minds” or “to help you understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 bl8s φωσφόρος 1 the morning star The **morning star** refers to the planet Venus, which sometimes rises just before the sun and indicates that daybreak is near.
|
||||
2PE 1 20 wcn9 τοῦτο πρῶτον γινώσκοντες 1 Above all, you must understand “Most importantly, you must understand”
|
||||
2PE 1 20 s4k2 πᾶσα προφητεία Γραφῆς ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως οὐ γίνεται 1 every prophecy of scripture does not coms from one’s own interpretation Possible meanings are (1) the prophets did not make any of their prophecies on their own or (2) people must rely on the Holy Spirit to understand all the prophecies or (3) people must interpret every prophecy with the help of the entire Christian community of believers.
|
||||
|
|
@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 2 10 skh8 0 Connecting Statement: Peter begins describing the characteristics of unrighteous men.
|
||||
2PE 2 10 eb1k τοὺς ὀπίσω σαρκὸς ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ μιασμοῦ πορευομένους 1 those who go after the flesh in its lusts of defilement Here the **flesh** and **lusts** refer to the desires of the sinful nature. Alternate translation: “those who continue to indulge their corrupt, sinful desires”
|
||||
2PE 2 10 axr4 κυριότητος καταφρονοῦντας 1 despising authority “refusing to submit to God’s authority.” Here the word **authority** probably refers to God’s authority.
|
||||
2PE 2 10 n7n8 figs-metonymy κυριότητος 1 authority Here **authority** stands for God, who has the right to give commands and to punish disobedience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 2 10 n7n8 figs-metonymy κυριότητος 1 authority Here, **authority** stands for God, who has the right to give commands and to punish disobedience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 2 10 esb2 αὐθάδεις 1 self-willed “doing whatever they want to do”
|
||||
2PE 2 10 s7l1 δόξας 1 the glorious ones This phrase refers to spiritual beings, such as angels or demons.
|
||||
2PE 2 11 u2jk ἰσχύϊ καὶ δυνάμει μείζονες 1 greater strength and power “more strength and power than the false teachers”
|
||||
|
|
@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 2 18 f8tg δελεάζουσιν ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις σαρκὸς ἀσελγείαις 1 They entice people by the lusts of the flesh They appeal to the sinful nature to engage people in immoral and sinful actions.
|
||||
2PE 2 18 nks3 figs-explicit τοὺς ὀλίγως ἀποφεύγοντας τοὺς ἐν πλάνῃ ἀναστρεφομένους 1 those who are barely escaping from those who live in error This phrase refers to people who recently became believers. The phrase **those who live in error** refers to unbelievers who still live in sin. Alternate translation: “people who try to live rightly, instead of living sinfully as they used to and as other people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 2 18 jec8 figs-metaphor τοὺς ὀλίγως ἀποφεύγοντας 1 those who are barely escaping from Peter speaks of people who live sinfully as if they are slaves to sin who need to be released from their captivity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 19 uyw6 figs-metaphor ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι, αὐτοὶ δοῦλοι ὑπάρχοντες τῆς φθορᾶς 1 promising freedom to them, while they themselves are slaves of corruption Here **freedom** is a metaphor for the ability to live exactly as one wants. Alternate translation: **promising to give them the ability to live exactly as they want to live, but they themselves cannot escape their own sinful desires** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 19 uyw6 figs-metaphor ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι, αὐτοὶ δοῦλοι ὑπάρχοντες τῆς φθορᾶς 1 promising freedom to them, while they themselves are slaves of corruption Here, **freedom** is a metaphor for the ability to live exactly as one wants. Alternate translation: **promising to give them the ability to live exactly as they want to live, but they themselves cannot escape their own sinful desires** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 19 v5tt figs-metaphor ἐλευθερίαν…ἐπαγγελλόμενοι…δοῦλοι…τῆς φθορᾶς 1 promising freedom…slaves of corruption Peter speaks of people who live sinfully as if they are slaves to sin who need to be released from their captivity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 19 b79v figs-metaphor ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται, τούτῳ δεδούλωται 1 For by what someone has been overcome, by this he has been enslaved Peter speaks of a person as a slave when anything has control over that person, and that thing as the master of that person. Alternate translation: “For if something has control over a person, that person becomes like a slave to that thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 20 d6ra 0 Connecting Statement: The words **they** and **them** refer to the false teachers Peter speaks of in verses 12-19.
|
||||
|
|
@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 2 20 bi73 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ You can translate **knowledge** using a verbal phrase. See how you translated similar phrases in [2 Peter 1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “by knowing our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 20 d42g γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 the last has become worse for them than the first “their condition is worse than it was before”
|
||||
2PE 2 21 pm7b figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 the way of righteousness Peter speaks of life as a **way** or path. This phrase refers to living a life that is according to God’s will. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 21 ic3c figs-metaphor ὑποστρέψαι ἐκ τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 to turn away from the holy commandment Here **to turn away from** is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: “to stop obeying the holy commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 21 ic3c figs-metaphor ὑποστρέψαι ἐκ τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 to turn away from the holy commandment Here, **to turn away from** is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: “to stop obeying the holy commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 21 blr5 figs-activepassive τῆς παραδοθείσης αὐτοῖς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 the holy commandment delivered to them This can be stated in active terms. Alternate translation: “the holy commandment that God delivered to them” or “the holy commandment that God made sure that they received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 22 hqr3 συμβέβηκεν αὐτοῖς τὸ τῆς ἀληθοῦς παροιμίας 1 This has happened to them according to the true proverb “What the true proverb says has happened to them” or “This proverb describes what happened to them”
|
||||
2PE 2 22 h42r writing-proverbs κύων ἐπιστρέψας ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἐξέραμα, καί, ὗς λουσαμένη, εἰς κυλισμὸν βορβόρου 1 A dog returns to its own vomit, and a washed pig to wallowing in the mud Peter uses two proverbs to illustrate how the false teachers, although they have known “the way of righteousness,” have turned back to the things that make them morally and spiritually impure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 3 3 znh2 figs-explicit κατὰ τὰς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι 1 behaving according to their own lusts Here the word **lusts** refers to sinful desires that are opposed to God’s will. Alternate translation: “living according to their own sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 zrj7 figs-metonymy ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ 1 Where is the promise of his coming? The word **promise** refers to the fulfillment of the promise that Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “Why should we believe that Jesus is going to return?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 hgdm figs-rquestion ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ? 1 Where is the promise of his coming? The mockers ask this rhetorical question to emphasize that they do not believe that Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “The promise that Jesus would return is not true! He will not return!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 t6hl figs-euphemism οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν 1 the fathers fell asleep Here **fathers** refers to ancestors who lived long ago. Falling asleep is a euphemism for dying. Alternate translation: “our ancestors died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 t6hl figs-euphemism οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν 1 the fathers fell asleep Here, **fathers** refers to ancestors who lived long ago. Falling asleep is a euphemism for dying. Alternate translation: “our ancestors died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 c2en figs-hyperbole πάντα οὕτως διαμένει ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως 1 all things continue in the same way from the beginning of creation The mockers exaggerate with the word **all**, and they argue that since nothing in the world has ever changed, it cannot be true that Jesus will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 yue7 figs-abstractnouns ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως 1 from the beginning of creation This can be translated as a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “since God created the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 5 mku9 figs-activepassive οὐρανοὶ ἦσαν ἔκπαλαι, καὶ γῆ…συνεστῶσα τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ 1 the heavens existed long ago, and the earth had been formed…by the word of God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God long ago established the heavens and the earth…by his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -154,9 +154,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 3 6 jh4r δι’ ὧν 1 through which Here this phrase refers to God’s word and water.
|
||||
2PE 3 6 nyb7 figs-activepassive ὁ τότε κόσμος ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς ἀπώλετο 1 the world at that time perished, having been flooded by water This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God flooded the world that existed at that time with water and destroyed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 7 b2in figs-activepassive οἱ…νῦν οὐρανοὶ καὶ ἡ γῆ, τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ τεθησαυρισμένοι εἰσὶν, πυρὶ 1 the present heavens and the earth exist, having been reserved for fire by the same word This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God, by that same word, has reserved the present heavens and the earth for fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 7 e673 τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ 1 by the same word Here **word** stands for God, who will speak the word: AT “by God, who commands it”
|
||||
2PE 3 7 e673 τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ 1 by the same word Here, **word** stands for God, who will speak the word: AT “by God, who commands it”
|
||||
2PE 3 7 jl5d figs-activepassive τηρούμενοι εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως 1 being kept for the day of judgment This can be stated in active form and can begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “he is reserving them for the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 7 y3gg figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως καὶ ἀπωλείας τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 for the day of judgment and the destruction of the ungodly men Here **judgment** and **destruction** can be stated with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “for the day when he judges and destroys ungodly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 7 y3gg figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως καὶ ἀπωλείας τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 for the day of judgment and the destruction of the ungodly men Here, **judgment** and **destruction** can be stated with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “for the day when he judges and destroys ungodly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 8 s5cy ἓν…τοῦτο μὴ λανθανέτω ὑμᾶς 1 let this one thing not escape your notice “do not fail to understand this one fact” or “do not ignore this one thing”
|
||||
2PE 3 8 enh9 ὅτι μία ἡμέρα παρὰ Κυρίῳ ὡς χίλια ἔτη 1 that one day with the Lord is like a thousand years “that from the Lord’s point of view, one day is like a thousand years”
|
||||
2PE 3 9 zv9m οὐ βραδύνει Κύριος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 The Lord is not slow concerning his promises “The Lord does not move slowly to fulfill his promises”
|
||||
|
|
@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 3 16 sh4j πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν 1 to their own destruction “resulting in their own destruction”
|
||||
2PE 3 17 kn3d 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes instructing the believers and ends his letter.
|
||||
2PE 3 17 z54q φυλάσσεσθε 1 guard yourselves “protect yourselves”
|
||||
2PE 3 17 h2ik figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες, ἐκπέσητε 1 so that, being led astray by the deceit of the lawless, you might not lose Here **led astray** is a metaphor for being persuaded to do something wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 3 17 h2ik figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες, ἐκπέσητε 1 so that, being led astray by the deceit of the lawless, you might not lose Here, **led astray** is a metaphor for being persuaded to do something wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 3 17 xjht figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες, ἐκπέσητε 1 so that, being led astray by the deceit of the lawless, you might not lose This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that lawless people do not deceive you and cause you do something wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 17 w3sp figs-metaphor μὴ…ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ 1 you might not lose your own steadfastness **Steadfastness** is spoken of as if it were a possession that believers could **lose**. Alternate translation: “you will not stop being faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 3 18 lk3c figs-abstractnouns αὐξάνετε…ἐν χάριτι 1 grow in the grace The abstract noun **grace** can be expressed with the phrase “act kindly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -19,9 +19,9 @@ JUD 1 5 fa5e 0 Connecting Statement: Jude gives examples from the past of thos
|
|||
JUD 1 5 f4mm figs-explicit Ἰησοῦς λαὸν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου σώσας 1 Jesus, having saved a people out of the land of Egypt You can state explicitly who the people were that he saved. Alternate translation: “the Lord, who rescued the Israelites long ago from Egypt”<br> (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JUD 1 6 pt1k τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχὴν 1 their own domain “their own position of authority” or “the responsibilities God entrusted to them”
|
||||
JUD 1 6 s3cn δεσμοῖς ἀϊδίοις ὑπὸ ζόφον τετήρηκεν 1 he has kept in everlasting chains, under thick darkness “God has put these angels in a dark prison from which they will never escape”
|
||||
JUD 1 6 s1j9 figs-metonymy ὑπὸ ζόφον 1 under thick darkness Here **darkness** is a metonym which represents the place of the dead or hell. Alternate translation: “in utter darkness in hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JUD 1 6 s1j9 figs-metonymy ὑπὸ ζόφον 1 under thick darkness Here, **darkness** is a metonym which represents the place of the dead or hell. Alternate translation: “in utter darkness in hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JUD 1 6 ccz6 μεγάλης ἡμέρας 1 of the great day the final day when God will judge everyone
|
||||
JUD 1 7 yn36 figs-metonymy αἱ περὶ αὐτὰς πόλεις 1 the cities around them Here **cities** stands for the people who lived in them. Alternate translation: “the people in that region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JUD 1 7 yn36 figs-metonymy αἱ περὶ αὐτὰς πόλεις 1 the cities around them Here, **cities** stands for the people who lived in them. Alternate translation: “the people in that region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JUD 1 7 r3e9 τὸν ὅμοιον τρόπον τούτοις ἐκπορνεύσασαι 1 having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these The sexual sins of Sodom and Gomorrah were the result of the same kind of rebellion as the angels’ evil ways.
|
||||
JUD 1 7 pi4t δεῖγμα…δίκην ὑπέχουσαι 1 as an example, suffering the punishment The destruction of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah became an example of the fate of all who reject God.
|
||||
JUD 1 8 ujs2 οὗτοι ἐνυπνιαζόμενοι 1 these dreamers the people who disobey God, probably because they claimed to see visions that gave them authority to do so
|
||||
|
|
@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ JUD 1 9 v9fh κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 to brin
|
|||
JUD 1 9 kib4 κρίσιν…βλασφημίας 1 a slanderous judgment “an evil-speaking judgment” or “an evil judgment”
|
||||
JUD 1 10 h6sq οὗτοι 1 these people the ungodly people
|
||||
JUD 1 10 fjm5 ὅσα μὲν οὐκ οἴδασιν 1 what they do not understand Possible meanings are (1) “everything good that they do not understand” or (2) “the glorious ones, which they do not understand” ([Jude 1:8](../01/08.md)).
|
||||
JUD 1 11 j3g9 figs-metaphor τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν ἐπορεύθησαν 1 they have gone in the way of Cain Here **gone in the way** is a metaphor for “lived in the same way as.” Alternate translation: “they have lived the same way Cain lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 11 j3g9 figs-metaphor τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν ἐπορεύθησαν 1 they have gone in the way of Cain Here, **gone in the way** is a metaphor for “lived in the same way as.” Alternate translation: “they have lived the same way Cain lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 12 s4az 0 Connecting Statement: Jude uses a series of metaphors to describe the ungodly men. He tells the believers how to recognize these men when they are among them.
|
||||
JUD 1 12 r875 οὗτοί εἰσιν 1 These are The word **These** refers to the “ungodly men” of [Jude 1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
JUD 1 12 e25d figs-metaphor σπιλάδες 1 hidden reefs **Reefs** are large rocks that are very close to the surface of water in the sea. Because sailors cannot see them, they are very dangerous. Ships can easily be destroyed if they hit these rocks. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -44,15 +44,15 @@ JUD 1 13 e4rm figs-metaphor κύματα ἄγρια θαλάσσης 1 violent
|
|||
JUD 1 13 fgr9 figs-metaphor ἐπαφρίζοντα τὰς ἑαυτῶν αἰσχύνας 1 foaming out their own shameful deeds As wind causes wild waves to stir up dirty foam—so these men, through their false teaching and actions, shame themselves. Alternate translation: “and just as waves bring up foam and dirt, these men pollute others with their shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 13 r6rj figs-metaphor ἀστέρες πλανῆται 1 wandering stars Those who studied the **stars** in ancient times noticed that what we call planets do not move the way that stars do. Alternate translation: “like moving stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 13 djm4 figs-activepassive οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους εἰς αἰῶνα τετήρηται 1 for whom the gloom of thick darkness has been reserved forever The phrase **has been reserved** can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and God will put them in the gloom and darkness forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JUD 1 13 oey6 figs-metonymy ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους 1 the gloom of thick darkness Here **darkness** is a metonym that represents the place of the dead or hell. Alternate translation: “the gloom and darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JUD 1 13 bgza figs-idiom τοῦ σκότους 1 of thick darkness Here **thick darkness** is an idiom that means “very dark.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JUD 1 13 oey6 figs-metonymy ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους 1 the gloom of thick darkness Here, **darkness** is a metonym that represents the place of the dead or hell. Alternate translation: “the gloom and darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JUD 1 13 bgza figs-idiom τοῦ σκότους 1 of thick darkness Here, **thick darkness** is an idiom that means “very dark.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JUD 1 14 e5wv ἕβδομος ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ 1 the seventh from Adam If **Adam** is counted as the first generation of mankind, Enoch is the seventh. If Adam’s son is counted as the first, Enoch is sixth in line.
|
||||
JUD 1 14 lu2y ἰδοὺ 1 Behold “Listen” or “Pay attention to this important thing I am going to say”
|
||||
JUD 1 15 bl4q ποιῆσαι κρίσιν κατὰ 1 to execute judgment on “to make judgment on” or “to judge”
|
||||
JUD 1 16 zs28 γογγυσταί μεμψίμοιροι 1 grumblers, complainers People who do not want to obey and speak against godly authority. **Grumblers** tend to speak quietly, while **complainers** speak openly.
|
||||
JUD 1 16 xuf0 figs-metonymy τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν λαλεῖ 1 their mouth speaks Here **mouth** represents the person who is speaking. Alternate translation: “they speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JUD 1 16 xuf0 figs-metonymy τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν λαλεῖ 1 their mouth speaks Here, **mouth** represents the person who is speaking. Alternate translation: “they speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JUD 1 16 eaf2 λαλεῖ ὑπέρογκα 1 speaks boastful things These people praise themselves so that others can hear.
|
||||
JUD 1 16 j8rh figs-metonymy θαυμάζοντες πρόσωπα 1 flattering faces Here **faces** refers to the people they are flattering. Alternate translation: “give false praise to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JUD 1 16 j8rh figs-metonymy θαυμάζοντες πρόσωπα 1 flattering faces Here, **faces** refers to the people they are flattering. Alternate translation: “give false praise to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JUD 1 18 w1mx figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας πορευόμενοι τῶν ἀσεβειῶν 1 going according to their own ungodly lusts These people are spoken of as if their desires were kings who ruled over them. Alternate translation: “are never able to stop dishonoring God by doing the evil things they wish to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 18 j5m4 figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας πορευόμενοι τῶν ἀσεβειῶν 1 going according to their own ungodly lusts **Ungodly lusts** are spoken of as if they were a path that a person will follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 19 r28j οὗτοί εἰσιν 1 These are “It is these mockers” or “These mockers are the ones”
|
||||
|
|
@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ JUD 1 20 xm93 ὑμεῖς δέ, ἀγαπητοί 1 But you, beloved “Do not
|
|||
JUD 1 20 cc68 figs-metaphor ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς 1 building yourselves up Becoming increasingly able to trust in God and obey him is spoken of as if it were the process of constructing a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 21 zd2c figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ Θεοῦ τηρήσατε 1 keep yourselves in the love of God Remaining able to receive the **love of God** is spoken of as if one were keeping oneself in a certain place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 21 s6w6 προσδεχόμενοι 1 waiting for “eagerly looking forward to”
|
||||
JUD 1 21 p3bw figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ to eternal life Here **mercy** stands for Jesus Christ himself, who will show his mercy to the believers by making them live forever with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JUD 1 21 p3bw figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ to eternal life Here, **mercy** stands for Jesus Christ himself, who will show his mercy to the believers by making them live forever with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JUD 1 22 wbr5 οὓς…διακρινομένους 1 those who are doubting “those who do not yet believe that Jesus is God”
|
||||
JUD 1 23 wkj9 figs-metaphor ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες 1 snatching them out of the fire The picture is that of pulling people from a **fire** before they start to burn. Alternate translation: “doing for them whatever needs to be done to keep them from dying without Christ. This is like pulling them from the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 23 ign7 οὓς…ἐλεᾶτε ἐν φόβῳ 2 have mercy on others with fear “be kind to others, but be afraid of sinning the way they did”
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ REV 2 27 w8pp figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ
|
|||
REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Breaking them to pieces is an image that represents either (1) destroying evildoers or (2) defeating enemies. Alternate translation: “He will defeat his enemies completely as if breaking clay jars into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Some languages may need to tell what was received. Possible meanings are (1) “Just as I have received authority from my Father” or (2) “Just as I have received the morning star from my Father.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 2 28 hr39 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
REV 2 28 c1zc καὶ δώσω αὐτῷ 1 I will also give him Here **him** refers to the one who conquers.
|
||||
REV 2 28 c1zc καὶ δώσω αὐτῷ 1 I will also give him Here, **him** refers to the one who conquers.
|
||||
REV 2 28 g5iy writing-symlanguage τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 morning star This is a bright star that sometimes appears early in the morning just before dawn. It was a symbol of victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 2 29 ilk8 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has an ear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 29 ikm8 figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one…hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -196,14 +196,14 @@ REV 3 10 ckm4 ὥρας τοῦ πειρασμοῦ 1 hour of testing “time o
|
|||
REV 3 10 e6bw figs-metaphor μελλούσης 1 is coming Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 11 ih12 figs-explicit ἔρχομαι ταχύ 1 I am coming soon It is understood that he is coming in order to judge. Alternate translation: “I am coming to judge soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 3 11 n9a9 figs-metaphor κράτει ὃ ἔχεις 1 Hold to what you have Continuing to believe firmly in Christ is spoken of as if it were holding something tightly. Alternate translation: “Continue to believe firmly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 11 a4m5 figs-metaphor τὸν στέφανόν 1 crown A crown was a wreath, originally of olive branches or laurel leaves, that was put on the head of a victorious athlete. Here **crown** stands for a reward. See how you translated “crown” in [Revelation 2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 12 px36 figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν, ποιήσω αὐτὸν στῦλον ἐν τῷ ναῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ μου 1 The one who conquers, I will make a pillar in the temple of my God Here **The one who conquers** refers to anyone who conquers. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). The “pillar” represents an important and permanent part of God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “I will make anyone who resists evil strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God” or “Those who do not agree to do evil I will make strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 11 a4m5 figs-metaphor τὸν στέφανόν 1 crown A crown was a wreath, originally of olive branches or laurel leaves, that was put on the head of a victorious athlete. Here, **crown** stands for a reward. See how you translated “crown” in [Revelation 2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 12 px36 figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν, ποιήσω αὐτὸν στῦλον ἐν τῷ ναῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ μου 1 The one who conquers, I will make a pillar in the temple of my God Here, **The one who conquers** refers to anyone who conquers. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). The “pillar” represents an important and permanent part of God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “I will make anyone who resists evil strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God” or “Those who do not agree to do evil I will make strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 13 u5jk figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has an ear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 13 ug5m figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one…hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 3 14 r6bz 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Laodicea.
|
||||
REV 3 14 jg3b τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Possible meanings are that this “angel” is (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
|
||||
REV 3 14 wzg9 translate-names Λαοδικίᾳ 1 Laodicea This is the name of a city in the western part of Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
REV 3 14 f65v ὁ Ἀμήν 1 the Amen Here **the Amen** is a name for Jesus Christ. He guarantees God’s promises by saying amen to them.
|
||||
REV 3 14 f65v ὁ Ἀμήν 1 the Amen Here, **the Amen** is a name for Jesus Christ. He guarantees God’s promises by saying amen to them.
|
||||
REV 3 14 btv1 ἡ ἀρχὴ τῆς κτίσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the beginning of God’s creation Possible meanings are (1) “the one who rules over everything that God created” or (2) “the one through whom God created everything.”
|
||||
REV 3 15 pf9x figs-metaphor οὔτε ψυχρὸς εἶ οὔτε ζεστός 1 you are neither cold nor hot The writer speaks of the Laodiceans as if they were water. Possible meanings are (1) “cold” and hot” represent two extremes of spiritual interest or love for God, where “cold” is to be completely against God, and to be “hot” is to be zealous to serve him, or (2) “cold” and “hot” both refer to water that is useful for drinking or for cooking or healing, respectively. Alternate translation: “you are like water that is neither cold nor hot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 16 y9vt figs-metaphor μέλλω σε ἐμέσαι ἐκ τοῦ στόματός μου 1 I am about to vomit you out of my mouth Rejecting them is spoken of as vomiting them out of the mouth. Alternate translation: “I will reject you as I would spit out lukewarm water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -307,13 +307,13 @@ REV 6 6 c5ik figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον 1 the
|
|||
REV 6 7 mu5f translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τετάρτην 1 the fourth seal “the next seal” or “seal number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 6 7 zj87 translate-ordinal τοῦ τετάρτου ζῴου 1 the fourth living creature “the next living creature” or “living creature number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 6 8 e11y ἵππος χλωρός 1 pale horse “grey horse.” This is the color of a dead body, so its color is a symbol of death.
|
||||
REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here **the earth** represents the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “one-fourth of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
|
||||
REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here, **the earth** represents the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “one-fourth of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
|
||||
REV 6 8 tjw8 figs-metonymy ῥομφαίᾳ 1 the sword A sword is a weapon, and here it represents war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 6 8 n9x3 ὑπὸ τῶν θηρίων τῆς γῆς 1 with the wild animals of the earth This means that Death and Hades would cause the wild animals to attack and kill people.
|
||||
REV 6 9 bv8r translate-ordinal τὴν πέμπτην σφραγῖδα 1 the fifth seal “the next seal” or “seal number five” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 6 9 n3mi ὑποκάτω τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου 1 under the altar This may have been “at the base of the altar.”
|
||||
REV 6 9 b2kp figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφαγμένων 1 those who had been killed This can be translated with an active verb. AT “those whom others had killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 6 9 y8c6 figs-metaphor διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον 1 because of the word of God and the testimony which they held Here **Word of God** is a metonym for the message from God and “held” is a metaphor. Possible meanings are (1) holding the testimony refers to believing God’s word and testimony. Alternate translation: “because of the teachings of scripture and what they taught about Jesus Christ” or “because they believed the word of God, which is his testimony” or (2) holding the testimony refers to testifying about the word of God. Alternate translation: “because they testified about the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 6 9 y8c6 figs-metaphor διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον 1 because of the word of God and the testimony which they held Here, **Word of God** is a metonym for the message from God and “held” is a metaphor. Possible meanings are (1) holding the testimony refers to believing God’s word and testimony. Alternate translation: “because of the teachings of scripture and what they taught about Jesus Christ” or “because they believed the word of God, which is his testimony” or (2) holding the testimony refers to testifying about the word of God. Alternate translation: “because they testified about the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 6 10 qz1i figs-metonymy ἐκδικεῖς τὸ αἷμα ἡμῶν 1 avenge our blood The word **blood** here represents their deaths. Alternate translation: “punish those who killed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 6 11 bq1p figs-rquestion ἕως πληρωθῶσιν καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν, οἱ μέλλοντες ἀποκτέννεσθαι ὡς καὶ αὐτοί 1 until the full number of their fellow servants and their brothers was reached who were to be killed, just as they had been killed This implies that God had decided that a certain number of people should be killed by their enemies. This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “until people had killed the full number of their fellow servants…sisters whom God had decided people would kill, just as people had killed their fellow servants…sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
REV 6 11 q9xh οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν 1 their fellow servants and their brothers This is one group of people described in two ways: as servants and as brothers. Alternate translation: “their brothers who serve God with them” or “their fellow believers who serve God with them”
|
||||
|
|
@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ REV 6 13 s137 figs-activepassive ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύ
|
|||
REV 6 14 jyb7 figs-simile ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 The sky vanished like a scroll that was being rolled up The sky was normally thought of as being strong like a sheet of metal, but now it was weak like a sheet of paper and easily torn and rolled up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 6 15 m6j6 οἱ χιλίαρχοι 1 the generals This word refers to the warriors who command in the battle.
|
||||
REV 6 15 vl6h τὰ σπήλαια 1 the caves large holes in the sides of hills
|
||||
REV 6 16 f4bj figs-metonymy προσώπου τοῦ 1 the face of the one Here **face** represents “presence.” Alternate translation: “the presence of the one” or “the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 6 16 f4bj figs-metonymy προσώπου τοῦ 1 the face of the one Here, **face** represents “presence.” Alternate translation: “the presence of the one” or “the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 6 17 bd8v figs-metonymy ἦλθεν ἡ ἡμέρα ἡ μεγάλη τῆς ὀργῆς αὐτῶν 1 the great day of their wrath has come The day of their wrath refers to the time when they would punish wicked people. Alternate translation: “this is the terrible time when they will punish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 6 17 i7t4 figs-metaphor ἦλθεν 1 has come Existing now is spoken of as having come. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 6 17 cq9e ὀργῆς αὐτῶν 1 their wrath “Their” refers to the one on the throne and the Lamb.
|
||||
|
|
@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ REV 7 9 v63z στολὰς λευκάς 1 white robes Here the color **white**
|
|||
REV 7 10 m5az ἡ σωτηρία τῷ 1 Salvation belongs to “Salvation comes from”
|
||||
REV 7 10 vlv1 figs-abstractnouns ἡ σωτηρία τῷ…τῷ Ἀρνίῳ 1 Salvation belongs…to the Lamb They were praising God and the Lamb. The noun “salvation” can be expressed with the verb “save.” AT “Our God, who sits on the throne, and the Lamb have saved us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 7 11 a45p τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων 1 the four living creatures These are the four creatures mentioned in [Revelation 4:6-8](../04/06.md).
|
||||
REV 7 11 aja9 figs-idiom ἔπεσαν…ἐπὶ τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν 1 they fell on their faces Here **fell on their faces** is an idiom that means hey lay down facing the ground. See how you translated “prostrated themselves” in [Revelation 4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “they bowed down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
REV 7 11 aja9 figs-idiom ἔπεσαν…ἐπὶ τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν 1 they fell on their faces Here, **fell on their faces** is an idiom that means hey lay down facing the ground. See how you translated “prostrated themselves” in [Revelation 4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “they bowed down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
REV 7 12 lf1m ἡ εὐλογία, καὶ ἡ δόξα…τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 Praise, glory…be to our God “Our God is worthy of all praise, glory, wisdom, thanks, honor, power and strength”
|
||||
REV 7 12 q3gt ἡ εὐλογία, καὶ ἡ δόξα…ἡ εὐχαριστία, καὶ ἡ τιμὴ…τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 Praise, glory…thanksgiving, honor…be to our God The verb “give” can be used to show how praise, glory, and honor, are to be “to” God. Alternate translation: “We must give praise, glory, thanks, and honor to our God”
|
||||
REV 7 12 d74f εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 forever and ever These two words mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the praise will never end.
|
||||
|
|
@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ REV 10 3 qag8 ἑπτὰ βρονταὶ 1 seven thunders Thunder occurring sev
|
|||
REV 10 4 az1z figs-synecdoche καὶ ἤκουσα φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 but I heard a voice from heaven The word **voice** refers to words spoken by someone other than the angel. Alternate translation: “but I heard someone speaking from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
REV 10 5 l5xy translate-symaction ἦρεν τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ τὴν δεξιὰν εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν 1 raised his right hand to heaven He did this to show that he was swearing by God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
REV 10 6 t2f6 ὤμοσεν τῷ ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 He swore by the one who lives forever and ever “He asked that what he was going to say would be confirmed by the one who lives forever and ever”
|
||||
REV 10 6 gmm8 τῷ ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 the one who lives forever and ever Here **the one** refers to God.
|
||||
REV 10 6 gmm8 τῷ ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 the one who lives forever and ever Here, **the one** refers to God.
|
||||
REV 10 6 egm1 χρόνος οὐκέτι ἔσται 1 There will be no more delay “There will be no more waiting” or “God will not delay”
|
||||
REV 10 7 c5gy figs-activepassive ἐτελέσθη τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the mystery of God will be accomplished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will accomplish his mystery” or “God will complete his secret plan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 10 8 t61f 0 Connecting Statement: John hears the voice from heaven, which he had heard in [Revelation 10:4](../10/04.md), speak to him again.
|
||||
|
|
@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ REV 11 14 j1m5 figs-metaphor ἡ οὐαὶ ἡ τρίτη ἔρχεται τα
|
|||
REV 11 15 l1be 0 Connecting Statement: The last of the seven angels begins to sound his trumpet.
|
||||
REV 11 15 sxx9 translate-ordinal ὁ ἕβδομος ἄγγελος 1 the seventh angel This is the last of the seven angels. See how you translated “seventh” in [Revelation 8.1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “the final angel” or “angel number seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 11 15 zt2f ἐγένοντο φωναὶ μεγάλαι ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ λέγουσαι 1 loud voices spoke in heaven and said The phrase **loud voices** represents speakers who spoke loudly. Alternate translation: “speakers in heaven spoke loudly and said”
|
||||
REV 11 15 jsm2 figs-metonymy ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 The kingdom of the world…the kingdom of our Lord and of his Christ Here **kingdom** refers to the authority to rule the world. Alternate translation: “The authority to rule the world…the authority that belongs to our Lord and his Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 11 15 jsm2 figs-metonymy ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 The kingdom of the world…the kingdom of our Lord and of his Christ Here, **kingdom** refers to the authority to rule the world. Alternate translation: “The authority to rule the world…the authority that belongs to our Lord and his Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 11 15 en51 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world This refers to everyone in the world. Alternate translation: “everyone in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 11 15 sw4u ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 The kingdom of the world has become the kingdom of our Lord and of his Christ “Our Lord and his Christ are now the rulers of the world”
|
||||
REV 11 16 jv5s translate-numbers οἱ εἴκοσι τέσσαρες πρεσβύτεροι 1 the twenty-four elders “24 elders.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ REV 14 4 mlw3 figs-metaphor ἠγοράσθησαν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώ
|
|||
REV 14 5 ga8p figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν οὐχ εὑρέθη ψεῦδος 1 No lie was found in their mouth Their “mouth” refers to what they said.” Alternate translation: “They never lied when they spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 14 6 n1fr 0 Connecting Statement: John begins to describe the next part of his vision. This is the first of three angels who proclaim judgment on the earth.
|
||||
REV 14 6 pp1l πᾶν ἔθνος, καὶ φυλὴν, καὶ γλῶσσαν, καὶ λαόν 1 every nation, tribe, language, and people This means that people from every ethnic group are included. See how you translated a similar list in [Revelation 5:9](../05/09.md).
|
||||
REV 14 7 cj5z figs-metaphor ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα τῆς κρίσεως αὐτοῦ 1 the hour of his judgment has come Here **the hour** represents the time that has been chosen for something, and the hour having “come” is a metaphor for now being the chosen time. The idea of “judgment” can be expressed with a verb. Alternate translation: “now is the time that God has chosen for judgment” or “it is now the time for God to judge people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 14 7 cj5z figs-metaphor ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα τῆς κρίσεως αὐτοῦ 1 the hour of his judgment has come Here, **the hour** represents the time that has been chosen for something, and the hour having “come” is a metaphor for now being the chosen time. The idea of “judgment” can be expressed with a verb. Alternate translation: “now is the time that God has chosen for judgment” or “it is now the time for God to judge people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 14 8 b18s figs-metaphor ἔπεσεν, ἔπεσεν, Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη 1 Fallen, fallen is Babylon the great The angel speaks of Babylon having been destroyed as if it had fallen. Alternate translation: “Babylon the great has been destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 14 8 jh3r writing-symlanguage Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη 1 Babylon the great “Babylon the large city” or “the important city of Babylon.” This was probably a symbol for the city of Rome, which was large, wealthy, and sinful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 14 8 kg1i figs-metonymy ἣ…πεπότικεν 1 who persuaded Babylon is spoken of as if it were a person, instead of a city filled with people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -663,7 +663,7 @@ REV 14 15 v6dy ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τοῦ ναοῦ 1 came out of the templ
|
|||
REV 14 15 v2xf figs-metaphor ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα θερίσαι 1 the time to reap has come Existing in the present is spoken of as having come. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 14 16 nt7k figs-activepassive ἐθερίσθη ἡ γῆ 1 the earth was harvested This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he harvested the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 14 17 fb4y 0 Connecting Statement: John continues describing his vision about the earth being harvested.
|
||||
REV 14 18 jp7l ὁ ἔχων ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ τοῦ πυρός 1 who had authority over the fire Here **authority over** refers to responsibility to tend the fire.
|
||||
REV 14 18 jp7l ὁ ἔχων ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ τοῦ πυρός 1 who had authority over the fire Here, **authority over** refers to responsibility to tend the fire.
|
||||
REV 14 19 f3mn τὴν ληνὸν τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸν μέγαν 1 the great wine vat of God’s wrath “the large wine vat where God will show his wrath”
|
||||
REV 14 20 b1bw ληνὸς 1 winepress This is “the great wine vat” of [Revelation 14:19] (./19.md).
|
||||
REV 14 20 xt4z ἄχρι τῶν χαλινῶν τῶν ἵππων 1 up to the height of a horse’s bridle “as high as the bridle in a horse’s mouth”
|
||||
|
|
@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ REV 16 4 xu1y figs-synecdoche τοὺς ποταμοὺς καὶ τὰς πηγ
|
|||
REV 16 5 f35a τοῦ ἀγγέλου τῶν ὑδάτων 1 the angel of the waters Possible meanings are (1) this refers to the third angel who was in charge of pouring out God’s wrath on the rivers and springs of water or (2) this was another angel who was in charge of all the waters.
|
||||
REV 16 5 e45u figs-you δίκαιος εἶ 1 You are righteous “You” refers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
REV 16 5 itg7 ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν 1 the one who is and who was “God who is and who was.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
REV 16 6 b6wa figs-metonymy αἷμα ἁγίων καὶ προφητῶν ἐξέχεαν 1 they poured out the blood of the saints and prophets Here **poured out the blood** means killed. Alternate translation: “they murdered God’s holy people and the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 6 b6wa figs-metonymy αἷμα ἁγίων καὶ προφητῶν ἐξέχεαν 1 they poured out the blood of the saints and prophets Here, **poured out the blood** means killed. Alternate translation: “they murdered God’s holy people and the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 6 jy6a αἷμα αὐτοῖς ἔδωκας πιεῖν 1 you have given them blood to drink God will make the evil people drink the waters that he turned to blood.
|
||||
REV 16 7 p4c5 figs-metonymy ἤκουσα τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου λέγοντος 1 I heard the altar reply The word **altar** here refers perhaps to someone at the altar. “I heard someone at the altar reply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 8 nne6 figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1 poured out his bowl The word **bowl** refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: “poured out the wine from his bowl” or “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ REV 16 9 aza1 figs-distinguish τοῦ Θεοῦ, τοῦ ἔχοντος τὴ
|
|||
REV 16 9 rd4f figs-metaphor τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ τὰς πληγὰς ταύτας 1 the power over these plagues This refers to the power to inflict these plagues on people, and the power to stop the plagues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 16 10 f1pm figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1 poured out his bowl The word **bowl** refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: “poured out the wine from his bowl” or “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 10 a2ud figs-metonymy τὸν θρόνον τοῦ θηρίου 1 the throne of the beast This is where the beast reigns from. It may refer to the capital city of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 10 hit6 figs-metaphor ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ ἐσκοτωμένη 1 darkness covered its kingdom Here **darkness** is spoken of as if it were something like a blanket. Alternate translation: “it became dark in all his kingdom” or “all of his kingdom became dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 16 10 hit6 figs-metaphor ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ ἐσκοτωμένη 1 darkness covered its kingdom Here, **darkness** is spoken of as if it were something like a blanket. Alternate translation: “it became dark in all his kingdom” or “all of his kingdom became dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 16 10 pb1u ἐμασῶντο 1 They chewed The people in the beast’s kingdom chewed.
|
||||
REV 16 11 kna6 ἐβλασφήμησαν 1 They blasphemed The people in the beast’s kingdom blasphemed.
|
||||
REV 16 12 kv5y figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1 poured out his bowl The word **bowl** refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: “poured out the wine from his bowl” or “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ REV 17 8 glf1 figs-activepassive εἰς ἀπώλειαν ὑπάγει 1 it wi
|
|||
REV 17 8 r6h4 figs-activepassive ὧν οὐ γέγραπται τὰ ὀνόματα 1 those whose names have not been written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whose names God did not write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 17 9 p3lb 0 Connecting Statement: The angel continues speaking. Here he explains the meaning of the seven heads of the beast that the woman is riding.
|
||||
REV 17 9 p6lr figs-abstractnouns ὧδε ὁ νοῦς ὁ ἔχων σοφίαν 1 Here is the mind that has wisdom The abstract nouns **mind** and **wisdom** can be expressed with “think” and “wise” or “wisely.” Why a wise mind is needed can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “A wise mind is needed in order to understand this” or “You need to think wisely in order to understand this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 17 9 nr42 αἱ ἑπτὰ κεφαλαὶ ἑπτὰ ὄρη εἰσίν 1 The seven heads are seven hills Here **are** means “stand for” or “represent.”
|
||||
REV 17 9 nr42 αἱ ἑπτὰ κεφαλαὶ ἑπτὰ ὄρη εἰσίν 1 The seven heads are seven hills Here, **are** means “stand for” or “represent.”
|
||||
REV 17 10 yk93 figs-metaphor οἱ πέντε ἔπεσαν 1 Five kings have fallen The angel speaks of dying as falling. Alternate translation: “Five kings have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 10 d2wx ὁ εἷς ἔστιν 1 one is “one is king now” or “one king is alive now”
|
||||
REV 17 10 kw95 figs-metaphor ὁ εἷς ἔστιν, ὁ ἄλλος οὔπω ἦλθεν 1 the other has not yet come; when he comes Not having existed yet is spoken of as not yet having come. Alternate translation: “the other has not yet become king; when he becomes king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -779,18 +779,18 @@ REV 17 12 n2rd translate-unknown μίαν ὥραν 1 for one hour If your langu
|
|||
REV 17 13 w7jb οὗτοι μίαν γνώμην ἔχουσιν 1 These are of one mind “These all think the same thing” or “These all agree to do the same thing”
|
||||
REV 17 14 wt9k writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the Lamb A **lamb** is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 17 14 abb5 figs-activepassive κλητοὶ, καὶ ἐκλεκτοὶ, καὶ πιστοί 1 the called ones, the chosen ones, and the faithful ones This refers to one group of people. The words **called** and **chosen** can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “the called, chosen, and faithful ones” or “the ones whom God has called and chosen, who are faithful to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 17 15 f5x6 figs-metaphor τὰ ὕδατα ἃ εἶδες, οὗ ἡ πόρνη κάθηται, λαοὶ καὶ ὄχλοι εἰσὶν, καὶ ἔθνη καὶ γλῶσσαι 1 The waters you saw, where the prostitute is seated, are peoples, multitudes, nations, and languages Here **are** stands for “represent.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 15 f5x6 figs-metaphor τὰ ὕδατα ἃ εἶδες, οὗ ἡ πόρνη κάθηται, λαοὶ καὶ ὄχλοι εἰσὶν, καὶ ἔθνη καὶ γλῶσσαι 1 The waters you saw, where the prostitute is seated, are peoples, multitudes, nations, and languages Here, **are** stands for “represent.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 15 kq1e figs-explicit τὰ ὕδατα 1 The waters If you need to, you can use a more specific word for the kind of water. See how you translated “many waters” in [Revelation 17:1](../17/01.md). Alternate translation: “The rivers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 17 15 zsh5 ὄχλοι 1 multitudes large groups of people
|
||||
REV 17 15 ua3s figs-metonymy γλῶσσαι 1 languages This refers to people who speak the languages. See how you translated this in [Revelation 10:11](../10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 17 16 j157 ἠρημωμένην ποιήσουσιν αὐτὴν καὶ γυμνήν 1 make her desolate and naked “steal everything that she has and leave her with nothing”
|
||||
REV 17 16 f9as figs-metaphor τὰς σάρκας αὐτῆς φάγονται 1 they will devour her flesh Destroying her completely is spoken of as eating all her flesh. “They will destroy her completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 17 y8cn ὁ γὰρ Θεὸς ἔδωκεν εἰς τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν ποιῆσαι τὴν γνώμην αὐτοῦ, καὶ ποιῆσαι μίαν γνώμην, καὶ δοῦναι…ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For God has put it into their hearts to carry out his purpose by agreeing to give…until God’s words are fulfilled They would agree to give their power to the beast, but it would not be that they want to obey God. Alternate translation: “For God has put it into their hearts to agree to give…until God’s words are fulfilled, and by doing this, they would carry out God’s purpose”
|
||||
REV 17 17 sb1d figs-metonymy ὁ γὰρ Θεὸς ἔδωκεν εἰς τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν ποιῆσαι τὴν γνώμην αὐτοῦ, καὶ ποιῆσαι μίαν γνώμην, καὶ δοῦναι…ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 God has put it into their hearts Here **heart** is a metonym for desires. Making them want to do something is spoken of as putting it in their hearts to do it. Alternate translation: “God has made them want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 17 sb1d figs-metonymy ὁ γὰρ Θεὸς ἔδωκεν εἰς τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν ποιῆσαι τὴν γνώμην αὐτοῦ, καὶ ποιῆσαι μίαν γνώμην, καὶ δοῦναι…ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 God has put it into their hearts Here, **heart** is a metonym for desires. Making them want to do something is spoken of as putting it in their hearts to do it. Alternate translation: “God has made them want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 17 ku6m τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτῶν 1 their kingdom “authority” or “kingly authority”
|
||||
REV 17 17 el9y figs-activepassive ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 until God’s words are fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “until God fulfills what he said will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 17 18 w2lu 0 Connecting Statement: The angel finishes speaking to John about the prostitute and the beast.
|
||||
REV 17 18 md61 figs-metaphor ἔστιν 1 is Here **is** stands for “represents.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 18 md61 figs-metaphor ἔστιν 1 is Here, **is** stands for “represents.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 18 uy1m figs-metonymy ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη, ἡ ἔχουσα βασιλείαν 1 the great city that rules When it says that the city rules, it means that the leader of the city rules. Alternate translation: “the great city whose leader rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 intro j5qc 0 # Revelation 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 1-8.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br><br>The angel prophesies about Babylon falling, which here means being destroyed. It is spoken of as having already happened. This is common in prophecy. It emphasizes that the coming judgment will certainly happen. The angel also prophesies that the people will lament over Babylon falling. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>Prophecy frequently uses metaphors. This chapter has a slightly different apocalyptic style than the Book of Revelation overall. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 1 fl3m figs-personification 0 General Information: The pronouns “she” and “her” refer to the city of Babylon, which is spoken of as if it were a prostitute. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ REV 18 6 xba5 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ ποτηρίῳ ᾧ ἐκέρασεν,
|
|||
REV 18 6 l3n5 κεράσατε…διπλοῦν 1 mix double the amount Possible meanings are (1) “prepare twice the amount” or (2) “make it twice as strong”
|
||||
REV 18 7 i9bm 0 Connecting Statement: The same voice from heaven continues speaking about Babylon as if it were a woman.
|
||||
REV 18 7 we2t ἐδόξασεν αὑτὴν 1 she glorified herself “the people of Babylon glorified themselves”
|
||||
REV 18 7 yt32 figs-metonymy ὅτι ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῆς λέγει 1 For she says in her heart Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or thoughts. Alternate translation: “For she says to herself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 7 yt32 figs-metonymy ὅτι ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῆς λέγει 1 For she says in her heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or thoughts. Alternate translation: “For she says to herself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 7 m3mg figs-simile κάθημαι βασίλισσα 1 I am seated as a queen She claims to be a ruler, having her own authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 18 7 dy5k figs-metaphor χήρα οὐκ εἰμί 1 I am not a widow She implies that she will not be dependent on other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 7 eh5r figs-metaphor πένθος οὐ μὴ ἴδω 1 I will never see mourning Experiencing mourning is spoken of as seeing mourning. Alternate translation: “I will never mourn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -867,44 +867,44 @@ REV 18 23 j3iy figs-activepassive ἐν τῇ φαρμακείᾳ σου ἐπλ
|
|||
REV 18 24 s8bp figs-activepassive ἐν αὐτῇ αἷμα προφητῶν καὶ ἁγίων εὑρέθη, καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐσφαγμένων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 In her the blood of prophets and saints was found, and the blood of all who have been killed on the earth Blood being found there means that the people there were guilty of killing people. Alternate translation: “Babylon is guilty of killing the prophets and believers and all the other people in the world who were killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 19 intro h785 0 # Revelation 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The beginning of chapter 19 concludes the topic of Babylon falling.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 1-8.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Songs<br><br>The Book of Revelation often describes heaven as a place where people sing. They worship God with songs. This illustrates that heaven is a place where God is always worshiped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>### Wedding celebration<br><br>The wedding celebration or feast is an important image in Scripture. Jewish culture often pictured paradise, or life with God after death, as a feast. Here, the wedding feast is for the Lamb, who is Jesus, and his bride, who is all his people.
|
||||
REV 19 1 qu5h 0 General Information: This is the next part of John’s vision. Here he describes the rejoicing in heaven over the fall of the great prostitute, who is the city of Babylon.
|
||||
REV 19 1 lr94 ἤκουσα 1 I heard Here **I** refers to John.
|
||||
REV 19 1 lr94 ἤκουσα 1 I heard Here, **I** refers to John.
|
||||
REV 19 1 nk8x ἁλληλουϊά 1 Hallelujah This word means “Praise God” or “Let us praise God.”
|
||||
REV 19 2 u1rp figs-metaphor τὴν πόρνην τὴν μεγάλην 1 the great prostitute Here John refers to the city of Babylon whose wicked people rule over all the people of the earth and lead them to worship false gods. He speaks of the wicked people of Babylon as if they were a great prostitute. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 19 2 ky99 figs-metonymy ἥτις ἔφθειρεν τὴν γῆν 1 who corrupted the earth Here **the earth** is a metonym for its inhabitants. Alternate translation: “who corrupted the people of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 19 2 d9j7 figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ 1 the blood of his servants Here **the blood** is a metonym that represents murder. Alternate translation: “murdering his servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 19 2 ky99 figs-metonymy ἥτις ἔφθειρεν τὴν γῆν 1 who corrupted the earth Here, **the earth** is a metonym for its inhabitants. Alternate translation: “who corrupted the people of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 19 2 d9j7 figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ 1 the blood of his servants Here, **the blood** is a metonym that represents murder. Alternate translation: “murdering his servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 19 2 cj3t figs-rpronouns ἐκ χειρὸς αὐτῆς 1 from her hand This refers to Babylon. The reflexive pronoun “herself” is used to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
REV 19 3 jm9m εἴρηκαν 1 They spoke Here **They** refers to the crowd of people in heaven.
|
||||
REV 19 3 jm9m εἴρηκαν 1 They spoke Here, **They** refers to the crowd of people in heaven.
|
||||
REV 19 3 h1k4 ἁλληλουϊά 1 Hallelujah This word means “Praise God” or “Let us praise God.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 19:1](../19/01.md).
|
||||
REV 19 3 zy6e καπνὸς αὐτῆς ἀναβαίνει 1 smoke rises from her The word **her** refers to the city of Babylon, which is spoken of as if it were a prostitute. The smoke is from the fire that destroys the city. Alternate translation: “smoke rises from that city”
|
||||
REV 19 4 r43f translate-numbers οἱ πρεσβύτεροι οἱ εἴκοσι τέσσαρες 1 The twenty-four elders “24 elders.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 19 4 y4qd τὰ τέσσερα ζῷα 1 the four living creatures “the four living beings” or “the four living things.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md)
|
||||
REV 19 4 dns7 figs-activepassive τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τῷ θρόνῳ 1 who was seated on the throne This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who sat on the throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 5 w9qe figs-personification φωνὴ ἀπὸ τοῦ θρόνου ἐξῆλθεν 1 a voice came out from the throne Here John speaks of the **voice** as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “someone spoke from the throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
REV 19 5 c3lm figs-exclusive αἰνεῖτε τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 Praise our God Here **our** refers to the speaker and all God’s servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
REV 19 5 cck3 figs-explicit οἱ φοβούμενοι αὐτόν 1 those who fear him Here **fear** does not mean to be afraid of God, but to honor him. Alternate translation: “all you who honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 19 5 c3lm figs-exclusive αἰνεῖτε τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 Praise our God Here, **our** refers to the speaker and all God’s servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
REV 19 5 cck3 figs-explicit οἱ φοβούμενοι αὐτόν 1 those who fear him Here, **fear** does not mean to be afraid of God, but to honor him. Alternate translation: “all you who honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 19 5 qdb3 figs-merism οἱ μικροὶ καὶ οἱ μεγάλοι 1 both the small and the great The speaker uses these words together to mean all of God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 19 6 kq7n figs-simile καὶ ἤκουσα ὡς φωνὴν ὄχλου πολλοῦ, καὶ ὡς φωνὴν ὑδάτων πολλῶν, καὶ ὡς φωνὴν βροντῶν ἰσχυρῶν 1 Then I heard what sounded like the voice of a great number of people, like the roar of many waters, and like loud crashes of thunder John speaks of what he is hearing as if it were like the sound made by a very large crowd of people, a large body of rushing water, and very loud thunder. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 19 6 mdj6 ἁλληλουϊά 1 Hallelujah This word means “Praise God” or “Let us praise God.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 19:1](../19/01.md).
|
||||
REV 19 6 e3ua ὅτι…Κύριος 1 For the Lord “Because the Lord”
|
||||
REV 19 7 hi52 0 Connecting Statement: The voice of the crowd from the previous verse continues speaking.
|
||||
REV 19 7 api6 χαίρωμεν 1 Let us rejoice Here **us** refers to all of God’s servants.
|
||||
REV 19 7 api6 χαίρωμεν 1 Let us rejoice Here, **us** refers to all of God’s servants.
|
||||
REV 19 7 m5av δῶμεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτῷ 1 give him the glory “give God the glory” or “honor God”
|
||||
REV 19 7 bwf9 figs-metaphor ὁ γάμος τοῦ Ἀρνίου…ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ ἡτοίμασεν ἑαυτήν 1 wedding celebration of the Lamb…his bride has made herself ready Here John speaks of the joining of Jesus and his people together forever as if it were a wedding celebration. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 19 7 r5xt writing-symlanguage Ἀρνίου 1 Lamb This is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 19 7 j6d7 figs-metaphor ἦλθεν 1 has come Existing in the present is spoken of as having come. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 19 7 q9e4 figs-metaphor ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ ἡτοίμασεν ἑαυτήν 1 his bride has made herself ready John speaks of God’s people as if they were a bride who has gotten ready for her wedding. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 19 8 pz72 figs-metaphor ἐδόθη αὐτῇ ἵνα περιβάληται βύσσινον λαμπρὸν καθαρόν 1 She was permitted to be dressed in bright and clean fine linen Here **she** refers to the people of God. John speaks of the righteous acts of God’s people as if they were a bright and clean dress that a bride wears on her wedding day. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God allowed her to wear a dress of bright and clean fine linen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 8 pz72 figs-metaphor ἐδόθη αὐτῇ ἵνα περιβάληται βύσσινον λαμπρὸν καθαρόν 1 She was permitted to be dressed in bright and clean fine linen Here, **she** refers to the people of God. John speaks of the righteous acts of God’s people as if they were a bright and clean dress that a bride wears on her wedding day. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God allowed her to wear a dress of bright and clean fine linen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 9 ayc4 0 General Information: An angel begins to speak to John. This is likely the same angel who began to speak to John in [Revelation 17:1](../17/01.md).
|
||||
REV 19 9 l72p figs-activepassive οἱ…κεκλημένοι 1 those who are invited You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the people whom God invites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 9 q4ya figs-metaphor τὸ δεῖπνον τοῦ γάμου τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the wedding feast of the Lamb Here the angel speaks of the joining of Jesus and his people forever as if it were a wedding feast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 19 10 uq6h ἔπεσα ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ 1 I fell down at his feet This means that John purposely lay on the ground and stretched himself out in reverence or submission. This action was an important part of worship, to show respect and willingness to serve. See note in [Revelation 19:3](../19/03.md).
|
||||
REV 19 10 i2yq τῶν ἀδελφῶν σου 1 your brothers The word **brothers** here refers to all believers, male and female.
|
||||
REV 19 10 up6l figs-metaphor τῶν ἐχόντων τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 who hold the testimony about Jesus Here holding stands for believing in or announcing. Alternate translation: “who speak the truth about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 19 10 rku2 figs-explicit ἡ γὰρ μαρτυρία Ἰησοῦ ἐστιν τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς προφητείας 1 for the testimony about Jesus is the spirit of prophecy Here **spirit of prophecy** refers to God’s Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “for it is the Spirit of God who gives people the power to speak the truth about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 19 10 rku2 figs-explicit ἡ γὰρ μαρτυρία Ἰησοῦ ἐστιν τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς προφητείας 1 for the testimony about Jesus is the spirit of prophecy Here, **spirit of prophecy** refers to God’s Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “for it is the Spirit of God who gives people the power to speak the truth about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 19 11 xx12 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new vision. John begins to describe a rider on a white horse.
|
||||
REV 19 11 m1qn καὶ εἶδον τὸν οὐρανὸν ἠνεῳγμένον 1 Then I saw heaven open This imagery is used to signify the beginning of a new vision. See how you translated this idea in [Revelation 4:1](../04/01.md) and [Revelation 11:19](../11/19.md) and [Revelation 15:5](../15/05.md).
|
||||
REV 19 11 hcs8 ὁ καθήμενος ἐπ’ αὐτὸν 1 The one riding it The rider is Jesus.
|
||||
REV 19 11 lp9a figs-explicit ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ κρίνει καὶ πολεμεῖ 1 It is with justice that he judges and wages war Here **justice** refers to what is right. Alternate translation: “He judges all people and wages war according to what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 19 11 lp9a figs-explicit ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ κρίνει καὶ πολεμεῖ 1 It is with justice that he judges and wages war Here, **justice** refers to what is right. Alternate translation: “He judges all people and wages war according to what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 19 12 p9ak figs-simile οἱ…ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ φλὸξ πυρός 1 His eyes are like a fiery flame John speaks of the rider’s eyes as if they shone like a flame of fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 19 12 yhr7 figs-activepassive ἔχων ὄνομα γεγραμμένον 1 He has a name written You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone has written a name on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 12 kk9x figs-rpronouns ὃ οὐδεὶς οἶδεν, εἰ μὴ αὐτός 1 that no one knows but himself “on him, and only he knows the meaning of that name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -913,9 +913,9 @@ REV 19 13 hdk1 figs-activepassive κέκληται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτο
|
|||
REV 19 15 m9yn ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ἐκπορεύεται ῥομφαία ὀξεῖα 1 Out of his mouth goes a sharp sword The sword blade was sticking out of his mouth. The sword itself was not in motion. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
REV 19 15 a88t πατάξῃ τὰ ἔθνη 1 he might strike the nations “destroys the nations” or “brings the nations under his control”
|
||||
REV 19 15 uq4z figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 shepherd them with an iron rod John speaks of the rider’s power as if he were ruling with an iron rod. See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:5](../12/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 19 15 nb4y figs-metaphor αὐτὸς πατεῖ τὴν ληνὸν τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς ὀργῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Παντοκράτορος 1 He tramples in the winepress of the fury of the wrath of God Almighty John speaks of the rider’s destroying his enemies as if they were grapes that a person tramples in a winepress. Here **wrath** refers to God’s punishment of evil persons. Alternate translation: “He crushes his enemies according to the judgment of God Almighty, just as a person crushes grapes in a winepress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 19 15 nb4y figs-metaphor αὐτὸς πατεῖ τὴν ληνὸν τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς ὀργῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Παντοκράτορος 1 He tramples in the winepress of the fury of the wrath of God Almighty John speaks of the rider’s destroying his enemies as if they were grapes that a person tramples in a winepress. Here, **wrath** refers to God’s punishment of evil persons. Alternate translation: “He crushes his enemies according to the judgment of God Almighty, just as a person crushes grapes in a winepress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 19 16 a61a figs-activepassive ἔχει ἐπὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ, ὄνομα γεγραμμένον 1 He has a name written on his robe and on his thigh: This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone has written a name on his robe and thigh:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 17 m6dt figs-metonymy εἶδον ἕνα ἄγγελον ἑστῶτα ἐν τῷ ἡλίῳ 1 I saw an angel standing in the sun Here **the sun** is a metonym for the light of the sun. Alternate translation: “Then I saw an angel standing in the light of the sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 19 17 m6dt figs-metonymy εἶδον ἕνα ἄγγελον ἑστῶτα ἐν τῷ ἡλίῳ 1 I saw an angel standing in the sun Here, **the sun** is a metonym for the light of the sun. Alternate translation: “Then I saw an angel standing in the light of the sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 19 18 khs9 figs-merism ἐλευθέρων τε καὶ δούλων, καὶ μικρῶν καὶ μεγάλων 1 both free and slaves, and small and great The angel uses these two sets of opposite-meaning words together to mean all people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 19 20 q83v figs-activepassive ἐπιάσθη τὸ θηρίον, καὶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ὁ ψευδοπροφήτης 1 The beast was captured and with him the false prophet This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The rider on the white horse captured the beast and the false prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 20 gs37 τὸ χάραγμα τοῦ θηρίου 1 the mark of the beast This was an identifying mark that indicated that the person who received it worshiped the beast. See how you translated this in [Revelation 13:17](../13/17.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -925,11 +925,11 @@ REV 19 21 h6ea figs-activepassive οἱ λοιποὶ ἀπεκτάνθησαν
|
|||
REV 19 21 qk9t τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ…τῇ ἐξελθούσῃ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος 1 the sword that came out of the mouth The sword blade was sticking out of his mouth. The sword itself was not in motion. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
REV 20 intro c7eh 0 # Revelation 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The thousand-year reign of Christ<br><br>In this chapter, Jesus is said to reign for a thousand years, at the same time that Satan is bound. Scholars are divided over whether this refers to a future period of time or to Jesus reigning now from heaven. It is not necessary to understand this passage in order to translate it accurately. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>### Final rebellion<br><br>This chapter also describes what happens after the thousand years are ended. During this time, Satan and many people will attempt to rebel against Jesus. This will result in God’s ultimate and final victory over sin and evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>### Great white throne<br><br>This chapter ends with God judging all people who ever lived. God separates people who believe in Jesus from those who do not believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Book of Life<br><br>This is a metaphor for eternal life. Those possessing eternal life are said to have their names written in this Book of Life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Hades and the lake of fire<br>These appear to be two distinct places. The translator may wish to do further research to determine how to translate these two places differently. They should not be made the same as each other in translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]])
|
||||
REV 20 1 rkv7 0 General Information: John begins to describe a vision of an angel throwing the devil into the bottomless pit.
|
||||
REV 20 1 n8b8 καὶ εἶδον 1 Then I saw Here **I** refers to John.
|
||||
REV 20 1 n8b8 καὶ εἶδον 1 Then I saw Here, **I** refers to John.
|
||||
REV 20 1 c18c Ἀβύσσου 1 bottomless pit This is an extremely deep narrow hole. Possible meanings are (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever or (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md).
|
||||
REV 20 2 r6es writing-symlanguage δράκοντα 1 dragon This was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 20 3 xj22 figs-explicit ἐσφράγισεν ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ 1 sealed it over him The angel sealed the pit to keep anyone from opening it. Alternate translation: “sealed it to prevent anyone from opening it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 20 3 el4f figs-metonymy πλανήσῃ…τὰ ἔθνη 1 deceive the nations Here **nations** is a metonym for the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “deceive the people-groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 20 3 el4f figs-metonymy πλανήσῃ…τὰ ἔθνη 1 deceive the nations Here, **nations** is a metonym for the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “deceive the people-groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 20 3 ns5x translate-numbers τὰ χίλια ἔτη 1 the thousand years “1,000 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 20 3 y9xd figs-activepassive δεῖ αὐτὸν λυθῆναι 1 he must be set free This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will command the angel to free him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 20 4 lw2r 0 General Information: This is the next part of John’s vision. He describes suddenly seeing thrones and the souls of believers.
|
||||
|
|
@ -958,20 +958,20 @@ REV 20 12 lt7k figs-activepassive ἐκρίθησαν οἱ νεκροὶ 1 The
|
|||
REV 20 12 vvc4 figs-activepassive ἐκ τῶν γεγραμμένων 1 from the things that were written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “by what he had recorded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 20 13 ea2h figs-personification ἔδωκεν ἡ θάλασσα τοὺς νεκροὺς…ὁ θάνατος καὶ ὁ ᾍδης ἔδωκαν τοὺς νεκροὺς 1 The sea gave up the dead…Death and Hades gave up the dead Here John speaks of the sea, death, and Hades as if they were living persons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
REV 20 13 bg4u figs-activepassive ἐκρίθησαν 1 were judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God judged the dead people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 20 13 pk3k figs-metonymy ὁ ᾍδης 1 Hades Here **Hades** is a metonym that represents the place where unbelievers go when they die, to wait for God’s judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 20 13 pk3k figs-metonymy ὁ ᾍδης 1 Hades Here, **Hades** is a metonym that represents the place where unbelievers go when they die, to wait for God’s judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 20 14 lw6b figs-activepassive ὁ θάνατος καὶ ὁ ᾍδης ἐβλήθησαν 1 Death and Hades were thrown This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God threw Death and Hades” or “God’s angel threw Death and Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 20 14 qv55 writing-symlanguage ὁ θάνατος ὁ δεύτερός 1 the second death “dying a second time.” This is described as eternal punishment in the lake of fire in [Revelation 20:14](../20/14.md) and [Revelation 21:8](../21/08.md). See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “the final death in the lake of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 20 15 c9pb figs-activepassive εἴ τις οὐχ εὑρέθη…γεγραμμένος 1 If anyone’s name was not found written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If God’s angel did not find a person’s name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 20 15 wq31 figs-activepassive ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρός 1 he was thrown into the lake of fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the angel threw him into the lake of fire” or “the angel threw him into the place where fire burns forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 21 intro pai8 0 # Revelation 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter gives a detailed picture of the new Jerusalem.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Second death<br><br>Death is a type of separation. The first death is physically dying, when the soul is separated from the body. The second death is being eternally separated from God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/soul]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Book of Life<br><br>This is a metaphor for eternal life. Those possessing eternal life are said to have their names written in this Book of Life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### New heaven and new earth<br><br>It is unclear whether this is an entirely new heaven and earth or if it is remade out of the present heaven and earth. The same is also true of the new Jerusalem. It is possible this will affect translation in some languages. The word “new” in the original language means different and better than the old. It does not mean new in time.
|
||||
REV 21 1 tj16 0 General Information: John begins to describe his vision of the new Jerusalem.
|
||||
REV 21 1 vks1 εἶδον 1 I saw Here **I** refers to John.
|
||||
REV 21 1 vks1 εἶδον 1 I saw Here, **I** refers to John.
|
||||
REV 21 2 er4u figs-simile ὡς νύμφην, κεκοσμημένην τῷ ἀνδρὶ αὐτῆς 1 like a bride adorned for her husband This compares the new Jerusalem to a bride who has made herself beautiful for her bridegroom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 21 3 i8za figs-metonymy φωνῆς μεγάλης ἐκ τοῦ θρόνου λεγούσης 1 a great voice from the throne saying The word **voice** refers to the one who speaks. Alternate translation: “someone speak loudly from the throne saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 21 3 gk3m ἰδοὺ 1 Look! The word **Look** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
REV 21 3 hpt1 figs-parallelism ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ σκηνώσει μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 The dwelling place of God is with human beings, and he will live with them These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize that God will, indeed, live among men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
REV 21 4 w39g figs-metonymy ἐξαλείψει πᾶν δάκρυον ἐκ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 He will wipe away every tear from their eyes **Tears** here represent sadness. See how you translated this in [Revelation 7:17](../07/17.md). Alternate translation: “God will wipe away their sadness, like wiping away tears” or “God will cause them to not be sad anymore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 21 5 rq2q figs-metonymy οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι πιστοὶ καὶ ἀληθινοί εἰσιν 1 these words are trustworthy and true Here **words** refers to the message that they formed. Alternate translation: “this message is trustworthy and true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 21 5 rq2q figs-metonymy οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι πιστοὶ καὶ ἀληθινοί εἰσιν 1 these words are trustworthy and true Here, **words** refers to the message that they formed. Alternate translation: “this message is trustworthy and true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 21 6 dq8n figs-parallelism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος 1 the alpha and the omega, the beginning and the end These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize God’s eternal nature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 21 6 li7s figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega These are first and last letters of the Greek alphabet. Possible meanings are (1) “the one who began all things and who ends all things” or (2) “the one who has always lived and who always will live.” If these are unclear to readers, you may consider using the first and last letters of your alphabet. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first and the last” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 21 6 bf1p ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος 1 the beginning and the end Possible meanings are (1) “the one who began all things and the one who will cause all things to end” or (2) “the one who existed before all things and who will exist after all things.”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1012,16 +1012,16 @@ REV 21 27 g7fr figs-activepassive εἰ μὴ οἱ γεγραμμένοι ἐν
|
|||
REV 21 27 cw99 writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the Lamb This is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 22 intro e1ya 0 # Revelation 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter emphasizes that Jesus is coming soon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Tree of life<br><br>There is probably an intended connection between the tree of life in the Garden of Eden and the tree of life mentioned in this chapter. The curse that began in Eden will end at this time.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Alpha and omega<br><br>These are the names of the first and last letters in the Greek alphabet. The ULT spells out their names in English. This strategy can serve as a model for translators. Some translators, however, may decide to use the first and last letters in their own alphabet. This would be “A and Z” in English.
|
||||
REV 22 1 b1ad 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to describe the new Jerusalem as the angel shows it to him.
|
||||
REV 22 1 uu7b ἔδειξέν μοι 1 showed me Here **me** refers to John.
|
||||
REV 22 1 uu7b ἔδειξέν μοι 1 showed me Here, **me** refers to John.
|
||||
REV 22 1 vl23 ποταμὸν ὕδατος ζωῆς 1 the river of the water of life “the river flowing with life-giving water”
|
||||
REV 22 1 yn2p figs-metaphor ποταμὸν ὕδατος ζωῆς 1 the water of life Eternal life is spoken of as if it were provided by life-giving water. See how you translated this in [Revelation 21:6](../21/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 22 1 mxp4 writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the Lamb This is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 22 2 l2aq figs-metonymy τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 the nations Here **nations** refers to the people who live in every nation. Alternate translation: “the people of all nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 22 2 l2aq figs-metonymy τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 the nations Here, **nations** refers to the people who live in every nation. Alternate translation: “the people of all nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 22 3 d5fq πᾶν κατάθεμα οὐκ ἔσται ἔτι 1 There will no longer be any curse Possible meanings are (1) “There will never be anyone there that God will curse” or (2) “There will not be anyone there who is under God’s curse”
|
||||
REV 22 3 by36 οἱ δοῦλοι αὐτοῦ λατρεύσουσιν αὐτῷ 1 his servants will serve him Possible meanings of “his” and “him” are (1) both words refer to God the Father, or (2) both words refer to both God and the Lamb, who rule together as one.
|
||||
REV 22 4 zy4x figs-idiom ὄψονται τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ 1 They will see his face This is an idiom, meaning to be in God’s presence. Alternate translation: “They will be in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
REV 22 6 j51i figs-explicit 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the end of John’s vision. In verse 6 the angel is speaking to John. In verse 7, Jesus is speaking. This can be shown clearly as is in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 22 6 xaw8 figs-metonymy οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι πιστοὶ καὶ ἀληθινοί 1 These words are trustworthy and true Here **words** refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 21:5](../21/05.md). Alternate translation: “This message is trustworthy and true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 22 6 xaw8 figs-metonymy οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι πιστοὶ καὶ ἀληθινοί 1 These words are trustworthy and true Here, **words** refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 21:5](../21/05.md). Alternate translation: “This message is trustworthy and true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 22 6 cr31 figs-metonymy ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πνευμάτων τῶν προφητῶν 1 the God of the spirits of the prophets Possible meanings are (1) The word **spirits** refers to the inward disposition of the prophets and indicates that God inspires them. Alternate translation: “God who inspires the prophets” or (2) The word **spirits** refers to the Holy Spirit who inspires the prophets. Alternate translation: “God who gives his Spirit to the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 22 7 p72h ἰδοὺ 1 Look! Here Jesus begins to speak. The word **Look** adds emphasis to what follows.
|
||||
REV 22 7 afr9 figs-explicit ἔρχομαι ταχύ 1 I am coming quickly! It is understood that he is coming in order to judge. See how you translated this in [Revelation 3:11](../03/11.md). Alternate translation: “I am coming to judge soon!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@ REV 22 8 xr17 0 General Information: John tells his readers about how he respo
|
|||
REV 22 8 uvk3 ἔπεσα προσκυνῆσαι ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ποδῶν 1 I fell down to worship at the feet This means that John purposely lay on the ground and stretched himself out in reverence or submission. This action was an important part of worship, to show respect and willingness to serve. See how you translated similar words in [Revelation 19:10](../19/10.md).
|
||||
REV 22 10 gqa8 0 Connecting Statement: The angel finishes speaking to John.
|
||||
REV 22 10 ct48 figs-explicit μὴ σφραγίσῃς…τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου 1 Do not seal up…this book To seal a book was to keep it closed with something that makes it impossible for anyone to read what was inside without breaking the seal. The angel is telling John not to keep the message a secret. Alternate translation: “Do not keep secret…this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 22 10 xc15 figs-metonymy τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου 1 the words of the prophecy of this book Here **words** refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 22:7](../22/07.md). Alternate translation: “This prophetic message of this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 22 10 xc15 figs-metonymy τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου 1 the words of the prophecy of this book Here, **words** refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 22:7](../22/07.md). Alternate translation: “This prophetic message of this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 22 12 idc6 writing-endofstory 0 General Information: As the book of Revelation is ending, Jesus gives a closing greeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
REV 22 13 f5jl figs-parallelism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος, ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος 1 the alpha and the omega, the first and the last, the beginning and the end These three phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that Jesus has and will exist for all time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 22 13 uup6 figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega These are first and last letters of the Greek alphabet. Possible meanings are (1) “the one who began all things and who ends all things” or (2) “the one who has always lived and who always will live.” If unclear to readers you may consider using the first and last letters of your alphabet. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first and the last” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1048,8 +1048,8 @@ REV 22 17 m9at figs-explicit ἔρχου 1 Come! Possible meanings are (1) that
|
|||
REV 22 17 e2m5 figs-metaphor ὁ διψῶν ἐρχέσθω…ὕδωρ ζωῆς 1 the one who is thirsty…the water of life A person’s desire for eternal life is spoken of as if it were thirst and of that person receiving eternal life as if he were drinking life-giving water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 22 17 dwb6 figs-metaphor ὕδωρ ζωῆς 1 the water of life Eternal life is spoken of as if it were provided by life-giving water. See how you translated this in [Revelation 21:6](../21/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 22 18 fd5l 0 General Information: John gives his final remarks about the book of Revelation.
|
||||
REV 22 18 d95j μαρτυρῶ ἐγὼ 1 I testify Here **I** refers to John.
|
||||
REV 22 18 s36m figs-metonymy τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου 1 the words of the prophecy of this book Here **words** refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 22:7](../22/07.md). Alternate translation: “This prophetic message of this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 22 18 d95j μαρτυρῶ ἐγὼ 1 I testify Here, **I** refers to John.
|
||||
REV 22 18 s36m figs-metonymy τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου 1 the words of the prophecy of this book Here, **words** refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 22:7](../22/07.md). Alternate translation: “This prophetic message of this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 22 18 jzu8 ἐάν τις ἐπιθῇ ἐπ’ αὐτά, ἐπιθήσει ὁ Θεὸς 1 If anyone adds to them…God will add This is a strong warning to not change anything about this prophecy.
|
||||
REV 22 18 d4sc figs-activepassive τὰς γεγραμμένας ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ 1 that are written about in this book This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which I have written about in this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 22 19 ss3y ἐάν τις ἀφέλῃ…ἀφελεῖ ὁ Θεὸς 1 If anyone takes away…God will take away This is a strong warning to not change anything about this prophecy.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue